<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd">
-<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>The Mutt E-Mail Client</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.71.1" /><meta name="description" content="``All mail clients suck. This one just sucks less.'' -me, circa 1995" /></head><body><div class="book" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a id="id362612"></a>The Mutt E-Mail Client</h1></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Michael</span> <span class="surname">Elkins</span></h3><code class="email"><<a href="mailto:me@cs.hmc.edu">me@cs.hmc.edu</a>></code></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">version 1.5.18 (2008-05-17)</p></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Abstract</b></p><p>
- ``All mail clients suck. This one just sucks less.'' -me, circa 1995
- </p></div></div></div><hr /></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#intro">1. Introduction</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#homepage">1. Mutt Home Page</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#muttlists">2. Mailing Lists</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#distribution">3. Software Distribution Sites</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#irc">4. IRC</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#usenet">5. USENET</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#copyright">6. Copyright</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#gettingstarted">2. Getting Started</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#menus">1. Moving Around in Menus</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#editing">2. Editing Input Fields</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#editing-intro">2.1. Introduction</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#editing-history">2.2. History</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#reading">3. Reading Mail - The Index and Pager</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id449968">3.1. The Message Index</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id450511">3.2. The Pager</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#threads">3.3. Threaded Mode</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id451166">3.4. Miscellaneous Functions</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#sending">4. Sending Mail</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id452150">4.1. Editing the message header</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id452237">4.2. Using Mutt with PGP</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id452481">4.3. Sending anonymous messages via mixmaster.</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id452606">4.4. Sending format=flowed messages</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#forwarding-mail">5. Forwarding and Bouncing Mail</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#postponing-mail">6. Postponing Mail</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#configuration">3. Configuration</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#muttrc-syntax">1. Syntax of Initialization Files</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#addrgroup">2. Address groups</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#alias">3. Defining/Using aliases</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#bind">4. Changing the default key bindings</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#charset-hook">5. Defining aliases for character sets </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#folder-hook">6. Setting variables based upon mailbox</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#macro">7. Keyboard macros</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#color">8. Using color and mono video attributes</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#ignore">9. Ignoring (weeding) unwanted message headers</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#alternates">10. Alternative addresses</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#lists">11. Mailing lists</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#mbox-hook">12. Using Multiple spool mailboxes</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#mailboxes">13. Monitoring incoming mail</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#my-hdr">14. User defined headers</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#hdr-order">15. Defining the order of headers when viewing messages</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#save-hook">16. Specify default save mailbox</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fcc-hook">17. Specify default Fcc: mailbox when composing</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fcc-save-hook">18. Specify default save filename and default Fcc: mailbox at once</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#send-hook">19. Change settings based upon message recipients</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#message-hook">20. Change settings before formatting a message</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#crypt-hook">21. Choosing the cryptographic key of the recipient</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#push">22. Adding key sequences to the keyboard buffer</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#exec">23. Executing functions</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#score-command">24. Message Scoring</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#spam">25. Spam detection</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#set">26. Setting and Querying Variables</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#set-commands">26.1. Commands</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#set-myvar">26.2. User-defined variables</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#source">27. Reading initialization commands from another file</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#unhook">28. Removing hooks</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#formatstrings">29. Format Strings</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id458133">29.1. Basic usage</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id458263">29.2. Filters</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#advancedusage">4. Advanced Usage</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#regexp">1. Regular Expressions</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#patterns">2. Patterns: Searching, Limiting and Tagging</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id459463">2.1. Pattern Modifier</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id459491">2.2. Simple Patterns</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id459655">2.3. Complex Patterns</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id459787">2.4. Searching by Date</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#tags">3. Using Tags</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#hooks">4. Using Hooks</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pattern-hook">4.1. Message Matching in Hooks</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#query">5. External Address Queries</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#mailbox-formats">6. Mailbox Formats</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#shortcuts">7. Mailbox Shortcuts</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#using-lists">8. Handling Mailing Lists</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#editing-threads">9. Editing threads</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id460955">9.1. Linking threads</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id460970">9.2. Breaking threads</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#dsn">10. Delivery Status Notification (DSN) Support</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#urlview">11. Start a WWW Browser on URLs (EXTERNAL)</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#mimesupport">5. Mutt's MIME Support</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#using-mime">1. Using MIME in Mutt</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id461145">1.1. Viewing MIME messages in the pager</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#attach-menu">1.2. The Attachment Menu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#compose-menu">1.3. The Compose Menu</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#mime-types">2. MIME Type configuration with <code class="literal">mime.types</code></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#mime-viewers">3. MIME Viewer configuration with <code class="literal">mailcap</code></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id461549">3.1. The Basics of the mailcap file</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id461671">3.2. Secure use of mailcap</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id461742">3.3. Advanced mailcap Usage</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id462190">3.4. Example mailcap files</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#auto-view">4. MIME Autoview</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#alternative-order">5. MIME Multipart/Alternative</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#attachments">6. Attachment Searching and Counting</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#mime-lookup">7. MIME Lookup</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#optionalfeatures">6. Optional features</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#id462485">1. General notes</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id462491">1.1. Enabling/disabling features</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#url-syntax">1.2. URL syntax</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#ssl">2. SSL/TLS Support</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#pop">3. POP3 Support</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#imap">4. IMAP Support</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id462908">4.1. The Folder Browser</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id463028">4.2. Authentication</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#smtp">5. SMTP Support</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#account-hook">6. Managing multiple accounts</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#caching">7. Local caching</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#header-caching">7.1. Header caching</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#body-caching">7.2. Body caching</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#maint-cache">7.3. Maintenance</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#exact-address">8. Exact address generation</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#tuning">7. Performance tuning</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#tuning-mailboxes">1. Reading and writing mailboxes</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#tuning-messages">2. Reading messages from remote folders</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#tuning-search">3. Searching and limiting</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#reference">8. Reference</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#commandline">1. Command line options</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#commands">2. Configuration Commands</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#variables">3. Configuration variables</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#abort-nosubject">3.1. abort_nosubject</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#abort-unmodified">3.2. abort_unmodified</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#alias-file">3.3. alias_file</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#alias-format">3.4. alias_format</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#allow-8bit">3.5. allow_8bit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#allow-ansi">3.6. allow_ansi</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#arrow-cursor">3.7. arrow_cursor</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#ascii-chars">3.8. ascii_chars</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#askbcc">3.9. askbcc</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#askcc">3.10. askcc</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#assumed-charset">3.11. assumed_charset</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#attach-charset">3.12. attach_charset</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#attach-format">3.13. attach_format</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#attach-sep">3.14. attach_sep</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#attach-split">3.15. attach_split</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#attribution">3.16. attribution</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#autoedit">3.17. autoedit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#auto-tag">3.18. auto_tag</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#beep">3.19. beep</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#beep-new">3.20. beep_new</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#bounce">3.21. bounce</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#bounce-delivered">3.22. bounce_delivered</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#braille-friendly">3.23. braille_friendly</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#check-mbox-size">3.24. check_mbox_size</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#charset">3.25. charset</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#check-new">3.26. check_new</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#collapse-unread">3.27. collapse_unread</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#uncollapse-jump">3.28. uncollapse_jump</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#compose-format">3.29. compose_format</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#config-charset">3.30. config_charset</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#confirmappend">3.31. confirmappend</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#confirmcreate">3.32. confirmcreate</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#connect-timeout">3.33. connect_timeout</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#content-type">3.34. content_type</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#copy">3.35. copy</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#crypt-use-gpgme">3.36. crypt_use_gpgme</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#crypt-use-pka">3.37. crypt_use_pka</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#crypt-autopgp">3.38. crypt_autopgp</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#crypt-autosmime">3.39. crypt_autosmime</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#date-format">3.40. date_format</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#default-hook">3.41. default_hook</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#delete">3.42. delete</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#delete-untag">3.43. delete_untag</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#digest-collapse">3.44. digest_collapse</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#display-filter">3.45. display_filter</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#dotlock-program">3.46. dotlock_program</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#dsn-notify">3.47. dsn_notify</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#dsn-return">3.48. dsn_return</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#duplicate-threads">3.49. duplicate_threads</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#edit-headers">3.50. edit_headers</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#editor">3.51. editor</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#encode-from">3.52. encode_from</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#envelope-from-address">3.53. envelope_from_address</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#escape">3.54. escape</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#fast-reply">3.55. fast_reply</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#fcc-attach">3.56. fcc_attach</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#fcc-clear">3.57. fcc_clear</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#folder">3.58. folder</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#folder-format">3.59. folder_format</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#followup-to">3.60. followup_to</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#force-name">3.61. force_name</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#forward-decode">3.62. forward_decode</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#forward-edit">3.63. forward_edit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#forward-format">3.64. forward_format</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#forward-quote">3.65. forward_quote</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#from">3.66. from</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#gecos-mask">3.67. gecos_mask</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#hdrs">3.68. hdrs</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#header">3.69. header</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#help">3.70. help</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#hidden-host">3.71. hidden_host</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#hide-limited">3.72. hide_limited</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#hide-missing">3.73. hide_missing</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#hide-thread-subject">3.74. hide_thread_subject</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#hide-top-limited">3.75. hide_top_limited</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#hide-top-missing">3.76. hide_top_missing</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#history">3.77. history</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#history-file">3.78. history_file</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#honor-followup-to">3.79. honor_followup_to</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#hostname">3.80. hostname</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#ignore-linear-white-space">3.81. ignore_linear_white_space</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#ignore-list-reply-to">3.82. ignore_list_reply_to</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#imap-authenticators">3.83. imap_authenticators</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#imap-check-subscribed">3.84. imap_check_subscribed</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#imap-delim-chars">3.85. imap_delim_chars</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#imap-headers">3.86. imap_headers</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#imap-idle">3.87. imap_idle</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#imap-keepalive">3.88. imap_keepalive</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#imap-list-subscribed">3.89. imap_list_subscribed</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#imap-login">3.90. imap_login</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#imap-pass">3.91. imap_pass</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#imap-passive">3.92. imap_passive</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#imap-peek">3.93. imap_peek</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#imap-servernoise">3.94. imap_servernoise</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#imap-user">3.95. imap_user</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#implicit-autoview">3.96. implicit_autoview</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#include">3.97. include</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#include-onlyfirst">3.98. include_onlyfirst</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#indent-string">3.99. indent_string</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#index-format">3.100. index_format</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#ispell">3.101. ispell</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#keep-flagged">3.102. keep_flagged</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#locale">3.103. locale</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#mail-check">3.104. mail_check</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#mailcap-path">3.105. mailcap_path</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#mailcap-sanitize">3.106. mailcap_sanitize</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#header-cache">3.107. header_cache</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#maildir-header-cache-verify">3.108. maildir_header_cache_verify</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#header-cache-pagesize">3.109. header_cache_pagesize</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#header-cache-compress">3.110. header_cache_compress</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#maildir-trash">3.111. maildir_trash</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#mark-old">3.112. mark_old</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#markers">3.113. markers</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#mask">3.114. mask</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#mbox">3.115. mbox</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#mbox-type">3.116. mbox_type</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#metoo">3.117. metoo</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#menu-context">3.118. menu_context</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#menu-move-off">3.119. menu_move_off</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#menu-scroll">3.120. menu_scroll</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#meta-key">3.121. meta_key</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#mh-purge">3.122. mh_purge</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#mh-seq-flagged">3.123. mh_seq_flagged</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#mh-seq-replied">3.124. mh_seq_replied</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#mh-seq-unseen">3.125. mh_seq_unseen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#mime-forward">3.126. mime_forward</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#mime-forward-decode">3.127. mime_forward_decode</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#mime-forward-rest">3.128. mime_forward_rest</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#mix-entry-format">3.129. mix_entry_format</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#mixmaster">3.130. mixmaster</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#move">3.131. move</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#message-cachedir">3.132. message_cachedir</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#message-cache-clean">3.133. message_cache_clean</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#message-format">3.134. message_format</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#narrow-tree">3.135. narrow_tree</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#net-inc">3.136. net_inc</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pager">3.137. pager</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pager-context">3.138. pager_context</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pager-format">3.139. pager_format</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pager-index-lines">3.140. pager_index_lines</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pager-stop">3.141. pager_stop</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#crypt-autosign">3.142. crypt_autosign</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#crypt-autoencrypt">3.143. crypt_autoencrypt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-ignore-subkeys">3.144. pgp_ignore_subkeys</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#crypt-replyencrypt">3.145. crypt_replyencrypt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#crypt-replysign">3.146. crypt_replysign</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#crypt-replysignencrypted">3.147. crypt_replysignencrypted</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#crypt-timestamp">3.148. crypt_timestamp</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-use-gpg-agent">3.149. pgp_use_gpg_agent</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#crypt-verify-sig">3.150. crypt_verify_sig</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#smime-is-default">3.151. smime_is_default</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#smime-ask-cert-label">3.152. smime_ask_cert_label</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#smime-decrypt-use-default-key">3.153. smime_decrypt_use_default_key</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-entry-format">3.154. pgp_entry_format</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-good-sign">3.155. pgp_good_sign</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-check-exit">3.156. pgp_check_exit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-long-ids">3.157. pgp_long_ids</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-retainable-sigs">3.158. pgp_retainable_sigs</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-autoinline">3.159. pgp_autoinline</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-replyinline">3.160. pgp_replyinline</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-show-unusable">3.161. pgp_show_unusable</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-sign-as">3.162. pgp_sign_as</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-strict-enc">3.163. pgp_strict_enc</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-timeout">3.164. pgp_timeout</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-sort-keys">3.165. pgp_sort_keys</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-mime-auto">3.166. pgp_mime_auto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-auto-decode">3.167. pgp_auto_decode</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-decode-command">3.168. pgp_decode_command</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-getkeys-command">3.169. pgp_getkeys_command</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-verify-command">3.170. pgp_verify_command</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-decrypt-command">3.171. pgp_decrypt_command</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-clearsign-command">3.172. pgp_clearsign_command</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-sign-command">3.173. pgp_sign_command</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-encrypt-sign-command">3.174. pgp_encrypt_sign_command</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-encrypt-only-command">3.175. pgp_encrypt_only_command</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-import-command">3.176. pgp_import_command</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-export-command">3.177. pgp_export_command</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-verify-key-command">3.178. pgp_verify_key_command</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-list-secring-command">3.179. pgp_list_secring_command</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-list-pubring-command">3.180. pgp_list_pubring_command</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#forward-decrypt">3.181. forward_decrypt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#smime-timeout">3.182. smime_timeout</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#smime-encrypt-with">3.183. smime_encrypt_with</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#smime-keys">3.184. smime_keys</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#smime-ca-location">3.185. smime_ca_location</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#smime-certificates">3.186. smime_certificates</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#smime-decrypt-command">3.187. smime_decrypt_command</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#smime-verify-command">3.188. smime_verify_command</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#smime-verify-opaque-command">3.189. smime_verify_opaque_command</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#smime-sign-command">3.190. smime_sign_command</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#smime-sign-opaque-command">3.191. smime_sign_opaque_command</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#smime-encrypt-command">3.192. smime_encrypt_command</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#smime-pk7out-command">3.193. smime_pk7out_command</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#smime-get-cert-command">3.194. smime_get_cert_command</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#smime-get-signer-cert-command">3.195. smime_get_signer_cert_command</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#smime-import-cert-command">3.196. smime_import_cert_command</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#smime-get-cert-email-command">3.197. smime_get_cert_email_command</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#smime-default-key">3.198. smime_default_key</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#ssl-client-cert">3.199. ssl_client_cert</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#ssl-force-tls">3.200. ssl_force_tls</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#ssl-starttls">3.201. ssl_starttls</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#certificate-file">3.202. certificate_file</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#ssl-usesystemcerts">3.203. ssl_usesystemcerts</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#entropy-file">3.204. entropy_file</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#ssl-use-sslv2">3.205. ssl_use_sslv2</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#ssl-use-sslv3">3.206. ssl_use_sslv3</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#ssl-use-tlsv1">3.207. ssl_use_tlsv1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#ssl-min-dh-prime-bits">3.208. ssl_min_dh_prime_bits</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#ssl-ca-certificates-file">3.209. ssl_ca_certificates_file</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pipe-split">3.210. pipe_split</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pipe-decode">3.211. pipe_decode</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pipe-sep">3.212. pipe_sep</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pop-authenticators">3.213. pop_authenticators</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pop-auth-try-all">3.214. pop_auth_try_all</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pop-checkinterval">3.215. pop_checkinterval</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pop-delete">3.216. pop_delete</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pop-host">3.217. pop_host</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pop-last">3.218. pop_last</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pop-reconnect">3.219. pop_reconnect</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pop-user">3.220. pop_user</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pop-pass">3.221. pop_pass</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#post-indent-string">3.222. post_indent_string</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#postpone">3.223. postpone</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#postponed">3.224. postponed</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#preconnect">3.225. preconnect</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#print">3.226. print</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#print-command">3.227. print_command</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#print-decode">3.228. print_decode</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#print-split">3.229. print_split</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#prompt-after">3.230. prompt_after</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#query-command">3.231. query_command</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#query-format">3.232. query_format</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#quit">3.233. quit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#quote-regexp">3.234. quote_regexp</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#read-inc">3.235. read_inc</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#read-only">3.236. read_only</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#realname">3.237. realname</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#recall">3.238. recall</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#record">3.239. record</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#reply-regexp">3.240. reply_regexp</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#reply-self">3.241. reply_self</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#reply-to">3.242. reply_to</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#resolve">3.243. resolve</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#reverse-alias">3.244. reverse_alias</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#reverse-name">3.245. reverse_name</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#reverse-realname">3.246. reverse_realname</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#rfc2047-parameters">3.247. rfc2047_parameters</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#save-address">3.248. save_address</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#save-empty">3.249. save_empty</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#save-history">3.250. save_history</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#save-name">3.251. save_name</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#score">3.252. score</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#score-threshold-delete">3.253. score_threshold_delete</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#score-threshold-flag">3.254. score_threshold_flag</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#score-threshold-read">3.255. score_threshold_read</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#send-charset">3.256. send_charset</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#sendmail">3.257. sendmail</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#sendmail-wait">3.258. sendmail_wait</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#shell">3.259. shell</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#sig-dashes">3.260. sig_dashes</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#sig-on-top">3.261. sig_on_top</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#signature">3.262. signature</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#simple-search">3.263. simple_search</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#smart-wrap">3.264. smart_wrap</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#smileys">3.265. smileys</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#sleep-time">3.266. sleep_time</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#smtp-authenticators">3.267. smtp_authenticators</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#smtp-pass">3.268. smtp_pass</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#smtp-url">3.269. smtp_url</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#sort">3.270. sort</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#sort-alias">3.271. sort_alias</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#sort-aux">3.272. sort_aux</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#sort-browser">3.273. sort_browser</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#sort-re">3.274. sort_re</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#spam-separator">3.275. spam_separator</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#spoolfile">3.276. spoolfile</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#status-chars">3.277. status_chars</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#status-format">3.278. status_format</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#status-on-top">3.279. status_on_top</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#strict-threads">3.280. strict_threads</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#suspend">3.281. suspend</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#text-flowed">3.282. text_flowed</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#thread-received">3.283. thread_received</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#thorough-search">3.284. thorough_search</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#tilde">3.285. tilde</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#time-inc">3.286. time_inc</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#timeout">3.287. timeout</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#tmpdir">3.288. tmpdir</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#to-chars">3.289. to_chars</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#tunnel">3.290. tunnel</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#use-8bitmime">3.291. use_8bitmime</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#use-domain">3.292. use_domain</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#use-envelope-from">3.293. use_envelope_from</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#use-from">3.294. use_from</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#use-idn">3.295. use_idn</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#use-ipv6">3.296. use_ipv6</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#user-agent">3.297. user_agent</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#visual">3.298. visual</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#wait-key">3.299. wait_key</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#weed">3.300. weed</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#wrap">3.301. wrap</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#wrap-search">3.302. wrap_search</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#wrapmargin">3.303. wrapmargin</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#write-inc">3.304. write_inc</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#write-bcc">3.305. write_bcc</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#functions">4. Functions</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#generic_map">4.1. generic</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#index_map">4.2. index</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pager_map">4.3. pager</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#alias_map">4.4. alias</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#query_map">4.5. query</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#attach_map">4.6. attach</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#compose_map">4.7. compose</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#postpone_map">4.8. postpone</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#browser_map">4.9. browser</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp_map">4.10. pgp</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#smime_map">4.11. smime</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#mix_map">4.12. mix</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#editor_map">4.13. editor</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#miscellany">9. Miscellany</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#acknowledgements">1. Acknowledgements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#about">2. About this document</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>List of Tables</b></p><dl><dt>2.1. <a href="#tab-keys-nav">Most common navigation keys</a></dt><dt>2.2. <a href="#tab-keys-editor">Most common line editor keys</a></dt><dt>2.3. <a href="#tab-key-index">Most common message index keys</a></dt><dt>2.4. <a href="#tab-key-pager">Most common pager keys</a></dt><dt>2.5. <a href="#tab-ansi-esc">ANSI escape sequences</a></dt><dt>2.6. <a href="#tab-color">Color sequences</a></dt><dt>2.7. <a href="#tab-key-threads">Most common thread mode keys</a></dt><dt>2.8. <a href="#tab-key-send">Most common mail sending keys</a></dt><dt>2.9. <a href="#tab-func-compose">Most common compose menu keys</a></dt><dt>2.10. <a href="#tab-pgp-menuflags">PGP key menu flags</a></dt><dt>2.11. <a href="#tab-key-fwd">Message forwarding/bouncing keys</a></dt><dt>3.1. <a href="#tab-key-names">Symbolic key names</a></dt><dt>4.1. <a href="#tab-patterns">Pattern modifiers</a></dt><dt>4.2. <a href="#tab-simplesearch-keywords">Simple search keywords</a></dt><dt>4.3. <a href="#tab-date-units">Date units</a></dt><dt>8.1. <a href="#id463727">Command line options</a></dt><dt>8.2. <a href="#generic_table">Default generic function bindings</a></dt><dt>8.3. <a href="#index_table">Default index function bindings</a></dt><dt>8.4. <a href="#pager_table">Default pager function bindings</a></dt><dt>8.5. <a href="#alias_table">Default alias function bindings</a></dt><dt>8.6. <a href="#query_table">Default query function bindings</a></dt><dt>8.7. <a href="#attach_table">Default attach function bindings</a></dt><dt>8.8. <a href="#compose_table">Default compose function bindings</a></dt><dt>8.9. <a href="#postpone_table">Default postpone function bindings</a></dt><dt>8.10. <a href="#browser_table">Default browser function bindings</a></dt><dt>8.11. <a href="#pgp_table">Default pgp function bindings</a></dt><dt>8.12. <a href="#smime_table">Default smime function bindings</a></dt><dt>8.13. <a href="#mix_table">Default mix function bindings</a></dt><dt>8.14. <a href="#editor_table">Default editor function bindings</a></dt></dl></div><div class="chapter" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a id="intro"></a>Chapter 1. Introduction</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#homepage">1. Mutt Home Page</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#muttlists">2. Mailing Lists</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#distribution">3. Software Distribution Sites</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#irc">4. IRC</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#usenet">5. USENET</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#copyright">6. Copyright</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>The Mutt E-Mail Client</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.74.3" /><meta name="description" content="All mail clients suck. This one just sucks less. — me, circa 1995" /><style xmlns="" type="text/css">
+ body { margin-left:2%; margin-right:2%; font-family:serif; }
+.toc, .list-of-tables, .list-of-examples { font-family:sans-serif; }
+h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { font-family:sans-serif; }
+p { text-align:justify; }
+div.table p.title, div.example p.title { font-size:smaller; font-family:sans-serif; }
+.email, .email a { font-family:monospace; }
+div.table-contents table, div.informaltable table { border-collapse:collapse; border:1px solid #c0c0c0; }
+div.table-contents table td, div.informaltable td, div.table-contents table th, div.informaltable table th { padding:5px; text-align:left; }
+div.table-contents table th, div.informaltable table th {
+ font-family:sans-serif;
+ background:#d0d0d0;
+ font-weight:normal;
+ vertical-align:top;
+}
+div.cmdsynopsis { border-left:1px solid #707070; padding-left:5px; }
+li div.cmdsynopsis { border-left:none; padding-left:0px; }
+pre.screen, div.note { background:#f0f0f0; border:1px solid #c0c0c0; padding:5px; margin-left:2%; margin-right:2%; }
+div.example p.title { margin-left:2%; }
+div.note h3 { font-size:small; font-style:italic; font-variant: small-caps; }
+div.note h3:after { content: ":" }
+div.note { margin-bottom: 5px; }
+strong.command { font-family: monospace; font-weight: normal; }
+tr { vertical-align: top; }
+
+ </style></head><body><div class="book" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a id="id476998"></a>The Mutt E-Mail Client</h1></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Michael</span> <span class="surname">Elkins</span></h3><code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:me@cs.hmc.edu">me@cs.hmc.edu</a>></code></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">version 1.5.20 (2009-06-14)</p></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Abstract</b></p><p>
+“<span class="quote">All mail clients suck. This one just sucks less.</span>” — me, circa 1995
+</p></div></div></div><hr /></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#intro">1. Introduction</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#homepage">1. Mutt Home Page</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#muttlists">2. Mailing Lists</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#distribution">3. Getting Mutt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#irc">4. Mutt Online Resources</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#contrib">5. Contributing to Mutt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#typo">6. Typograhical Conventions</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#copyright">7. Copyright</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#gettingstarted">2. Getting Started</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#core-concepts">1. Core Concepts</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#concept-screens-and-menus">2. Screens and Menus</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#intro-index">2.1. Index</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#intro-pager">2.2. Pager</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#intro-browser">2.3. File Browser</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#intro-help">2.4. Help</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#intro-compose">2.5. Compose Menu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#intro-alias">2.6. Alias Menu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#intro-attach">2.7. Attachment Menu</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#menus">3. Moving Around in Menus</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#editing">4. Editing Input Fields</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#editing-intro">4.1. Introduction</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#editing-history">4.2. History</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#reading">5. Reading Mail</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#index-menu">5.1. The Message Index</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pager-menu">5.2. The Pager</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#threads">5.3. Threaded Mode</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#reading-misc">5.4. Miscellaneous Functions</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#sending">6. Sending Mail</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#sending-intro">6.1. Introduction</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#edit-header">6.2. Editing the Message Header</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#sending-crypto">6.3. Sending Cryptographically Signed/Encrypted Messages</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#ff">6.4. Sending Format=Flowed Messages</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#forwarding-mail">7. Forwarding and Bouncing Mail</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#postponing-mail">8. Postponing Mail</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#configuration">3. Configuration</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#configuration-files">1. Location of Initialization Files</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#muttrc-syntax">2. Syntax of Initialization Files</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#addrgroup">3. Address Groups</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#alias">4. Defining/Using Aliases</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#bind">5. Changing the Default Key Bindings</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#charset-hook">6. Defining Aliases for Character Sets</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#folder-hook">7. Setting Variables Based Upon Mailbox</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#macro">8. Keyboard Macros</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#color">9. Using Color and Mono Video Attributes</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#msg-hdr-display">10. Message Header Display</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#ignore">10.1. Selecting Headers</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#hdr-order">10.2. Ordering Displayed Headers</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#alternates">11. Alternative Addresses</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#lists">12. Mailing Lists</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#mbox-hook">13. Using Multiple Spool Mailboxes</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#mailboxes">14. Monitoring Incoming Mail</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#my-hdr">15. User-Defined Headers</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#save-hook">16. Specify Default Save Mailbox</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fcc-hook">17. Specify Default Fcc: Mailbox When Composing</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fcc-save-hook">18. Specify Default Save Filename and Default Fcc: Mailbox at Once</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#send-hook">19. Change Settings Based Upon Message Recipients</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#message-hook">20. Change Settings Before Formatting a Message</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#crypt-hook">21. Choosing the Cryptographic Key of the Recipient</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#push">22. Adding Key Sequences to the Keyboard Buffer</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#exec">23. Executing Functions</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#score-command">24. Message Scoring</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#spam">25. Spam Detection</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#set">26. Setting and Querying Variables</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#var-types">26.1. Variable Types</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#set-commands">26.2. Commands</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#set-myvar">26.3. User-Defined Variables</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#source">27. Reading Initialization Commands From Another File</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#unhook">28. Removing Hooks</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#formatstrings">29. Format Strings</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#formatstrings-basics">29.1. Basic usage</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#formatstrings-conditionals">29.2. Conditionals</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#formatstrings-filters">29.3. Filters</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#formatstrings-padding">29.4. Padding</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#advancedusage">4. Advanced Usage</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#regexp">1. Regular Expressions</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#patterns">2. Patterns: Searching, Limiting and Tagging</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#patterns-modifier">2.1. Pattern Modifier</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#simple-searches">2.2. Simple Searches</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#complex-patterns">2.3. Nesting and Boolean Operators</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#date-patterns">2.4. Searching by Date</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#tags">3. Using Tags</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#hooks">4. Using Hooks</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pattern-hook">4.1. Message Matching in Hooks</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#query">5. External Address Queries</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#mailbox-formats">6. Mailbox Formats</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#shortcuts">7. Mailbox Shortcuts</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#using-lists">8. Handling Mailing Lists</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#handling-folders">9. Handling multiple folders</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#editing-threads">10. Editing Threads</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#link-threads">10.1. Linking Threads</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#break-threads">10.2. Breaking Threads</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#dsn">11. Delivery Status Notification (DSN) Support</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#urlview">12. Start a WWW Browser on URLs</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#misc-topics">13. Miscellany</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#mimesupport">5. Mutt's MIME Support</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#using-mime">1. Using MIME in Mutt</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#mime-pager">1.1. Viewing MIME Messages in the Pager</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#attach-menu">1.2. The Attachment Menu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#compose-menu">1.3. The Compose Menu</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#mime-types">2. MIME Type Configuration with mime.types</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#mailcap">3. MIME Viewer Configuration with Mailcap</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#mailcap-basics">3.1. The Basics of the Mailcap File</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#secure-mailcap">3.2. Secure Use of Mailcap</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#advanced-mailcap">3.3. Advanced Mailcap Usage</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#mailcap-example">3.4. Example Mailcap Files</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#auto-view">4. MIME Autoview</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#alternative-order">5. MIME Multipart/Alternative</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#attachments">6. Attachment Searching and Counting</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#mime-lookup">7. MIME Lookup</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#optionalfeatures">6. Optional Features</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#optionalfeatures-notes">1. General Notes</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#compile-time-features">1.1. Enabling/Disabling Features</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#url-syntax">1.2. URL Syntax</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#ssl">2. SSL/TLS Support</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#pop">3. POP3 Support</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#imap">4. IMAP Support</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#imap-browser">4.1. The IMAP Folder Browser</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#imap-authentication">4.2. Authentication</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#smtp">5. SMTP Support</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#account-hook">6. Managing Multiple Accounts</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#caching">7. Local Caching</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#header-caching">7.1. Header Caching</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#body-caching">7.2. Body Caching</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#maint-cache">7.3. Maintenance</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#exact-address">8. Exact Address Generation</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#sending-mixmaster">9. Sending Anonymous Messages via Mixmaster</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#security">7. Security Considerations</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#security-passwords">1. Passwords</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#security-tempfiles">2. Temporary Files</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#security-leaks">3. Information Leaks</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#security-leaks-mid">3.1. Message-Id: headers</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#security-leaks-mailto">3.2. mailto:-style Links</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#security-external">4. External Applications</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#tuning">8. Performance Tuning</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#tuning-mailboxes">1. Reading and Writing Mailboxes</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#tuning-messages">2. Reading Messages from Remote Folders</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#tuning-search">3. Searching and Limiting</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#reference">9. Reference</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#commandline">1. Command-Line Options</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#commands">2. Configuration Commands</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#variables">3. Configuration Variables</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#abort-nosubject">3.1. abort_nosubject</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#abort-unmodified">3.2. abort_unmodified</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#alias-file">3.3. alias_file</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#alias-format">3.4. alias_format</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#allow-8bit">3.5. allow_8bit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#allow-ansi">3.6. allow_ansi</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#arrow-cursor">3.7. arrow_cursor</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#ascii-chars">3.8. ascii_chars</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#askbcc">3.9. askbcc</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#askcc">3.10. askcc</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#assumed-charset">3.11. assumed_charset</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#attach-charset">3.12. attach_charset</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#attach-format">3.13. attach_format</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#attach-sep">3.14. attach_sep</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#attach-split">3.15. attach_split</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#attribution">3.16. attribution</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#auto-tag">3.17. auto_tag</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#autoedit">3.18. autoedit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#beep">3.19. beep</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#beep-new">3.20. beep_new</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#bounce">3.21. bounce</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#bounce-delivered">3.22. bounce_delivered</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#braille-friendly">3.23. braille_friendly</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#certificate-file">3.24. certificate_file</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#charset">3.25. charset</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#check-mbox-size">3.26. check_mbox_size</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#check-new">3.27. check_new</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#collapse-unread">3.28. collapse_unread</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#compose-format">3.29. compose_format</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#config-charset">3.30. config_charset</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#confirmappend">3.31. confirmappend</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#confirmcreate">3.32. confirmcreate</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#connect-timeout">3.33. connect_timeout</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#content-type">3.34. content_type</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#copy">3.35. copy</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#crypt-autoencrypt">3.36. crypt_autoencrypt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#crypt-autopgp">3.37. crypt_autopgp</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#crypt-autosign">3.38. crypt_autosign</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#crypt-autosmime">3.39. crypt_autosmime</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#crypt-replyencrypt">3.40. crypt_replyencrypt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#crypt-replysign">3.41. crypt_replysign</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#crypt-replysignencrypted">3.42. crypt_replysignencrypted</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#crypt-timestamp">3.43. crypt_timestamp</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#crypt-use-gpgme">3.44. crypt_use_gpgme</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#crypt-use-pka">3.45. crypt_use_pka</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#crypt-verify-sig">3.46. crypt_verify_sig</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#date-format">3.47. date_format</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#default-hook">3.48. default_hook</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#delete">3.49. delete</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#delete-untag">3.50. delete_untag</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#digest-collapse">3.51. digest_collapse</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#display-filter">3.52. display_filter</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#dotlock-program">3.53. dotlock_program</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#dsn-notify">3.54. dsn_notify</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#dsn-return">3.55. dsn_return</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#duplicate-threads">3.56. duplicate_threads</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#edit-headers">3.57. edit_headers</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#editor">3.58. editor</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#encode-from">3.59. encode_from</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#entropy-file">3.60. entropy_file</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#envelope-from-address">3.61. envelope_from_address</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#escape">3.62. escape</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#fast-reply">3.63. fast_reply</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#fcc-attach">3.64. fcc_attach</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#fcc-clear">3.65. fcc_clear</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#folder">3.66. folder</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#folder-format">3.67. folder_format</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#followup-to">3.68. followup_to</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#force-name">3.69. force_name</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#forward-decode">3.70. forward_decode</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#forward-decrypt">3.71. forward_decrypt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#forward-edit">3.72. forward_edit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#forward-format">3.73. forward_format</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#forward-quote">3.74. forward_quote</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#from">3.75. from</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#gecos-mask">3.76. gecos_mask</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#hdrs">3.77. hdrs</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#header">3.78. header</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#header-cache">3.79. header_cache</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#header-cache-compress">3.80. header_cache_compress</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#header-cache-pagesize">3.81. header_cache_pagesize</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#help">3.82. help</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#hidden-host">3.83. hidden_host</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#hide-limited">3.84. hide_limited</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#hide-missing">3.85. hide_missing</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#hide-thread-subject">3.86. hide_thread_subject</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#hide-top-limited">3.87. hide_top_limited</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#hide-top-missing">3.88. hide_top_missing</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#history">3.89. history</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#history-file">3.90. history_file</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#honor-disposition">3.91. honor_disposition</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#honor-followup-to">3.92. honor_followup_to</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#hostname">3.93. hostname</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#ignore-linear-white-space">3.94. ignore_linear_white_space</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#ignore-list-reply-to">3.95. ignore_list_reply_to</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#imap-authenticators">3.96. imap_authenticators</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#imap-check-subscribed">3.97. imap_check_subscribed</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#imap-delim-chars">3.98. imap_delim_chars</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#imap-headers">3.99. imap_headers</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#imap-idle">3.100. imap_idle</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#imap-keepalive">3.101. imap_keepalive</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#imap-list-subscribed">3.102. imap_list_subscribed</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#imap-login">3.103. imap_login</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#imap-pass">3.104. imap_pass</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#imap-passive">3.105. imap_passive</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#imap-peek">3.106. imap_peek</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#imap-pipeline-depth">3.107. imap_pipeline_depth</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#imap-servernoise">3.108. imap_servernoise</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#imap-user">3.109. imap_user</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#implicit-autoview">3.110. implicit_autoview</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#include">3.111. include</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#include-onlyfirst">3.112. include_onlyfirst</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#indent-string">3.113. indent_string</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#index-format">3.114. index_format</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#ispell">3.115. ispell</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#keep-flagged">3.116. keep_flagged</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#locale">3.117. locale</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#mail-check">3.118. mail_check</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#mailcap-path">3.119. mailcap_path</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#mailcap-sanitize">3.120. mailcap_sanitize</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#maildir-header-cache-verify">3.121. maildir_header_cache_verify</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#maildir-trash">3.122. maildir_trash</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#mark-old">3.123. mark_old</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#markers">3.124. markers</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#mask">3.125. mask</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#mbox">3.126. mbox</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#mbox-type">3.127. mbox_type</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#menu-context">3.128. menu_context</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#menu-move-off">3.129. menu_move_off</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#menu-scroll">3.130. menu_scroll</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#message-cache-clean">3.131. message_cache_clean</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#message-cachedir">3.132. message_cachedir</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#message-format">3.133. message_format</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#meta-key">3.134. meta_key</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#metoo">3.135. metoo</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#mh-purge">3.136. mh_purge</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#mh-seq-flagged">3.137. mh_seq_flagged</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#mh-seq-replied">3.138. mh_seq_replied</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#mh-seq-unseen">3.139. mh_seq_unseen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#mime-forward">3.140. mime_forward</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#mime-forward-decode">3.141. mime_forward_decode</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#mime-forward-rest">3.142. mime_forward_rest</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#mix-entry-format">3.143. mix_entry_format</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#mixmaster">3.144. mixmaster</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#move">3.145. move</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#narrow-tree">3.146. narrow_tree</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#net-inc">3.147. net_inc</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pager">3.148. pager</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pager-context">3.149. pager_context</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pager-format">3.150. pager_format</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pager-index-lines">3.151. pager_index_lines</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pager-stop">3.152. pager_stop</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-auto-decode">3.153. pgp_auto_decode</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-autoinline">3.154. pgp_autoinline</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-check-exit">3.155. pgp_check_exit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-clearsign-command">3.156. pgp_clearsign_command</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-decode-command">3.157. pgp_decode_command</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-decrypt-command">3.158. pgp_decrypt_command</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-encrypt-only-command">3.159. pgp_encrypt_only_command</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-encrypt-sign-command">3.160. pgp_encrypt_sign_command</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-entry-format">3.161. pgp_entry_format</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-export-command">3.162. pgp_export_command</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-getkeys-command">3.163. pgp_getkeys_command</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-good-sign">3.164. pgp_good_sign</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-ignore-subkeys">3.165. pgp_ignore_subkeys</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-import-command">3.166. pgp_import_command</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-list-pubring-command">3.167. pgp_list_pubring_command</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-list-secring-command">3.168. pgp_list_secring_command</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-long-ids">3.169. pgp_long_ids</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-mime-auto">3.170. pgp_mime_auto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-replyinline">3.171. pgp_replyinline</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-retainable-sigs">3.172. pgp_retainable_sigs</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-show-unusable">3.173. pgp_show_unusable</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-sign-as">3.174. pgp_sign_as</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-sign-command">3.175. pgp_sign_command</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-sort-keys">3.176. pgp_sort_keys</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-strict-enc">3.177. pgp_strict_enc</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-timeout">3.178. pgp_timeout</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-use-gpg-agent">3.179. pgp_use_gpg_agent</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-verify-command">3.180. pgp_verify_command</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-verify-key-command">3.181. pgp_verify_key_command</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pipe-decode">3.182. pipe_decode</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pipe-sep">3.183. pipe_sep</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pipe-split">3.184. pipe_split</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pop-auth-try-all">3.185. pop_auth_try_all</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pop-authenticators">3.186. pop_authenticators</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pop-checkinterval">3.187. pop_checkinterval</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pop-delete">3.188. pop_delete</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pop-host">3.189. pop_host</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pop-last">3.190. pop_last</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pop-pass">3.191. pop_pass</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pop-reconnect">3.192. pop_reconnect</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pop-user">3.193. pop_user</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#post-indent-string">3.194. post_indent_string</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#postpone">3.195. postpone</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#postponed">3.196. postponed</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#preconnect">3.197. preconnect</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#print">3.198. print</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#print-command">3.199. print_command</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#print-decode">3.200. print_decode</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#print-split">3.201. print_split</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#prompt-after">3.202. prompt_after</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#query-command">3.203. query_command</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#query-format">3.204. query_format</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#quit">3.205. quit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#quote-regexp">3.206. quote_regexp</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#read-inc">3.207. read_inc</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#read-only">3.208. read_only</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#realname">3.209. realname</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#recall">3.210. recall</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#record">3.211. record</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#reply-regexp">3.212. reply_regexp</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#reply-self">3.213. reply_self</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#reply-to">3.214. reply_to</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#resolve">3.215. resolve</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#reverse-alias">3.216. reverse_alias</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#reverse-name">3.217. reverse_name</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#reverse-realname">3.218. reverse_realname</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#rfc2047-parameters">3.219. rfc2047_parameters</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#save-address">3.220. save_address</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#save-empty">3.221. save_empty</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#save-history">3.222. save_history</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#save-name">3.223. save_name</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#score">3.224. score</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#score-threshold-delete">3.225. score_threshold_delete</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#score-threshold-flag">3.226. score_threshold_flag</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#score-threshold-read">3.227. score_threshold_read</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#search-context">3.228. search_context</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#send-charset">3.229. send_charset</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#sendmail">3.230. sendmail</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#sendmail-wait">3.231. sendmail_wait</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#shell">3.232. shell</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#sig-dashes">3.233. sig_dashes</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#sig-on-top">3.234. sig_on_top</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#signature">3.235. signature</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#simple-search">3.236. simple_search</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#sleep-time">3.237. sleep_time</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#smart-wrap">3.238. smart_wrap</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#smileys">3.239. smileys</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#smime-ask-cert-label">3.240. smime_ask_cert_label</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#smime-ca-location">3.241. smime_ca_location</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#smime-certificates">3.242. smime_certificates</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#smime-decrypt-command">3.243. smime_decrypt_command</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#smime-decrypt-use-default-key">3.244. smime_decrypt_use_default_key</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#smime-default-key">3.245. smime_default_key</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#smime-encrypt-command">3.246. smime_encrypt_command</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#smime-encrypt-with">3.247. smime_encrypt_with</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#smime-get-cert-command">3.248. smime_get_cert_command</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#smime-get-cert-email-command">3.249. smime_get_cert_email_command</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#smime-get-signer-cert-command">3.250. smime_get_signer_cert_command</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#smime-import-cert-command">3.251. smime_import_cert_command</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#smime-is-default">3.252. smime_is_default</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#smime-keys">3.253. smime_keys</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#smime-pk7out-command">3.254. smime_pk7out_command</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#smime-sign-command">3.255. smime_sign_command</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#smime-sign-opaque-command">3.256. smime_sign_opaque_command</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#smime-timeout">3.257. smime_timeout</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#smime-verify-command">3.258. smime_verify_command</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#smime-verify-opaque-command">3.259. smime_verify_opaque_command</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#smtp-authenticators">3.260. smtp_authenticators</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#smtp-pass">3.261. smtp_pass</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#smtp-url">3.262. smtp_url</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#sort">3.263. sort</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#sort-alias">3.264. sort_alias</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#sort-aux">3.265. sort_aux</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#sort-browser">3.266. sort_browser</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#sort-re">3.267. sort_re</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#spam-separator">3.268. spam_separator</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#spoolfile">3.269. spoolfile</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#ssl-ca-certificates-file">3.270. ssl_ca_certificates_file</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#ssl-client-cert">3.271. ssl_client_cert</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#ssl-force-tls">3.272. ssl_force_tls</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#ssl-min-dh-prime-bits">3.273. ssl_min_dh_prime_bits</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#ssl-starttls">3.274. ssl_starttls</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#ssl-use-sslv2">3.275. ssl_use_sslv2</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#ssl-use-sslv3">3.276. ssl_use_sslv3</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#ssl-use-tlsv1">3.277. ssl_use_tlsv1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#ssl-usesystemcerts">3.278. ssl_usesystemcerts</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#ssl-verify-dates">3.279. ssl_verify_dates</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#ssl-verify-host">3.280. ssl_verify_host</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#status-chars">3.281. status_chars</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#status-format">3.282. status_format</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#status-on-top">3.283. status_on_top</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#strict-threads">3.284. strict_threads</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#suspend">3.285. suspend</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#text-flowed">3.286. text_flowed</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#thorough-search">3.287. thorough_search</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#thread-received">3.288. thread_received</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#tilde">3.289. tilde</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#time-inc">3.290. time_inc</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#timeout">3.291. timeout</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#tmpdir">3.292. tmpdir</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#to-chars">3.293. to_chars</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#tunnel">3.294. tunnel</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#uncollapse-jump">3.295. uncollapse_jump</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#use-8bitmime">3.296. use_8bitmime</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#use-domain">3.297. use_domain</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#use-envelope-from">3.298. use_envelope_from</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#use-from">3.299. use_from</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#use-idn">3.300. use_idn</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#use-ipv6">3.301. use_ipv6</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#user-agent">3.302. user_agent</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#visual">3.303. visual</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#wait-key">3.304. wait_key</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#weed">3.305. weed</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#wrap">3.306. wrap</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#wrap-search">3.307. wrap_search</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#wrapmargin">3.308. wrapmargin</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#write-bcc">3.309. write_bcc</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#write-inc">3.310. write_inc</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#functions">4. Functions</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#generic-map">4.1. Generic Menu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#index-map">4.2. Index Menu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pager-map">4.3. Pager Menu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#alias-map">4.4. Alias Menu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#query-map">4.5. Query Menu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#attach-map">4.6. Attach Menu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#compose-map">4.7. Compose Menu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#postpone-map">4.8. Postpone Menu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#browser-map">4.9. Browser Menu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-map">4.10. Pgp Menu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#smime-map">4.11. Smime Menu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#mix-map">4.12. Mix Menu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#editor-map">4.13. Editor Menu</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#miscellany">10. Miscellany</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#acknowledgements">1. Acknowledgements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#about">2. About This Document</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>List of Tables</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="#tab-typo">Typographical conventions for special terms</a></dt><dt>2.1. <a href="#tab-keys-nav-line">Most common navigation keys in entry-based menus</a></dt><dt>2.2. <a href="#tab-keys-nav-page">Most common navigation keys in page-based menus</a></dt><dt>2.3. <a href="#tab-keys-editor">Most common line editor keys</a></dt><dt>2.4. <a href="#tab-key-index">Most common message index keys</a></dt><dt>2.5. <a href="#tab-msg-status-flags">Message status flags</a></dt><dt>2.6. <a href="#tab-msg-recip-flags">Message recipient flags</a></dt><dt>2.7. <a href="#tab-key-pager">Most common pager keys</a></dt><dt>2.8. <a href="#tab-ansi-esc">ANSI escape sequences</a></dt><dt>2.9. <a href="#tab-color">Color sequences</a></dt><dt>2.10. <a href="#tab-key-threads">Most common thread mode keys</a></dt><dt>2.11. <a href="#tab-key-send">Most common mail sending keys</a></dt><dt>2.12. <a href="#tab-func-compose">Most common compose menu keys</a></dt><dt>2.13. <a href="#tab-pgp-menuflags">PGP key menu flags</a></dt><dt>3.1. <a href="#tab-key-names">Symbolic key names</a></dt><dt>4.1. <a href="#posix-regex-char-classes">POSIX regular expression character classes</a></dt><dt>4.2. <a href="#regex-repeat">Regular expression repetition operators</a></dt><dt>4.3. <a href="#regex-gnu-ext">GNU regular expression extensions</a></dt><dt>4.4. <a href="#tab-patterns">Pattern modifiers</a></dt><dt>4.5. <a href="#tab-simplesearch-keywords">Simple search keywords</a></dt><dt>4.6. <a href="#tab-date-units">Date units</a></dt><dt>9.1. <a href="#tab-commandline-options">Command line options</a></dt><dt>9.2. <a href="#generic-table">Default generic Function Bindings</a></dt><dt>9.3. <a href="#index-table">Default index Function Bindings</a></dt><dt>9.4. <a href="#pager-table">Default pager Function Bindings</a></dt><dt>9.5. <a href="#alias-table">Default alias Function Bindings</a></dt><dt>9.6. <a href="#query-table">Default query Function Bindings</a></dt><dt>9.7. <a href="#attach-table">Default attach Function Bindings</a></dt><dt>9.8. <a href="#compose-table">Default compose Function Bindings</a></dt><dt>9.9. <a href="#postpone-table">Default postpone Function Bindings</a></dt><dt>9.10. <a href="#browser-table">Default browser Function Bindings</a></dt><dt>9.11. <a href="#pgp-table">Default pgp Function Bindings</a></dt><dt>9.12. <a href="#smime-table">Default smime Function Bindings</a></dt><dt>9.13. <a href="#mix-table">Default mix Function Bindings</a></dt><dt>9.14. <a href="#editor-table">Default editor Function Bindings</a></dt></dl></div><div class="list-of-examples"><p><b>List of Examples</b></p><dl><dt>3.1. <a href="#ex-rc-multiple-cmds">Multiple configuration commands per line</a></dt><dt>3.2. <a href="#ex-ec-comment">Commenting configuration files</a></dt><dt>3.3. <a href="#ex-rc-quote">Escaping quotes in congfiguration files</a></dt><dt>3.4. <a href="#ex-rc-split">Splitting long configuration commands over several lines</a></dt><dt>3.5. <a href="#ex-rc-backtick">Using external command's output in configuration files</a></dt><dt>3.6. <a href="#ex-rc-env">Using environment variables in configuration files</a></dt><dt>3.7. <a href="#ex-alias-external">Configuring external alias files</a></dt><dt>3.8. <a href="#ex-folder-sorting">Setting sort method based on mailbox name</a></dt><dt>3.9. <a href="#ex-header-weeding">Header weeding</a></dt><dt>3.10. <a href="#ex-hdr-order">Configuring header display order</a></dt><dt>3.11. <a href="#ex-my-hdr">Defining custom headers</a></dt><dt>3.12. <a href="#ex-save-hook-exando">Using %-expandos in save-hook</a></dt><dt>3.13. <a href="#ex-folder-hook-push">Embedding push in folder-hook</a></dt><dt>3.14. <a href="#ex-spam">Configuring spam detection</a></dt><dt>3.15. <a href="#ex-myvar1">Using user-defined variables for config file readability</a></dt><dt>3.16. <a href="#ex-myvar2">Using user-defined variables for backing up other config option values</a></dt><dt>3.17. <a href="#ex-myvar3">Deferring user-defined variable expansion to runtime</a></dt><dt>3.18. <a href="#ex-fmtpipe">Using external filters in format strings</a></dt><dt>4.1. <a href="#ex-recips">Matching all addresses in address lists</a></dt><dt>4.2. <a href="#ex-pattern-bool">Using boolean operators in patterns</a></dt><dt>4.3. <a href="#ex-default-hook">Specifying a default hook</a></dt><dt>5.1. <a href="#ex-attach-count">Attachment counting</a></dt><dt>6.1. <a href="#ex-url">URLs</a></dt><dt>6.2. <a href="#ex-multiaccount">Managing multiple accounts</a></dt></dl></div><div class="chapter" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a id="intro"></a>Chapter 1. Introduction</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#homepage">1. Mutt Home Page</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#muttlists">2. Mailing Lists</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#distribution">3. Getting Mutt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#irc">4. Mutt Online Resources</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#contrib">5. Contributing to Mutt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#typo">6. Typograhical Conventions</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#copyright">7. Copyright</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>
<span class="bold"><strong>Mutt</strong></span> is a small but very powerful text-based MIME mail client. Mutt is
highly configurable, and is well suited to the mail power user with advanced
features like key bindings, keyboard macros, mail threading, regular
expression searches and a powerful pattern matching language for selecting
groups of messages.
</p><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="homepage"></a>1. Mutt Home Page</h2></div></div></div><p>
-<a href="http://www.mutt.org/" target="_top">http://www.mutt.org/</a>
+The official homepage can be found at
+<a class="ulink" href="http://www.mutt.org/" target="_top">http://www.mutt.org/</a>.
</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="muttlists"></a>2. Mailing Lists</h2></div></div></div><p>
To subscribe to one of the following mailing lists, send a message with the
word <span class="emphasis"><em>subscribe</em></span> in the body to
<code class="literal">list-name</code><span class="emphasis"><em>-request</em></span><code class="literal">@mutt.org</code>.
-</p><p>
-
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>
-<code class="email"><<a href="mailto:mutt-announce-request@mutt.org">mutt-announce-request@mutt.org</a>></code> -- low traffic list for announcements
+<code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:mutt-announce-request@mutt.org">mutt-announce-request@mutt.org</a>></code> -- low traffic list for announcements
</p></li><li><p>
-<code class="email"><<a href="mailto:mutt-users-request@mutt.org">mutt-users-request@mutt.org</a>></code> -- help, bug reports and feature requests
+<code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:mutt-users-request@mutt.org">mutt-users-request@mutt.org</a>></code> -- help, bug reports and feature requests
</p></li><li><p>
-<code class="email"><<a href="mailto:mutt-dev-request@mutt.org">mutt-dev-request@mutt.org</a>></code> -- development mailing list
-</p></li></ul></div><p>
-
-</p><p>
-<span class="bold"><strong>Note:</strong></span> all messages posted to <span class="emphasis"><em>mutt-announce</em></span> are automatically
-forwarded to <span class="emphasis"><em>mutt-users</em></span>, so you do not need to be subscribed to both
-lists.
-</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="distribution"></a>3. Software Distribution Sites</h2></div></div></div><p>
-
-</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>
-<a href="ftp://ftp.mutt.org/mutt/" target="_top">ftp://ftp.mutt.org/mutt/</a>
-</p></li></ul></div><p>
-
-</p><p>
-For a list of mirror sites, please refer to <a href="http://www.mutt.org/download.html" target="_top">http://www.mutt.org/download.html</a>.
-</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="irc"></a>4. IRC</h2></div></div></div><p>
-Visit channel <span class="emphasis"><em>#mutt</em></span> on
-<a href="http://www.freenode.net/" target="_top">irc.freenode.net</a> to chat with
-other people interested in Mutt.
-</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="usenet"></a>5. USENET</h2></div></div></div><p>
-See the newsgroup <a href="news:comp.mail.mutt" target="_top">comp.mail.mutt</a>.
-</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="copyright"></a>6. Copyright</h2></div></div></div><p>
-Mutt is Copyright (C) 1996-2005 Michael R. Elkins
-<code class="email"><<a href="mailto:me@cs.hmc.edu">me@cs.hmc.edu</a>></code> and others
+<code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:mutt-dev-request@mutt.org">mutt-dev-request@mutt.org</a>></code> -- development mailing list
+</p></li></ul></div><div class="note"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>
+All messages posted to
+<span class="emphasis"><em>mutt-announce</em></span> are automatically forwarded to
+<span class="emphasis"><em>mutt-users</em></span>, so you do not need to be subscribed to
+both lists.
+</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="distribution"></a>3. Getting Mutt</h2></div></div></div><p>
+Mutt releases can be downloaded from
+<a class="ulink" href="ftp://ftp.mutt.org/mutt/" target="_top">ftp://ftp.mutt.org/mutt/</a>.
+For a list of mirror sites, please refer to
+<a class="ulink" href="http://www.mutt.org/download.html" target="_top">http://www.mutt.org/download.html</a>.
+</p><p>
+For nightly tarballs and version control access, please refer to the
+<a class="ulink" href="http://dev.mutt.org/" target="_top">Mutt development site</a>.
+</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="irc"></a>4. Mutt Online Resources</h2></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">Bug Tracking System</span></dt><dd><p>
+The official Mutt bug tracking system can be found at
+<a class="ulink" href="http://bugs.mutt.org/" target="_top">http://bugs.mutt.org/</a>
+</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Wiki</span></dt><dd><p>
+An (unofficial) wiki can be found
+at <a class="ulink" href="http://wiki.mutt.org/" target="_top">http://wiki.mutt.org/</a>.
+</p></dd><dt><span class="term">IRC</span></dt><dd><p>
+For the IRC user community, visit channel <span class="emphasis"><em>#mutt</em></span> on
+<a class="ulink" href="http://www.freenode.net/" target="_top">irc.freenode.net</a>.
+</p></dd><dt><span class="term">USENET</span></dt><dd><p>
+For USENET, see the newsgroup <a class="ulink" href="news:comp.mail.mutt" target="_top">comp.mail.mutt</a>.
+</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="contrib"></a>5. Contributing to Mutt</h2></div></div></div><p>
+There are various ways to contribute to the Mutt project.
+</p><p>
+Especially for new users it may be helpful to meet other new and
+experienced users to chat about Mutt, talk about problems and share
+tricks.
+</p><p>
+Since translations of Mutt into other languages are highly appreciated,
+the Mutt developers always look for skilled translators that help
+improve and continue to maintain stale translations.
+</p><p>
+For contributing code patches for new features and bug fixes, please
+refer to the developer pages at
+<a class="ulink" href="http://dev.mutt.org/" target="_top">http://dev.mutt.org/</a> for more details.
+</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="typo"></a>6. Typograhical Conventions</h2></div></div></div><p>
+This section lists typographical conventions followed throughout this
+manual. See table <a class="xref" href="#tab-typo" title="Table 1.1. Typographical conventions for special terms">Table 1.1, “Typographical conventions for special terms”</a> for typographical
+conventions for special terms.
+</p><div class="table"><a id="tab-typo"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.1. Typographical conventions for special terms</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Typographical conventions for special terms" border="1"><colgroup><col /><col /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Item</th><th>Refers to...</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><code class="literal">printf(3)</code></td><td>UNIX manual pages, execute <code class="literal">man 3 printf</code></td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><PageUp></code></td><td>named keys</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><create-alias></code></td><td>named Mutt function</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal">^G</code></td><td>Control+G key combination</td></tr><tr><td>$mail_check</td><td>Mutt configuration option</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal">$HOME</code></td><td>environment variable</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><p>
+Examples are presented as:
+</p><pre class="screen">
+mutt -v
+</pre><p>
+Within command synopsis, curly brackets (“<span class="quote">{}</span>”) denote a set
+of options of which one is mandatory, square brackets
+(“<span class="quote">[]</span>”) denote optional arguments, three dots
+denote that the argument may be repeated arbitrary times.
+</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="copyright"></a>7. Copyright</h2></div></div></div><p>
+Mutt is Copyright © 1996-2009 Michael R. Elkins
+<code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:me@mutt.org">me@mutt.org</a>></code> and others.
</p><p>
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
-</p></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a id="gettingstarted"></a>Chapter 2. Getting Started</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#
menus">1. Moving Around in Menus</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#editing">2. Editing Input Fields</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#editing-intro">2.1. Introduction</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#editing-history">2.2. History</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#reading">3. Reading Mail - The Index and Pager</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id449968">3.1. The Message Index</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id450511">3.2. The Pager</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#threads">3.3. Threaded Mode</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id451166">3.4. Miscellaneous Functions</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#sending">4. Sending Mail</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id452150">4.1. Editing the message header</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id452237">4.2. Using Mutt with PGP</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id452481">4.3. Sending anonymous messages via mixmaster.</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id452606">4.4. Sending format=flowed messages</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#forwarding-mail">5. Forwarding and Bouncing Mail</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#postponing-mail">6. Postponing Mail</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>
+</p></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a id="gettingstarted"></a>Chapter 2. Getting Started</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#
core-concepts">1. Core Concepts</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#concept-screens-and-menus">2. Screens and Menus</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#intro-index">2.1. Index</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#intro-pager">2.2. Pager</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#intro-browser">2.3. File Browser</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#intro-help">2.4. Help</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#intro-compose">2.5. Compose Menu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#intro-alias">2.6. Alias Menu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#intro-attach">2.7. Attachment Menu</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#menus">3. Moving Around in Menus</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#editing">4. Editing Input Fields</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#editing-intro">4.1. Introduction</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#editing-history">4.2. History</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#reading">5. Reading Mail</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#index-menu">5.1. The Message Index</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pager-menu">5.2. The Pager</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#threads">5.3. Threaded Mode</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#reading-misc">5.4. Miscellaneous Functions</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#sending">6. Sending Mail</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#sending-intro">6.1. Introduction</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#edit-header">6.2. Editing the Message Header</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#sending-crypto">6.3. Sending Cryptographically Signed/Encrypted Messages</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#ff">6.4. Sending Format=Flowed Messages</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#forwarding-mail">7. Forwarding and Bouncing Mail</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#postponing-mail">8. Postponing Mail</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>
This section is intended as a brief overview of how to use Mutt. There are
many other features which are described elsewhere in the manual. There
is even more information available in the Mutt FAQ and various web
-pages. See the <a href="http://www.mutt.org/mutt/" target="_top">Mutt Page</a> for more details.
+pages. See the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.mutt.org/" target="_top">Mutt homepage</a> for more details.
</p><p>
The keybindings described in this section are the defaults as distributed.
Your local system administrator may have altered the defaults for your site.
-You can always type ``?'' in any menu to display the current bindings.
-</p><p>
-The first thing you need to do is invoke mutt, simply by typing mutt
-at the command line. There are various command-line options, see
-either the mutt man page or the <a href="#commandline" title="1. Command line options">reference</a>.
-</p><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="menus"></a>1. Moving Around in Menus</h2></div></div></div><p>
-Information is presented in menus, very similar to ELM, see <a href="#tab-keys-nav" title="Table 2.1. Most common navigation keys">Table 2.1, “Most common navigation keys”</a>
-for common keys used to navigate menus in Mutt.
+You can always type “<span class="quote">?</span>” in any menu to display the current bindings.
+</p><p>
+The first thing you need to do is invoke Mutt, simply by typing <code class="literal">mutt</code>
+at the command line. There are various command-line options, see
+either the Mutt man page or the <a class="link" href="#commandline" title="1. Command-Line Options">reference</a>.
+</p><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="core-concepts"></a>1. Core Concepts</h2></div></div></div><p>
+Mutt is a text-based application which interacts with users through
+different menus which are mostly line-/entry-based or page-based. A
+line-based menu is the so-called “<span class="quote">index</span>” menu (listing all messages of
+the currently opened folder) or the “<span class="quote">alias</span>” menu (allowing you to
+select recipients from a list). Examples for page-based menus are the
+“<span class="quote">pager</span>” (showing one message at a time) or the “<span class="quote">help</span>” menu listing
+all available key bindings.
+</p><p>
+The user interface consists of a context sensitive help line at the top,
+the menu's contents followed by a context sensitive status line and
+finally the command line. The command line is used to display
+informational and error messages as well as for prompts and for entering
+interactive commands.
+</p><p>
+Mutt is configured through variables which, if the user wants to
+permanently use a non-default value, are written to configuration
+files. Mutt supports a rich config file syntax to make even complex
+configuration files readable and commentable.
+</p><p>
+Because Mutt allows for customizing almost all key bindings, there are
+so-called “<span class="quote">functions</span>” which can be executed manually (using the
+command line) or in macros. Macros allow the user to bind a sequence of
+commands to a single key or a short key sequence instead of repeating a
+sequence of actions over and over.
+</p><p>
+Many commands (such as saving or copying a message to another folder)
+can be applied to a single message or a set of messages (so-called
+“<span class="quote">tagged</span>” messages). To help selecting messages, Mutt provides a rich
+set of message patterns (such as recipients, sender, body contents, date
+sent/received, etc.) which can be combined into complex expressions
+using the boolean <span class="emphasis"><em>and</em></span> and <span class="emphasis"><em>or</em></span>
+operations as well as negating. These patterns can also be used to (for
+example) search for messages or to limit the index to show only matching
+messages.
</p><p>
-
-</p><div class="table"><a id="tab-keys-nav"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 2.1. Most common navigation keys</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Most common navigation keys" border="1"><colgroup><col /><col /><col /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Key</th><th>Function</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>j or Down</td><td>next-entry</td><td>move to the next entry</td></tr><tr><td>k or Up</td><td>previous-entry</td><td>move to the previous entry</td></tr><tr><td>z or PageDn</td><td>page-down</td><td>go to the next page</td></tr><tr><td>Z or PageUp</td><td>page-up</td><td>go to the previous page</td></tr><tr><td>= or Home</td><td>first-entry</td><td>jump to the first entry</td></tr><tr><td>* or End</td><td>last-entry</td><td>jump to the last entry</td></tr><tr><td>q</td><td>quit</td><td>exit the current menu</td></tr><tr><td>?</td><td>help</td><td>list all keybindings for the current menu</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break" />
-
-</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="editing"></a>2. Editing Input Fields</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="editing-intro"></a>2.1. Introduction</h3></div></div></div><p>
+Mutt supports a “<span class="quote">hook</span>” concept which allows the user to execute
+arbitrary configuration commands and functions in certain situations
+such as entering a folder, starting a new message or replying to an
+existing one. These hooks can be used to highly customize Mutt's
+behaviour including managing multiple identities, customizing the
+display for a folder or even implementing auto-archiving based on a
+per-folder basis and much more.
+</p><p>
+Besides an interactive mode, Mutt can also be used as a command-line
+tool only send messages. It also supports a
+<code class="literal">mailx(1)</code>-compatible interface, see <a class="xref" href="#tab-commandline-options" title="Table 9.1. Command line options">Table 9.1, “Command line options”</a> for a complete list of command-line
+options.
+</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="concept-screens-and-menus"></a>2. Screens and Menus</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="intro-index"></a>2.1. Index</h3></div></div></div><p>
+The index is the screen that you usually see first when you start
+Mutt. It gives an overview over your emails in the currently opened
+mailbox. By default, this is your system mailbox. The information you
+see in the index is a list of emails, each with its number on the left,
+its flags (new email, important email, email that has been forwarded or
+replied to, tagged email, ...), the date when email was sent, its
+sender, the email size, and the subject. Additionally, the index also
+shows thread hierarchies: when you reply to an email, and the other
+person replies back, you can see the other's person email in a
+"sub-tree" below. This is especially useful for personal email between
+a group of people or when you've subscribed to mailing lists.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="intro-pager"></a>2.2. Pager</h3></div></div></div><p>
+The pager is responsible for showing the email content. On the top of
+the pager you have an overview over the most important email headers
+like the sender, the recipient, the subject, and much more
+information. How much information you actually see depends on your
+configuration, which we'll describe below.
+</p><p>
+Below the headers, you see the email body which usually contains the
+message. If the email contains any attachments, you will see more
+information about them below the email body, or, if the attachments are
+text files, you can view them directly in the pager.
+</p><p>
+To give the user a good overview, it is possible to configure Mutt to
+show different things in the pager with different colors. Virtually
+everything that can be described with a regular expression can be
+colored, e.g. URLs, email addresses or smileys.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="intro-browser"></a>2.3. File Browser</h3></div></div></div><p>
+The file browser is the interface to the local or remote file
+system. When selecting a mailbox to open, the browser allows custom
+sorting of items, limiting the items shown by a regular expression and a
+freely adjustable format of what to display in which way. It also allows
+for easy navigation through the file system when selecting file(s) to
+attach to a message, select multiple files to attach and many more.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="intro-help"></a>2.4. Help</h3></div></div></div><p>
+The help screen is meant to offer a quick help to the user. It lists the
+current configuration of key bindings and their associated commands
+including a short description, and currently unbound functions that
+still need to be associated with a key binding (or alternatively, they
+can be called via the Mutt command prompt).
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="intro-compose"></a>2.5. Compose Menu</h3></div></div></div><p>
+The compose menu features a split screen containing the information
+which really matter before actually sending a message by mail: who gets
+the message as what (recipients and who gets what kind of
+copy). Additionally, users may set security options like deciding
+whether to sign, encrypt or sign and encrypt a message with/for what
+keys. Also, it's used to attach messages, to re-edit any attachment
+including the message itself.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="intro-alias"></a>2.6. Alias Menu</h3></div></div></div><p>
+The alias menu is used to help users finding the recipients of
+messages. For users who need to contact many people, there's no need to
+remember addresses or names completely because it allows for searching,
+too. The alias mechanism and thus the alias menu also features grouping
+several addresses by a shorter nickname, the actual alias, so that users
+don't have to select each single recipient manually.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="intro-attach"></a>2.7. Attachment Menu</h3></div></div></div><p>
+As will be later discussed in detail, Mutt features a good and stable
+MIME implementation, that is, it supports sending and receiving messages
+of arbitrary MIME types. The attachment menu displays a message's
+structure in detail: what content parts are attached to which parent
+part (which gives a true tree structure), which type is of what type and
+what size. Single parts may saved, deleted or modified to offer great
+and easy access to message's internals.
+</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="menus"></a>3. Moving Around in Menus</h2></div></div></div><p>
+The most important navigation keys common to line- or entry-based menus
+are shown in <a class="xref" href="#tab-keys-nav-line" title="Table 2.1. Most common navigation keys in entry-based menus">Table 2.1, “Most common navigation keys in entry-based menus”</a> and in
+<a class="xref" href="#tab-keys-nav-page" title="Table 2.2. Most common navigation keys in page-based menus">Table 2.2, “Most common navigation keys in page-based menus”</a> for page-based menus.
+</p><div class="table"><a id="tab-keys-nav-line"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 2.1. Most common navigation keys in entry-based menus</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Most common navigation keys in entry-based menus" border="1"><colgroup><col /><col /><col /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Key</th><th>Function</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>j or <Down></td><td><code class="literal"><next-entry></code></td><td>move to the next entry</td></tr><tr><td>k or <Up></td><td><code class="literal"><previous-entry></code></td><td>move to the previous entry</td></tr><tr><td>z or <PageDn></td><td><code class="literal"><page-down></code></td><td>go to the next page</td></tr><tr><td>Z or <PageUp></td><td><code class="literal"><page-up></code></td><td>go to the previous page</td></tr><tr><td>= or <Home></td><td><code class="literal"><first-entry></code></td><td>jump to the first entry</td></tr><tr><td>* or <End></td><td><code class="literal"><last-entry></code></td><td>jump to the last entry</td></tr><tr><td>q</td><td><code class="literal"><quit></code></td><td>exit the current menu</td></tr><tr><td>?</td><td><code class="literal"><help></code></td><td>list all keybindings for the current menu</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><div class="table"><a id="tab-keys-nav-page"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 2.2. Most common navigation keys in page-based menus</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Most common navigation keys in page-based menus" border="1"><colgroup><col /><col /><col /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Key</th><th>Function</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>J or <Return></td><td><code class="literal"><next-line></code></td><td>scroll down one line</td></tr><tr><td><Backspace></td><td><code class="literal"><previous-line></code></td><td>sroll up one line</td></tr><tr><td>K, <Space> or <PageDn></td><td><code class="literal"><next-page></code></td><td>move to the next page</td></tr><tr><td>- or <PageUp></td><td><code class="literal"><previous-page></code></td><td>move the previous page</td></tr><tr><td><Home></td><td><code class="literal"><top></code></td><td>move to the top</td></tr><tr><td><End></td><td><code class="literal"><bottom></code></td><td>move to the bottom</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="editing"></a>4. Editing Input Fields</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="editing-intro"></a>4.1. Introduction</h3></div></div></div><p>
Mutt has a built-in line editor for inputting text, e.g. email
addresses or filenames. The keys used to manipulate text input are
-very similar to those of Emacs. See <a href="#tab-keys-editor" title="Table 2.2. Most common line editor keys">Table 2.2, “Most common line editor keys”</a> for a full
+very similar to those of Emacs. See <a class="xref" href="#tab-keys-editor" title="Table 2.3. Most common line editor keys">Table 2.3, “Most common line editor keys”</a> for a full
reference of available functions, their default key bindings, and
short descriptions.
-</p><p>
-
-</p><div class="table"><a id="tab-keys-editor"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 2.2. Most common line editor keys</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Most common line editor keys" border="1"><colgroup><col /><col /><col /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Key</th><th>Function</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>^A or <Home></td><td>bol</td><td>move to the start of the line</td></tr><tr><td>^B or <Left></td><td>backward-char</td><td>move back one char</td></tr><tr><td>Esc B</td><td>backward-word</td><td>move back one word</td></tr><tr><td>^D or <Delete></td><td>delete-char</td><td>delete the char under the cursor</td></tr><tr><td>^E or <End></td><td>eol</td><td>move to the end of the line</td></tr><tr><td>^F or <Right></td><td>forward-char</td><td>move forward one char</td></tr><tr><td>Esc F</td><td>forward-word</td><td>move forward one word</td></tr><tr><td><Tab></td><td>complete</td><td>complete filename or alias</td></tr><tr><td>^T</td><td>complete-query</td><td>complete address with query</td></tr><tr><td>^K</td><td>kill-eol</td><td>delete to the end of the line</td></tr><tr><td>ESC d</td><td>kill-eow</td><td>delete to the end ot the word</td></tr><tr><td>^W</td><td>kill-word</td><td>kill the word in front of the cursor</td></tr><tr><td>^U</td><td>kill-line</td><td>delete entire line</td></tr><tr><td>^V</td><td>quote-char</td><td>quote the next typed key</td></tr><tr><td><Up></td><td>history-up</td><td>recall previous string from history</td></tr><tr><td><Down></td><td>history-down</td><td>recall next string from history</td></tr><tr><td><BackSpace></td><td>backspace</td><td>kill the char in front of the cursor</td></tr><tr><td>Esc u</td><td>upcase-word</td><td>convert word to upper case</td></tr><tr><td>Esc l</td><td>downcase-word</td><td>convert word to lower case</td></tr><tr><td>Esc c</td><td>capitalize-word</td><td>capitalize the word</td></tr><tr><td>^G</td><td>n/a</td><td>abort</td></tr><tr><td><Return></td><td>n/a</td><td>finish editing</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break" />
-
-</p><p>
+</p><div class="table"><a id="tab-keys-editor"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 2.3. Most common line editor keys</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Most common line editor keys" border="1"><colgroup><col /><col /><col /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Key</th><th>Function</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>^A or <Home></td><td><code class="literal"><bol></code></td><td>move to the start of the line</td></tr><tr><td>^B or <Left></td><td><code class="literal"><backward-char></code></td><td>move back one char</td></tr><tr><td>Esc B</td><td><code class="literal"><backward-word></code></td><td>move back one word</td></tr><tr><td>^D or <Delete></td><td><code class="literal"><delete-char></code></td><td>delete the char under the cursor</td></tr><tr><td>^E or <End></td><td><code class="literal"><eol></code></td><td>move to the end of the line</td></tr><tr><td>^F or <Right></td><td><code class="literal"><forward-char></code></td><td>move forward one char</td></tr><tr><td>Esc F</td><td><code class="literal"><forward-word></code></td><td>move forward one word</td></tr><tr><td><Tab></td><td><code class="literal"><complete></code></td><td>complete filename or alias</td></tr><tr><td>^T</td><td><code class="literal"><complete-query></code></td><td>complete address with query</td></tr><tr><td>^K</td><td><code class="literal"><kill-eol></code></td><td>delete to the end of the line</td></tr><tr><td>Esc d</td><td><code class="literal"><kill-eow></code></td><td>delete to the end of the word</td></tr><tr><td>^W</td><td><code class="literal"><kill-word></code></td><td>kill the word in front of the cursor</td></tr><tr><td>^U</td><td><code class="literal"><kill-line></code></td><td>delete entire line</td></tr><tr><td>^V</td><td><code class="literal"><quote-char></code></td><td>quote the next typed key</td></tr><tr><td><Up></td><td><code class="literal"><history-up></code></td><td>recall previous string from history</td></tr><tr><td><Down></td><td><code class="literal"><history-down></code></td><td>recall next string from history</td></tr><tr><td><BackSpace></td><td><code class="literal"><backspace></code></td><td>kill the char in front of the cursor</td></tr><tr><td>Esc u</td><td><code class="literal"><upcase-word></code></td><td>convert word to upper case</td></tr><tr><td>Esc l</td><td><code class="literal"><downcase-word></code></td><td>convert word to lower case</td></tr><tr><td>Esc c</td><td><code class="literal"><capitalize-word></code></td><td>capitalize the word</td></tr><tr><td>^G</td><td>n/a</td><td>abort</td></tr><tr><td><Return></td><td>n/a</td><td>finish editing</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><p>
You can remap the <span class="emphasis"><em>editor</em></span> functions using the
-<a href="#bind" title="4. Changing the default key bindings">bind</a> command. For example, to make
-the <span class="emphasis"><em>Delete</em></span> key delete the character in front of
-the cursor rather than under, you could use
+<a class="link" href="#bind" title="5. Changing the Default Key Bindings"><span class="command"><strong>bind</strong></span></a> command. For example, to make
+the <Delete> key delete the character in front of
+the cursor rather than under, you could use:
</p><pre class="screen">
bind editor <delete> backspace
-</pre></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="editing-history"></a>2.2. History</h3></div></div></div><p>
-The number of items in the built-in editor's history is controlled by
-the <a href="#history" title="3.77. history">$history</a> variable. You may
-cycle through them at an editor prompt by using the
-<code class="literal">history-up</code> and/or <code class="literal">history-down</code>
-commands.
+</pre></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="editing-history"></a>4.2. History</h3></div></div></div><p>
+Mutt maintains a history for the built-in editor. The number of items
+is controlled by the <a class="link" href="#history" title="3.89. history">$history</a>
+variable and can be made persistent using an external file specified
+using <a class="link" href="#history-file" title="3.90. history_file">$history_file</a>.
+You may cycle through them at an editor prompt by using the
+<code class="literal"><history-up></code> and/or
+<code class="literal"><history-down></code> commands. But notice that Mutt
+does not remember the currently entered text, it only cycles through
+history and wraps around at the end or beginning.
</p><p>
Mutt maintains several distinct history lists, one for each of the
following categories:
-</p><p>
-</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>muttrc commands</p></li><li><p>addresses and aliases</p></li><li><p>shell commands</p></li><li><p>filenames</p></li><li><p>patterns</p></li><li><p>everything else</p></li></ul></div><p>
-</p><p>
-Mutt automatically filters out repeated items from the history. It
+</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><code class="literal">.muttrc</code> commands</p></li><li><p>addresses and aliases</p></li><li><p>shell commands</p></li><li><p>filenames</p></li><li><p>patterns</p></li><li><p>everything else</p></li></ul></div><p>
+Mutt automatically filters out consecutively repeated items from the history. It
also mimics the behavior of some shells by ignoring items starting
-with a space.
-</p><p>
-The latter feature can be useful in macros to not clobber the history's
-valuable entries with unwanted entries.
-</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="reading"></a>3. Reading Mail - The Index and Pager</h2></div></div></div><p>
+with a space. The latter feature can be useful in macros to not clobber
+the history's valuable entries with unwanted entries.
+</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="reading"></a>5. Reading Mail</h2></div></div></div><p>
Similar to many other mail clients, there are two modes in which mail is
-read in Mutt. The first is the index of messages in the mailbox, which is
-called the ``index'' in Mutt. The second mode is the display of the
-message contents. This is called the ``pager.''
+read in Mutt. The first is a list of messages in the mailbox, which is
+called the “<span class="quote">index</span>” menu in Mutt. The second mode is the display of the
+message contents. This is called the “<span class="quote">pager.</span>”
</p><p>
The next few sections describe the functions provided in each of these
modes.
-</p><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="i
d449968"></a>3.1. The Message Index</h3></div></div></div><p>
+</p><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="i
ndex-menu"></a>5.1. The Message Index</h3></div></div></div><p>
Common keys used to navigate through and manage messages in the index
-are shown in <a href="#tab-key-index" title="Table 2.3. Most common message index keys">Table 2.3, “Most common message index keys”</a>.
-</p><p>
-
-</p><div class="table"><a id="tab-key-index"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 2.3. Most common message index keys</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Most common message index keys" border="1"><colgroup><col /><col /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Key</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>c</td><td>change to a different mailbox</td></tr><tr><td>ESC c</td><td>change to a folder in read-only mode</td></tr><tr><td>C</td><td>copy the current message to another mailbox</td></tr><tr><td>ESC C</td><td>decode a message and copy it to a folder</td></tr><tr><td>ESC s</td><td>decode a message and save it to a folder</td></tr><tr><td>D</td><td>delete messages matching a pattern</td></tr><tr><td>d</td><td>delete the current message</td></tr><tr><td>F</td><td>mark as important</td></tr><tr><td>l</td><td>show messages matching a pattern</td></tr><tr><td>N</td><td>mark message as new</td></tr><tr><td>o</td><td>change the current sort method</td></tr><tr><td>O</td><td>reverse sort the mailbox</td></tr><tr><td>q</td><td>save changes and exit</td></tr><tr><td>s</td><td>save-message</td></tr><tr><td>T</td><td>tag messages matching a pattern</td></tr><tr><td>t</td><td>toggle the tag on a message</td></tr><tr><td>ESC t</td><td>toggle tag on entire message thread</td></tr><tr><td>U</td><td>undelete messages matching a pattern</td></tr><tr><td>u</td><td>undelete-message</td></tr><tr><td>v</td><td>view-attachments</td></tr><tr><td>x</td><td>abort changes and exit</td></tr><tr><td><Return></td><td>display-message</td></tr><tr><td><Tab></td><td>jump to the next new or unread message</td></tr><tr><td>@</td><td>show the author's full e-mail address</td></tr><tr><td>$</td><td>save changes to mailbox</td></tr><tr><td>/</td><td>search</td></tr><tr><td>ESC /</td><td>search-reverse</td></tr><tr><td>^L</td><td>clear and redraw the screen</td></tr><tr><td>^T</td><td>untag messages matching a pattern</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break" />
-
-</p><div class="sect3" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="id450222"></a>3.1.1. Status Flags</h4></div></div></div><p>
+are shown in <a class="xref" href="#tab-key-index" title="Table 2.4. Most common message index keys">Table 2.4, “Most common message index keys”</a>. How messages are presented
+in the index menu can be customized using the
+<a class="link" href="#index-format" title="3.114. index_format">$index_format</a> variable.
+</p><div class="table"><a id="tab-key-index"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 2.4. Most common message index keys</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Most common message index keys" border="1"><colgroup><col /><col /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Key</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>c</td><td>change to a different mailbox</td></tr><tr><td>Esc c</td><td>change to a folder in read-only mode</td></tr><tr><td>C</td><td>copy the current message to another mailbox</td></tr><tr><td>Esc C</td><td>decode a message and copy it to a folder</td></tr><tr><td>Esc s</td><td>decode a message and save it to a folder</td></tr><tr><td>D</td><td>delete messages matching a pattern</td></tr><tr><td>d</td><td>delete the current message</td></tr><tr><td>F</td><td>mark as important</td></tr><tr><td>l</td><td>show messages matching a pattern</td></tr><tr><td>N</td><td>mark message as new</td></tr><tr><td>o</td><td>change the current sort method</td></tr><tr><td>O</td><td>reverse sort the mailbox</td></tr><tr><td>q</td><td>save changes and exit</td></tr><tr><td>s</td><td>save-message</td></tr><tr><td>T</td><td>tag messages matching a pattern</td></tr><tr><td>t</td><td>toggle the tag on a message</td></tr><tr><td>Esc t</td><td>toggle tag on entire message thread</td></tr><tr><td>U</td><td>undelete messages matching a pattern</td></tr><tr><td>u</td><td>undelete-message</td></tr><tr><td>v</td><td>view-attachments</td></tr><tr><td>x</td><td>abort changes and exit</td></tr><tr><td><Return></td><td>display-message</td></tr><tr><td><Tab></td><td>jump to the next new or unread message</td></tr><tr><td>@</td><td>show the author's full e-mail address</td></tr><tr><td>$</td><td>save changes to mailbox</td></tr><tr><td>/</td><td>search</td></tr><tr><td>Esc /</td><td>search-reverse</td></tr><tr><td>^L</td><td>clear and redraw the screen</td></tr><tr><td>^T</td><td>untag messages matching a pattern</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><p>
In addition to who sent the message and the subject, a short summary of
the disposition of each message is printed beside the message number.
-Zero or more of the following ``flags'' may appear, which mean:
-</p><p>
-</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">D</span></dt><dd><p>
-message is deleted (is marked for deletion)
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">d</span></dt><dd><p>
-message have attachments marked for deletion
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">K</span></dt><dd><p>
-contains a PGP public key
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">N</span></dt><dd><p>
-message is new
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">O</span></dt><dd><p>
-message is old
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">P</span></dt><dd><p>
-message is PGP encrypted
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">r</span></dt><dd><p>
-message has been replied to
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">S</span></dt><dd><p>
-message is signed, and the signature is successfully verified
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">s</span></dt><dd><p>
-message is signed
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">!</span></dt><dd><p>
-message is flagged
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">*</span></dt><dd><p>
-message is tagged
-</p></dd></dl></div><p>
-</p><p>
-Some of the status flags can be turned on or off using
-
-</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>
-<span class="bold"><strong>set-flag</strong></span> (default: w)
-</p></li><li><p>
-<span class="bold"><strong>clear-flag</strong></span> (default: W)
-</p></li></ul></div><p>
-
-</p><p>
-Furthermore, the following flags reflect who the message is addressed
-to. They can be customized with the
-<a href="#to-chars" title="3.289. to_chars">$to_chars</a> variable.
-</p><p>
-</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">+</span></dt><dd><p>
-message is to you and you only
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">T</span></dt><dd><p>
-message is to you, but also to or cc'ed to others
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">C</span></dt><dd><p>
-message is cc'ed to you
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">F</span></dt><dd><p>
-message is from you
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">L</span></dt><dd><p>
-message is sent to a subscribed mailing list
-</p></dd></dl></div><p>
-</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="id450511"></a>3.2. The Pager</h3></div></div></div><p>
-By default, Mutt uses its builtin pager to display the body of messages.
-The pager is very similar to the Unix program <span class="emphasis"><em>less</em></span> though not nearly as
-featureful.
-</p><p>
-
-</p><div class="table"><a id="tab-key-pager"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 2.4. Most common pager keys</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Most common pager keys" border="1"><colgroup><col /><col /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Key</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><Return></td><td>go down one line</td></tr><tr><td><Space></td><td>display the next page (or next message if at the end of a message)</td></tr><tr><td>-</td><td>go back to the previous page</td></tr><tr><td>n</td><td>search for next match</td></tr><tr><td>S</td><td>skip beyond quoted text</td></tr><tr><td>T</td><td>toggle display of quoted text</td></tr><tr><td>?</td><td>show keybindings</td></tr><tr><td>/</td><td>search for a regular expression (pattern)</td></tr><tr><td>ESC /</td><td>search backwards for a regular expression</td></tr><tr><td>\</td><td>toggle search pattern coloring</td></tr><tr><td>^</td><td>jump to the top of the message</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break" />
-
-</p><p>
-In addition to key bindings in <a href="#tab-key-pager" title="Table 2.4. Most common pager keys">Table 2.4, “Most common pager keys”</a>,
-many of the functions from the <span class="emphasis"><em>index</em></span> are available in
-the pager, such as <span class="emphasis"><em>delete-message</em></span> or <span class="emphasis"><em>copy-message</em></span> (this is one
-advantage over using an external pager to view messages).
+Zero or more of the “<span class="quote">flags</span>” in <a class="xref" href="#tab-msg-status-flags" title="Table 2.5. Message status flags">Table 2.5, “Message status flags”</a>
+may appear, some of which can be turned on or off using these functions:
+<code class="literal"><set-flag></code> and
+<code class="literal"><clear-flag></code>
+bound by default to “<span class="quote">w</span>” and “<span class="quote">W</span>” respectively.
+</p><p>
+Furthermore, the flags in <a class="xref" href="#tab-msg-recip-flags" title="Table 2.6. Message recipient flags">Table 2.6, “Message recipient flags”</a> reflect
+who the message is addressed to. They can be customized with the
+<a class="link" href="#to-chars" title="3.293. to_chars">$to_chars</a> variable.
+</p><div class="table"><a id="tab-msg-status-flags"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 2.5. Message status flags</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Message status flags" border="1"><colgroup><col /><col /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Flag</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>D</td><td>message is deleted (is marked for deletion)</td></tr><tr><td>d</td><td>message has attachments marked for deletion</td></tr><tr><td>K</td><td>contains a PGP public key</td></tr><tr><td>N</td><td>message is new</td></tr><tr><td>O</td><td>message is old</td></tr><tr><td>P</td><td>message is PGP encrypted</td></tr><tr><td>r</td><td>message has been replied to</td></tr><tr><td>S</td><td>message is signed, and the signature is successfully verified</td></tr><tr><td>s</td><td>message is signed</td></tr><tr><td>!</td><td>message is flagged</td></tr><tr><td>*</td><td>message is tagged</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><div class="table"><a id="tab-msg-recip-flags"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 2.6. Message recipient flags</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Message recipient flags" border="1"><colgroup><col /><col /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Flag</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>+</td><td>message is to you and you only</td></tr><tr><td>T</td><td>message is to you, but also to or cc'ed to others</td></tr><tr><td>C</td><td>message is cc'ed to you</td></tr><tr><td>F</td><td>message is from you</td></tr><tr><td>L</td><td>message is sent to a subscribed mailing list</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="pager-menu"></a>5.2. The Pager</h3></div></div></div><p>
+By default, Mutt uses its builtin pager to display the contents of
+messages (an external pager such as <code class="literal">less(1)</code> can be
+configured, see <a class="link" href="#pager" title="3.148. pager">$pager</a> variable).
+The pager is very similar to the Unix program <code class="literal">less(1)</code>
+though not nearly as featureful.
+</p><div class="table"><a id="tab-key-pager"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 2.7. Most common pager keys</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Most common pager keys" border="1"><colgroup><col /><col /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Key</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><Return></td><td>go down one line</td></tr><tr><td><Space></td><td>display the next page (or next message if at the end of a message)</td></tr><tr><td>-</td><td>go back to the previous page</td></tr><tr><td>n</td><td>search for next match</td></tr><tr><td>S</td><td>skip beyond quoted text</td></tr><tr><td>T</td><td>toggle display of quoted text</td></tr><tr><td>?</td><td>show keybindings</td></tr><tr><td>/</td><td>regular expression search</td></tr><tr><td>Esc /</td><td>backward regular expression search</td></tr><tr><td>\</td><td>toggle highlighting of search matches</td></tr><tr><td>^</td><td>jump to the top of the message</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><p>
+In addition to key bindings in <a class="xref" href="#tab-key-pager" title="Table 2.7. Most common pager keys">Table 2.7, “Most common pager keys”</a>,
+many of the functions from the index menu are also available in
+the pager, such as <code class="literal"><delete-message></code> or <code class="literal"><copy-message></code>
+(this is one advantage over using an external pager to view messages).
</p><p>
Also, the internal pager supports a couple other advanced features. For
-one, it will accept and translate the ``standard'' nroff sequences for
+one, it will accept and translate the “<span class="quote">standard</span>” nroff sequences for
bold and underline. These sequences are a series of either the letter,
-backspace (^H), the letter again for bold or the letter, backspace,
-``_'' for denoting underline. Mutt will attempt to display these
+backspace (“<span class="quote">^H</span>”), the letter again for bold or the letter, backspace,
+“<span class="quote">_</span>” for denoting underline. Mutt will attempt to display these
in bold and underline respectively if your terminal supports them. If
-not, you can use the bold and underline <a href="#color" title="8. Using color and mono video attributes">color</a>
-objects to specify a color or mono attribute for them.
+not, you can use the bold and underline <a class="link" href="#color" title="9. Using Color and Mono Video Attributes">color</a>
+objects to specify a <span class="command"><strong>color</strong></span> or mono attribute for them.
</p><p>
Additionally, the internal pager supports the ANSI escape sequences for
character attributes. Mutt translates them into the correct color and
-character settings. The sequences Mutt supports are
-'\e[<span class="emphasis"><em>Ps</em></span>;<span class="emphasis"><em>Ps</em></span>;..<span class="emphasis"><em>Ps</em></span>;m'
+character settings. The sequences Mutt supports are:
+</p><pre class="screen">
+\e[<span class="emphasis"><em>Ps</em></span>;<span class="emphasis"><em>Ps</em></span>;..<span class="emphasis"><em>Ps</em></span>;m
+</pre><p>
where <span class="emphasis"><em>Ps</em></span> can be one of the codes shown in
-<a href="#tab-ansi-esc" title="Table 2.5. ANSI escape sequences">Table 2.5, “ANSI escape sequences”</a>.
-</p><div class="table"><a id="tab-ansi-esc"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 2.5. ANSI escape sequences</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="ANSI escape sequences" border="1"><colgroup><col /><col /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Escape code</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>0</td><td>All Attributes Off</td></tr><tr><td>1</td><td>Bold on</td></tr><tr><td>4</td><td>Underline on</td></tr><tr><td>5</td><td>Blink on</td></tr><tr><td>7</td><td>Reverse video on</td></tr><tr><td>3<span class="emphasis"><em><color></em></span></td><td>Foreground color is <span class="emphasis"><em><color></em></span> (see <a href="#tab-color" title="Table 2.6. Color sequences">Table 2.6, “Color sequences”</a>)</td></tr><tr><td>4<span class="emphasis"><em><color></em></span></td><td>Background color is <span class="emphasis"><em><color></em></span> (see <a href="#tab-color" title="Table 2.6. Color sequences">Table 2.6, “Color sequences”</a>)</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><div class="table"><a id="tab-color"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 2.6. Color sequences</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Color sequences" border="1"><colgroup><col /><col /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Color code</th><th>Color</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>0</td><td>Black</td></tr><tr><td>1</td><td>Red</td></tr><tr><td>2</td><td>Green</td></tr><tr><td>3</td><td>Yellow</td></tr><tr><td>4</td><td>Blue</td></tr><tr><td>5</td><td>Magenta</td></tr><tr><td>6</td><td>Cyan</td></tr><tr><td>7</td><td>White</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><p>
-Mutt uses these attributes for handling text/enriched messages, and they
-can also be used by an external <a href="#auto-view" title="4. MIME Autoview">autoview</a>
-script for highlighting purposes. <span class="bold"><strong>Note:</strong></span> If you change the colors for your
+<a class="xref" href="#tab-ansi-esc" title="Table 2.8. ANSI escape sequences">Table 2.8, “ANSI escape sequences”</a>.
+</p><div class="table"><a id="tab-ansi-esc"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 2.8. ANSI escape sequences</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="ANSI escape sequences" border="1"><colgroup><col /><col /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Escape code</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>0</td><td>All attributes off</td></tr><tr><td>1</td><td>Bold on</td></tr><tr><td>4</td><td>Underline on</td></tr><tr><td>5</td><td>Blink on</td></tr><tr><td>7</td><td>Reverse video on</td></tr><tr><td>3<span class="emphasis"><em><color></em></span></td><td>Foreground color is <span class="emphasis"><em><color></em></span> (see <a class="xref" href="#tab-color" title="Table 2.9. Color sequences">Table 2.9, “Color sequences”</a>)</td></tr><tr><td>4<span class="emphasis"><em><color></em></span></td><td>Background color is <span class="emphasis"><em><color></em></span> (see <a class="xref" href="#tab-color" title="Table 2.9. Color sequences">Table 2.9, “Color sequences”</a>)</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><div class="table"><a id="tab-color"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 2.9. Color sequences</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Color sequences" border="1"><colgroup><col /><col /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Color code</th><th>Color</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>0</td><td>Black</td></tr><tr><td>1</td><td>Red</td></tr><tr><td>2</td><td>Green</td></tr><tr><td>3</td><td>Yellow</td></tr><tr><td>4</td><td>Blue</td></tr><tr><td>5</td><td>Magenta</td></tr><tr><td>6</td><td>Cyan</td></tr><tr><td>7</td><td>White</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><p>
+Mutt uses these attributes for handling <code class="literal">text/enriched</code>
+messages, and they can also be used by an external
+<a class="link" href="#auto-view" title="4. MIME Autoview">autoview</a> script for highlighting
+purposes.
+</p><div class="note"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>
+If you change the colors for your
display, for example by changing the color associated with color2 for
your xterm, then that color will be used instead of green.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="threads"></a>3.3. Threaded Mode</h3></div></div></div><p>
-When the mailbox is <a href="#sort" title="3.270. sort">sorted</a> by <span class="emphasis"><em>threads</em></span>, there are
-a few additional functions available in the <span class="emphasis"><em>index</em></span> and <span class="emphasis"><em>pager</em></span> modes
-as shown in <a href="#tab-key-threads" title="Table 2.7. Most common thread mode keys">Table 2.7, “Most common thread mode keys”</a>.
-</p><p>
-
-</p><div class="table"><a id="tab-key-threads"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 2.7. Most common thread mode keys</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Most common thread mode keys" border="1"><colgroup><col /><col /><col /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Key</th><th>Function</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>^D</td><td>delete-thread</td><td>delete all messages in the current thread</td></tr><tr><td>^U</td><td>undelete-thread</td><td>undelete all messages in the current thread</td></tr><tr><td>^N</td><td>next-thread</td><td>jump to the start of the next thread</td></tr><tr><td>^P</td><td>previous-thread</td><td>jump to the start of the previous thread</td></tr><tr><td>^R</td><td>read-thread</td><td>mark the current thread as read</td></tr><tr><td>ESC d</td><td>delete-subthread</td><td>delete all messages in the current subthread</td></tr><tr><td>ESC u</td><td>undelete-subthread</td><td>undelete all messages in the current subthread</td></tr><tr><td>ESC n</td><td>next-subthread</td><td>jump to the start of the next subthread</td></tr><tr><td>ESC p</td><td>previous-subthread</td><td>jump to the start of the previous subthread</td></tr><tr><td>ESC r</td><td>read-subthread</td><td>mark the current subthread as read</td></tr><tr><td>ESC t</td><td>tag-thread</td><td>toggle the tag on the current thread</td></tr><tr><td>ESC v</td><td>collapse-thread</td><td>toggle collapse for the current thread</td></tr><tr><td>ESC V</td><td>collapse-all</td><td>toggle collapse for all threads</td></tr><tr><td>P</td><td>parent-message</td><td>jump to parent message in thread</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break" />
-
-</p><p>
-<span class="bold"><strong>Note:</strong></span> Collapsing a thread displays only the first message
+</p></div><div class="note"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>
+Note that the search commands in the pager take regular expressions,
+which are not quite the same as the more
+complex <a class="link" href="#patterns" title="2. Patterns: Searching, Limiting and Tagging">patterns</a> used by the search
+command in the index. This is because patterns are used to select messages by
+criteria whereas the pager already displays a selected message.
+</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="threads"></a>5.3. Threaded Mode</h3></div></div></div><p>
+So-called “<span class="quote">threads</span>” provide a hierarchy of messages where
+replies are linked to their parent message(s). This organizational form
+is extremely useful in mailing lists where different parts of the
+discussion diverge. Mutt displays threads as a tree structure.
+</p><p>
+In Mutt, when a mailbox is <a class="link" href="#sort" title="3.263. sort">sorted</a>
+by <span class="emphasis"><em>threads</em></span>, there are a few additional functions
+available in the <span class="emphasis"><em>index</em></span>
+and <span class="emphasis"><em>pager</em></span> modes as shown in
+<a class="xref" href="#tab-key-threads" title="Table 2.10. Most common thread mode keys">Table 2.10, “Most common thread mode keys”</a>.
+</p><div class="table"><a id="tab-key-threads"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 2.10. Most common thread mode keys</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Most common thread mode keys" border="1"><colgroup><col /><col /><col /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Key</th><th>Function</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>^D</td><td><code class="literal"><delete-thread></code></td><td>delete all messages in the current thread</td></tr><tr><td>^U</td><td><code class="literal"><undelete-thread></code></td><td>undelete all messages in the current thread</td></tr><tr><td>^N</td><td><code class="literal"><next-thread></code></td><td>jump to the start of the next thread</td></tr><tr><td>^P</td><td><code class="literal"><previous-thread></code></td><td>jump to the start of the previous thread</td></tr><tr><td>^R</td><td><code class="literal"><read-thread></code></td><td>mark the current thread as read</td></tr><tr><td>Esc d</td><td><code class="literal"><delete-subthread></code></td><td>delete all messages in the current subthread</td></tr><tr><td>Esc u</td><td><code class="literal"><undelete-subthread></code></td><td>undelete all messages in the current subthread</td></tr><tr><td>Esc n</td><td><code class="literal"><next-subthread></code></td><td>jump to the start of the next subthread</td></tr><tr><td>Esc p</td><td><code class="literal"><previous-subthread></code></td><td>jump to the start of the previous subthread</td></tr><tr><td>Esc r</td><td><code class="literal"><read-subthread></code></td><td>mark the current subthread as read</td></tr><tr><td>Esc t</td><td><code class="literal"><tag-thread></code></td><td>toggle the tag on the current thread</td></tr><tr><td>Esc v</td><td><code class="literal"><collapse-thread></code></td><td>toggle collapse for the current thread</td></tr><tr><td>Esc V</td><td><code class="literal"><collapse-all></code></td><td>toggle collapse for all threads</td></tr><tr><td>P</td><td><code class="literal"><parent-message></code></td><td>jump to parent message in thread</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><p>
+Collapsing a thread displays only the first message
in the thread and hides the others. This is useful when threads
contain so many messages that you can only see a handful of threads on
-the screen. See %M in <a href="#index-format" title="3.100. index_format">$index_format</a>.
-For example, you could use "%?M?(#%03M)&(%4l)?" in <a href="#index-format" title="3.100. index_format">$index_format</a> to optionally
-display the number of hidden messages if the thread is collapsed.
-</p><p>
-See also: <a href="#strict-threads" title="3.280. strict_threads">$strict_threads</a>.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="id451166"></a>3.4. Miscellaneous Functions</h3></div></div></div><p>
-<span class="bold"><strong>create-alias</strong></span><a id="create-alias"></a> (default: a)
-
-</p><p>
+the screen. See %M in <a class="link" href="#index-format" title="3.114. index_format">$index_format</a>.
+For example, you could use “<span class="quote">%?M?(#%03M)&(%4l)?</span>” in <a class="link" href="#index-format" title="3.114. index_format">$index_format</a> to optionally
+display the number of hidden messages if the thread is
+collapsed. The <code class="literal">%?<char>?<if-part>&<else-part>?</code>
+syntax is explained in detail in
+<a class="link" href="#formatstrings-conditionals" title="29.2. Conditionals">format string conditionals</a>.
+</p><p>
+Technically, every reply should contain a list of its parent messages in
+the thread tree, but not all do. In these cases, Mutt groups them by
+subject which can be controlled using the
+<a class="link" href="#strict-threads" title="3.284. strict_threads">$strict_threads</a> variable.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="reading-misc"></a>5.4. Miscellaneous Functions</h3></div></div></div><p>
+In addition, the <span class="emphasis"><em>index</em></span> and <span class="emphasis"><em>pager</em></span>
+menus have these interesting functions:
+</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">
+<code class="literal"><create-alias></code><a id="create-alias"></a> (default: a)
+</span></dt><dd><p>
Creates a new alias based upon the current message (or prompts for a
-new one). Once editing is complete, an <a href="#alias" title="3. Defining/Using aliases">alias</a>
-command is added to the file specified by the <a href="#alias-file" title="3.3. alias_file">$alias_file</a> variable for future use. <span class="bold"><strong>Note:</strong></span>
-Specifying an <a href="#alias-file" title="3.3. alias_file">$alias_file</a>
-does not add the aliases specified there-in, you must also <a href="#source" title="27. Reading initialization commands from another file">source</a> the file.
-</p><p>
-<span class="bold"><strong>check-traditional-pgp</strong></span><a id="check-traditional-pgp"></a> (default: ESC P)
-
-</p><p>
+new one). Once editing is complete, an <a class="link" href="#alias" title="4. Defining/Using Aliases"><span class="command"><strong>alias</strong></span></a>
+command is added to the file specified by
+the <a class="link" href="#alias-file" title="3.3. alias_file">$alias_file</a> variable
+for future use
+</p><div class="note"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>
+Mutt does not read the <a class="link" href="#alias-file" title="3.3. alias_file">$alias_file</a>
+upon startup so you must explicitly <a class="link" href="#source" title="27. Reading Initialization Commands From Another File"><span class="command"><strong>source</strong></span></a> the file.
+</p></div></dd><dt><span class="term">
+<code class="literal"><check-traditional-pgp></code><a id="check-traditional-pgp"></a> (default: Esc P)
+</span></dt><dd><p>
This function will search the current message for content signed or
-encrypted with PGP the "traditional" way, that is, without proper
+encrypted with PGP the “<span class="quote">traditional</span>” way, that is, without proper
MIME tagging. Technically, this function will temporarily change
the MIME content types of the body parts containing PGP data; this
-is similar to the <a href="#edit-type">edit-type</a> function's
+is similar to the <a class="link" href="#edit-type"><code class="literal"><edit-type></code></a> function's
effect.
-</p><p>
-<span class="bold"><strong>display-toggle-weed</strong></span><a id="display-toggle-weed"></a> (default: h)
-
-</p><p>
-Toggles the weeding of message header fields specified by <a href="#ignore" title="9. Ignoring (weeding) unwanted message headers">ignore</a> commands.
-</p><p>
-<span class="bold"><strong>edit</strong></span><a id="edit"></a> (default: e)
-
-</p><p>
-This command (available in the ``index'' and ``pager'') allows you to
+</p></dd><dt><span class="term">
+<code class="literal"><edit></code><a id="edit"></a> (default: e)
+</span></dt><dd><p>
+This command (available in the index and pager) allows you to
edit the raw current message as it's present in the mail folder.
After you have finished editing, the changed message will be
appended to the current folder, and the original message will be
-marked for deletion.
-</p><p>
-<span class="bold"><strong>edit-type</strong></span><a id="edit-type"></a>
-
-(default: ^E on the attachment menu, and in the pager and index menus; ^T on the
-compose menu)
-</p><p>
+marked for deletion; if the message is unchanged it won't be replaced.
+</p></dd><dt><span class="term">
+<code class="literal"><edit-type></code><a id="edit-type"></a> (default:
+^E on the attachment menu, and in the pager and index menus;
+^T on the compose menu)
+</span></dt><dd><p>
This command is used to temporarily edit an attachment's content
type to fix, for instance, bogus character set parameters. When
invoked from the index or from the pager, you'll have the
opportunity to edit the top-level attachment's content type. On the
-<a href="#attach-menu" title="1.2. The Attachment Menu">attachment menu</a>, you can change any
+<a class="link" href="#attach-menu" title="1.2. The Attachment Menu">attachment menu</a>, you can change any
attachment's content type. These changes are not persistent, and get
lost upon changing folders.
</p><p>
-Note that this command is also available on the <a href="#compose-menu" title="1.3. The Compose Menu">compose
+Note that this command is also available on the <a class="link" href="#compose-menu" title="1.3. The Compose Menu">compose
menu</a>. There, it's used to fine-tune the properties of attachments you are going
to send.
-</p><p>
-<span class="bold"><strong>enter-command</strong></span><a id="enter-command"></a> (default: ``:'')
-
-</p><p>
+</p></dd><dt><span class="term">
+<code class="literal"><enter-command></code><a id="enter-command"></a> (default: “<span class="quote">:</span>”)
+</span></dt><dd><p>
This command is used to execute any command you would normally put in a
configuration file. A common use is to check the settings of variables, or
-in conjunction with <a href="#macro" title="7. Keyboard macros">macros</a> to change settings on the
+in conjunction with <a class="link" href="#macro" title="8. Keyboard Macros">macros</a> to change settings on the
fly.
-</p><p>
-<span class="bold"><strong>extract-keys</strong></span><a id="extract-keys"></a> (default: ^K)
-
-</p><p>
+</p></dd><dt><span class="term">
+<code class="literal"><extract-keys></code><a id="extract-keys"></a> (default: ^K)
+</span></dt><dd><p>
This command extracts PGP public keys from the current or tagged
message(s) and adds them to your PGP public key ring.
-</p><p>
-<
span class="bold"><strong>forget-passphrase</strong></span><a id="forget-passphrase"></a> (default:
+</p></dd><dt><span class="term">
+<
code class="literal"><forget-passphrase></code><a id="forget-passphrase"></a> (default:
^F)
-
-</p><p>
+</span></dt><dd><p>
This command wipes the passphrase(s) from memory. It is useful, if
you misspelled the passphrase.
-</p><p>
-<span class="bold"><strong>list-reply</strong></span><a id="list-reply"></a> (default: L)
-
-</p><p>
+</p></dd><dt><span class="term">
+<code class="literal"><list-reply></code><a id="list-reply"></a> (default: L)
+</span></dt><dd><p>
Reply to the current or tagged message(s) by extracting any addresses which
-match the regular expressions given by the <a href="#lists" title="11. Mailing lists">lists or subscribe</a>
+match the regular expressions given by the <a class="link" href="#lists" title="12. Mailing Lists"><span class="command"><strong>lists</strong></span> or <span class="command"><strong>subscribe</strong></span></a>
commands, but also honor any <code class="literal">Mail-Followup-To</code> header(s) if the
-<a href="#honor-followup-to" title="3.79. honor_followup_to">$honor_followup_to</a>
+<a class="link" href="#honor-followup-to" title="3.92. honor_followup_to">$honor_followup_to</a>
configuration variable is set. Using this when replying to messages posted
to mailing lists helps avoid duplicate copies being sent to the author of
the message you are replying to.
-</p><p>
-<span class="bold"><strong>pipe-message</strong></span><a id="pipe-message"></a> (default: |)
-
-</p><p>
+</p></dd><dt><span class="term">
+<code class="literal"><pipe-message></code><a id="pipe-message"></a> (default: |)
+</span></dt><dd><p>
Asks for an external Unix command and pipes the current or
-tagged message(s) to it. The variables <a href="#pipe-decode" title="3.211. pipe_decode">$pipe_decode</a>, <a href="#pipe-split" title="3.210. pipe_split">$pipe_split</a>,
-<a href="#pipe-sep" title="3.212. pipe_sep">$pipe_sep</a> and <a href="#wait-key" title="3.299. wait_key">$wait_key</a> control the exact behavior of this function.
-</p><p>
-<span class="bold"><strong>resend-message</strong></span><a id="resend-message"></a> (default: ESC e)
-
-</p><p>
-With resend-message, mutt takes the current message as a template for a
+tagged message(s) to it. The variables <a class="link" href="#pipe-decode" title="3.182. pipe_decode">$pipe_decode</a>, <a class="link" href="#pipe-split" title="3.184. pipe_split">$pipe_split</a>,
+<a class="link" href="#pipe-sep" title="3.183. pipe_sep">$pipe_sep</a> and <a class="link" href="#wait-key" title="3.304. wait_key">$wait_key</a> control the exact behavior of this function.
+</p></dd><dt><span class="term">
+<code class="literal"><resend-message></code><a id="resend-message"></a> (default: Esc e)
+</span></dt><dd><p>
+Mutt takes the current message as a template for a
new message. This function is best described as "recall from arbitrary
folders". It can conveniently be used to forward MIME messages while
preserving the original mail structure. Note that the amount of headers
-included here depends on the value of the <a href="#weed" title="3.300. weed">$weed</a>
+included here depends on the value of the <a class="link" href="#weed" title="3.305. weed">$weed</a>
variable.
</p><p>
This function is also available from the attachment menu. You can use this
to easily resend a message which was included with a bounce message
-as a message/rfc822 body part.
-</p><p>
-<span class="bold"><strong>shell-escape</strong></span><a id="shell-escape"></a> (default: !)
-
-</p><p>
-Asks for an external Unix command and executes it. The <a href="#wait-key" title="3.299. wait_key">$wait_key</a> can be used to control
+as a <code class="literal">message/rfc822</code> body part.
+</p></dd><dt><span class="term">
+<code class="literal"><shell-escape></code><a id="shell-escape"></a> (default: !)
+</span></dt><dd><p>
+Asks for an external Unix command and executes it. The <a class="link" href="#wait-key" title="3.304. wait_key">$wait_key</a> can be used to control
whether Mutt will wait for a key to be pressed when the command returns
(presumably to let the user read the output of the command), based on
-the return status of the named command.
-</p><p>
-<span class="bold"><strong>toggle-quoted</strong></span><a id="toggle-quoted"></a> (default: T)
-
-The <span class="emphasis"><em>pager</em></span> uses the <a href="#quote-regexp" title="3.234. quote_regexp">$quote_regexp</a> variable to detect quoted text when
+the return status of the named command. If no command is given, an
+interactive shell is executed.
+</p></dd><dt><span class="term">
+<code class="literal"><toggle-quoted></code><a id="toggle-quoted"></a> (default: T)
+The pager uses the <a class="link" href="#quote-regexp" title="3.206. quote_regexp">$quote_regexp</a> variable to detect quoted text when
displaying the body of the message. This function toggles the display
of the quoted material in the message. It is particularly useful when
-are interested in just the response and there is a large amount of
+being interested in just the response and there is a large amount of
quoted text in the way.
-</p><p>
-<span class="bold"><strong>skip-quoted</strong></span><a id="skip-quoted"></a> (default: S)
-
-</p><p>
-This function will go to the next line of non-quoted text which come
+</p></dd><dt><span class="term">
+<code class="literal"><skip-quoted></code><a id="skip-quoted"></a> (default: S)
+</span></dt><dd><p>
+This function will go to the next line of non-quoted text which comes
after a line of quoted text in the internal pager.
-</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="sending"></a>4. Sending Mail</h2></div></div></div><p>
-The bindings shown in <a href="#tab-key-send" title="Table 2.8. Most common mail sending keys">Table 2.8, “Most common mail sending keys”</a> are available in the
-<span class="emphasis"><em>index</em></span> for sending messages.
-</p><p>
-
-</p><div class="table"><a id="tab-key-send"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 2.8. Most common mail sending keys</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Most common mail sending keys" border="1"><colgroup><col /><col /><col /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Key</th><th>Function</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>m</td><td>compose</td><td>compose a new message</td></tr><tr><td>r</td><td>reply</td><td>reply to sender</td></tr><tr><td>g</td><td>group-reply</td><td>reply to all recipients</td></tr><tr><td>L</td><td>list-reply</td><td>reply to mailing list address</td></tr><tr><td>f</td><td>forward</td><td>forward message</td></tr><tr><td>b</td><td>bounce</td><td>bounce (remail) message</td></tr><tr><td>ESC k</td><td>mail-key</td><td>mail a PGP public key to someone</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break" />
-
-</p><p>
-Bouncing a message sends the message as is to the recipient you
-specify. Forwarding a message allows you to add comments or
+</p></dd></dl></div></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="sending"></a>6. Sending Mail</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="sending-intro"></a>6.1. Introduction</h3></div></div></div><p>
+The bindings shown in <a class="xref" href="#tab-key-send" title="Table 2.11. Most common mail sending keys">Table 2.11, “Most common mail sending keys”</a> are available in the
+<span class="emphasis"><em>index</em></span> and <span class="emphasis"><em>pager</em></span> to start a new message.
+</p><div class="table"><a id="tab-key-send"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 2.11. Most common mail sending keys</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Most common mail sending keys" border="1"><colgroup><col /><col /><col /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Key</th><th>Function</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>m</td><td><code class="literal"><compose></code></td><td>compose a new message</td></tr><tr><td>r</td><td><code class="literal"><reply></code></td><td>reply to sender</td></tr><tr><td>g</td><td><code class="literal"><group-reply></code></td><td>reply to all recipients</td></tr><tr><td>L</td><td><code class="literal"><list-reply></code></td><td>reply to mailing list address</td></tr><tr><td>f</td><td><code class="literal"><forward></code></td><td>forward message</td></tr><tr><td>b</td><td><code class="literal"><bounce></code></td><td>bounce (remail) message</td></tr><tr><td>Esc k</td><td><code class="literal"><mail-key></code></td><td>mail a PGP public key to someone</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><p>
+<span class="emphasis"><em>Bouncing</em></span> a message sends the message as-is to the recipient you
+specify. <span class="emphasis"><em>Forwarding</em></span> a message allows you to add comments or
modify the message you are forwarding. These items are discussed
-in greater detail in the next chapter ``<a href="#forwarding-mail" title="5. Forwarding and Bouncing Mail">Forwarding
-and Bouncing Mail</a>.''
+in greater detail in the next section “<span class="quote"><a class="link" href="#forwarding-mail" title="7. Forwarding and Bouncing Mail">Forwarding
+and Bouncing Mail</a>.</span>”
</p><p>
Mutt will then enter the <span class="emphasis"><em>compose</em></span> menu and prompt you for the
-recipients to place on the ``To:'' header field. Next, it will ask
-you for the ``Subject:'' field for the message, providing a default if
-you are replying to or forwarding a message. See also
-<a href="#askcc" title="3.10. askcc">$askcc</a>,
-<a href="#askbcc" title="3.9. askbcc">$askbcc</a>,
-<a href="#autoedit" title="3.17. autoedit">$autoedit</a>,
-<a href="#bounce" title="3.21. bounce">$bounce</a>,
-<a href="#fast-reply" title="3.55. fast_reply">$fast_reply</a>,
-and <a href="#include" title="3.97. include">$include</a>
-for changing how Mutt asks these questions.
-</p><p>
-Mutt will then automatically start your <a href="#editor" title="3.51. editor">$editor</a> on the message body. If the <a href="#edit-headers" title="3.50. edit_headers">$edit_headers</a> variable is set, the headers will be at
-the top of the message in your editor. Any messages you are replying
-to will be added in sort order to the message, with appropriate <a href="#attribution" title="3.16. attribution">$attribution</a>, <a href="#indent-string" title="3.99. indent_string">$indent_string</a> and <a href="#post-indent-string" title="3.222. post_indent_string">$post_indent_string</a>. When forwarding a
-message, if the <a href="#mime-forward" title="3.126. mime_forward">$mime_forward</a>
-variable is unset, a copy of the forwarded message will be included. If
-you have specified a <a href="#signature" title="3.262. signature">$signature</a>, it
-will be appended to the message.
+recipients to place on the “<span class="quote">To:</span>” header field when you hit <code class="literal">m</code> to start a new message. Next, it will ask
+you for the “<span class="quote">Subject:</span>” field for the message, providing a default if
+you are replying to or forwarding a message. You again
+have the chance to adjust recipients, subject, and security settings
+right before actually sending the message. See also
+<a class="link" href="#askcc" title="3.10. askcc">$askcc</a>,
+<a class="link" href="#askbcc" title="3.9. askbcc">$askbcc</a>,
+<a class="link" href="#autoedit" title="3.18. autoedit">$autoedit</a>,
+<a class="link" href="#bounce" title="3.21. bounce">$bounce</a>,
+<a class="link" href="#fast-reply" title="3.63. fast_reply">$fast_reply</a>,
+and <a class="link" href="#include" title="3.111. include">$include</a>
+for changing how and if Mutt asks these questions.
+</p><p>
+When replying, Mutt fills these fields with proper values depending on
+the reply type. The types of replying supported are:
+</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">Simple reply</span></dt><dd><p>
+Reply to the author directly.
+</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Group reply</span></dt><dd><p>
+Reply to the author as well to all recipients except you; this consults
+<a class="link" href="#alternates" title="11. Alternative Addresses"><span class="command"><strong>alternates</strong></span></a>.
+</p></dd><dt><span class="term">List reply</span></dt><dd><p>
+Reply to all mailing list addresses found, either specified via
+configuration or auto-detected. See <a class="xref" href="#lists" title="12. Mailing Lists">Section 12, “Mailing Lists”</a> for
+details.
+</p></dd></dl></div><p>
+After getting recipients for new messages, forwards or replies, Mutt
+will then automatically start your <a class="link" href="#editor" title="3.58. editor">$editor</a> on the message body. If the <a class="link" href="#edit-headers" title="3.57. edit_headers">$edit_headers</a> variable is
+set, the headers will be at the top of the message in your editor. Any
+messages you are replying to will be added in sort order to the message,
+with appropriate <a class="link" href="#attribution" title="3.16. attribution">$attribution</a>,
+<a class="link" href="#indent-string" title="3.113. indent_string">$indent_string</a> and
+<a class="link" href="#post-indent-string" title="3.194. post_indent_string">$post_indent_string</a>.
+When forwarding a message, if the <a class="link" href="#mime-forward" title="3.140. mime_forward">$mime_forward</a> variable is
+unset, a copy of the forwarded message will be included. If you have
+specified a <a class="link" href="#signature" title="3.235. signature">$signature</a>, it will
+be appended to the message.
</p><p>
Once you have finished editing the body of your mail message, you are
returned to the <span class="emphasis"><em>compose</em></span> menu providing the functions
-show in <a href="#tab-func-compose" title="Table 2.9. Most common compose menu keys">Table 2.9, “Most common compose menu keys”</a>.
-</p><p>
-
-</p><div class="table"><a id="tab-func-compose"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 2.9. Most common compose menu keys</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Most common compose menu keys" border="1"><colgroup><col /><col /><col /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Key</th><th>Function</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>a</td><td>attach-file</td><td>attach a file</td></tr><tr><td>A</td><td>attach-message</td><td>attach message(s) to the message</td></tr><tr><td>ESC k</td><td>attach-key</td><td>attach a PGP public key</td></tr><tr><td>d</td><td>edit-description</td><td>edit description on attachment</td></tr><tr><td>D</td><td>detach-file</td><td>detach a file</td></tr><tr><td>t</td><td>edit-to</td><td>edit the To field</td></tr><tr><td>ESC f</td><td>edit-from</td><td>edit the From field</td></tr><tr><td>r</td><td>edit-reply-to</td><td>edit the Reply-To field</td></tr><tr><td>c</td><td>edit-cc</td><td>edit the Cc field</td></tr><tr><td>b</td><td>edit-bcc</td><td>edit the Bcc field</td></tr><tr><td>y</td><td>send-message</td><td>send the message</td></tr><tr><td>s</td><td>edit-subject</td><td>edit the Subject</td></tr><tr><td>S</td><td>smime-menu</td><td>select S/MIME options</td></tr><tr><td>f</td><td>edit-fcc</td><td>specify an ``Fcc'' mailbox</td></tr><tr><td>p</td><td>pgp-menu</td><td>select PGP options</td></tr><tr><td>P</td><td>postpone-message</td><td>postpone this message until later</td></tr><tr><td>q</td><td>quit</td><td>quit (abort) sending the message</td></tr><tr><td>w</td><td>write-fcc</td><td>write the message to a folder</td></tr><tr><td>i</td><td>ispell</td><td>check spelling (if available on your system)</td></tr><tr><td>^F</td><td>forget-passphrase</td><td>wipe passphrase(s) from memory</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break" />
-
-</p><p>
-<span class="bold"><strong>Note:</strong></span> The attach-message function will prompt you for a folder to
+shown in <a class="xref" href="#tab-func-compose" title="Table 2.12. Most common compose menu keys">Table 2.12, “Most common compose menu keys”</a> to modify, send or postpone the
+message.
+</p><div class="table"><a id="tab-func-compose"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 2.12. Most common compose menu keys</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Most common compose menu keys" border="1"><colgroup><col /><col /><col /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Key</th><th>Function</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>a</td><td><code class="literal"><attach-file></code></td><td>attach a file</td></tr><tr><td>A</td><td><code class="literal"><attach-message></code></td><td>attach message(s) to the message</td></tr><tr><td>Esc k</td><td><code class="literal"><attach-key></code></td><td>attach a PGP public key</td></tr><tr><td>d</td><td><code class="literal"><edit-description></code></td><td>edit description on attachment</td></tr><tr><td>D</td><td><code class="literal"><detach-file></code></td><td>detach a file</td></tr><tr><td>t</td><td><code class="literal"><edit-to></code></td><td>edit the To field</td></tr><tr><td>Esc f</td><td><code class="literal"><edit-from></code></td><td>edit the From field</td></tr><tr><td>r</td><td><code class="literal"><edit-reply-to></code></td><td>edit the Reply-To field</td></tr><tr><td>c</td><td><code class="literal"><edit-cc></code></td><td>edit the Cc field</td></tr><tr><td>b</td><td><code class="literal"><edit-bcc></code></td><td>edit the Bcc field</td></tr><tr><td>y</td><td><code class="literal"><send-message></code></td><td>send the message</td></tr><tr><td>s</td><td><code class="literal"><edit-subject></code></td><td>edit the Subject</td></tr><tr><td>S</td><td><code class="literal"><smime-menu></code></td><td>select S/MIME options</td></tr><tr><td>f</td><td><code class="literal"><edit-fcc></code></td><td>specify an “<span class="quote">Fcc</span>” mailbox</td></tr><tr><td>p</td><td><code class="literal"><pgp-menu></code></td><td>select PGP options</td></tr><tr><td>P</td><td><code class="literal"><postpone-message></code></td><td>postpone this message until later</td></tr><tr><td>q</td><td><code class="literal"><quit></code></td><td>quit (abort) sending the message</td></tr><tr><td>w</td><td><code class="literal"><write-fcc></code></td><td>write the message to a folder</td></tr><tr><td>i</td><td><code class="literal"><ispell></code></td><td>check spelling (if available on your system)</td></tr><tr><td>^F</td><td><code class="literal"><forget-passphrase></code></td><td>wipe passphrase(s) from memory</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><p>
+The compose menu is also used to edit the attachments for a message which can be either files
+or other messages. The <code class="literal"><attach-message></code> function to will prompt you for a folder to
attach messages from. You can now tag messages in that folder and they
-will be attached to the message you are sending. Note that certain
+will be attached to the message you are sending.
+</p><div class="note"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>
+Note that certain
operations like composing a new mail, replying, forwarding, etc. are
-not permitted when you are in that folder. The %r in <a href="#status-format" title="3.278. status_format">$status_format</a> will change to
-a 'A' to indicate that you are in attach-message mode.
-</p><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="id452150"></a>4.1. Editing the message header</h3></div></div></div><p>
-When editing the header of your outgoing message, there are a couple of
-special features available.
-</p><p>
+not permitted when you are in that folder. The %r in
+<a class="link" href="#status-format" title="3.282. status_format">$status_format</a> will change to
+a “<span class="quote">A</span>” to indicate that you are in attach-message mode.
+</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="edit-header"></a>6.2. Editing the Message Header</h3></div></div></div><p>
+When editing the header because of <a class="link" href="#edit-headers" title="3.57. edit_headers">$edit_headers</a>
+being set, there are a several pseudo headers available which
+will not be included in sent messages but trigger special Mutt behavior.
+</p><div class="sect3" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="fcc-header"></a>6.2.1. Fcc: Pseudo Header</h4></div></div></div><p>
If you specify
-
+</p><p>
<code class="literal">Fcc:</code> <span class="emphasis"><em>filename</em></span>
-
-Mutt will pick up <span class="emphasis"><em>filename</em></span>
-just as if you had used the <span class="emphasis"><em>edit-fcc</em></span> function in the <span class="emphasis"><em>compose</em></span> menu.
</p><p>
+as a header, Mutt will pick up <span class="emphasis"><em>filename</em></span>
+just as if you had used the <code class="literal"><edit-fcc></code> function in the <span class="emphasis"><em>compose</em></span> menu.
+It can later be changed from the compose menu.
+</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="attach-header"></a>6.2.2. Attach: Pseudo Header</h4></div></div></div><p>
You can also attach files to your message by specifying
-
-<code class="literal">Attach:</code> <span class="emphasis"><em>filename</em></span> [ <span class="emphasis"><em>description</em></span> ]
-
-where <span class="emphasis"><em>filename</em></span> is the file to attach and <span class="emphasis"><em>description</em></span> is an
-optional string to use as the description of the attached file.
-</p><p>
-When replying to messages, if you remove the <span class="emphasis"><em>In-Reply-To:</em></span> field from
-the header field, Mutt will not generate a <span class="emphasis"><em>References:</em></span> field, which
-allows you to create a new message thread.
</p><p>
-Also see <a href="#edit-headers" title="3.50. edit_headers">$edit_headers</a>.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="id452237"></a>4.2. Using Mutt with PGP</h3></div></div></div><p>
-If you want to use PGP, you can specify
+<code class="literal">Attach:</code> <span class="emphasis"><em>filename</em></span>
+[ <span class="emphasis"><em>description</em></span> ]
</p><p>
-<code class="literal">Pgp:</code> [ <code class="literal">E</code> | <code class="literal">S</code> | <code class="literal">S</code><span class="emphasis"><em><id></em></span> ]
-
-</p><p>
-``E'' encrypts, ``S'' signs and
-``S<id>'' signs with the given key, setting <a href="#pgp-sign-as" title="3.162. pgp_sign_as">$pgp_sign_as</a> permanently.
-</p><p>
-If you have told mutt to PGP encrypt a message, it will guide you
+where <span class="emphasis"><em>filename</em></span> is the file to attach and <span class="emphasis"><em>description</em></span> is an
+optional string to use as the description of the attached file. Spaces
+in filenames have to be escaped using backslash (“<span class="quote">\</span>”).
+The file can be removed as well as more added from the compose menu.
+</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="pgp-header"></a>6.2.3. Pgp: Pseudo Header</h4></div></div></div><p>
+If you want to use PGP, you can specify
+</p><p>
+<code class="literal">Pgp:</code> [ <code class="literal">E</code> | <code class="literal">S</code> | <code class="literal">S</code><span class="emphasis"><em><id></em></span> ]
+
+</p><p>
+“<span class="quote">E</span>” selects encryption, “<span class="quote">S</span>” selects signing and
+“<span class="quote">S<id></span>” selects signing with the given key, setting
+<a class="link" href="#pgp-sign-as" title="3.174. pgp_sign_as">$pgp_sign_as</a>
+permanently. The selection can later be changed in the compose menu.
+</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="in-reply-to-header"></a>6.2.4. In-Reply-To: Header</h4></div></div></div><p>
+When replying to messages, the <span class="emphasis"><em>In-Reply-To:</em></span> header contains the
+Message-Id of the message(s) you reply to. If you remove or modify its value, Mutt will not generate a
+<span class="emphasis"><em>References:</em></span> field, which allows you to create a new message thread, for example
+to create a new message to a mailing list without having to enter the mailing list's address.
+</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="sending-crypto"></a>6.3. Sending Cryptographically Signed/Encrypted Messages</h3></div></div></div><p>
+If you have told Mutt to PGP or S/MIME encrypt a message, it will guide you
through a key selection process when you try to send the message.
Mutt will not ask you any questions about keys which have a
certified user ID matching one of the message recipients' mail
keys can be found.
</p><p>
In these cases, you are dropped into a menu with a list of keys from
-which you can select one. When you quit this menu, or mutt can't
+which you can select one. When you quit this menu, or Mutt can't
find any matching keys, you are prompted for a user ID. You can, as
-usually, abort this prompt using <code class="literal">^G</code>. When you do so, mutt will
+usually, abort this prompt using <code class="literal">^G</code>. When you do so, Mutt will
return to the compose screen.
</p><p>
Once you have successfully finished the key selection, the message
-will be encrypted using the selected public keys, and sent out.
+will be encrypted using the selected public keys when sent out.
</p><p>
-Most fields of the entries in the key selection menu (see also <a href="#pgp-entry-format" title="3.154. pgp_entry_format">$pgp_entry_format</a>)
-have obvious meanings. But some explanations on the capabilities, flags,
+Most fields of the entries in the key selection menu (see also <a class="link" href="#pgp-entry-format" title="3.161. pgp_entry_format">$pgp_entry_format</a>)
+have obvious meanings. But some explanations on the capabilities, flags,
and validity fields are in order.
</p><p>
-The flags sequence (%f) will expand to one of the flags in
-<a href="#tab-pgp-menuflags" title="Table 2.10. PGP key menu flags">Table 2.10, “PGP key menu flags”</a>.
-
-</p><div class="table"><a id="tab-pgp-menuflags"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 2.10. PGP key menu flags</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="PGP key menu flags" border="1"><colgroup><col /><col /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Flag</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>R</td><td>The key has been revoked and can't be used.</td></tr><tr><td>X</td><td>The key is expired and can't be used.</td></tr><tr><td>d</td><td>You have marked the key as disabled.</td></tr><tr><td>c</td><td>There are unknown critical self-signature packets.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break" />
-
-</p><p>
-The capabilities field (%c) expands to a two-character sequence
+The flags sequence (“<span class="quote">%f</span>”) will expand to one of the flags in
+<a class="xref" href="#tab-pgp-menuflags" title="Table 2.13. PGP key menu flags">Table 2.13, “PGP key menu flags”</a>.
+</p><div class="table"><a id="tab-pgp-menuflags"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 2.13. PGP key menu flags</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="PGP key menu flags" border="1"><colgroup><col /><col /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Flag</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>R</td><td>The key has been revoked and can't be used.</td></tr><tr><td>X</td><td>The key is expired and can't be used.</td></tr><tr><td>d</td><td>You have marked the key as disabled.</td></tr><tr><td>c</td><td>There are unknown critical self-signature packets.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><p>
+The capabilities field (“<span class="quote">%c</span>”) expands to a two-character sequence
representing a key's capabilities. The first character gives
-the key's encryption capabilities: A minus sign (<span class="bold"><strong>-</strong></span>) means
-that the key cannot be used for encryption. A dot (<span class="bold"><strong>.</strong></span>) means that
-it's marked as a signature key in one of the user IDs, but may
-also be used for encryption. The letter <span class="bold"><strong>e</strong></span> indicates that
+the key's encryption capabilities: A minus sign (“<span class="quote">-</span>”) means
+that the key cannot be used for encryption. A dot (“<span class="quote">.</span>”) means that
+it's marked as a signature key in one of the user IDs, but may
+also be used for encryption. The letter “<span class="quote">e</span>” indicates that
this key can be used for encryption.
</p><p>
-The second character indicates the key's signing capabilities. Once
-again, a ``<span class="bold"><strong>-</strong></span>'' implies ``not for signing'', ``<span class="bold"><strong>.</strong></span>'' implies
+The second character indicates the key's signing capabilities. Once
+again, a “<span class="quote">-</span>” implies “<span class="quote">not for signing</span>”, “<span class="quote">.</span>” implies
that the key is marked as an encryption key in one of the user-ids, and
-``<span class="bold"><strong>s</strong></span>'' denotes a key which can be used for signing.
+“<span class="quote">s</span>” denotes a key which can be used for signing.
</p><p>
-Finally, the validity field (%t) indicates how well-certified a user-id
-is. A question mark (<span class="bold"><strong>?</strong></span>) indicates undefined validity, a minus
-character (<span class="bold"><strong>-</strong></span>) marks an untrusted association, a space character
-means a partially trusted association, and a plus character (<span class="bold"><strong>+</strong></span>)
+Finally, the validity field (“<span class="quote">%t</span>”) indicates how well-certified a user-id
+is. A question mark (“<span class="quote">?</span>”) indicates undefined validity, a minus
+character (“<span class="quote">-</span>”) marks an untrusted association, a space character
+means a partially trusted association, and a plus character (“<span class="quote">+</span>”)
indicates complete validity.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="id452481"></a>4.3. Sending anonymous messages via mixmaster.</h3></div></div></div><p>
-You may also have configured mutt to co-operate with Mixmaster, an
-anonymous remailer. Mixmaster permits you to send your messages
-anonymously using a chain of remailers. Mixmaster support in mutt is for
-mixmaster version 2.04 (beta 45 appears to be the latest) and 2.03.
-It does not support earlier versions or the later so-called version 3 betas,
-of which the latest appears to be called 2.9b23.
-</p><p>
-To use it, you'll have to obey certain restrictions. Most
-important, you cannot use the <code class="literal">Cc</code> and <code class="literal">Bcc</code> headers. To tell
-Mutt to use mixmaster, you have to select a remailer chain, using
-the mix function on the compose menu.
-</p><p>
-The chain selection screen is divided into two parts. In the
-(larger) upper part, you get a list of remailers you may use. In
-the lower part, you see the currently selected chain of remailers.
-</p><p>
-You can navigate in the chain using the <code class="literal">chain-prev</code> and
-<code class="literal">chain-next</code> functions, which are by default bound to the left
-and right arrows and to the <code class="literal">h</code> and <code class="literal">l</code> keys (think vi
-keyboard bindings). To insert a remailer at the current chain
-position, use the <code class="literal">insert</code> function. To append a remailer behind
-the current chain position, use <code class="literal">select-entry</code> or <code class="literal">append</code>.
-You can also delete entries from the chain, using the corresponding
-function. Finally, to abandon your changes, leave the menu, or
-<code class="literal">accept</code> them pressing (by default) the <code class="literal">Return</code> key.
-</p><p>
-Note that different remailers do have different capabilities,
-indicated in the %c entry of the remailer menu lines (see
-<a href="#mix-entry-format" title="3.129. mix_entry_format">$mix_entry_format</a>). Most important is
-the ``middleman'' capability, indicated by a capital ``M'': This
-means that the remailer in question cannot be used as the final
-element of a chain, but will only forward messages to other
-mixmaster remailers. For details on the other capabilities, please
-have a look at the mixmaster documentation.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="id452606"></a>4.4. Sending format=flowed messages</h3></div></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="id452612"></a>4.4.1. Concept</h4></div></div></div><p>
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="ff"></a>6.4. Sending Format=Flowed Messages</h3></div></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="ff-concept"></a>6.4.1. Concept</h4></div></div></div><p>
<code class="literal">format=flowed</code>-style messages (or <code class="literal">f=f</code>
for short) are <code class="literal">text/plain</code> messages that consist of paragraphs which a receiver's
mail client may reformat to its own needs which mostly means to
customize line lengths regardless of what the sender sent. Technically this is
-achieved by letting lines of a ``flowable'' paragraph end in spaces.
+achieved by letting lines of a “<span class="quote">flowable</span>” paragraph end in spaces
+except for the last line.
</p><p>
-While for text-mode clients like mutt it's the best way to assume only a
+While for text-mode clients like Mutt it's the best way to assume only a
standard 80x25 character cell terminal, it may be desired to let the
receiver decide completely how to view a message.
-</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="
id452650"></a>4.4.2. Mutt support</h4></div></div></div><p>
+</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="
ff-support"></a>6.4.2. Mutt Support</h4></div></div></div><p>
Mutt only supports setting the required <code class="literal">format=flowed</code>
-MIME parameter on outgoing messages if the <a href="#text-flowed" title="3.282. text_flowed">$text_flowed</a> variable is set. It does not add the
-trailing spaces nor does it provide any other feature related to
-composing <code class="literal">f=f</code> messages (like reformatting
-non-<code class="literal">f=f</code> parts of a reply to <code class="literal">f=f</code>
-before calling the editor).
+MIME parameter on outgoing messages if the <a class="link" href="#text-flowed" title="3.286. text_flowed">$text_flowed</a>
+variable is set, specifically it does not add the
+trailing spaces.
</p><p>
After editing the initial message text and before entering
-the compose menu, mutt properly space-stuffes the message.
+the compose menu, Mutt properly space-stuffes the message.
<span class="emphasis"><em>Space-stuffing</em></span> is required by RfC3676 defining
<code class="literal">format=flowed</code> and means to prepend a space to:
-</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>all lines starting with a space</p></li><li><p>lines starting with the word ``<code class="literal">From</code>''
-followed by space</p></li><li><p>all lines starting with ``<code class="literal">></code>'' which
-is not intended to be a quote character</p></li></ul></div><p>
-All leading spaces are to be removed by receiving clients to restore
-the original message.
-</p><p>
-<span class="bold"><strong>Note</strong></span> that mutt only support space-stuffing
+</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>all lines starting with a space</p></li><li><p>lines starting with the word “<span class="quote"><code class="literal">From</code></span>”
+followed by space</p></li><li><p>all lines starting with “<span class="quote"><code class="literal">></code></span>” which
+is not intended to be a quote character</p></li></ul></div><div class="note"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>
+Mutt only supports space-stuffing
for the first two types of lines but not for the third: It is impossible to
safely detect whether a leading <code class="literal">></code> character starts a
-quote or not.
-</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="id452764"></a>4.4.3. Editor considerations</h4></div></div></div><p>
-As mutt provides no additional features to compose <code class="literal">f=f</code>
+quote or not. Furthermore, Mutt only applies space-stuffing
+<span class="emphasis"><em>once</em></span> after the initial edit is finished.
+</p></div><p>
+All leading spaces are to be removed by receiving clients to restore
+the original message prior to further processing.
+</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="ff-editor"></a>6.4.3. Editor Considerations</h4></div></div></div><p>
+As Mutt provides no additional features to compose <code class="literal">f=f</code>
messages, it's completely up to the user and his editor to produce
proper messages. Please consider your editor's documentation if you
intend to send <code class="literal">f=f</code> messages.
flag for its <code class="literal">formatoptions</code> setting to assist in
creating <code class="literal">f=f</code> messages, see <code class="literal">:help
fo-table</code> for details.
-</p></div></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="forwarding-mail"></a>
5. Forwarding and Bouncing Mail</h2></div></div></div><p>
+</p></div></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="forwarding-mail"></a>
7. Forwarding and Bouncing Mail</h2></div></div></div><p>
Bouncing and forwarding let you send an existing message to recipients
-that you specify. Bouncing a message uses the <a href="#sendmail" title="3.257. sendmail">$sendmail</a> command to send a copy to alternative addresses as if
-they were the message's original recipients. Forwarding a message, on
-the other hand, allows you to modify the message before it is resent
-(for example, by adding your own comments). The default key bindings
-are shown in <a href="#tab-key-fwd" title="Table 2.11. Message forwarding/bouncing keys">Table 2.11, “Message forwarding/bouncing keys”</a>.
-</p><p>
-
-</p><div class="table"><a id="tab-key-fwd"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 2.11. Message forwarding/bouncing keys</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Message forwarding/bouncing keys" border="1"><colgroup><col /><col /><col /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Key</th><th>Function</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>f</td><td>forward</td><td>forward message</td></tr><tr><td>b</td><td>bounce</td><td>bounce (remail) message</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break" />
-
+that you specify. Bouncing a message sends a verbatim copy of a message
+to alternative addresses as if they were the message's original
+recipients specified in the Bcc header.
+Forwarding a message, on the other hand, allows you to modify the message
+before it is resent (for example, by adding your own comments). Bouncing
+is done using the <code class="literal"><bounce></code> function and forwarding
+using the <code class="literal"><forward></code> function bound to “<span class="quote">b</span>” and “<span class="quote">f</span>”
+respectively.
</p><p>
Forwarding can be done by including the original message in the new
message's body (surrounded by indicating lines) or including it as a MIME
-attachment, depending on the value of the <a href="#mime-forward" title="3.126. mime_forward">$mime_forward</a> variable. Decoding of attachments,
-like in the pager, can be controlled by the <a href="#forward-decode" title="3.62. forward_decode">$forward_decode</a> and <a href="#mime-forward-decode" title="3.127. mime_forward_decode">$mime_forward_decode</a> variables,
+attachment, depending on the value of the <a class="link" href="#mime-forward" title="3.140. mime_forward">$mime_forward</a> variable. Decoding of attachments,
+like in the pager, can be controlled by the <a class="link" href="#forward-decode" title="3.70. forward_decode">$forward_decode</a> and <a class="link" href="#mime-forward-decode" title="3.141. mime_forward_decode">$mime_forward_decode</a> variables,
respectively. The desired forwarding format may depend on the content,
-therefore <span class="emphasis"><em>$mime_forward</em></span> is a quadoption which, for
-example, can be set to ``ask-no''.
+therefore <a class="link" href="#mime-forward" title="3.140. mime_forward">$mime_forward</a> is a quadoption which, for
+example, can be set to “<span class="quote">ask-no</span>”.
</p><p>
The inclusion of headers is controlled by the current setting of the
-<a href="#weed" title="3.300. weed">$weed</a> variable, unless <a href="#mime-forward" title="3.126. mime_forward">$mime_forward</a> is set.
+<a class="link" href="#weed" title="3.305. weed">$weed</a> variable, unless <a class="link" href="#mime-forward" title="3.140. mime_forward">$mime_forward</a> is set.
</p><p>
Editing the message to forward follows the same procedure as sending or
replying to a message does.
-</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="postponing-mail"></a>
6. Postponing Mail</h2></div></div></div><p>
+</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="postponing-mail"></a>
8. Postponing Mail</h2></div></div></div><p>
At times it is desirable to delay sending a message that you have
-already begun to compose. When the <span class="emphasis"><em>postpone-message</em></span> function is
+already begun to compose. When the <code class="literal"><postpone-message></code> function is
used in the <span class="emphasis"><em>compose</em></span> menu, the body of your message and attachments
-are stored in the mailbox specified by the <a href="#postponed" title="3.224. postponed">$postponed</a> variable. This means that you can recall the
+are stored in the mailbox specified by the <a class="link" href="#postponed" title="3.196. postponed">$postponed</a> variable. This means that you can recall the
message even if you exit Mutt and then restart it at a later time.
</p><p>
Once a message is postponed, there are several ways to resume it. From the
-command line you can use the ``-p'' option, or if you <span class="emphasis"><em>compose</em></span> a new
+command line you can use the “<span class="quote">-p</span>” option, or if you compose a new
message from the <span class="emphasis"><em>index</em></span> or <span class="emphasis"><em>pager</em></span> you will be prompted if postponed
messages exist. If multiple messages are currently postponed, the
<span class="emphasis"><em>postponed</em></span> menu will pop up and you can select which message you would
like to resume.
-</p><p>
-<span class="bold"><strong>Note:</strong></span> If you postpone a reply to a message, the reply setting of
+</p><div class="note"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>
+If you postpone a reply to a message, the reply setting of
the message is only updated when you actually finish the message and
send it. Also, you must be in the same folder with the message you
replied to for the status of the message to be updated.
-</p><p>
-See also the <a href="#postpone" title="3.223. postpone">$postpone</a> quad-option.
-</p></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a id="configuration"></a>Chapter 3. Configuration</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#
muttrc-syntax">1. Syntax of Initialization Files</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#addrgroup">2. Address groups</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#alias">3. Defining/Using aliases</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#bind">4. Changing the default key bindings</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#charset-hook">5. Defining aliases for character sets </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#folder-hook">6. Setting variables based upon mailbox</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#macro">7. Keyboard macros</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#color">8. Using color and mono video attributes</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#ignore">9. Ignoring (weeding) unwanted message headers</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#alternates">10. Alternative addresses</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#lists">11. Mailing lists</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#mbox-hook">12. Using Multiple spool mailboxes</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#mailboxes">13. Monitoring incoming mail</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#my-hdr">14. User defined headers</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#hdr-order">15. Defining the order of headers when viewing messages</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#save-hook">16. Specify default save mailbox</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fcc-hook">17. Specify default Fcc: mailbox when composing</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fcc-save-hook">18. Specify default save filename and default Fcc: mailbox at once</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#send-hook">19. Change settings based upon message recipients</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#message-hook">20. Change settings before formatting a message</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#crypt-hook">21. Choosing the cryptographic key of the recipient</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#push">22. Adding key sequences to the keyboard buffer</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#exec">23. Executing functions</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#score-command">24. Message Scoring</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#spam">25. Spam detection</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#set">26. Setting and Querying Variables</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#set-commands">26.1. Commands</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#set-myvar">26.2. User-defined variables</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#source">27. Reading initialization commands from another file</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#unhook">28. Removing hooks</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#formatstrings">29. Format Strings</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id458133">29.1. Basic usage</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id458263">29.2. Filters</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>
-While the default configuration (or ``preferences'') make Mutt
+</p></div><p>
+See also the <a class="link" href="#postpone" title="3.195. postpone">$postpone</a> quad-option.
+</p></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a id="configuration"></a>Chapter 3. Configuration</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#
configuration-files">1. Location of Initialization Files</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#muttrc-syntax">2. Syntax of Initialization Files</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#addrgroup">3. Address Groups</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#alias">4. Defining/Using Aliases</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#bind">5. Changing the Default Key Bindings</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#charset-hook">6. Defining Aliases for Character Sets</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#folder-hook">7. Setting Variables Based Upon Mailbox</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#macro">8. Keyboard Macros</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#color">9. Using Color and Mono Video Attributes</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#msg-hdr-display">10. Message Header Display</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#ignore">10.1. Selecting Headers</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#hdr-order">10.2. Ordering Displayed Headers</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#alternates">11. Alternative Addresses</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#lists">12. Mailing Lists</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#mbox-hook">13. Using Multiple Spool Mailboxes</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#mailboxes">14. Monitoring Incoming Mail</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#my-hdr">15. User-Defined Headers</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#save-hook">16. Specify Default Save Mailbox</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fcc-hook">17. Specify Default Fcc: Mailbox When Composing</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fcc-save-hook">18. Specify Default Save Filename and Default Fcc: Mailbox at Once</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#send-hook">19. Change Settings Based Upon Message Recipients</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#message-hook">20. Change Settings Before Formatting a Message</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#crypt-hook">21. Choosing the Cryptographic Key of the Recipient</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#push">22. Adding Key Sequences to the Keyboard Buffer</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#exec">23. Executing Functions</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#score-command">24. Message Scoring</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#spam">25. Spam Detection</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#set">26. Setting and Querying Variables</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#var-types">26.1. Variable Types</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#set-commands">26.2. Commands</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#set-myvar">26.3. User-Defined Variables</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#source">27. Reading Initialization Commands From Another File</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#unhook">28. Removing Hooks</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#formatstrings">29. Format Strings</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#formatstrings-basics">29.1. Basic usage</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#formatstrings-conditionals">29.2. Conditionals</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#formatstrings-filters">29.3. Filters</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#formatstrings-padding">29.4. Padding</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="configuration-files"></a>1. Location of Initialization Files</h2></div></div></div><p>
+While the default configuration (or “<span class="quote">preferences</span>”) make Mutt
usable right out of the box, it is often desirable to tailor Mutt to
suit your own tastes. When Mutt is first invoked, it will attempt to
-read the ``system'' configuration file (defaults set by your local
-system administrator), unless the ``-n'' <a href="#commandline" title="1. Command line options">command line</a> option is specified. This file is typically
+read the “<span class="quote">system</span>” configuration file (defaults set by your local
+system administrator), unless the “<span class="quote">-n</span>” <a class="link" href="#commandline" title="1. Command-Line Options">command line</a> option is specified. This file is typically
<code class="literal">/usr/local/share/mutt/Muttrc</code> or <code class="literal">/etc/Muttrc</code>. Mutt
will next look for a file named <code class="literal">.muttrc</code> in your home
directory. If this file does not exist and your home directory has
-a subdirectory named <code class="literal">.mutt</code>, mutt try to load a file named
-<code class="literal">.mutt/muttrc</code>.
+a subdirectory named <code class="literal">.mutt</code>, Mutt tries to load a file named
+<code class="literal">.mutt/muttrc</code>.
</p><p>
-<code class="literal">.muttrc</code> is the file where you will usually place your <a href="#commands" title="2. Configuration Commands">commands</a> to configure Mutt.
+<code class="literal">.muttrc</code> is the file where you will usually place your <a class="link" href="#commands" title="2. Configuration Commands">commands</a> to configure Mutt.
</p><p>
-In addition, mutt supports version specific configuration files that are
+In addition, Mutt supports version specific configuration files that are
parsed instead of the default files as explained above. For instance, if
your system has a <code class="literal">Muttrc-0.88</code> file in the system configuration
-directory, and you are running version 0.88 of mutt, this file will be
+directory, and you are running version 0.88 of Mutt, this file will be
sourced instead of the <code class="literal">Muttrc</code> file. The same is true of the user
configuration file, if you have a file <code class="literal">.muttrc-0.88.6</code> in your home
-directory, when you run mutt version 0.88.6, it will source this file
+directory, when you run Mutt version 0.88.6, it will source this file
instead of the default <code class="literal">.muttrc</code> file. The version number is the
-same which is visible using the ``-v'' <a href="#commandline" title="1. Command line options">command line</a> switch or using the <code class="literal">show-version</code> key (default:
+same which is visible using the “<span class="quote">-v</span>” <a class="link" href="#commandline" title="1. Command-Line Options">command line</a> switch or using the <code class="literal">show-version</code> key (default:
V) from the index menu.
-</p><
div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="muttrc-syntax"></a>1. Syntax of Initialization Files</h2></div></div></div><p>
-An initialization file consists of a series of <a href="#commands" title="2. Configuration Commands">commands</a>. Each line of the file may contain one or more commands.
-When multiple commands are used, they must be separated by a semicolon (;).
-
-</p><pre class="screen">
+</p><
/div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="muttrc-syntax"></a>2. Syntax of Initialization Files</h2></div></div></div><p>
+An initialization file consists of a series of <a class="link" href="#commands" title="2. Configuration Commands">commands</a>. Each line of the file may contain one or more commands.
+When multiple commands are used, they must be separated by a semicolon
+(“<span class="quote">;</span>”).
+</p><div class="example"><a id="ex-rc-multiple-cmds"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 3.1. Multiple configuration commands per line</b></p><div class="example-contents"><pre class="screen">
set realname='Mutt user' ; ignore x-
-</pre><p>
-
+</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /><p>
The hash mark, or pound sign
-(``#''), is used as a ``comment'' character. You can use it to
+(“<span class="quote">#</span>”), is used as a “<span class="quote">comment</span>” character. You can use it to
annotate your initialization file. All text after the comment character
-to the end of the line is ignored. For example,
-</p><p>
-
-</p><pre class="screen">
+to the end of the line is ignored.
+</p><div class="example"><a id="ex-ec-comment"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 3.2. Commenting configuration files</b></p><div class="example-contents"><pre class="screen">
my_hdr X-Disclaimer: Why are you listening to me? # This is a comment
-</pre><p>
-
-</p><p>
-Single quotes (') and double quotes (") can be used to quote strings
+</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /><p>
+Single quotes (“<span class="quote">'</span>”) and double quotes (“<span class="quote">"</span>”) can be used to quote strings
which contain spaces or other special characters. The difference between
the two types of quotes is similar to that of many popular shell programs,
namely that a single quote is used to specify a literal string (one that is
not interpreted for shell variables or quoting with a backslash [see
next paragraph]), while double quotes indicate a string for which
-should be evaluated. For example, backtics are evaluated inside of double
-quotes, but <span class="bold"><strong>not</strong></span> for single quotes.
+should be evaluated. For example, backticks are evaluated inside of double
+quotes, but <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> for single quotes.
</p><p>
-\ quotes the next character, just as in shells such as bash and zsh.
-For example, if want to put quotes ``"'' inside of a string, you can use
-``\'' to force the next character to be a literal instead of interpreted
+“<span class="quote">\</span>” quotes the next character, just as in shells such as bash and zsh.
+For example, if want to put quotes “<span class="quote">"</span>” inside of a string, you can use
+“<span class="quote">\</span>” to force the next character to be a literal instead of interpreted
character.
-
-</p><pre class="screen">
+</p><div class="example"><a id="ex-rc-quote"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 3.3. Escaping quotes in congfiguration files</b></p><div class="example-contents"><pre class="screen">
set realname="Michael \"MuttDude\" Elkins"
-</pre><p>
-
-</p><p>
-``\\'' means to insert a literal ``\'' into the line.
-``\n'' and ``\r'' have their usual C meanings of linefeed and
+</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /><p>
+“<span class="quote">\\</span>” means to insert a literal “<span class="quote">\</span>” into the line.
+“<span class="quote">\n</span>” and “<span class="quote">\r</span>” have their usual C meanings of linefeed and
carriage-return, respectively.
</p><p>
-A \ at the end of a line can be used to split commands over
-multiple lines, provided that the split points don't appear in the
-middle of command names.
-</p><p>
+A “<span class="quote">\</span>” at the end of a line can be used to split commands over
+multiple lines as it “<span class="quote">escapes</span>” the line end, provided that the split points don't appear in the
+middle of command names. Lines are first concatenated before
+interpretation so that a multi-line can be commented by commenting out
+the first line only.
+</p><div class="example"><a id="ex-rc-split"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 3.4. Splitting long configuration commands over several lines</b></p><div class="example-contents"><pre class="screen">
+set status_format="some very \
+long value split \
+over several lines"
+</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /><p>
It is also possible to substitute the output of a Unix command in an
initialization file. This is accomplished by enclosing the command in
-backquotes (``). For example,
-
-</p><pre class="screen">
-my_hdr X-Operating-System: `uname -a`
-</pre><p>
-
-The output of the Unix command ``uname -a'' will be substituted before the
-line is parsed. Note that since initialization files are line oriented, only
+backticks (``). In <a class="xref" href="#ex-rc-backtick" title="Example 3.5. Using external command's output in configuration files">Example 3.5, “Using external command's output in configuration files”</a>, the output of the
+Unix command “<span class="quote">uname -a</span>” will be substituted before the
+line is parsed.
+Since initialization files are line oriented, only
the first line of output from the Unix command will be substituted.
-</p><p>
-Both environment variables and mutt variables can be accessed by
-prepending ``$'' to the name of the variable. For example,
-</p><pre class="screen">
+</p><div class="example"><a id="ex-rc-backtick"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 3.5. Using external command's output in configuration files</b></p><div class="example-contents"><pre class="screen">
+my_hdr X-Operating-System: `uname -a`
+</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /><p>
+Both environment variables and Mutt variables can be accessed by
+prepending “<span class="quote">$</span>” to the name of the variable. For example,
+</p><div class="example"><a id="ex-rc-env"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 3.6. Using environment variables in configuration files</b></p><div class="example-contents"><pre class="screen">
set record=+sent_on_$HOSTNAME
-</pre><p>
-will cause mutt to save outgoing messages to a folder named
-``sent_on_kremvax'' if the environment variable HOSTNAME is set to
-``kremvax.'' (See <a href="#record" title="3.239. record">$record</a> for
+</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /><p>
+will cause Mutt to save outgoing messages to a folder named
+“<span class="quote">sent_on_kremvax</span>” if the environment variable <code class="literal">$HOSTNAME</code> is set to
+“<span class="quote">kremvax.</span>” (See <a class="link" href="#record" title="3.211. record">$record</a> for
details.)
</p><p>
Mutt expands the variable when it is assigned, not when it is used. If
changes after the assignment, the variable on the left-hand side will
not be affected.
</p><p>
-The commands understood by mutt are explained in the next paragraphs.
-For a complete list, see the <a href="#commands" title="2. Configuration Commands">command reference</a>.
-</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="addrgroup"></a>2. Address groups</h2></div></div></div><p>
-Usage: <code class="literal">group</code> [ <code class="literal">-group</code> <span class="emphasis"><em>name</em></span> [ ... ] ] [ <code class="literal">-rx</code> <span class="emphasis"><em>EXPR</em></span> [ ... ] ] [ <code class="literal">-addr</code> <span class="emphasis"><em>EXPR</em></span> [ ... ] ]
-</p><p>
-<code class="literal">group</code> is used to directly add either addresses or
+The commands understood by Mutt are explained in the next paragraphs.
+For a complete list, see the <a class="link" href="#commands" title="2. Configuration Commands">command reference</a>.
+</p><p>
+All configuration files are expected to be in the current locale as
+specified by the <a class="link" href="#charset" title="3.25. charset">$charset</a> variable
+which doesn't have a default value since it's determined by Mutt at startup.
+If a configuration file is not encoded in the same character set the
+<a class="link" href="#config-charset" title="3.30. config_charset">$config_charset</a>
+variable should be used: all lines starting with the next are recoded
+from <a class="link" href="#config-charset" title="3.30. config_charset">$config_charset</a>
+to <a class="link" href="#charset" title="3.25. charset">$charset</a>.
+</p><p>
+This mechanism should be avoided if possible as it has the
+following implications:
+</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>These variables should be set early in a configuration
+file with <a class="link" href="#charset" title="3.25. charset">$charset</a> preceding
+<a class="link" href="#config-charset" title="3.30. config_charset">$config_charset</a> so Mutt
+knows what character set to convert to.</p></li><li><p>If <a class="link" href="#config-charset" title="3.30. config_charset">$config_charset</a> is set, it should be set
+in each configuration file because the value is global and <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span>
+per configuration file.</p></li><li><p>Because Mutt first recodes a line before it attempts to parse it,
+a conversion introducing question marks or other characters as
+part of errors (unconvertable characters, transliteration) may introduce syntax
+errors or silently change the meaning of certain tokens (e.g. inserting
+question marks into regular expressions).</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="addrgroup"></a>3. Address Groups</h2></div></div></div><p>Usage:</p><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="command">group</code> [
+<code class="option">-group</code>
+<em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em>
+...] {
+<code class="option">-rx</code>
+<em class="replaceable"><code>expr</code></em>
+... |
+<code class="option">-addr</code>
+<em class="replaceable"><code>expr</code></em>
+... }<br /><code class="command">ungroup</code> [
+<code class="option">-group</code>
+<em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em>
+...] {
+<em class="replaceable"><code>*</code></em>
+ |
+<code class="option">-rx</code>
+<em class="replaceable"><code>expr</code></em>
+... |
+<code class="option">-addr</code>
+<em class="replaceable"><code>expr</code></em>
+... }</p></div><p>
+<span class="command"><strong>group</strong></span> is used to directly add either addresses or
regular expressions to the specified group or groups. The different
-categories of arguments to the <code class="literal">group</code> command can be
+categories of arguments to the <span class="command"><strong>group</strong></span> command can be
in any order. The flags <code class="literal">-rx</code> and
<code class="literal">-addr</code> specify what the following strings (that cannot
begin with a hyphen) should be interpreted as: either a regular
expression or an email address, respectively.
</p><p>
-These address groups can also be created implicitely by the
-<a href="#alias" title="3. Defining/Using aliases">alias</a>, <a href="#lists" title="11. Mailing lists">lists</a>,
-<a href="#lists" title="11. Mailing lists">subscribe</a> and
-<a href="#alternates" title="10. Alternative addresses">alternates</a> commands by specifying the
+These address groups can also be created implicitly by the
+<a class="link" href="#alias" title="4. Defining/Using Aliases"><span class="command"><strong>alias</strong></span></a>, <a class="link" href="#lists" title="12. Mailing Lists">lists</a>,
+<a class="link" href="#lists" title="12. Mailing Lists">subscribe</a> and
+<a class="link" href="#alternates" title="11. Alternative Addresses"><span class="command"><strong>alternates</strong></span></a> commands by specifying the
optional <code class="literal">-group</code> option.
</p><p>
Once defined, these address groups can be used in
-<a href="#patterns" title="2. Patterns: Searching, Limiting and Tagging">patterns</a> to search for and limit the
+<a class="link" href="#patterns" title="2. Patterns: Searching, Limiting and Tagging">patterns</a> to search for and limit the
display to messages matching a group.
</p><p>
-Usage: <code class="literal">ungroup</code> [ <code class="literal">-group</code> <span class="emphasis"><em>name</em></span> [ ... ] ] [ * | [ [ <code class="literal">-rx</code> <span class="emphasis"><em>EXPR</em></span> [ ... ] ] [ <code class="literal">-addr</code> <span class="emphasis"><em>EXPR</em></span> [ ... ] ] ]
-</p><p>
-<code class="literal">ungroup</code> is used to remove addresses or regular
+<span class="command"><strong>ungroup</strong></span> is used to remove addresses or regular
expressions from the specified group or groups. The syntax is similar to
-the <code class="literal">group</code> command, however the special character
+the <span class="command"><strong>group</strong></span> command, however the special character
<code class="literal">*</code> can be used to empty a group of all of its
contents.
-</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="alias"></a>3. Defining/Using aliases</h2></div></div></div><p>
-Usage: <code class="literal">alias</code> [ <code class="literal">-group</code> <span class="emphasis"><em>name</em></span> [ ... ] ] <span class="emphasis"><em>key</em></span> <span class="emphasis"><em>address</em></span> [ , <span class="emphasis"><em>address</em></span>, ... ]
-</p><p>
+</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="alias"></a>4. Defining/Using Aliases</h2></div></div></div><p>Usage:</p><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="command">alias</code> [
+<code class="option">-group</code>
+<em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em>
+...]
+<em class="replaceable"><code>key</code></em>
+
+<em class="replaceable"><code>address</code></em>
+ [
+<em class="replaceable"><code>address</code></em>
+...]<br /><code class="command">unalias</code> [
+<code class="option">-group</code>
+<em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em>
+...] {
+<em class="replaceable"><code>*</code></em>
+ |
+<em class="replaceable"><code>key</code></em>
+... }</p></div><p>
It's usually very cumbersome to remember or type out the address of someone
-you are communicating with. Mutt allows you to create ``aliases'' which map
+you are communicating with. Mutt allows you to create “<span class="quote">aliases</span>” which map
a short string to a full address.
-</p><p>
-<span class="bold"><strong>Note:</strong></span> if you want to create an alias for more than
-one address, you <span class="bold"><strong>must</strong></span> separate the addresses with a comma (``,'').
-</p><p>
+</p><div class="note"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>
+If you want to create an alias for more than
+one address, you <span class="emphasis"><em>must</em></span> separate the addresses with a comma (“<span class="quote">,</span>”).
+</p></div><p>
The optional <code class="literal">-group</code> argument to
-<code class="literal">alias</code> causes the aliased address(es) to be added to
+<span class="command"><strong>alias</strong></span> causes the aliased address(es) to be added to
the named <span class="emphasis"><em>group</em></span>.
</p><p>
-To remove an alias or aliases (``*'' means all aliases):
-</p><p>
-<code class="literal">unalias</code> [ * | <span class="emphasis"><em>key</em></span> <span class="emphasis"><em>...</em></span> ]
-</p><p>
-
+To remove an alias or aliases (“<span class="quote">*</span>” means all aliases):
</p><pre class="screen">
alias muttdude me@cs.hmc.edu (Michael Elkins)
alias theguys manny, moe, jack
</pre><p>
-
-</p><p>
Unlike other mailers, Mutt doesn't require aliases to be defined
-in a special file. The <code class="literal">alias</code> command can appear anywhere in
-a configuration file, as long as this file is <a href="#source" title="27. Reading initialization commands from another file">sourced</a>. Consequently, you can have multiple alias files, or
-you can have all aliases defined in your muttrc.
+in a special file. The <span class="command"><strong>alias</strong></span> command can appear anywhere in
+a configuration file, as long as this file is <a class="link" href="#source" title="27. Reading Initialization Commands From Another File"><span class="command"><strong>source</strong></span>d</a>. Consequently, you can have multiple alias files, or
+you can have all aliases defined in your <code class="literal">.muttrc</code>.
</p><p>
-On the other hand, the <a href="#create-alias">create-alias</a>
-function can use only one file, the one pointed to by the <a href="#alias-file" title="3.3. alias_file">$alias_file</a> variable (which is
+On the other hand, the <a class="link" href="#create-alias"><code class="literal"><create-alias></code></a>
+function can use only one file, the one pointed to by the <a class="link" href="#alias-file" title="3.3. alias_file">$alias_file</a> variable (which is
<code class="literal">˜/.muttrc</code> by default). This file is not special either,
in the sense that Mutt will happily append aliases to any file, but in
-order for the new aliases to take effect you need to explicitly <a href="#source" title="27. Reading initialization commands from another file">source</a> this file too.
-</p><p>
-For example:
-</p><p>
-
-</p><pre class="screen">
+order for the new aliases to take effect you need to explicitly <a class="link" href="#source" title="27. Reading Initialization Commands From Another File"><span class="command"><strong>source</strong></span></a> this file too.
+</p><div class="example"><a id="ex-alias-external"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 3.7. Configuring external alias files</b></p><div class="example-contents"><pre class="screen">
source /usr/local/share/Mutt.aliases
source ~/.mail_aliases
set alias_file=~/.mail_aliases
-</pre><p>
-
-</p><p>
-To use aliases, you merely use the alias at any place in mutt where mutt
+</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /><p>
+To use aliases, you merely use the alias at any place in Mutt where Mutt
prompts for addresses, such as the <span class="emphasis"><em>To:</em></span> or <span class="emphasis"><em>Cc:</em></span> prompt. You can
also enter aliases in your editor at the appropriate headers if you have the
-<a href="#edit-headers" title="3.50. edit_headers">$edit_headers</a> variable set.
+<a class="link" href="#edit-headers" title="3.57. edit_headers">$edit_headers</a> variable set.
</p><p>
In addition, at the various address prompts, you can use the tab character
to expand a partial alias to the full alias. If there are multiple matches,
-mutt will bring up a menu with the matching aliases. In order to be
-presented with the full list of aliases, you must hit tab with out a partial
+Mutt will bring up a menu with the matching aliases. In order to be
+presented with the full list of aliases, you must hit tab without a partial
alias, such as at the beginning of the prompt or after a comma denoting
multiple addresses.
</p><p>
In the alias menu, you can select as many aliases as you want with the
-<span class="emphasis"><em>select-entry</em></span> key (default: RET), and use the <span class="emphasis"><em>exit</em></span> key
-(default: q) to return to the address prompt.
-</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="bind"></a>4. Changing the default key bindings</h2></div></div></div><p>
-Usage: <code class="literal">bind</code> <span class="emphasis"><em>map</em></span> <span class="emphasis"><em>key</em></span> <span class="emphasis"><em>function</em></span>
-</p><p>
+<code class="literal">select-entry</code> key (default: <Return>), and use the
+<span class="emphasis"><em>exit</em></span> key (default: q) to return to the address prompt.
+</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="bind"></a>5. Changing the Default Key Bindings</h2></div></div></div><p>Usage:</p><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="command">bind</code>
+<em class="replaceable"><code>map</code></em>
+
+<em class="replaceable"><code>key</code></em>
+
+<em class="replaceable"><code>function</code></em>
+ </p></div><p>
This command allows you to change the default key bindings (operation
invoked when pressing a key).
</p><p>
<span class="emphasis"><em>map</em></span> specifies in which menu the binding belongs. Multiple maps may
be specified by separating them with commas (no additional whitespace is
allowed). The currently defined maps are:
-</p><p>
-<a id="maps"></a>
-</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">generic</span></dt><dd><p>
+</p><a id="maps"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">generic</span></dt><dd><p>
This is not a real menu, but is used as a fallback for all of the other
menus except for the pager and editor modes. If a key is not defined in
another menu, Mutt will look for a binding to use in this menu. This allows
you to bind a key to a certain function in multiple menus instead of having
-multiple bind statements to accomplish the same task.
+multiple <span class="command"><strong>bind</strong></span> statements to accomplish the same task.
</p></dd><dt><span class="term">alias</span></dt><dd><p>
The alias menu is the list of your personal aliases as defined in your
-muttrc. It is the mapping from a short alias name to the full email
+<code class="literal">.muttrc</code>. It is the mapping from a short alias name to the full email
address(es) of the recipient(s).
</p></dd><dt><span class="term">attach</span></dt><dd><p>
The attachment menu is used to access the attachments on received messages.
The pager is the mode used to display message/attachment data, and help
listings.
</p></dd><dt><span class="term">pgp</span></dt><dd><p>
-The pgp menu is used to select the OpenPGP keys used for encrypting outgoing
+The pgp menu is used to select the OpenPGP keys used to encrypt outgoing
+messages.
+</p></dd><dt><span class="term">smime</span></dt><dd><p>
+The smime menu is used to select the OpenSSL certificates used to encrypt outgoing
messages.
</p></dd><dt><span class="term">postpone</span></dt><dd><p>
The postpone menu is similar to the index menu, except is used when
recalling a message the user was composing, but saved until later.
+</p></dd><dt><span class="term">query</span></dt><dd><p>
+The query menu is the browser for results returned by
+<a class="link" href="#query-command" title="3.203. query_command">$query_command</a>.
+</p></dd><dt><span class="term">mix</span></dt><dd><p>
+The mixmaster screen is used to select remailer options for outgoing
+messages (if Mutt is compiled with Mixmaster support).
</p></dd></dl></div><p>
-</p><p>
<span class="emphasis"><em>key</em></span> is the key (or key sequence) you wish to bind. To specify a
control character, use the sequence <span class="emphasis"><em>\Cx</em></span>, where <span class="emphasis"><em>x</em></span> is the
letter of the control character (for example, to specify control-A use
-``\Ca''). Note that the case of <span class="emphasis"><em>x</em></span> as well as <span class="emphasis"><em>\C</em></span> is
+“<span class="quote">\Ca</span>”). Note that the case of <span class="emphasis"><em>x</em></span> as well as <span class="emphasis"><em>\C</em></span> is
ignored, so that <span class="emphasis"><em>\CA</em></span>, <span class="emphasis"><em>\Ca</em></span>, <span class="emphasis"><em>\cA</em></span> and <span class="emphasis"><em>\ca</em></span> are all
equivalent. An alternative form is to specify the key as a three digit
-octal number prefixed with a ``\'' (for example <span class="emphasis"><em>\177</em></span> is
+octal number prefixed with a “<span class="quote">\</span>” (for example <span class="emphasis"><em>\177</em></span> is
equivalent to <span class="emphasis"><em>\c?</em></span>). In addition, <span class="emphasis"><em>key</em></span> may
-be a symbolic name as shown in <a href="#tab-key-names" title="Table 3.1. Symbolic key names">Table 3.1, “Symbolic key names”</a>.
-</p><p>
-
-</p><div class="table"><a id="tab-key-names"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 3.1. Symbolic key names</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Symbolic key names" border="1"><colgroup><col /><col /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Symbolic name</th><th>Meaning</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>\t</td><td>tab</td></tr><tr><td><tab></td><td>tab</td></tr><tr><td><backtab></td><td>backtab / shift-tab</td></tr><tr><td>\r</td><td>carriage return</td></tr><tr><td>\n</td><td>newline</td></tr><tr><td>\e</td><td>escape</td></tr><tr><td><esc></td><td>escape</td></tr><tr><td><up></td><td>up arrow</td></tr><tr><td><down></td><td>down arrow</td></tr><tr><td><left></td><td>left arrow</td></tr><tr><td><right></td><td>right arrow</td></tr><tr><td><pageup></td><td>Page Up</td></tr><tr><td><pagedown></td><td>Page Down</td></tr><tr><td><backspace></td><td>Backspace</td></tr><tr><td><delete></td><td>Delete</td></tr><tr><td><insert></td><td>Insert</td></tr><tr><td><enter></td><td>Enter</td></tr><tr><td><return></td><td>Return</td></tr><tr><td><home></td><td>Home</td></tr><tr><td><end></td><td>End</td></tr><tr><td><space></td><td>Space bar</td></tr><tr><td><f1></td><td>function key 1</td></tr><tr><td><f10></td><td>function key 10</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break" />
-
-</p><p>
+be a symbolic name as shown in <a class="xref" href="#tab-key-names" title="Table 3.1. Symbolic key names">Table 3.1, “Symbolic key names”</a>.
+</p><div class="table"><a id="tab-key-names"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 3.1. Symbolic key names</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Symbolic key names" border="1"><colgroup><col /><col /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Symbolic name</th><th>Meaning</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>\t</td><td>tab</td></tr><tr><td><tab></td><td>tab</td></tr><tr><td><backtab></td><td>backtab / shift-tab</td></tr><tr><td>\r</td><td>carriage return</td></tr><tr><td>\n</td><td>newline</td></tr><tr><td>\e</td><td>escape</td></tr><tr><td><esc></td><td>escape</td></tr><tr><td><up></td><td>up arrow</td></tr><tr><td><down></td><td>down arrow</td></tr><tr><td><left></td><td>left arrow</td></tr><tr><td><right></td><td>right arrow</td></tr><tr><td><pageup></td><td>Page Up</td></tr><tr><td><pagedown></td><td>Page Down</td></tr><tr><td><backspace></td><td>Backspace</td></tr><tr><td><delete></td><td>Delete</td></tr><tr><td><insert></td><td>Insert</td></tr><tr><td><enter></td><td>Enter</td></tr><tr><td><return></td><td>Return</td></tr><tr><td><home></td><td>Home</td></tr><tr><td><end></td><td>End</td></tr><tr><td><space></td><td>Space bar</td></tr><tr><td><f1></td><td>function key 1</td></tr><tr><td><f10></td><td>function key 10</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><p>
<span class="emphasis"><em>key</em></span> does not need to be enclosed in quotes unless it contains a
-space (`` '').
+space (“<span class="quote"> </span>”) or semi-colon (“<span class="quote">;</span>”).
</p><p>
<span class="emphasis"><em>function</em></span> specifies which action to take when <span class="emphasis"><em>key</em></span> is pressed.
-For a complete list of functions, see the <a href="#functions" title="4. Functions">reference</a>. The special function <code class="literal">noop</code> unbinds the specified key
+For a complete list of functions, see the <a class="link" href="#functions" title="4. Functions">reference</a>. The special function <code class="literal"><noop></code> unbinds the specified key
sequence.
-</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="charset-hook"></a>5. Defining aliases for character sets </h2></div></div></div><p>
-</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br />
-Usage: <code class="literal">charset-hook</code> <span class="emphasis"><em>alias</em></span> <span class="emphasis"><em>charset</em></span><br />
-Usage: <code class="literal">iconv-hook</code> <span class="emphasis"><em>charset</em></span> <span class="emphasis"><em>local-charset</em></span><br />
-</p></div><p>
-</p><p>
-The <code class="literal">charset-hook</code> command defines an alias for a character set.
+</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="charset-hook"></a>6. Defining Aliases for Character Sets</h2></div></div></div><p>Usage:</p><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="command">charset-hook</code>
+<em class="replaceable"><code>alias</code></em>
+
+<em class="replaceable"><code>charset</code></em>
+ <br /><code class="command">iconv-hook<a id="iconv-hook"></a></code>
+<em class="replaceable"><code>charset</code></em>
+
+<em class="replaceable"><code>local-charset</code></em>
+ </p></div><p>
+The <span class="command"><strong>charset-hook</strong></span> command defines an alias for a character set.
This is useful to properly display messages which are tagged with a
-character set name not known to mutt.
+character set name not known to Mutt.
</p><p>
-The <code class="literal">iconv-hook</code> command defines a system-specific name for a
+The <span class="command"><strong>iconv-hook</strong></span> command defines a system-specific name for a
character set. This is helpful when your systems character
conversion library insists on using strange, system-specific names
for character sets.
-</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="folder-hook"></a>6. Setting variables based upon mailbox</h2></div></div></div><p>
-Usage: <code class="literal">folder-hook</code> [!]<span class="emphasis"><em>regexp</em></span> <span class="emphasis"><em>command</em></span>
-</p><p>
+</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="folder-hook"></a>7. Setting Variables Based Upon Mailbox</h2></div></div></div><p>Usage:</p><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="command">folder-hook</code>
+<em class="replaceable"><code>[!]regexp</code></em>
+
+<em class="replaceable"><code>command</code></em>
+ </p></div><p>
It is often desirable to change settings based on which mailbox you are
-reading. The folder-hook command provides a method by which you can execute
+reading. The <span class="command"><strong>folder-hook</strong></span> command provides a method by which you can execute
any configuration command. <span class="emphasis"><em>regexp</em></span> is a regular expression specifying
in which mailboxes to execute <span class="emphasis"><em>command</em></span> before loading. If a mailbox
-matches multiple folder-hook's, they are executed in the order given in the
-muttrc.
-</p><p>
-<span class="bold"><strong>Note:</strong></span> if you use the ``!'' shortcut for <a href="#spoolfile" title="3.276. spoolfile">$spoolfile</a> at the beginning of the pattern, you must place it
+matches multiple <span class="command"><strong>folder-hook</strong></span>s, they are executed in the order given in the
+<code class="literal">.muttrc</code>.
+</p><div class="note"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>
+If you use the “<span class="quote">!</span>” shortcut for <a class="link" href="#spoolfile" title="3.269. spoolfile">$spoolfile</a> at the beginning of the pattern, you must place it
inside of double or single quotes in order to distinguish it from the
logical <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> operator for the expression.
-</p><p>
-Note that the settings are <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> restored when you leave the mailbox.
+</p></div><div class="note"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>
+Settings are <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> restored when you leave the mailbox.
For example, a command action to perform is to change the sorting method
based upon the mailbox being read:
-</p><p>
</p><pre class="screen">
-folder-hook mutt set sort=threads
-</pre><p>
+folder-hook mutt "set sort=threads"</pre><p>
-</p><p>
However, the sorting method is not restored to its previous value when
reading a different mailbox. To specify a <span class="emphasis"><em>default</em></span> command, use the
-pattern ``.'':
-</p><p>
-
-</p><pre class="screen">
-folder-hook . set sort=date-sent
-</pre><p>
-
-</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="macro"></a>7. Keyboard macros</h2></div></div></div><p>
-Usage: <code class="literal">macro</code> <span class="emphasis"><em>menu</em></span> <span class="emphasis"><em>key</em></span> <span class="emphasis"><em>sequence</em></span> [ <span class="emphasis"><em>description</em></span> ]
-</p><p>
+pattern “<span class="quote">.</span>” before other <span class="command"><strong>folder-hook</strong></span>s adjusting a value on a per-folder basis
+because <span class="command"><strong>folder-hook</strong></span>s are evaluated in the order given in the
+configuration file.
+</p></div><p>
+The following example will set the <a class="link" href="#sort" title="3.263. sort">sort</a> variable
+to <code class="literal">date-sent</code> for all folders but to <code class="literal">threads</code>
+for all folders containing “<span class="quote">mutt</span>” in their name.
+</p><div class="example"><a id="ex-folder-sorting"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 3.8. Setting sort method based on mailbox name</b></p><div class="example-contents"><pre class="screen">
+folder-hook . "set sort=date-sent"
+folder-hook mutt "set sort=threads"
+</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="macro"></a>8. Keyboard Macros</h2></div></div></div><p>Usage:</p><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="command">macro</code>
+<em class="replaceable"><code>menu</code></em>
+
+<em class="replaceable"><code>key</code></em>
+
+<em class="replaceable"><code>sequence</code></em>
+ [
+<em class="replaceable"><code>description</code></em>
+]</p></div><p>
Macros are useful when you would like a single key to perform a series of
actions. When you press <span class="emphasis"><em>key</em></span> in menu <span class="emphasis"><em>menu</em></span>, Mutt will behave as if
you had typed <span class="emphasis"><em>sequence</em></span>. So if you have a common sequence of commands
you type, you can create a macro to execute those commands with a single
-key.
+key or fewer keys.
</p><p>
-<span class="emphasis"><em>menu</em></span> is the <a href="#maps">map</a> which the macro will be bound.
+<span class="emphasis"><em>menu</em></span> is the <a class="link" href="#maps">map</a> which the macro will be bound in.
Multiple maps may be specified by separating multiple menu arguments by
commas. Whitespace may not be used in between the menu arguments and the
commas separating them.
</p><p>
-<span class="emphasis"><em>key</em></span> and <span class="emphasis"><em>sequence</em></span> are expanded by the same rules as the <a href="#bind" title="4. Changing the default key bindings">key bindings</a>. There are some additions however. The
+<span class="emphasis"><em>key</em></span> and <span class="emphasis"><em>sequence</em></span> are expanded by the same rules as the
+<a class="link" href="#bind" title="5. Changing the Default Key Bindings">key bindings</a> with some additions. The
first is that control characters in <span class="emphasis"><em>sequence</em></span> can also be specified
-as <span class="emphasis"><em>^x</em></span>. In order to get a caret (`^'') you need to use
+as <span class="emphasis"><em>^x</em></span>. In order to get a caret (“<span class="quote">^</span>”) you need to use
<span class="emphasis"><em>^^</em></span>. Secondly, to specify a certain key such as <span class="emphasis"><em>up</em></span>
or to invoke a function directly, you can use the format
<span class="emphasis"><em><key name></em></span> and <span class="emphasis"><em><function name></em></span>. For a listing of key
-names see the section on <a href="#bind" title="4. Changing the default key bindings">key bindings</a>. Functions
-are listed in the <a href="#functions" title="4. Functions">reference</a>.
+names see the section on <a class="link" href="#bind" title="5. Changing the Default Key Bindings">key bindings</a>. Functions
+are listed in the <a class="link" href="#functions" title="4. Functions">reference</a>.
</p><p>
The advantage with using function names directly is that the macros will
work regardless of the current key bindings, so they are not dependent on
than one user (e.g., the system Muttrc).
</p><p>
Optionally you can specify a descriptive text after <span class="emphasis"><em>sequence</em></span>,
-which is shown in the help screens.
-</p><p>
-<span class="bold"><strong>Note:</strong></span> Macro definitions (if any) listed in the help screen(s), are
+which is shown in the help screens if they contain a description.
+</p><div class="note"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>
+Macro definitions (if any) listed in the help screen(s), are
silently truncated at the screen width, and are not wrapped.
-</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="color"></a>8. Using color and mono video attributes</h2></div></div></div><p>
-</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br />
-Usage: <code class="literal">color</code> <span class="emphasis"><em>object</em></span> <span class="emphasis"><em>foreground</em></span> <span class="emphasis"><em>background</em></span> [ <span class="emphasis"><em>regexp</em></span> ]<br />
-Usage: <code class="literal">color</code> index <span class="emphasis"><em>foreground</em></span> <span class="emphasis"><em>background</em></span> <span class="emphasis"><em>pattern</em></span><br />
-Usage: <code class="literal">uncolor</code> index <span class="emphasis"><em>pattern</em></span> [ <span class="emphasis"><em>pattern</em></span> ... ]<br />
-</p></div><p>
-</p><p>
+</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="color"></a>9. Using Color and Mono Video Attributes</h2></div></div></div><p>Usage:</p><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="command">color</code>
+<em class="replaceable"><code>object</code></em>
+
+<em class="replaceable"><code>foreground</code></em>
+
+<em class="replaceable"><code>background</code></em>
+ <br /><code class="command">color</code> {
+<code class="option">header</code>
+ |
+<code class="option">body</code>
+ }
+<em class="replaceable"><code>foreground</code></em>
+
+<em class="replaceable"><code>background</code></em>
+
+<em class="replaceable"><code>regexp</code></em>
+ <br /><code class="command">color</code>
+<code class="option">index</code>
+
+<em class="replaceable"><code>foreground</code></em>
+
+<em class="replaceable"><code>background</code></em>
+
+<em class="replaceable"><code>pattern</code></em>
+ <br /><code class="command">uncolor</code> {
+<code class="option">index</code>
+ |
+<code class="option">header</code>
+ |
+<code class="option">body</code>
+ } {
+<em class="replaceable"><code>*</code></em>
+ |
+<em class="replaceable"><code>pattern</code></em>
+... }</p></div><p>
If your terminal supports color, you can spice up Mutt by creating your own
color scheme. To define the color of an object (type of information), you
-must specify both a foreground color <span class="bold"><strong>and</strong></span> a background color (it is not
+must specify both a foreground color <span class="emphasis"><em>and</em></span> a background color (it is not
possible to only specify one or the other).
</p><p>
-<span class="emphasis"><em>object</em></span> can be one of:
-</p><p>
-
-</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>
-attachment
-</p></li><li><p>
-body (match <span class="emphasis"><em>regexp</em></span> in the body of messages)
-</p></li><li><p>
-bold (hiliting bold patterns in the body of messages)
-</p></li><li><p>
-error (error messages printed by Mutt)
-</p></li><li><p>
-header (match <span class="emphasis"><em>regexp</em></span> in the message header)
-</p></li><li><p>
-hdrdefault (default color of the message header in the pager)
-</p></li><li><p>
-index (match <span class="emphasis"><em>pattern</em></span> in the message index)
-</p></li><li><p>
-indicator (arrow or bar used to indicate the current item in a menu)
-</p></li><li><p>
-markers (the ``+'' markers at the beginning of wrapped lines in the pager)
-</p></li><li><p>
-message (informational messages)
-</p></li><li><p>
-normal
-</p></li><li><p>
-quoted (text matching <a href="#quote-regexp" title="3.234. quote_regexp">$quote_regexp</a> in the body of a message)
-</p></li><li><p>
-quoted1, quoted2, ..., quoted<span class="bold"><strong>N</strong></span> (higher levels of quoting)
-</p></li><li><p>
-search (hiliting of words in the pager)
-</p></li><li><p>
-signature
-</p></li><li><p>
-status (mode lines used to display info about the mailbox or message)
-</p></li><li><p>
-tilde (the ``˜'' used to pad blank lines in the pager)
-</p></li><li><p>
-tree (thread tree drawn in the message index and attachment menu)
-</p></li><li><p>
-underline (hiliting underlined patterns in the body of messages)
-</p></li></ul></div><p>
-
+<span class="emphasis"><em>header</em></span> and <span class="emphasis"><em>body</em></span> match <span class="emphasis"><em>regexp</em></span>
+in the header/body of a message, <span class="emphasis"><em>index</em></span> matches <span class="emphasis"><em>pattern</em></span>
+(see <a class="xref" href="#patterns" title="2. Patterns: Searching, Limiting and Tagging">Section 2, “Patterns: Searching, Limiting and Tagging”</a>) in the message index.
</p><p>
+<span class="emphasis"><em>object</em></span> can be one of:
+</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>attachment</p></li><li><p>bold (hiliting bold patterns in the body of messages)</p></li><li><p>error (error messages printed by Mutt)</p></li><li><p>hdrdefault (default color of the message header in the pager)</p></li><li><p>indicator (arrow or bar used to indicate the current item in a menu)</p></li><li><p>markers (the “<span class="quote">+</span>” markers at the beginning of wrapped lines in the pager)</p></li><li><p>message (informational messages)</p></li><li><p>normal</p></li><li><p>quoted (text matching <a class="link" href="#quote-regexp" title="3.206. quote_regexp">$quote_regexp</a> in the body of a message)</p></li><li><p>quoted1, quoted2, ..., quoted<span class="emphasis"><em>N</em></span> (higher levels of quoting)</p></li><li><p>search (hiliting of words in the pager)</p></li><li><p>signature</p></li><li><p>status (mode lines used to display info about the mailbox or message)</p></li><li><p>tilde (the “<span class="quote">˜</span>” used to pad blank lines in the pager)</p></li><li><p>tree (thread tree drawn in the message index and attachment menu)</p></li><li><p>underline (hiliting underlined patterns in the body of messages)</p></li></ul></div><p>
<span class="emphasis"><em>foreground</em></span> and <span class="emphasis"><em>background</em></span> can be one of the following:
-</p><p>
-
-</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>
-white
-</p></li><li><p>
-black
-</p></li><li><p>
-green
-</p></li><li><p>
-magenta
-</p></li><li><p>
-blue
-</p></li><li><p>
-cyan
-</p></li><li><p>
-yellow
-</p></li><li><p>
-red
-</p></li><li><p>
-default
-</p></li><li><p>
-color<span class="emphasis"><em>x</em></span>
-</p></li></ul></div><p>
-
-</p><p>
+</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>white</p></li><li><p>black</p></li><li><p>green</p></li><li><p>magenta</p></li><li><p>blue</p></li><li><p>cyan</p></li><li><p>yellow</p></li><li><p>red</p></li><li><p>default</p></li><li><p>color<span class="emphasis"><em>x</em></span></p></li></ul></div><p>
<span class="emphasis"><em>foreground</em></span> can optionally be prefixed with the keyword <code class="literal">bright</code> to make
the foreground color boldfaced (e.g., <code class="literal">brightred</code>).
</p><p>
If your terminal supports it, the special keyword <span class="emphasis"><em>default</em></span> can be
used as a transparent color. The value <span class="emphasis"><em>brightdefault</em></span> is also valid.
If Mutt is linked against the <span class="emphasis"><em>S-Lang</em></span> library, you also need to set
-the <span class="emphasis"><em>COLORFGBG</em></span> environment variable to the default colors of your
+the <code class="literal">$COLORFGBG</code> environment variable to the default colors of your
terminal for this to work; for example (for Bourne-like shells):
-</p><p>
-
</p><pre class="screen">
set COLORFGBG="green;black"
export COLORFGBG
-</pre><p>
-
-</p><p>
-<span class="bold"><strong>Note:</strong></span> The <span class="emphasis"><em>S-Lang</em></span> library requires you to use the <span class="emphasis"><em>lightgray</em></span>
+</pre><div class="note"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>
+The <span class="emphasis"><em>S-Lang</em></span> library requires you to use the <span class="emphasis"><em>lightgray</em></span>
and <span class="emphasis"><em>brown</em></span> keywords instead of <span class="emphasis"><em>white</em></span> and <span class="emphasis"><em>yellow</em></span> when
setting this variable.
-</p><p>
-<span class="bold"><strong>Note:</strong></span> The uncolor command can be applied to the index object only. It
-removes entries from the list. You <span class="bold"><strong>must</strong></span> specify the same pattern
-specified in the color command for it to be removed. The pattern ``*'' is
-a special token which means to clear the color index list of all entries.
-</p><p>
+</p></div><div class="note"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>
+The <span class="command"><strong>uncolor</strong></span> command can be applied to the index, header and body objects only. It
+removes entries from the list. You <span class="emphasis"><em>must</em></span> specify the same pattern
+specified in the <span class="command"><strong>color</strong></span> command for it to be removed. The pattern “<span class="quote">*</span>” is
+a special token which means to clear the color list of all entries.
+</p></div><p>
Mutt also recognizes the keywords <span class="emphasis"><em>color0</em></span>, <span class="emphasis"><em>color1</em></span>, …,
-<span class="emphasis"><em>color</em></span><span class="bold"><strong>N-1</strong></span> (<span class="bold"><strong>N</strong></span> being the number of colors supported
+<span class="emphasis"><em>color</em></span><span class="emphasis"><em>N-1</em></span> (<span class="emphasis"><em>N</em></span> being the number of colors supported
by your terminal). This is useful when you remap the colors for your
display (for example by changing the color associated with <span class="emphasis"><em>color2</em></span>
for your xterm), since color names may then lose their normal meaning.
-</p><p>
+</p><a id="mono"></a><p>
If your terminal does not support color, it is still possible change the video
-attributes through the use of the ``mono'' command:
-</p><p>
-</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br />
-Usage: <code class="literal">mono</code> <span class="emphasis"><em><object> <attribute></em></span> [ <span class="emphasis"><em>regexp</em></span> ]<br />
-Usage: <code class="literal">mono</code> index <span class="emphasis"><em>attribute</em></span> <span class="emphasis"><em>pattern</em></span><br />
-Usage: <code class="literal">unmono</code> index <span class="emphasis"><em>pattern</em></span> [ <span class="emphasis"><em>pattern</em></span> ... ]<br />
-</p></div><p>
-</p><p>
-where <span class="emphasis"><em>attribute</em></span> is one of the following:
-</p><p>
-
-</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>
-none
-</p></li><li><p>
-bold
-</p></li><li><p>
-underline
-</p></li><li><p>
-reverse
-</p></li><li><p>
-standout
-</p></li></ul></div><p>
-
-</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="ignore"></a>9. Ignoring (weeding) unwanted message headers</h2></div></div></div><p>
-Usage: <code class="literal">[un]ignore</code> <span class="emphasis"><em>pattern</em></span> [ <span class="emphasis"><em>pattern</em></span> ... ]
-</p><p>
+attributes through the use of the “<span class="quote">mono</span>” command. Usage:
+</p><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="command">mono</code>
+<em class="replaceable"><code>object</code></em>
+
+<em class="replaceable"><code>attribute</code></em>
+ <br /><code class="command">mono</code> {
+<code class="option">header</code>
+ |
+<code class="option">body</code>
+ }
+<em class="replaceable"><code>attribute</code></em>
+
+<em class="replaceable"><code>regexp</code></em>
+ <br /><code class="command">mono</code>
+<code class="option">index</code>
+
+<em class="replaceable"><code>attribute</code></em>
+
+<em class="replaceable"><code>pattern</code></em>
+ <br /><code class="command">unmono</code> {
+<code class="option">index</code>
+ |
+<code class="option">header</code>
+ |
+<code class="option">body</code>
+ } {
+<em class="replaceable"><code>*</code></em>
+ |
+<em class="replaceable"><code>pattern</code></em>
+... }</p></div><p>
+For <span class="emphasis"><em>object</em></span>, see the <span class="command"><strong>color</strong></span> command. <span class="emphasis"><em>attribute</em></span>
+can be one of the following:
+</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>none</p></li><li><p>bold</p></li><li><p>underline</p></li><li><p>reverse</p></li><li><p>standout</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="msg-hdr-display"></a>10. Message Header Display</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="ignore"></a>10.1. Selecting Headers</h3></div></div></div><p>Usage:</p><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="command">ignore</code>
+<em class="replaceable"><code>pattern</code></em>
+ [
+<em class="replaceable"><code>pattern</code></em>
+...]<br /><code class="command">unignore</code> {
+<em class="replaceable"><code>*</code></em>
+ |
+<em class="replaceable"><code>pattern</code></em>
+... }</p></div><p>
Messages often have many header fields added by automatic processing systems,
or which may not seem useful to display on the screen. This command allows
-you to specify header fields which you don't normally want to see.
+you to specify header fields which you don't normally want to see in the pager.
</p><p>
You do not need to specify the full header field name. For example,
-``ignore content-'' will ignore all header fields that begin with the pattern
-``content-''. ``ignore *'' will ignore all headers.
+“<span class="quote">ignore content-</span>” will ignore all header fields that begin with the pattern
+“<span class="quote">content-</span>”. “<span class="quote">ignore *</span>” will ignore all headers.
</p><p>
-To remove a previously added token from the list, use the ``unignore'' command.
-The ``unignore'' command will make Mutt display headers with the given pattern.
-For example, if you do ``ignore x-'' it is possible to ``unignore x-mailer''.
+To remove a previously added token from the list, use the “<span class="quote">unignore</span>” command.
+The “<span class="quote">unignore</span>” command will make Mutt display headers with the given pattern.
+For example, if you do “<span class="quote">ignore x-</span>” it is possible to “<span class="quote">unignore x-mailer</span>”.
</p><p>
-``unignore *'' will remove all tokens from the ignore list.
-</p><p>
-For example:
-
-</p><pre class="screen">
+“<span class="quote">unignore *</span>” will remove all tokens from the ignore list.
+</p><div class="example"><a id="ex-header-weeding"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 3.9. Header weeding</b></p><div class="example-contents"><pre class="screen">
# Sven's draconian header weeding
ignore *
unignore from date subject to cc
unignore organization organisation x-mailer: x-newsreader: x-mailing-list:
unignore posted-to:
-</pre><p>
-
-</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="alternates"></a>10. Alternative addresses</h2></div></div></div><p>
-Usage: <code class="literal">[un]alternates</code> [ <code class="literal">-group</code> <span class="emphasis"><em>name</em></span> [ ... ] ] <span class="emphasis"><em>regexp</em></span> [ <span class="emphasis"><em>regexp</em></span> ... ]
-
-</p><p>
-With various functions, mutt will treat messages differently,
+</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="hdr-order"></a>10.2. Ordering Displayed Headers</h3></div></div></div><p>Usage:</p><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="command">hdr_order</code>
+<em class="replaceable"><code>header</code></em>
+ [
+<em class="replaceable"><code>header</code></em>
+...]<br /><code class="command">unhdr_order</code> {
+<em class="replaceable"><code>*</code></em>
+ |
+<em class="replaceable"><code>header</code></em>
+... }</p></div><p>
+With the <span class="command"><strong>hdr_order</strong></span> command you can specify an order in
+which Mutt will attempt to present these headers to you when viewing messages.
+</p><p>
+“<span class="quote"><span class="command"><strong>unhdr_order</strong></span> *</span>” will clear all previous headers from the order list,
+thus removing the header order effects set by the system-wide startup file.
+</p><div class="example"><a id="ex-hdr-order"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 3.10. Configuring header display order</b></p><div class="example-contents"><pre class="screen">
+hdr_order From Date: From: To: Cc: Subject:
+</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="alternates"></a>11. Alternative Addresses</h2></div></div></div><p>Usage:</p><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="command">alternates</code> [
+<code class="option">-group</code>
+<em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em>
+...]
+<em class="replaceable"><code>regexp</code></em>
+ [
+<em class="replaceable"><code>regexp</code></em>
+...]<br /><code class="command">unalternates</code> [
+<code class="option">-group</code>
+<em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em>
+...] {
+<em class="replaceable"><code>*</code></em>
+ |
+<em class="replaceable"><code>regexp</code></em>
+... }</p></div><p>
+With various functions, Mutt will treat messages differently,
depending on whether you sent them or whether you received them from
someone else. For instance, when replying to a message that you
-sent to a different party, mutt will automatically suggest to send
-the response to the original message's recipients -- responding to
-yourself won't make much sense in many cases. (See <a href="#reply-to" title="3.242. reply_to">$reply_to</a>.)
+sent to a different party, Mutt will automatically suggest to send
+the response to the original message's recipients — responding to
+yourself won't make much sense in many cases. (See <a class="link" href="#reply-to" title="3.214. reply_to">$reply_to</a>.)
</p><p>
Many users receive e-mail under a number of different addresses. To
-fully use mutt's features here, the program must be able to
+fully use Mutt's features here, the program must be able to
recognize what e-mail addresses you receive mail under. That's the
-purpose of the <code class="literal">alternates</code> command: It takes a list of regular
+purpose of the <span class="command"><strong>alternates</strong></span> command: It takes a list of regular
expressions, each of which can identify an address under which you
receive e-mail.
</p><p>
</p><pre class="screen">
alternates user@example
</pre><p>
-mutt will consider ``<code class="literal">some-user@example</code>'' as
+Mutt will consider “<span class="quote"><code class="literal">some-user@example</code></span>” as
being your address, too which may not be desired. As a solution, in such
cases addresses should be specified as:
</p><pre class="screen">
The <code class="literal">-group</code> flag causes all of the subsequent regular expressions
to be added to the named group.
</p><p>
-The <code class="literal">unalternates</code> command can be used to write exceptions to
-<code class="literal">alternates</code> patterns. If an address matches something in an
-<code class="literal">alternates</code> command, but you nonetheless do not think it is
-from you, you can list a more precise pattern under an <code class="literal">unalternates</code>
+The <span class="command"><strong>unalternates</strong></span> command can be used to write exceptions to
+<span class="command"><strong>alternates</strong></span> patterns. If an address matches something in an
+<span class="command"><strong>alternates</strong></span> command, but you nonetheless do not think it is
+from you, you can list a more precise pattern under an <span class="command"><strong>unalternates</strong></span>
command.
</p><p>
-To remove a regular expression from the <code class="literal">alternates</code> list, use the
-<code class="literal">unalternates</code> command with exactly the same <span class="emphasis"><em>regexp</em></span>.
-Likewise, if the <span class="emphasis"><em>regexp</em></span> for an <code class="literal">alternates</code> command matches
-an entry on the <code class="literal">unalternates</code> list, that <code class="literal">unalternates</code>
-entry will be removed. If the <span class="emphasis"><em>regexp</em></span> for <code class="literal">unalternates</code>
-is ``*'', <span class="emphasis"><em>all entries</em></span> on <code class="literal">alternates</code> will be removed.
-</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="lists"></a>11. Mailing lists</h2></div></div></div><p>
-</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br />
-Usage: <code class="literal">[un]lists</code> [ <code class="literal">-group</code> <span class="emphasis"><em>name</em></span> [ ... ] ] <span class="emphasis"><em>regexp</em></span> [ <span class="emphasis"><em>regexp</em></span> ... ]<br />
-Usage: <code class="literal">[un]subscribe</code> [ <code class="literal">-group</code> <span class="emphasis"><em>name</em></span> [ ... ] ] <span class="emphasis"><em>regexp</em></span> [ <span class="emphasis"><em>regexp</em></span> ... ]<br />
-</p></div><p>
-</p><p>
-Mutt has a few nice features for <a href="#using-lists" title="8. Handling Mailing Lists">handling mailing lists</a>. In order to take advantage of them, you must
+To remove a regular expression from the <span class="command"><strong>alternates</strong></span> list, use the
+<span class="command"><strong>unalternates</strong></span> command with exactly the same <span class="emphasis"><em>regexp</em></span>.
+Likewise, if the <span class="emphasis"><em>regexp</em></span> for an <span class="command"><strong>alternates</strong></span> command matches
+an entry on the <span class="command"><strong>unalternates</strong></span> list, that <span class="command"><strong>unalternates</strong></span>
+entry will be removed. If the <span class="emphasis"><em>regexp</em></span> for <span class="command"><strong>unalternates</strong></span>
+is “<span class="quote">*</span>”, <span class="emphasis"><em>all entries</em></span> on <span class="command"><strong>alternates</strong></span> will be removed.
+</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="lists"></a>12. Mailing Lists</h2></div></div></div><a id="subscribe"></a><p>Usage:</p><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="command">lists</code> [
+<code class="option">-group</code>
+<em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em>
+...]
+<em class="replaceable"><code>regexp</code></em>
+ [
+<em class="replaceable"><code>regexp</code></em>
+...]<br /><code class="command">unlists</code> [
+<code class="option">-group</code>
+<em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em>
+...] {
+<em class="replaceable"><code>*</code></em>
+ |
+<em class="replaceable"><code>regexp</code></em>
+... }<br /><code class="command">subscribe</code> [
+<code class="option">-group</code>
+<em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em>
+...]
+<em class="replaceable"><code>regexp</code></em>
+ [
+<em class="replaceable"><code>regexp</code></em>
+...]<br /><code class="command">unsubscribe</code> [
+<code class="option">-group</code>
+<em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em>
+...] {
+<em class="replaceable"><code>*</code></em>
+ |
+<em class="replaceable"><code>regexp</code></em>
+... }</p></div><p>
+Mutt has a few nice features for <a class="link" href="#using-lists" title="8. Handling Mailing Lists">handling mailing lists</a>. In order to take advantage of them, you must
specify which addresses belong to mailing lists, and which mailing
-lists you are subscribed to. Once you have done this, the <a href="#list-reply">list-reply</a> function will work for all known lists.
-Additionally, when you send a message to a subscribed list, mutt will
+lists you are subscribed to. Mutt also has limited support for
+auto-detecting mailing lists: it supports parsing
+<code class="literal">mailto:</code> links in the common
+<code class="literal">List-Post:</code> header which has the same effect as
+specifying the list address via the <span class="command"><strong>lists</strong></span> command
+(except the group feature). Once you have done this, the
+<a class="link" href="#list-reply"><code class="literal"><list-reply></code></a>
+function will work for all known lists.
+Additionally, when you send a message to a subscribed list, Mutt will
add a Mail-Followup-To header to tell other users' mail user agents
-not to send copies of replies to your personal address. Note that
-the Mail-Followup-To header is a non-standard extension which is not
+not to send copies of replies to your personal address.
+</p><div class="note"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>
+The Mail-Followup-To header is a non-standard extension which is not
supported by all mail user agents. Adding it is not bullet-proof against
receiving personal CCs of list messages. Also note that the generation
-of the Mail-Followup-To header is controlled by the <a href="#followup-to" title="3.60. followup_to">$followup_to</a> configuration variable.
-</p><p>
+of the Mail-Followup-To header is controlled by the
+<a class="link" href="#followup-to" title="3.68. followup_to">$followup_to</a>
+configuration variable since it's common practice on some mailing lists
+to send Cc upons replies (which is more a group- than a list-reply).
+</p></div><p>
More precisely, Mutt maintains lists of patterns for the addresses
of known and subscribed mailing lists. Every subscribed mailing
-list is known. To mark a mailing list as known, use the ``lists''
-command. To mark it as subscribed, use ``subscribe''.
+list is known. To mark a mailing list as known, use the <span class="command"><strong>list</strong></span>
+command. To mark it as subscribed, use <span class="command"><strong>subscribe</strong></span>.
</p><p>
-You can use regular expressions with both commands. To mark all
-messages sent to a specific bug report's address on mutt's bug
+You can use regular expressions with both commands. To mark all
+messages sent to a specific bug report's address on Debian's bug
tracking system as list mail, for instance, you could say
-``subscribe [0-9]*@bugs.guug.de''. Often, it's sufficient to just
-give a portion of the list's e-mail address.
+</p><pre class="screen">
+subscribe [0-9]*.*@bugs.debian.org</pre><p>
+as it's often, it's sufficient to just give a portion of the list's e-mail address.
</p><p>
Specify as much of the address as you need to to remove ambiguity. For
example, if you've subscribed to the Mutt mailing list, you will receive mail
-addressed to <span class="emphasis"><em>mutt-users@mutt.org</em></span>. So, to tell Mutt
-that this is a mailing list, you could add ``lists mutt-users@'' to your
-initialization file. To tell mutt that you are subscribed to it,
-add ``subscribe mutt-users'' to your initialization file instead.
+addressed to <code class="literal">mutt-users@mutt.org</code>. So, to tell Mutt
+that this is a mailing list, you could add <code class="literal">lists mutt-users@</code> to your
+initialization file. To tell Mutt that you are subscribed to it,
+add <code class="literal"><span class="command"><strong>subscribe</strong></span> mutt-users</code> to your initialization file instead.
If you also happen to get mail from someone whose address is
-<span class="emphasis"><em>mutt-users@example.com</em></span>, you could use
-``lists ^mutt-users@mutt\\.org$''
-or ``subscribe ^mutt-users@mutt\\.org$'' to
+<code class="literal">mutt-users@example.com</code>, you could use
+<code class="literal"><span class="command"><strong>lists</strong></span> ^mutt-users@mutt\\.org$</code>
+or <code class="literal"><span class="command"><strong>subscribe</strong></span> ^mutt-users@mutt\\.org$</code> to
match only mail from the actual list.
</p><p>
The <code class="literal">-group</code> flag adds all of the subsequent regular expressions
to the named group.
</p><p>
-The ``unlists'' command is used to remove a token from the list of
-known and subscribed mailing-lists. Use ``unlists *'' to remove all
+The “<span class="quote">unlists</span>” command is used to remove a token from the list of
+known and subscribed mailing-lists. Use “<span class="quote">unlists *</span>” to remove all
tokens.
</p><p>
To remove a mailing list from the list of subscribed mailing lists,
-but keep it on the list of known mailing lists, use ``unsubscribe''.
-</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="mbox-hook"></a>12. Using Multiple spool mailboxes</h2></div></div></div><p>
-Usage: <code class="literal">mbox-hook</code> [!]<span class="emphasis"><em>pattern</em></span> <span class="emphasis"><em>mailbox</em></span>
-</p><p>
+but keep it on the list of known mailing lists, use <span class="command"><strong>unsubscribe</strong></span>.
+</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="mbox-hook"></a>13. Using Multiple Spool Mailboxes</h2></div></div></div><p>Usage:</p><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="command">mbox-hook</code>
+<em class="replaceable"><code>[!]pattern</code></em>
+
+<em class="replaceable"><code>mailbox</code></em>
+ </p></div><p>
This command is used to move read messages from a specified mailbox to a
different mailbox automatically when you quit or change folders.
<span class="emphasis"><em>pattern</em></span> is a regular expression specifying the mailbox to treat as a
-``spool'' mailbox and <span class="emphasis"><em>mailbox</em></span> specifies where mail should be saved when
+“<span class="quote">spool</span>” mailbox and <span class="emphasis"><em>mailbox</em></span> specifies where mail should be saved when
read.
</p><p>
Unlike some of the other <span class="emphasis"><em>hook</em></span> commands, only the <span class="emphasis"><em>first</em></span> matching
pattern is used (it is not possible to save read mail in more than a single
mailbox).
-</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="mailboxes"></a>13. Monitoring incoming mail</h2></div></div></div><p>
-Usage: <code class="literal">[un]mailboxes</code> <span class="emphasis"><em>folder</em></span> [ <span class="emphasis"><em>folder</em></span> ... ]
-</p><p>
+</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="mailboxes"></a>14. Monitoring Incoming Mail</h2></div></div></div><p>Usage:</p><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="command">mailboxes</code>
+<em class="replaceable"><code>mailbox</code></em>
+ [
+<em class="replaceable"><code>mailbox</code></em>
+...]<br /><code class="command">unmailboxes</code> {
+<em class="replaceable"><code>*</code></em>
+ |
+<em class="replaceable"><code>mailbox</code></em>
+... }</p></div><p>
This command specifies folders which can receive mail and
-which will be checked for new messages. By default, the
-main menu status bar displays how many of these folders have
-new messages.
+which will be checked for new messages periodically.
</p><p>
-<code class="literal">folder</code> can either be a local file or directory
+<span class="emphasis"><em>folder</em></span> can either be a local file or directory
(Mbox/Mmdf or Maildir/Mh). If Mutt was built with POP and/or IMAP
-support, <code class="literal">folder</code> can also be a POP/IMAP folder
-URL. The URL syntax is described in <a href="#url-syntax" title="1.2. URL syntax">Section 1.2, “URL syntax”</a>,
-POP and IMAP are described in <a href="#pop" title="3. POP3 Support">Section 3, “POP3 Support”</a> and <a href="#imap" title="4. IMAP Support">Section 4, “IMAP Support”</a>
+support, <span class="emphasis"><em>folder</em></span> can also be a POP/IMAP folder
+URL. The URL syntax is described in <a class="xref" href="#url-syntax" title="1.2. URL Syntax">Section 1.2, “URL Syntax”</a>,
+POP and IMAP are described in <a class="xref" href="#pop" title="3. POP3 Support">Section 3, “POP3 Support”</a> and <a class="xref" href="#imap" title="4. IMAP Support">Section 4, “IMAP Support”</a>
respectively.
</p><p>
-When changing folders, pressing <span class="emphasis"><em>space</em></span> will cycle
-through folders with new mail.
+Mutt provides a number of advanced features for handling (possibly many)
+folders and new mail within them, please refer to
+<a class="xref" href="#handling-folders" title="9. Handling multiple folders">Section 9, “Handling multiple folders”</a> for details (including in what
+situations and how often Mutt checks for new mail).
</p><p>
-Pressing TAB in the directory browser will bring up a menu showing the files
-specified by the <code class="literal">mailboxes</code> command, and indicate which contain new
-messages. Mutt will automatically enter this mode when invoked from the
-command line with the <code class="literal">-y</code> option.
-</p><p>
-The ``unmailboxes'' command is used to remove a token from the list
-of folders which receive mail. Use ``unmailboxes *'' to remove all
+The “<span class="quote">unmailboxes</span>” command is used to remove a token from the list
+of folders which receive mail. Use “<span class="quote">unmailboxes *</span>” to remove all
tokens.
-</p><p>
-<span class="bold"><strong>Note:</strong></span> the folders in the <code class="literal">mailboxes</code> command are resolved when
-the command is executed, so if these names contain <a href="#shortcuts" title="7. Mailbox Shortcuts">shortcut characters</a> (such as ``='' and ``!''), any variable
-definition that affect these characters (like <a href="#folder" title="3.58. folder">$folder</a> and <a href="#spoolfile" title="3.276. spoolfile">$spoolfile</a>)
-should be executed before the <code class="literal">mailboxes</code> command. If
+</p><div class="note"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>
+The folders in the <span class="command"><strong>mailboxes</strong></span> command are resolved when
+the command is executed, so if these names contain <a class="link" href="#shortcuts" title="7. Mailbox Shortcuts">shortcut characters</a> (such as “<span class="quote">=</span>” and “<span class="quote">!</span>”), any variable
+definition that affects these characters (like <a class="link" href="#folder" title="3.66. folder">$folder</a> and <a class="link" href="#spoolfile" title="3.269. spoolfile">$spoolfile</a>)
+should be set before the <span class="command"><strong>mailboxes</strong></span> command. If
none of these shorcuts are used, a local path should be absolute as
-otherwise mutt tries to find it within the current working directory
-from where mutt was started which may not always be desired.
-</p><p>
-For local folders, new mail is detected by comparing access and/or
-modification times of files and folders. The interval in which Mutt
-checks for new mail is defined by
-<a href="#mail-check" title="3.104. mail_check">$mail_check</a>.
-</p><p>
-Special care is required with Mbox and Mmdf
-folders as Mutt assumes such a folder has new mail if it wasn't
+otherwise Mutt tries to find it relative to the directory
+from where Mutt was started which may not always be desired.
+</p></div><p>
+For Mbox and Mmdf folders, new mail is detected by comparing access and/or
+modification times of files: Mutt assumes a folder has new mail if it wasn't
accessed after it was last modified. Utilities like <code class="literal">biff</code> or
<code class="literal">frm</code> or any other program which accesses the mailbox might cause
Mutt to never detect new mail for that mailbox if they do not properly reset the
-access time. Backup tools are another common reason for updated access times.
-</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="my-hdr"></a>14. User defined headers</h2></div></div></div><p>
-Usage:
-
-<code class="literal">my_hdr</code> <span class="emphasis"><em>string</em></span>
-
-<code class="literal">unmy_hdr</code> <span class="emphasis"><em>field</em></span> [ <span class="emphasis"><em>field</em></span> ... ]
-</p><p>
-The ``my_hdr'' command allows you to create your own header
-fields which will be added to every message you send.
-</p><p>
-For example, if you would like to add an ``Organization:'' header field to
-all of your outgoing messages, you can put the command
-</p><p>
-“<span class="quote">my_hdr Organization: A Really Big Company, Anytown, USA</span>”
-</p><p>
-in your <code class="literal">.muttrc</code>.
-</p><p>
-<span class="bold"><strong>Note:</strong></span> space characters are <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> allowed between the keyword and
-the colon (``:''). The standard for electronic mail (RFC822) says that
+access time. Other possible causes of Mutt not detecting new mail in these folders
+are backup tools (updating access times) or filesystems mounted without
+access time update support.
+</p><p>
+In cases where new mail detection for Mbox or Mmdf folders appears to be
+unreliable, the
+<a class="link" href="#check-mbox-size" title="3.26. check_mbox_size">$check_mbox_size</a>
+option can be used to make Mutt track and consult file sizes for new
+mail detection instead which won't work for size-neutral changes.
+</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="my-hdr"></a>15. User-Defined Headers</h2></div></div></div><p>Usage:</p><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="command">my_hdr</code>
+<em class="replaceable"><code>string</code></em>
+ <br /><code class="command">unmy_hdr</code> {
+<em class="replaceable"><code>*</code></em>
+ |
+<em class="replaceable"><code>field</code></em>
+... }</p></div><p>
+The <span class="command"><strong>my_hdr</strong></span> command allows you to create your own header
+fields which will be added to every message you send and appear in the
+editor if <a class="link" href="#edit-headers" title="3.57. edit_headers">$edit_headers</a> is set.
+</p><p>
+For example, if you would like to add an “<span class="quote">Organization:</span>” header field to
+all of your outgoing messages, you can put the command something like
+shown in <a class="xref" href="#ex-my-hdr" title="Example 3.11. Defining custom headers">Example 3.11, “Defining custom headers”</a> in your <code class="literal">.muttrc</code>.
+</p><div class="example"><a id="ex-my-hdr"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 3.11. Defining custom headers</b></p><div class="example-contents"><pre class="screen">
+my_hdr Organization: A Really Big Company, Anytown, USA
+</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /><div class="note"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>
+Space characters are <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> allowed between the keyword and
+the colon (“<span class="quote">:</span>”). The standard for electronic mail (RFC2822) says that
space is illegal there, so Mutt enforces the rule.
-</p><p>
+</p></div><p>
If you would like to add a header field to a single message, you should
-either set the <a href="#edit-headers" title="3.50. edit_headers">$edit_headers</a> variable,
-or use the <span class="emphasis"><em>edit-headers</em></span> function (default: ``E'') in the send-menu so
+either set the <a class="link" href="#edit-headers" title="3.57. edit_headers">$edit_headers</a> variable,
+or use the <code class="literal"><edit-headers></code> function (default: “<span class="quote">E</span>”) in the compose menu so
that you can edit the header of your message along with the body.
</p><p>
-To remove user defined header fields, use the ``unmy_hdr''
-command. You may specify an asterisk (``*'') to remove all header
-fields, or the fields to remove. For example, to remove all ``To'' and
-``Cc'' header fields, you could use:
-</p><p>
-“<span class="quote">unmy_hdr to cc</span>”
-</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="hdr-order"></a>15. Defining the order of headers when viewing messages</h2></div></div></div><p>
-Usage: <code class="literal">hdr_order</code> <span class="emphasis"><em>header1</em></span> <span class="emphasis"><em>header2</em></span> <span class="emphasis"><em>header3</em></span>
-</p><p>
-With this command, you can specify an order in which mutt will attempt
-to present headers to you when viewing messages.
-</p><p>
-``unhdr_order *'' will clear all previous headers from the order list,
-thus removing the header order effects set by the system-wide startup
-file.
-</p><p>
-
+To remove user defined header fields, use the <span class="command"><strong>unmy_hdr</strong></span>
+command. You may specify an asterisk (“<span class="quote">*</span>”) to remove all header
+fields, or the fields to remove. For example, to remove all “<span class="quote">To</span>” and
+“<span class="quote">Cc</span>” header fields, you could use:
</p><pre class="screen">
-hdr_order From Date: From: To: Cc: Subject:
-</pre><p>
-
-</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="save-hook"></a>16. Specify default save mailbox</h2></div></div></div><p>
-Usage: <code class="literal">save-hook</code> [!]<span class="emphasis"><em>pattern</em></span> <span class="emphasis"><em>mailbox</em></span>
+unmy_hdr to cc
+</pre></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="save-hook"></a>16. Specify Default Save Mailbox</h2></div></div></div><p>Usage:</p><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="command">save-hook</code>
+<em class="replaceable"><code>[!]pattern</code></em>
+
+<em class="replaceable"><code>mailbox</code></em>
This command is used to override the default mailbox used when saving
messages. <span class="emphasis"><em>mailbox</em></span> will be used as the default if the message
-matches <span class="emphasis"><em>pattern</em></span>, see <a href="#pattern-hook">Message Matching in Hooks</a> for information
+matches <span class="emphasis"><em>pattern</em></span>, see <a class="xref" href="#pattern-hook" title="4.1. Message Matching in Hooks">Message Matching in Hooks</a> for information
on the exact format.
</p><p>
To provide more flexibility and good defaults, Mutt applies the
-expandos of <a href="#index-format" title="3.100. index_format">$index_format</a> to
+expandos of <a class="link" href="#index-format" title="3.114. index_format">$index_format</a> to
<span class="emphasis"><em>mailbox</em></span> after it was expanded.
-</p><p>
-Examples:
-</p><p>
-
-</p><pre class="screen">
+</p><div class="example"><a id="ex-save-hook-exando"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 3.12. Using %-expandos in <span class="command">save-hook</span></b></p><div class="example-contents"><pre class="screen">
# default: save all to ~/Mail/<author name>
save-hook . ~/Mail/%F
-# save from me@turing.cs.hmc.edu/me@cs.hmc.edu to $folder/elinks
+
+# save from me@turing.cs.hmc.edu and me@cs.hmc.edu to $folder/elkins
save-hook me@(turing\\.)?cs\\.hmc\\.edu$ +elkins
+
# save from aol.com to $folder/spam
save-hook aol\\.com$ +spam
-</pre><p>
-
-</p><p>
-Also see the <a href="#fcc-save-hook" title="18. Specify default save filename and default Fcc: mailbox at once">fcc-save-hook</a> command.
-</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="fcc-hook"></a>17. Specify default Fcc: mailbox when composing</h2></div></div></div><p>
-Usage: <code class="literal">fcc-hook</code> [!]<span class="emphasis"><em>pattern</em></span> <span class="emphasis"><em>mailbox</em></span>
+</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /><p>
+Also see the <a class="link" href="#fcc-save-hook" title="18. Specify Default Save Filename and Default Fcc: Mailbox at Once"><span class="command"><strong>fcc-save-hook</strong></span></a> command.
+</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="fcc-hook"></a>17. Specify Default Fcc: Mailbox When Composing</h2></div></div></div><p>Usage:</p><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="command">fcc-hook</code>
+<em class="replaceable"><code>[!]pattern</code></em>
+
+<em class="replaceable"><code>mailbox</code></em>
This command is used to save outgoing mail in a mailbox other than
-<a href="#record" title="3.239. record">$record</a>. Mutt searches the initial list of
+<a class="link" href="#record" title="3.211. record">$record</a>. Mutt searches the initial list of
message recipients for the first matching <span class="emphasis"><em>regexp</em></span> and uses <span class="emphasis"><em>mailbox</em></span>
as the default Fcc: mailbox. If no match is found the message will be saved
-to <a href="#record" title="3.239. record">$record</a> mailbox.
+to <a class="link" href="#record" title="3.211. record">$record</a> mailbox.
</p><p>
To provide more flexibility and good defaults, Mutt applies the
-expandos of <a href="#index-format" title="3.100. index_format">$index_format</a> to
+expandos of <a class="link" href="#index-format" title="3.114. index_format">$index_format</a> to
<span class="emphasis"><em>mailbox</em></span> after it was expanded.
</p><p>
-See <a href="#pattern-hook">Message Matching in Hooks</a> for information on the exact format of <span class="emphasis"><em>pattern</em></span>.
-</p><p>
-Example: <code class="literal">fcc-hook [@.]aol\\.com$ +spammers</code>
-</p><p>
-The above will save a copy of all messages going to the aol.com domain to
-the `+spammers' mailbox by default. Also see the <a href="#fcc-save-hook" title="18. Specify default save filename and default Fcc: mailbox at once">fcc-save-hook</a> command.
-</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="fcc-save-hook"></a>18. Specify default save filename and default Fcc: mailbox at once</h2></div></div></div><p>
-Usage: <code class="literal">fcc-save-hook</code> [!]<span class="emphasis"><em>pattern</em></span> <span class="emphasis"><em>mailbox</em></span>
-This command is a shortcut, equivalent to doing both a <a href="#fcc-hook" title="17. Specify default Fcc: mailbox when composing">fcc-hook</a>
-and a <a href="#save-hook" title="16. Specify default save mailbox">save-hook</a> with its arguments,
+See <a class="xref" href="#pattern-hook" title="4.1. Message Matching in Hooks">Message Matching in Hooks</a> for information on the exact format of <span class="emphasis"><em>pattern</em></span>.
+</p><pre class="screen">fcc-hook [@.]aol\\.com$ +spammers</pre><p>
+...will save a copy of all messages going to the aol.com domain to
+the `+spammers' mailbox by default. Also see the <a class="link" href="#fcc-save-hook" title="18. Specify Default Save Filename and Default Fcc: Mailbox at Once"><span class="command"><strong>fcc-save-hook</strong></span></a> command.
+</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="fcc-save-hook"></a>18. Specify Default Save Filename and Default Fcc: Mailbox at Once</h2></div></div></div><p>Usage:</p><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="command">fcc-save-hook</code>
+<em class="replaceable"><code>[!]pattern</code></em>
+
+<em class="replaceable"><code>mailbox</code></em>
+This command is a shortcut, equivalent to doing both a <a class="link" href="#fcc-hook" title="17. Specify Default Fcc: Mailbox When Composing"><span class="command"><strong>fcc-hook</strong></span></a>
+and a <a class="link" href="#save-hook" title="16. Specify Default Save Mailbox"><span class="command"><strong>save-hook</strong></span></a> with its arguments,
including %-expansion on <span class="emphasis"><em>mailbox</em></span> according
-to <a href="#index-format" title="3.100. index_format">$index_format</a>.
-</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="send-hook"></a>19. Change settings based upon message recipients</h2></div></div></div><p>
-</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br />
-Usage: <code class="literal">reply-hook</code> [!]<span class="emphasis"><em>pattern</em></span> <span class="emphasis"><em>command</em></span><br />
-Usage: <code class="literal">send-hook</code> [!]<span class="emphasis"><em>pattern</em></span> <span class="emphasis"><em>command</em></span><br />
-Usage: <code class="literal">send2-hook</code> [!]<span class="emphasis"><em>pattern</em></span> <span class="emphasis"><em>command</em></span><br />
-</p></div><p>
-</p><p>
+to <a class="link" href="#index-format" title="3.114. index_format">$index_format</a>.
+</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="send-hook"></a>19. Change Settings Based Upon Message Recipients</h2></div></div></div><a id="reply-hook"></a><a id="send2-hook"></a><p>Usage:</p><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="command">reply-hook</code>
+<em class="replaceable"><code>[!]pattern</code></em>
+
+<em class="replaceable"><code>command</code></em>
+ <br /><code class="command">send-hook</code>
+<em class="replaceable"><code>[!]pattern</code></em>
+
+<em class="replaceable"><code>command</code></em>
+ <br /><code class="command">send2-hook</code>
+<em class="replaceable"><code>[!]pattern</code></em>
+
+<em class="replaceable"><code>command</code></em>
+ </p></div><p>
These commands can be used to execute arbitrary configuration commands based
-upon recipients of the message. <span class="emphasis"><em>pattern</em></span> is a regular expression
-matching the desired address. <span class="emphasis"><em>command</em></span> is executed when <span class="emphasis"><em>regexp</em></span>
-matches recipients of the message.
-</p><p>
-<code class="literal">reply-hook</code> is matched against the message you are <span class="emphasis"><em>replying</em></span>
-<span class="bold"><strong>to</strong></span>, instead of the message you are <span class="emphasis"><em>sending</em></span>. <code class="literal">send-hook</code> is
-matched against all messages, both <span class="emphasis"><em>new</em></span> and <span class="emphasis"><em>replies</em></span>. <span class="bold"><strong>Note:</strong></span>
-<code class="literal">reply-hook</code>s are matched <span class="bold"><strong>before</strong></span> the <code class="literal">send-hook</code>, <span class="bold"><strong>regardless</strong></span>
+upon recipients of the message. <span class="emphasis"><em>pattern</em></span> is used to match
+the message, see <a class="xref" href="#pattern-hook" title="4.1. Message Matching in Hooks">Message Matching in Hooks</a> for details. <span class="emphasis"><em>command</em></span>
+is executed when <span class="emphasis"><em>pattern</em></span> matches.
+</p><p>
+<span class="command"><strong>reply-hook</strong></span> is matched against the message you are <span class="emphasis"><em>replying to</em></span>,
+instead of the message you are <span class="emphasis"><em>sending</em></span>. <span class="command"><strong>send-hook</strong></span> is
+matched against all messages, both <span class="emphasis"><em>new</em></span>
+and <span class="emphasis"><em>replies</em></span>.
+</p><div class="note"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>
+<span class="command"><strong>reply-hook</strong></span>s are matched <span class="emphasis"><em>before</em></span> the <span class="command"><strong>send-hook</strong></span>, <span class="emphasis"><em>regardless</em></span>
of the order specified in the user's configuration file.
-</p><p>
-<code class="literal">send2-hook</code> is matched every time a message is changed, either
+</p></div><p>
+<span class="command"><strong>send2-hook</strong></span> is matched every time a message is changed, either
by editing it, or by using the compose menu to change its recipients
-or subject. <code class="literal">send2-hook</code> is executed after <code class="literal">send-hook</code>, and
-can, e.g., be used to set parameters such as the <a href="#sendmail" title="3.257. sendmail">$sendmail</a> variable depending on the message's sender
+or subject. <span class="command"><strong>send2-hook</strong></span> is executed after <span class="command"><strong>send-hook</strong></span>, and
+can, e.g., be used to set parameters such as the <a class="link" href="#sendmail" title="3.230. sendmail">$sendmail</a> variable depending on the message's sender
address.
</p><p>
-For each type of <code class="literal">send-hook</code> or <code class="literal">reply-hook</code>, when multiple matches
-occur, commands are executed in the order they are specified in the muttrc
+For each type of <span class="command"><strong>send-hook</strong></span> or <span class="command"><strong>reply-hook</strong></span>, when multiple matches
+occur, commands are executed in the order they are specified in the <code class="literal">.muttrc</code>
(for that type of hook).
</p><p>
-See <a href="#pattern-hook">Message Matching in Hooks</a> for information on the exact format of <span class="emphasis"><em>pattern</em></span>.
-</p><p>
-Example: <code class="literal">send-hook mutt "set mime_forward signature=''"</code>
+Example: <code class="literal"><span class="command"><strong>send-hook</strong></span> mutt "<span class="command"><strong>set</strong></span> mime_forward signature=''"</code>
</p><p>
Another typical use for this command is to change the values of the
-<a href="#attribution" title="3.16. attribution">$attribution</a>, <a href="#signature" title="3.262. signature">$signature</a> and <a href="#locale" title="3.103. locale">$locale</a>
+<a class="link" href="#attribution" title="3.16. attribution">$attribution</a>, <a class="link" href="#signature" title="3.235. signature">$signature</a> and <a class="link" href="#locale" title="3.117. locale">$locale</a>
variables in order to change the language of the attributions and
signatures based upon the recipients.
-</p><p>
-<span class="bold"><strong>Note:</strong></span> the send-hook's are only executed ONCE after getting the initial
-list of recipients. Adding a recipient after replying or editing the
-message will NOT cause any send-hook to be executed. Also note that
-my_hdr commands which modify recipient headers, or the message's
-subject, don't have any effect on the current message when executed
-from a send-hook.
-</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="message-hook"></a>20. Change settings before formatting a message</h2></div></div></div><p>
-Usage: <code class="literal">message-hook</code> [!]<span class="emphasis"><em>pattern</em></span> <span class="emphasis"><em>command</em></span>
-</p><p>
+</p><div class="note"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>
+<span class="command"><strong>send-hook</strong></span>'s are only executed once after getting the
+initial list of recipients. Adding a recipient after replying or
+editing the message will not cause any <span class="command"><strong>send-hook</strong></span> to be executed,
+similarily if <a class="link" href="#autoedit" title="3.18. autoedit">$autoedit</a> is set
+(as then the initial list of recipients is empty). Also note that <a class="link" href="#my-hdr" title="15. User-Defined Headers"><span class="command"><strong>my_hdr</strong></span></a> commands which
+modify recipient headers, or the message's subject, don't have any
+effect on the current message when executed from a
+<span class="command"><strong>send-hook</strong></span>.
+</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="message-hook"></a>20. Change Settings Before Formatting a Message</h2></div></div></div><p>Usage:</p><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="command">message-hook</code>
+<em class="replaceable"><code>[!]pattern</code></em>
+
+<em class="replaceable"><code>command</code></em>
+ </p></div><p>
This command can be used to execute arbitrary configuration commands
before viewing or formatting a message based upon information about the message.
<span class="emphasis"><em>command</em></span> is executed if the <span class="emphasis"><em>pattern</em></span> matches the message to be
displayed. When multiple matches occur, commands are executed in the order
-they are specified in the muttrc.
+they are specified in the <code class="literal">.muttrc</code>.
</p><p>
-See <a href="#pattern-hook">Message Matching in Hooks</a> for
+See <a class="xref" href="#pattern-hook" title="4.1. Message Matching in Hooks">Message Matching in Hooks</a> for
information on the exact format of <span class="emphasis"><em>pattern</em></span>.
</p><p>
Example:
-
</p><pre class="screen">
message-hook ~A 'set pager=builtin'
message-hook '~f freshmeat-news' 'set pager="less \"+/^ subject: .*\""'
-</pre><p>
-
-</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="crypt-hook"></a>21. Choosing the cryptographic key of the recipient</h2></div></div></div><p>
-Usage: <code class="literal">crypt-hook</code> <span class="emphasis"><em>pattern</em></span> <span class="emphasis"><em>keyid</em></span>
-When encrypting messages with PGP or OpenSSL, you may want to associate a certain
+</pre></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="crypt-hook"></a>21. Choosing the Cryptographic Key of the Recipient</h2></div></div></div><p>Usage:</p><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="command">crypt-hook</code>
+<em class="replaceable"><code>pattern</code></em>
+
+<em class="replaceable"><code>keyid</code></em>
+When encrypting messages with PGP/GnuPG or OpenSSL, you may want to associate a certain
key with a given e-mail address automatically, either because the
recipient's public key can't be deduced from the destination address,
or because, for some reasons, you need to override the key Mutt would
-normally use. The crypt-hook command provides a method by which you can
-specify the ID of the public key to be used when encrypting messages to
-a certain recipient.
+normally use. The <span class="command"><strong>crypt-hook</strong></span> command provides a
+method by which you can specify the ID of the public key to be used
+when encrypting messages to a certain recipient.
</p><p>
-The meaning of "key id" is to be taken broadly in this context: You
+The meaning of <span class="emphasis"><em>keyid</em></span> is to be taken broadly in this context: You
can either put a numerical key ID here, an e-mail address, or even
just a real name.
-</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="push"></a>22. Adding key sequences to the keyboard buffer</h2></div></div></div><p>
-Usage: <code class="literal">push</code> <span class="emphasis"><em>string</em></span>
+</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="push"></a>22. Adding Key Sequences to the Keyboard Buffer</h2></div></div></div><p>Usage:</p><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="command">push</code>
+<em class="replaceable"><code>string</code></em>
This command adds the named string to the keyboard buffer. The string may
contain control characters, key names and function names like the sequence
-string in the <a href="#macro" title="7. Keyboard macros">macro</a> command. You may use it to
+string in the <a class="link" href="#macro" title="8. Keyboard Macros">macro</a> command. You may use it to
automatically run a sequence of commands at startup, or when entering
-certain folders. For example, the following command will automatically
-collapse all threads when entering a folder:
-
-</p><pre class="screen">
+certain folders. For example, <a class="xref" href="#ex-folder-hook-push" title="Example 3.13. Embedding push in folder-hook">Example 3.13, “Embedding push in folder-hook”</a>
+shows how to automatically collapse all threads when entering a folder.
+</p><div class="example"><a id="ex-folder-hook-push"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 3.13. Embedding <span class="command">push</span> in <span class="command">folder-hook</span></b></p><div class="example-contents"><pre class="screen">
folder-hook . 'push <collapse-all>'
-</pre><p>
-</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="exec"></a>23. Executing functions</h2></div></div></div><p>
-Usage: <code class="literal">exec</code> <span class="emphasis"><em>function</em></span> [ <span class="emphasis"><em>function</em></span> ... ]
-</p><p>
+</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="exec"></a>23. Executing Functions</h2></div></div></div><p>Usage:</p><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="command">exec</code>
+<em class="replaceable"><code>function</code></em>
+ [
+<em class="replaceable"><code>function</code></em>
+...]</p></div><p>
This command can be used to execute any function. Functions are
-listed in the <a href="#functions" title="4. Functions">function reference</a>.
-``exec function'' is equivalent to ``push <function>''.
-</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="score-command"></a>24. Message Scoring</h2></div></div></div><p>
-</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br />
-Usage: <code class="literal">score</code> <span class="emphasis"><em>pattern</em></span> <span class="emphasis"><em>value</em></span><br />
-Usage: <code class="literal">unscore</code> <span class="emphasis"><em>pattern</em></span> [ <span class="emphasis"><em>pattern</em></span> ... ]<br />
-</p></div><p>
-</p><p>
-The <code class="literal">score</code> commands adds <span class="emphasis"><em>value</em></span> to a message's score if <span class="emphasis"><em>pattern</em></span>
-matches it. <span class="emphasis"><em>pattern</em></span> is a string in the format described in the <a href="#patterns" title="2. Patterns: Searching, Limiting and Tagging">patterns</a> section (note: For efficiency reasons, patterns
+listed in the <a class="link" href="#functions" title="4. Functions">function reference</a>.
+“<span class="quote"><span class="command"><strong>exec</strong></span><code class="literal">function</code></span>” is equivalent to
+“<span class="quote"><code class="literal">push <function></code></span>”.
+</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="score-command"></a>24. Message Scoring</h2></div></div></div><p>Usage:</p><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="command">score</code>
+<em class="replaceable"><code>pattern</code></em>
+
+<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em>
+ <br /><code class="command">unscore</code> {
+<em class="replaceable"><code>*</code></em>
+ |
+<em class="replaceable"><code>pattern</code></em>
+... }</p></div><p>
+The <span class="command"><strong>score</strong></span> commands adds <span class="emphasis"><em>value</em></span> to a message's score if <span class="emphasis"><em>pattern</em></span>
+matches it. <span class="emphasis"><em>pattern</em></span> is a string in the format described in the <a class="link" href="#patterns" title="2. Patterns: Searching, Limiting and Tagging">patterns</a> section (note: For efficiency reasons, patterns
which scan information not available in the index, such as <code class="literal">˜b</code>,
<code class="literal">˜B</code> or <code class="literal">˜h</code>, may not be used). <span class="emphasis"><em>value</em></span> is a
positive or negative integer. A message's final score is the sum total of all
-matching <code class="literal">score</code> entries. However, you may optionally prefix <span class="emphasis"><em>value</em></span> with
-an equal sign (=) to cause evaluation to stop at a particular entry if there is
+matching <span class="command"><strong>score</strong></span> entries. However, you may optionally prefix <span class="emphasis"><em>value</em></span> with
+an equal sign (“<span class="quote">=</span>”) to cause evaluation to stop at a particular entry if there is
a match. Negative final scores are rounded up to 0.
</p><p>
-The <code class="literal">unscore</code> command removes score entries from the list. You <span class="bold"><strong>must</strong></span>
-specify the same pattern specified in the <code class="literal">score</code> command for it to be
-removed. The pattern ``*'' is a special token which means to clear the list
+The <span class="command"><strong>unscore</strong></span> command removes score entries from the list. You <span class="emphasis"><em>must</em></span>
+specify the same pattern specified in the <span class="command"><strong>score</strong></span> command for it to be
+removed. The pattern “<span class="quote">*</span>” is a special token which means to clear the list
of all score entries.
-</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="spam"></a>25. Spam detection</h2></div></div></div><p>
-</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br />
-Usage: <code class="literal">spam</code> <span class="emphasis"><em>pattern</em></span> <span class="emphasis"><em>format</em></span><br />
-Usage: <code class="literal">nospam</code> <span class="emphasis"><em>pattern</em></span><br />
-</p></div><p>
-</p><p>
+</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="spam"></a>25. Spam Detection</h2></div></div></div><p>Usage:</p><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="command">spam</code>
+<em class="replaceable"><code>pattern</code></em>
+
+<em class="replaceable"><code>format</code></em>
+ <br /><code class="command">nospam</code> {
+<em class="replaceable"><code>*</code></em>
+ |
+<em class="replaceable"><code>pattern</code></em>
+ }</p></div><p>
Mutt has generalized support for external spam-scoring filters.
-By defining your spam patterns with the <code class="literal">spam</code> and <code class="literal">nospam</code>
+By defining your spam patterns with the <span class="command"><strong>spam</strong></span> and <code class="literal">nospam</code>
commands, you can <span class="emphasis"><em>limit</em></span>, <span class="emphasis"><em>search</em></span>, and <span class="emphasis"><em>sort</em></span> your
mail based on its spam attributes, as determined by the external
filter. You also can display the spam attributes in your index
-display using the <code class="literal">%H</code> selector in the <a href="#index-format" title="3.100. index_format">$index_format</a> variable. (Tip: try <code class="literal">%?H?[%H] ?</code>
+display using the <code class="literal">%H</code> selector in the <a class="link" href="#index-format" title="3.114. index_format">$index_format</a> variable. (Tip: try <code class="literal">%?H?[%H] ?</code>
to display spam tags only when they are defined for a given message.)
</p><p>
Your first step is to define your external filter's spam patterns using
-the <code class="literal">spam</code> command. <span class="emphasis"><em>pattern</em></span> should be a regular expression
+the <span class="command"><strong>spam</strong></span> command. <span class="emphasis"><em>pattern</em></span> should be a regular expression
that matches a header in a mail message. If any message in the mailbox
-matches this regular expression, it will receive a ``spam tag'' or
-``spam attribute'' (unless it also matches a <code class="literal">nospam</code> pattern -- see
+matches this regular expression, it will receive a “<span class="quote">spam tag</span>” or
+“<span class="quote">spam attribute</span>” (unless it also matches a <span class="command"><strong>nospam</strong></span> pattern — see
below.) The appearance of this attribute is entirely up to you, and is
governed by the <span class="emphasis"><em>format</em></span> parameter. <span class="emphasis"><em>format</em></span> can be any static
text, but it also can include back-references from the <span class="emphasis"><em>pattern</em></span>
-expression. (A regular expression ``back-reference'' refers to a
+expression. (A regular expression “<span class="quote">back-reference</span>” refers to a
sub-expression contained within parentheses.) <code class="literal">%1</code> is replaced with
the first back-reference in the regex, <code class="literal">%2</code> with the second, etc.
</p><p>
+To match spam tags, mutt needs the corresponding header information
+which is always the case for local and POP folders but not for IMAP in
+the default configuration. Depending on the spam header to be analyzed,
+<a class="link" href="#imap-headers" title="3.99. imap_headers">$imap_headers</a> may need
+to be adjusted.
+</p><p>
If you're using multiple spam filters, a message can have more than
-one spam-related header. You can define <code class="literal">spam</code> patterns for each
+one spam-related header. You can define <span class="command"><strong>spam</strong></span> patterns for each
filter you use. If a message matches two or more of these patterns, and
-the $spam_separator variable is set to a string, then the
+the <a class="link" href="#spam-separator" title="3.268. spam_separator">$spam_separator</a> variable is set to a string, then the
message's spam tag will consist of all the <span class="emphasis"><em>format</em></span> strings joined
-together, with the value of $spam_separator separating
+together, with the value of <a class="link" href="#spam-separator" title="3.268. spam_separator">$spam_separator</a> separating
them.
</p><p>
-For example, suppose I use DCC, SpamAssassin, and PureMessage. I might
-define these spam settings:
-
-</p><pre class="screen">
+For example, suppose one uses DCC, SpamAssassin, and PureMessage, then
+the configuration might look like in <a class="xref" href="#ex-spam" title="Example 3.14. Configuring spam detection">Example 3.14, “Configuring spam detection”</a>.
+</p><div class="example"><a id="ex-spam"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 3.14. Configuring spam detection</b></p><div class="example-contents"><pre class="screen">
spam "X-DCC-.*-Metrics:.*(....)=many" "90+/DCC-%1"
spam "X-Spam-Status: Yes" "90+/SA"
spam "X-PerlMX-Spam: .*Probability=([0-9]+)%" "%1/PM"
set spam_separator=", "
-</pre><p>
-
-</p><p>
-If I then received a message that DCC registered with ``many'' hits
-under the ``Fuz2'' checksum, and that PureMessage registered with a
+</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /><p>
+If then a message is received that DCC registered with “<span class="quote">many</span>” hits
+under the “<span class="quote">Fuz2</span>” checksum, and that PureMessage registered with a
97% probability of being spam, that message's spam tag would read
-<code class="literal">90+/DCC-Fuz2, 97/PM</code>. (The four characters before ``=many'' in a
-DCC report indicate the checksum used -- in this case, ``Fuz2''.)
+<code class="literal">90+/DCC-Fuz2, 97/PM</code>. (The four characters before “<span class="quote">=many</span>” in a
+DCC report indicate the checksum used — in this case, “<span class="quote">Fuz2</span>”.)
</p><p>
-If the $spam_separator variable is unset, then each
+If the <a class="link" href="#spam-separator" title="3.268. spam_separator">$spam_separator</a> variable is unset, then each
spam pattern match supersedes the previous one. Instead of getting
joined <span class="emphasis"><em>format</em></span> strings, you'll get only the last one to match.
</p><p>
The spam tag is what will be displayed in the index when you use
-<code class="literal">%H</code> in the <code class="literal">$index_format</code> variable. It's also the
+<code class="literal">%H</code> in the <a class="link" href="#index-format" title="3.114. index_format">$index_format</a> variable. It's also the
string that the <code class="literal">˜H</code> pattern-matching expression matches against for
-<span class="emphasis"><em>search</em></span> and <span class="emphasis"><em>limit</em></span> functions. And it's what sorting by spam
+<code class="literal"><search></code> and <code class="literal"><limit></code> functions. And it's what sorting by spam
attribute will use as a sort key.
</p><p>
That's a pretty complicated example, and most people's actual
environments will have only one spam filter. The simpler your
-configuration, the more effective mutt can be, especially when it comes
+configuration, the more effective Mutt can be, especially when it comes
to sorting.
</p><p>
-Generally, when you sort by spam tag, mutt will sort <span class="emphasis"><em>lexically</em></span> --
+Generally, when you sort by spam tag, Mutt will sort <span class="emphasis"><em>lexically</em></span> —
that is, by ordering strings alphanumerically. However, if a spam tag
-begins with a number, mutt will sort numerically first, and lexically
+begins with a number, Mutt will sort numerically first, and lexically
only when two numbers are equal in value. (This is like UNIX's
-<code class="literal">sort -n</code>.) A message with no spam attributes at all -- that is, one
-that didn't match <span class="emphasis"><em>any</em></span> of your <code class="literal">spam</code> patterns -- is sorted at
+<code class="literal">sort -n</code>.) A message with no spam attributes at all — that is, one
+that didn't match <span class="emphasis"><em>any</em></span> of your <span class="command"><strong>spam</strong></span> patterns — is sorted at
lowest priority. Numbers are sorted next, beginning with 0 and ranging
-upward. Finally, non-numeric strings are sorted, with ``a'' taking lower
-priority than ``z''. Clearly, in general, sorting by spam tags is most
+upward. Finally, non-numeric strings are sorted, with “<span class="quote">a</span>” taking lower
+priority than “<span class="quote">z</span>”. Clearly, in general, sorting by spam tags is most
effective when you can coerce your filter to give you a raw number. But
-in case you can't, mutt can still do something useful.
+in case you can't, Mutt can still do something useful.
</p><p>
-The <code class="literal">nospam</code> command can be used to write exceptions to <code class="literal">spam</code>
-patterns. If a header pattern matches something in a <code class="literal">spam</code> command,
+The <span class="command"><strong>nospam</strong></span> command can be used to write exceptions to <span class="command"><strong>spam</strong></span>
+patterns. If a header pattern matches something in a <span class="command"><strong>spam</strong></span> command,
but you nonetheless do not want it to receive a spam tag, you can list a
-more precise pattern under a <code class="literal">nospam</code> command.
+more precise pattern under a <span class="command"><strong>nospam</strong></span> command.
</p><p>
-If the <span class="emphasis"><em>pattern</em></span> given to <code class="literal">nospam</code> is exactly the same as the
-<span class="emphasis"><em>pattern</em></span> on an existing <code class="literal">spam</code> list entry, the effect will be to
+If the <span class="emphasis"><em>pattern</em></span> given to <span class="command"><strong>nospam</strong></span> is exactly the same as the
+<span class="emphasis"><em>pattern</em></span> on an existing <span class="command"><strong>spam</strong></span> list entry, the effect will be to
remove the entry from the spam list, instead of adding an exception.
-Likewise, if the <span class="emphasis"><em>pattern</em></span> for a <code class="literal">spam</code> command matches an entry
-on the <code class="literal">nospam</code> list, that <code class="literal">nospam</code> entry will be removed. If the
-<span class="emphasis"><em>pattern</em></span> for <code class="literal">nospam</code> is ``*'', <span class="emphasis"><em>all entries on both lists</em></span>
-will be removed. This might be the default action if you use <code class="literal">spam</code>
-and <code class="literal">nospam</code> in conjunction with a <code class="literal">folder-hook</code>.
-</p><p>
-You can have as many <code class="literal">spam</code> or <code class="literal">nospam</code> commands as you like.
-You can even do your own primitive spam detection within mutt -- for
+Likewise, if the <span class="emphasis"><em>pattern</em></span> for a <span class="command"><strong>spam</strong></span> command matches an entry
+on the <span class="command"><strong>nospam</strong></span> list, that nospam entry will be removed. If the
+<span class="emphasis"><em>pattern</em></span> for <span class="command"><strong>nospam</strong></span> is “<span class="quote">*</span>”, <span class="emphasis"><em>all entries on both lists</em></span>
+will be removed. This might be the default action if you use <span class="command"><strong>spam</strong></span>
+and <span class="command"><strong>nospam</strong></span> in conjunction with a <span class="command"><strong>folder-hook</strong></span>.
+</p><p>
+You can have as many <span class="command"><strong>spam</strong></span> or <span class="command"><strong>nospam</strong></span> commands as you like.
+You can even do your own primitive <span class="command"><strong>spam</strong></span> detection within Mutt — for
example, if you consider all mail from <code class="literal">MAILER-DAEMON</code> to be spam,
-you can use a <code class="literal">spam</code> command like this:
-</p><p>
-
+you can use a <span class="command"><strong>spam</strong></span> command like this:
</p><pre class="screen">
spam "^From: .*MAILER-DAEMON" "999"
-</pre><p>
-
-</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="set"></a>26. Setting and Querying Variables</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="set-commands"></a>26.1. Commands</h3></div></div></div><p>
+</pre></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="set"></a>26. Setting and Querying Variables</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="var-types"></a>26.1. Variable Types</h3></div></div></div><p>
+Mutt supports these types of configuration variables:
+</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">boolean</span></dt><dd><p>
+A boolean expression, either “<span class="quote">yes</span>” or “<span class="quote">no</span>”.
+</p></dd><dt><span class="term">number</span></dt><dd><p>
+A signed integer number in the range -32768 to 32767.
+</p></dd><dt><span class="term">string</span></dt><dd><p>
+Arbitrary text.
+</p></dd><dt><span class="term">path</span></dt><dd><p>
+A specialized string for representing paths including support for
+mailbox shortcuts (see <a class="xref" href="#shortcuts" title="7. Mailbox Shortcuts">Section 7, “Mailbox Shortcuts”</a>) as well as tilde
+(“<span class="quote">˜</span>”) for a user's home directory and more.
+</p></dd><dt><span class="term">quadoption</span></dt><dd><p>
+Like a boolean but triggers a prompt when set to “<span class="quote">ask-yes</span>”
+or “<span class="quote">ask-no</span>” with “<span class="quote">yes</span>” and “<span class="quote">no</span>”
+preselected respectively.
+</p></dd><dt><span class="term">sort order</span></dt><dd><p>
+A specialized string allowing only particular words as values depending
+on the variable.
+</p></dd><dt><span class="term">regular expression</span></dt><dd><p>
+A regular expression, see <a class="xref" href="#regexp" title="1. Regular Expressions">Section 1, “Regular Expressions”</a> for an introduction.
+</p></dd><dt><span class="term">folder magic</span></dt><dd><p>
+Specifies the type of folder to use: <span class="emphasis"><em>mbox</em></span>,
+<span class="emphasis"><em>mmdf</em></span>, <span class="emphasis"><em>mh</em></span>
+or <span class="emphasis"><em>maildir</em></span>.
+Currently only used to determine the type for newly created folders.
+</p></dd><dt><span class="term">e-mail address</span></dt><dd><p>
+An e-mail address either with or without
+realname. The older “<span class="quote"><code class="literal">user@example.org (Joe User)</code></span>”
+form is supported but strongly deprecated.
+</p></dd><dt><span class="term">user-defined</span></dt><dd><p>
+Arbitrary text, see <a class="xref" href="#set-myvar" title="26.3. User-Defined Variables">Section 26.3, “User-Defined Variables”</a> for details.
+</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="set-commands"></a>26.2. Commands</h3></div></div></div><p>
The following commands are available to manipulate and query variables:
-</p><p>
-</p><div class="literallayout"><p><br />
-Usage: <code class="literal">set</code> [no|inv]<span class="emphasis"><em>variable</em></span>[=<span class="emphasis"><em>value</em></span>] [ <span class="emphasis"><em>variable</em></span> ... ]<br />
-Usage: <code class="literal">toggle</code> <span class="emphasis"><em>variable</em></span> [<span class="emphasis"><em>variable</em></span> ... ]<br />
-Usage: <code class="literal">unset</code> <span class="emphasis"><em>variable</em></span> [<span class="emphasis"><em>variable</em></span> ... ]<br />
-Usage: <code class="literal">reset</code> <span class="emphasis"><em>variable</em></span> [<span class="emphasis"><em>variable</em></span> ... ]<br />
-</p></div><p>
-</p><p>
-This command is used to set (and unset) <a href="#variables" title="3. Configuration variables">configuration variables</a>. There are four basic types of variables:
+</p><p>Usage:</p><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="command">set</code> {
+[ <code class="option">no</code> | <code class="option">inv</code> ]
+<em class="replaceable"><code>variable</code></em>
+ |
+<em class="replaceable"><code>variable=value</code></em>
+ } [...]<br /><code class="command">toggle</code>
+<em class="replaceable"><code>variable</code></em>
+ [
+<em class="replaceable"><code>variable</code></em>
+...]<br /><code class="command">unset</code>
+<em class="replaceable"><code>variable</code></em>
+ [
+<em class="replaceable"><code>variable</code></em>
+...]<br /><code class="command">reset</code>
+<em class="replaceable"><code>variable</code></em>
+ [
+<em class="replaceable"><code>variable</code></em>
+...]</p></div><p>
+This command is used to set (and unset) <a class="link" href="#variables" title="3. Configuration Variables">configuration variables</a>. There are four basic types of variables:
boolean, number, string and quadoption. <span class="emphasis"><em>boolean</em></span> variables can be
<span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span> (true) or <span class="emphasis"><em>unset</em></span> (false). <span class="emphasis"><em>number</em></span> variables can be
assigned a positive integer value.
-</p><p>
-<span class="emphasis"><em>string</em></span> variables consist of any number of printable characters.
-<span class="emphasis"><em>strings</em></span> must be enclosed in quotes if they contain spaces or tabs. You
-may also use the ``C'' escape sequences <span class="bold"><strong>\n</strong></span> and <span class="bold"><strong>\t</strong></span> for
-newline and tab, respectively.
-</p><p>
+<span class="emphasis"><em>string</em></span> variables consist of any number of printable characters and
+must be enclosed in quotes if they contain spaces or tabs. You
+may also use the escape sequences “<span class="quote">\n</span>” and “<span class="quote">\t</span>” for newline and tab, respectively.
<span class="emphasis"><em>quadoption</em></span> variables are used to control whether or not to be prompted
for certain actions, or to specify a default action. A value of <span class="emphasis"><em>yes</em></span>
will cause the action to be carried out automatically as if you had answered
yes to the question. Similarly, a value of <span class="emphasis"><em>no</em></span> will cause the
-action to be carried out as if you had answered ``no.'' A value of
-<span class="emphasis"><em>ask-yes</em></span> will cause a prompt with a default answer of ``yes'' and
-<span class="emphasis"><em>ask-no</em></span> will provide a default answer of ``no.''
+action to be carried out as if you had answered “<span class="quote">no.</span>” A value of
+<span class="emphasis"><em>ask-yes</em></span> will cause a prompt with a default answer of “<span class="quote">yes</span>” and
+<span class="emphasis"><em>ask-no</em></span> will provide a default answer of “<span class="quote">no.</span>”
</p><p>
-Prefixing a variable with ``no'' will unset it. Example: <code class="literal">set noaskbcc</code>.
+Prefixing a variable with “<span class="quote">no</span>” will unset it. Example: <code class="literal"><span class="command"><strong>set</strong></span> noaskbcc</code>.
</p><p>
For <span class="emphasis"><em>boolean</em></span> variables, you may optionally prefix the variable name with
<code class="literal">inv</code> to toggle the value (on or off). This is useful when writing
-macros. Example: <code class="literal">set invsmart_wrap</code>.
+macros. Example: <code class="literal"><span class="command"><strong>set</strong></span> invsmart_wrap</code>.
</p><p>
-The <code class="literal">toggle</code> command automatically prepends the <code class="literal">inv</code> prefix to all
+The <span class="command"><strong>toggle</strong></span> command automatically prepends the <code class="literal">inv</code> prefix to all
specified variables.
</p><p>
-The <code class="literal">unset</code> command automatically prepends the <code class="literal">no</code> prefix to all
+The <span class="command"><strong>unset</strong></span> command automatically prepends the <code class="literal">no</code> prefix to all
specified variables.
</p><p>
-Using the enter-command function in the <span class="emphasis"><em>index</em></span> menu, you can query the
+Using the <code class="literal"><enter-command></code> function in the <span class="emphasis"><em>index</em></span> menu, you can query the
value of a variable by prefixing the name of the variable with a question
mark:
-</p><p>
-
</p><pre class="screen">
set ?allow_8bit
</pre><p>
-
-</p><p>
-The question mark is actually only required for boolean and quadoption
+The question mark is actually only required for boolean and quadoption
variables.
</p><p>
-The <code class="literal">reset</code> command resets all given variables to the compile time
+The <span class="command"><strong>reset</strong></span> command resets all given variables to the compile time
defaults (hopefully mentioned in this manual). If you use the command
-<code class="literal">set</code> and prefix the variable with ``&'' this has the same
-behavior as the reset command.
+<span class="command"><strong>set</strong></span> and prefix the variable with “<span class="quote">&</span>” this has the same
+behavior as the <span class="command"><strong>reset</strong></span> command.
</p><p>
-With the <code class="literal">reset</code> command there exists the special variable ``all'',
+With the <span class="command"><strong>reset</strong></span> command there exists the special variable “<span class="quote">all</span>”,
which allows you to reset all variables to their system defaults.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="set-myvar"></a>26.
2. User-defined variables</h3></div></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="set-myvar-intro"></a>26.2.1. Introduction</h4></div></div></div><p>
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="set-myvar"></a>26.
3. User-Defined Variables</h3></div></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="set-myvar-intro"></a>26.3.1. Introduction</h4></div></div></div><p>
Along with the variables listed in the
-<a href="#variables" title="3. Configuration variables">Configuration variables</a> section, mutt
+<a class="link" href="#variables" title="3. Configuration Variables">Configuration variables</a> section, Mutt
supports user-defined variables with names starting
with <code class="literal">my_</code> as in, for
example, <code class="literal">my_cfgdir</code>.
</p><p>
-The <code class="literal">set</code> command creates a
-custom <code class="literal">$my_</code> variable and changes its
-value. The <code class="literal">unset</code> and <code class="literal">reset</code>
+The <span class="command"><strong>set</strong></span> command either creates a
+custom <code class="literal">my_</code> variable or changes its
+value if it does exist already. The <span class="command"><strong>unset</strong></span> and <span class="command"><strong>reset</strong></span>
commands remove the variable entirely.
</p><p>
Since user-defined variables are expanded in the same way that
environment variables are (except for
-the <a href="#shell-escape">shell-escape</a> command), this
-feature can be used to make configuration files more readable.
-</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="set-myvar-examples"></a>26.2.2. Examples</h4></div></div></div><p>
-The following example defines and uses the variable <code class="literal">my_cfgdir</code>
-to abbreviate the calls of the <a href="#source" title="27. Reading initialization commands from another file">source</a> command:
-</p><p>
-</p><pre class="screen">
+the <a class="link" href="#shell-escape">shell-escape</a> command and
+backtick expansion), this feature can be used to make configuration
+files more readable.
+</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="set-myvar-examples"></a>26.3.2. Examples</h4></div></div></div><p>
+The following example defines and uses the variable <code class="literal">my_cfgdir</code>
+to abbreviate the calls of the <a class="link" href="#source" title="27. Reading Initialization Commands From Another File"><span class="command"><strong>source</strong></span></a> command:
+</p><div class="example"><a id="ex-myvar1"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 3.15. Using user-defined variables for config file readability</b></p><div class="example-contents"><pre class="screen">
set my_cfgdir = $HOME/mutt/config
source $my_cfgdir/hooks
source $my_cfgdir/macros
# more source commands...
-</pre><p>
-</p><p>
+</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /><p>
A custom variable can also be used in macros to backup the current value
-of another variable. In the following example, the value of the
-<a href="#delete" title="3.42. delete">$delete</a> is changed temporarily
+of another variable. In the following example, the value of the
+<a class="link" href="#delete" title="3.49. delete">$delete</a> is changed temporarily
while its original value is saved as <code class="literal">my_delete</code>.
-After the macro has executed all commands, the original value of <a href="#delete" title="3.42. delete">$delete</a> is restored.
-</p><p>
-</p><pre class="screen">
+After the macro has executed all commands, the original value of <a class="link" href="#delete" title="3.49. delete">$delete</a> is restored.
+</p><div class="example"><a id="ex-myvar2"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 3.16. Using user-defined variables for backing up other config option values</b></p><div class="example-contents"><pre class="screen">
macro pager ,x '\
<enter-command>set my_delete=$delete<enter>\
<enter-command>set delete=yes<enter>\
...\
<enter-command>set delete=$my_delete<enter>'
-</pre><p>
-</p><p>
-Since mutt expands such values already when parsing the configuration
+</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /><p>
+Since Mutt expands such values already when parsing the configuration
file(s), the value of <code class="literal">$my_delete</code> in the
-last example would be the value of <code class="literal">$delete</code> exactly
+last example would be the value of <a class="link" href="#delete" title="3.49. delete">$delete</a> exactly
as it was at that point during parsing the configuration file. If
-another statement would change the value for <code class="literal">$delete</code>
+another statement would change the value for <a class="link" href="#delete" title="3.49. delete">$delete</a>
later in the same or another file, it would have no effect on
<code class="literal">$my_delete</code>. However, the expansion can
be deferred to runtime, as shown in the next example, when escaping the
dollar sign.
-</p><p>
-</p><pre class="screen">
+</p><div class="example"><a id="ex-myvar3"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 3.17. Deferring user-defined variable expansion to runtime</b></p><div class="example-contents"><pre class="screen">
macro pager <PageDown> "\
<enter-command> set my_old_pager_stop=\$pager_stop pager_stop<Enter>\
<next-page>\
<enter-command> set pager_stop=\$my_old_pager_stop<Enter>\
<enter-command> unset my_old_pager_stop<Enter>"
-</pre><p>
-</p><p>
+</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /><p>
Note that there is a space
between <code class="literal"><enter-command></code> and
-the <code class="literal">set</code> configuration command, preventing mutt from
-recording the macro's commands into its history.
-</p></div></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="source"></a>27. Reading initialization commands from another file</h2></div></div></div><p>
-Usage: <code class="literal">source</code> <span class="emphasis"><em>filename</em></span>
+the <span class="command"><strong>set</strong></span> configuration command, preventing Mutt from
+recording the <span class="command"><strong>macro</strong></span>'s commands into its history.
+</p></div></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="source"></a>27. Reading Initialization Commands From Another File</h2></div></div></div><p>Usage:</p><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="command">source</code>
+<em class="replaceable"><code>filename</code></em>
This command allows the inclusion of initialization commands
from other files. For example, I place all of my aliases in
<code class="literal">˜/.mail_aliases</code> so that I can make my
<code class="literal">˜/.muttrc</code> readable and keep my aliases private.
</p><p>
-If the filename begins with a tilde (``˜''), it will be expanded to the
+If the filename begins with a tilde (“<span class="quote">˜</span>”), it will be expanded to the
path of your home directory.
</p><p>
-If the filename ends with a vertical bar (|), then <span class="emphasis"><em>filename</em></span> is
+If the filename ends with a vertical bar (“<span class="quote">|</span>”), then <span class="emphasis"><em>filename</em></span> is
considered to be an executable program from which to read input (eg.
-<code class="literal">source ˜/bin/myscript|</code>).
-</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="unhook"></a>28. Removing hooks</h2></div></div></div><p>
-Usage: <code class="literal">unhook</code> [ * | <span class="emphasis"><em>hook-type</em></span> ]
-</p><p>
+<code class="literal"><span class="command"><strong>source</strong></span> ˜/bin/myscript|</code>).
+</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="unhook"></a>28. Removing Hooks</h2></div></div></div><p>Usage:</p><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="command">unhook</code> {
+<em class="replaceable"><code>*</code></em>
+ |
+<em class="replaceable"><code>hook-type</code></em>
+ }</p></div><p>
This command permits you to flush hooks you have previously defined.
-You can either remove all hooks by giving the ``*'' character as an
+You can either remove all hooks by giving the “<span class="quote">*</span>” character as an
argument, or you can remove all hooks of a specific type by saying
-something like <code class="literal">unhook send-hook</code>.
-</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="formatstrings"></a>29. Format Strings</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="
id458133"></a>29.1. Basic usage</h3></div></div></div><p>
+something like <code class="literal"><span class="command"><strong>unhook</strong></span> send-hook</code>.
+</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="formatstrings"></a>29. Format Strings</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="
formatstrings-basics"></a>29.1. Basic usage</h3></div></div></div><p>
Format strings are a general concept you'll find in several locations
-through the mutt configuration, especially in the
-<a href="#index-format" title="3.100. index_format">$index_format"</a>,
-<a href="#pager-format" title="3.139. pager_format">$pager_format"</a>,
-<a href="#status-format" title="3.278. status_format">$status_format"</a>,
-and other ``*_format'' variables. These can be very straightforward,
+through the Mutt configuration, especially in the
+<a class="link" href="#index-format" title="3.114. index_format">$index_format</a>,
+<a class="link" href="#pager-format" title="3.150. pager_format">$pager_format</a>,
+<a class="link" href="#status-format" title="3.282. status_format">$status_format</a>,
+and other related variables. These can be very straightforward,
and it's quite possible you already know how to use them.
</p><p>
The most basic format string element is a percent symbol followed
by another character. For example, <code class="literal">%s</code>
-represents a message's Subject: header in the <a href="#index-format" title="3.100. index_format">$index_format"</a> variable. The
-``expandos'' available are documented with each format variable, but
+represents a message's Subject: header in the <a class="link" href="#index-format" title="3.114. index_format">$index_format</a> variable. The
+“<span class="quote">expandos</span>” available are documented with each format variable, but
there are general modifiers available with all formatting expandos,
too. Those are our concern here.
</p><p>
-Some of the modifers are borrowed right out of C (though you might
-know them from Perl, Python, shell, or another langugage). These are
-the [-]m.n modifiers, as in <code class="literal">%-12.12s</code>. As with
+Some of the modifiers are borrowed right out of C (though you might
+know them from Perl, Python, shell, or another language). These are
+the <code class="literal">[-]m.n</code> modifiers, as in <code class="literal">%-12.12s</code>. As with
such programming languages, these modifiers allow you to specify the
-minumum and maximum size of the resulting string, as well as its
-justification. If the ``-'' sign follows the percent, the string will
+minimum and maximum size of the resulting string, as well as its
+justification. If the “<span class="quote">-</span>” sign follows the percent, the string will
be left-justified instead of right-justified. If there's a number
immediately following that, it's the minimum amount of space the
-formatted string will occupy -- if it's naturally smaller than that, it
+formatted string will occupy — if it's naturally smaller than that, it
will be padded out with spaces. If a decimal point and another number
-follow, that's the maximum space allowable -- the string will not be
+follow, that's the maximum space allowable — the string will not be
permitted to exceed that width, no matter its natural size. Each of
these three elements is optional, so that all these are legal format
-strings:
-<code class="literal">%-12s</code>
-<code class="literal">%4c</code>
-<code class="literal">%.15F</code>
-<code class="literal">%-12.15L</code>
+strings: <code class="literal">%-12s</code>, <code class="literal">%4c</code>,
+<code class="literal">%.15F</code> and <code class="literal">%-12.15L</code>.
</p><p>
Mutt adds some other modifiers to format strings. If you use an equals
symbol (<code class="literal">=</code>) as a numeric prefix (like the minus
above), it will force the string to be centered within its minimum
space range. For example, <code class="literal">%=14y</code> will reserve 14
-characters for the %y expansion -- that's the X-Label: header, in
-<code class="literal">$index_format</code>. If the expansion
+characters for the %y expansion — that's the X-Label: header, in
+<a class="link" href="#index-format" title="3.114. index_format">$index_format</a>. If the expansion
results in a string less than 14 characters, it will be centered in a
-14-character space. If the X-Label for a message were "test", that
-expansion would look like `` test ''.
+14-character space. If the X-Label for a message were “<span class="quote">test</span>”, that
+expansion would look like “<span class="quote"> test </span>”.
</p><p>
There are two very little-known modifiers that affect the way that an
-expando is replaced. If there is an underline (``_'') character
+expando is replaced. If there is an underline (“<span class="quote">_</span>”) character
between any format modifiers (as above) and the expando letter, it will
-expands in all lower case. And if you use a colon (``:''), it will
+expands in all lower case. And if you use a colon (“<span class="quote">:</span>”), it will
replace all decimal points with underlines.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="id458263"></a>29.2. Filters</h3></div></div></div><p>
-Any format string ending in a vertical bar (``|'') will be
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="formatstrings-conditionals"></a>29.2. Conditionals</h3></div></div></div><p>
+Depending on the format string variable, some of its sequences can be
+used to optionally print a string if their value is nonzero. For
+example, you may only want to see the number of flagged messages if such
+messages exist, since zero is not particularly meaningful. To optionally
+print a string based upon one of the above sequences, the following
+construct is used:
+</p><pre class="screen">
+%?<sequence_char>?<optional_string>?</pre><p>
+where <span class="emphasis"><em>sequence_char</em></span> is an expando, and
+<span class="emphasis"><em>optional_string</em></span> is the string you would like printed if
+<span class="emphasis"><em>sequence_char</em></span> is nonzero.
+<span class="emphasis"><em>optional_string</em></span> may contain other
+sequences as well as normal text, but you may not nest optional
+strings.
+</p><p>
+Here is an example illustrating how to optionally print the number of
+new messages in a mailbox in
+<a class="link" href="#status-format" title="3.282. status_format">$status_format</a>:
+</p><pre class="screen">
+%?n?%n new messages.?</pre><p>
+You can also switch between two strings using the following construct:
+</p><pre class="screen">
+%?<sequence_char>?<if_string>&<else_string>?</pre><p>
+If the value of <span class="emphasis"><em>sequence_char</em></span> is
+non-zero, <span class="emphasis"><em>if_string</em></span> will be expanded,
+otherwise <span class="emphasis"><em>else_string</em></span> will be expanded.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="formatstrings-filters"></a>29.3. Filters</h3></div></div></div><p>
+Any format string ending in a vertical bar (“<span class="quote">|</span>”) will be
expanded and piped through the first word in the string, using spaces
as separator. The string returned will be used for display.
If the returned string ends in %, it will be passed through
</p><p>
All % expandos in a format string are expanded before the script
is called so that:
-</p><pre class="screen">
+</p><div class="example"><a id="ex-fmtpipe"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 3.18. Using external filters in format strings</b></p><div class="example-contents"><pre class="screen">
set status_format="script.sh '%r %f (%L)'|"
-</pre><p>
-will make mutt expand <code class="literal">%r</code>,
+</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /><p>
+will make Mutt expand <code class="literal">%r</code>,
<code class="literal">%f</code> and <code class="literal">%L</code>
before calling the script. The example also shows that arguments can be
quoted: the script will receive the expanded string between the single quotes
</p><p>
A practical example is the <code class="literal">mutt_xtitle</code>
script installed in the <code class="literal">samples</code>
-subdirectory of the mutt documentation: it can be used as filter for
-<code class="literal">$status_format</code> to set the current
+subdirectory of the Mutt documentation: it can be used as filter for
+<a class="link" href="#status-format" title="3.282. status_format">$status_format</a> to set the current
terminal's title, if supported.
-</p></div></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a id="advancedusage"></a>Chapter 4. Advanced Usage</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#regexp">1. Regular Expressions</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#patterns">2. Patterns: Searching, Limiting and Tagging</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id459463">2.1. Pattern Modifier</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id459491">2.2. Simple Patterns</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id459655">2.3. Complex Patterns</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id459787">2.4. Searching by Date</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#tags">3. Using Tags</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#hooks">4. Using Hooks</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pattern-hook">4.1. Message Matching in Hooks</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#query">5. External Address Queries</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#mailbox-formats">6. Mailbox Formats</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#shortcuts">7. Mailbox Shortcuts</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#using-lists">8. Handling Mailing Lists</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#editing-threads">9. Editing threads</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id460955">9.1. Linking threads</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id460970">9.2. Breaking threads</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#dsn">10. Delivery Status Notification (DSN) Support</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#urlview">11. Start a WWW Browser on URLs (EXTERNAL)</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="regexp"></a>1. Regular Expressions</h2></div></div></div><p>
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="formatstrings-padding"></a>29.4. Padding</h3></div></div></div><p>
+In most format strings, Mutt supports different types of padding using
+special %-expandos:
+</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><code class="literal">%|X</code></span></dt><dd><p>
+When this occurs, Mutt will fill the rest of the
+line with the character <code class="literal">X</code>. For
+example, filling the rest of the line with dashes is
+done by setting:
+</p><pre class="screen">
+set status_format = "%v on %h: %B: %?n?%n&no? new messages %|-"</pre></dd><dt><span class="term">
+<code class="literal">%>X</code>
+</span></dt><dd><p>
+Since the previous expando stops at the end of line, there must be a way
+to fill the gap between two items via the <code class="literal">%>X</code>
+expando: it puts as many characters <code class="literal">X</code> in between two
+items so that the rest of the line will be right-justified. For example,
+to not put the version string and hostname the above example on the left
+but on the right and fill the gap with spaces, one might use (note the
+space after <code class="literal">%></code>):
+</p><pre class="screen">
+set status_format = "%B: %?n?%n&no? new messages %> (%v on %h)"</pre></dd><dt><span class="term"><code class="literal">%*X</code>
+</span></dt><dd><p>
+Normal right-justification will print everything to the left of the
+<code class="literal">%></code>, displaying padding and whatever lies to the
+right only if there's room. By contrast, “<span class="quote">soft-fill</span>” gives
+priority to the right-hand side, guaranteeing space to display it and
+showing padding only if there's still room. If necessary, soft-fill will
+eat text leftwards to make room for rightward text. For example, to
+right-justify the subject making sure as much as possible of it fits on
+screen, one might use (note two spaces after <code class="literal">%*
+</code>: the second ensures there's a space between the truncated
+right-hand side and the subject):
+</p><pre class="screen">
+set index_format="%4C %Z %{%b %d} %-15.15L (%?l?%4l&%4c?)%* %s"</pre></dd></dl></div></div></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a id="advancedusage"></a>Chapter 4. Advanced Usage</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#regexp">1. Regular Expressions</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#patterns">2. Patterns: Searching, Limiting and Tagging</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#patterns-modifier">2.1. Pattern Modifier</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#simple-searches">2.2. Simple Searches</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#complex-patterns">2.3. Nesting and Boolean Operators</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#date-patterns">2.4. Searching by Date</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#tags">3. Using Tags</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#hooks">4. Using Hooks</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pattern-hook">4.1. Message Matching in Hooks</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#query">5. External Address Queries</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#mailbox-formats">6. Mailbox Formats</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#shortcuts">7. Mailbox Shortcuts</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#using-lists">8. Handling Mailing Lists</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#handling-folders">9. Handling multiple folders</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#editing-threads">10. Editing Threads</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#link-threads">10.1. Linking Threads</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#break-threads">10.2. Breaking Threads</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#dsn">11. Delivery Status Notification (DSN) Support</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#urlview">12. Start a WWW Browser on URLs</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#misc-topics">13. Miscellany</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="regexp"></a>1. Regular Expressions</h2></div></div></div><p>
All string patterns in Mutt including those in more complex
-<a href="#patterns" title="2. Patterns: Searching, Limiting and Tagging">patterns</a> must be specified
-using regular expressions (regexp) in the ``POSIX extended'' syntax (which
+<a class="link" href="#patterns" title="2. Patterns: Searching, Limiting and Tagging">patterns</a> must be specified
+using regular expressions (regexp) in the “<span class="quote">POSIX extended</span>” syntax (which
is more or less the syntax used by egrep and GNU awk). For your
convenience, we have included below a brief description of this syntax.
</p><p>
The search is case sensitive if the pattern contains at least one upper
-case letter, and case insensitive otherwise. Note that ``\''
+case letter, and case insensitive otherwise.
+</p><div class="note"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>
+“<span class="quote">\</span>”
must be quoted if used for a regular expression in an initialization
-command: ``\\''.
-</p><p>
+command: “<span class="quote">\\</span>”.
+</p></div><p>
A regular expression is a pattern that describes a set of strings.
Regular expressions are constructed analogously to arithmetic
expressions, by using various operators to combine smaller expressions.
-</p><p>
-Note that the regular expression can be enclosed/delimited by either "
+</p><div class="note"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>
+The regular expression can be enclosed/delimited by either "
or ' which is useful if the regular expression includes a white-space
-character. See <a href="#muttrc-syntax">Syntax of Initialization Files</a>
+character. See <a class="xref" href="#muttrc-syntax" title="2. Syntax of Initialization Files">Syntax of Initialization Files</a>
for more information on " and ' delimiter processing. To match a
literal " or ' you must preface it with \ (backslash).
-</p><p>
+</p></div><p>
The fundamental building blocks are the regular expressions that match
a single character. Most characters, including all letters and digits,
are regular expressions that match themselves. Any metacharacter with
special meaning may be quoted by preceding it with a backslash.
</p><p>
-The period ``.'' matches any single character. The caret ``^'' and
-the dollar sign ``$'' are metacharacters that respectively match
+The period “<span class="quote">.</span>” matches any single character. The caret “<span class="quote">^</span>” and
+the dollar sign “<span class="quote">$</span>” are metacharacters that respectively match
the empty string at the beginning and end of a line.
</p><p>
-A list of characters enclosed by ``['' and ``]'' matches any
+A list of characters enclosed by “<span class="quote">[</span>” and “<span class="quote">]</span>” matches any
single character in that list; if the first character of the list
-is a caret ``^'' then it matches any character <span class="bold"><strong>not</strong></span> in the
-list. For example, the regular expression <span class="bold"><strong>[0123456789]</strong></span>
+is a caret “<span class="quote">^</span>” then it matches any character <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> in the
+list. For example, the regular expression <span class="emphasis"><em>[0123456789]</em></span>
matches any single digit. A range of ASCII characters may be specified
by giving the first and last characters, separated by a hyphen
-``-''. Most metacharacters lose their special meaning inside
-lists. To include a literal ``]'' place it first in the list.
-Similarly, to include a literal ``^'' place it anywhere but first.
-Finally, to include a literal hyphen ``-'' place it last.
+“<span class="quote">-</span>”. Most metacharacters lose their special meaning inside
+lists. To include a literal “<span class="quote">]</span>” place it first in the list.
+Similarly, to include a literal “<span class="quote">^</span>” place it anywhere but first.
+Finally, to include a literal hyphen “<span class="quote">-</span>” place it last.
</p><p>
Certain named classes of characters are predefined. Character classes
-consist of ``[:'', a keyword denoting the class, and ``:]''.
-The following classes are defined by the POSIX standard:
-</p><p>
-</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">[:alnum:]</span></dt><dd><p>
-Alphanumeric characters.
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">[:alpha:]</span></dt><dd><p>
-Alphabetic characters.
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">[:blank:]</span></dt><dd><p>
-Space or tab characters.
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">[:cntrl:]</span></dt><dd><p>
-Control characters.
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">[:digit:]</span></dt><dd><p>
-Numeric characters.
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">[:graph:]</span></dt><dd><p>
-Characters that are both printable and visible. (A space is printable,
-but not visible, while an ``a'' is both.)
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">[:lower:]</span></dt><dd><p>
-Lower-case alphabetic characters.
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">[:print:]</span></dt><dd><p>
-Printable characters (characters that are not control characters.)
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">[:punct:]</span></dt><dd><p>
-Punctuation characters (characters that are not letter, digits, control
-characters, or space characters).
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">[:space:]</span></dt><dd><p>
-Space characters (such as space, tab and formfeed, to name a few).
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">[:upper:]</span></dt><dd><p>
-Upper-case alphabetic characters.
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">[:xdigit:]</span></dt><dd><p>
-Characters that are hexadecimal digits.
-</p></dd></dl></div><p>
-</p><p>
+consist of “<span class="quote">[:</span>”, a keyword denoting the class, and “<span class="quote">:]</span>”.
+The following classes are defined by the POSIX standard in
+<a class="xref" href="#posix-regex-char-classes" title="Table 4.1. POSIX regular expression character classes">Table 4.1, “POSIX regular expression character classes”</a>
+</p><div class="table"><a id="posix-regex-char-classes"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 4.1. POSIX regular expression character classes</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="POSIX regular expression character classes" border="1"><colgroup><col /><col /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Character class</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>[:alnum:]</td><td>Alphanumeric characters</td></tr><tr><td>[:alpha:]</td><td>Alphabetic characters</td></tr><tr><td>[:blank:]</td><td>Space or tab characters</td></tr><tr><td>[:cntrl:]</td><td>Control characters</td></tr><tr><td>[:digit:]</td><td>Numeric characters</td></tr><tr><td>[:graph:]</td><td>Characters that are both printable and visible. (A space is printable, but not visible, while an “<span class="quote">a</span>” is both)</td></tr><tr><td>[:lower:]</td><td>Lower-case alphabetic characters</td></tr><tr><td>[:print:]</td><td>Printable characters (characters that are not control characters)</td></tr><tr><td>[:punct:]</td><td>Punctuation characters (characters that are not letter, digits, control characters, or space characters)</td></tr><tr><td>[:space:]</td><td>Space characters (such as space, tab and formfeed, to name a few)</td></tr><tr><td>[:upper:]</td><td>Upper-case alphabetic characters</td></tr><tr><td>[:xdigit:]</td><td>Characters that are hexadecimal digits</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><p>
A character class is only valid in a regular expression inside the
-brackets of a character list. Note that the brackets in these
+brackets of a character list.
+</p><div class="note"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>
+Note that the brackets in these
class names are part of the symbolic names, and must be included
-in addition to the brackets delimiting the bracket list. For
-example, <span class="bold"><strong>[[:digit:]]</strong></span> is equivalent to
-<span class="bold"><strong>[0-9]</strong></span>.
-</p><p>
+in addition to the brackets delimiting the bracket list. For
+example, <span class="emphasis"><em>[[:digit:]]</em></span> is equivalent to
+<span class="emphasis"><em>[0-9]</em></span>.
+</p></div><p>
Two additional special sequences can appear in character lists. These
apply to non-ASCII character sets, which can have single symbols (called
collating elements) that are represented with more than one character,
as well as several characters that are equivalent for collating or
sorting purposes:
-</p><p>
</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">Collating Symbols</span></dt><dd><p>
A collating symbol is a multi-character collating element enclosed in
-``[.'' and ``.]''. For example, if ``ch'' is a collating
-element, then <span class="bold"><strong>[[.ch.]]</strong></span> is a regexp that matches
-this collating element, while <span class="bold"><strong>[ch]</strong></span> is a regexp that
-matches either ``c'' or ``h''.
+“<span class="quote">[.</span>” and “<span class="quote">.]</span>”. For example, if “<span class="quote">ch</span>” is a collating
+element, then <span class="emphasis"><em>[[.ch.]]</em></span> is a regexp that matches
+this collating element, while <span class="emphasis"><em>[ch]</em></span> is a regexp that
+matches either “<span class="quote">c</span>” or “<span class="quote">h</span>”.
</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Equivalence Classes</span></dt><dd><p>
An equivalence class is a locale-specific name for a list of
-characters that are equivalent. The name is enclosed in ``[=''
-and ``=]''. For example, the name ``e'' might be used to
-represent all of ``è'' ``é'' and ``e''. In this case,
-<span class="bold"><strong>[[=e=]]</strong></span> is a regexp that matches any of
-``è'', ``é'' and ``e''.
+characters that are equivalent. The name is enclosed in “<span class="quote">[=</span>”
+and “<span class="quote">=]</span>”. For example, the name “<span class="quote">e</span>” might be used to
+represent all of “<span class="quote">è</span>” “<span class="quote">é</span>” and “<span class="quote">e</span>”. In this case,
+<span class="emphasis"><em>[[=e=]]</em></span> is a regexp that matches any of
+“<span class="quote">è</span>”, “<span class="quote">é</span>” and “<span class="quote">e</span>”.
</p></dd></dl></div><p>
-</p><p>
A regular expression matching a single character may be followed by one
-of several repetition operators:
-</p><p>
-</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">?</span></dt><dd><p>
-The preceding item is optional and matched at most once.
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">*</span></dt><dd><p>
-The preceding item will be matched zero or more times.
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">+</span></dt><dd><p>
-The preceding item will be matched one or more times.
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">{n}</span></dt><dd><p>
-The preceding item is matched exactly <span class="emphasis"><em>n</em></span> times.
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">{n,}</span></dt><dd><p>
-The preceding item is matched <span class="emphasis"><em>n</em></span> or more times.
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">{,m}</span></dt><dd><p>
-The preceding item is matched at most <span class="emphasis"><em>m</em></span> times.
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">{n,m}</span></dt><dd><p>
-The preceding item is matched at least <span class="emphasis"><em>n</em></span> times, but no more than
-<span class="emphasis"><em>m</em></span> times.
-</p></dd></dl></div><p>
-</p><p>
+of several repetition operators described in <a class="xref" href="#regex-repeat" title="Table 4.2. Regular expression repetition operators">Table 4.2, “Regular expression repetition operators”</a>.
+</p><div class="table"><a id="regex-repeat"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 4.2. Regular expression repetition operators</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Regular expression repetition operators" border="1"><colgroup><col /><col /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Operator</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>?</td><td>The preceding item is optional and matched at most once</td></tr><tr><td>*</td><td>The preceding item will be matched zero or more times</td></tr><tr><td>+</td><td>The preceding item will be matched one or more times</td></tr><tr><td>{n}</td><td>The preceding item is matched exactly <span class="emphasis"><em>n</em></span> times</td></tr><tr><td>{n,}</td><td>The preceding item is matched <span class="emphasis"><em>n</em></span> or more times</td></tr><tr><td>{,m}</td><td>The preceding item is matched at most <span class="emphasis"><em>m</em></span> times</td></tr><tr><td>{n,m}</td><td>The preceding item is matched at least <span class="emphasis"><em>n</em></span> times, but no more than <span class="emphasis"><em>m</em></span> times</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><p>
Two regular expressions may be concatenated; the resulting regular
expression matches any string formed by concatenating two substrings
that respectively match the concatenated subexpressions.
</p><p>
-Two regular expressions may be joined by the infix operator ``|'';
+Two regular expressions may be joined by the infix operator “<span class="quote">|</span>”;
the resulting regular expression matches any string matching either
subexpression.
</p><p>
Repetition takes precedence over concatenation, which in turn takes
precedence over alternation. A whole subexpression may be enclosed in
parentheses to override these precedence rules.
-</p><p>
-<span class="bold"><strong>Note:</strong></span> If you compile Mutt with the GNU <span class="emphasis"><em>rx</em></span> package, the
-following operators may also be used in regular expressions:
-</p><p>
-</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">\\y</span></dt><dd><p>
-Matches the empty string at either the beginning or the end of a word.
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">\\B</span></dt><dd><p>
-Matches the empty string within a word.
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">\\<</span></dt><dd><p>
-Matches the empty string at the beginning of a word.
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">\\></span></dt><dd><p>
-Matches the empty string at the end of a word.
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">\\w</span></dt><dd><p>
-Matches any word-constituent character (letter, digit, or underscore).
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">\\W</span></dt><dd><p>
-Matches any character that is not word-constituent.
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">\\`</span></dt><dd><p>
-Matches the empty string at the beginning of a buffer (string).
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">\\'</span></dt><dd><p>
-Matches the empty string at the end of a buffer.
-</p></dd></dl></div><p>
-</p><p>
+</p><div class="note"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>
+If you compile Mutt with the included regular expression engine, the
+following operators may also be used in regular expressions as described in <a class="xref" href="#regex-gnu-ext" title="Table 4.3. GNU regular expression extensions">Table 4.3, “GNU regular expression extensions”</a>.
+</p></div><div class="table"><a id="regex-gnu-ext"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 4.3. GNU regular expression extensions</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="GNU regular expression extensions" border="1"><colgroup><col /><col /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Expression</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>\\y</td><td>Matches the empty string at either the beginning or the end of a word</td></tr><tr><td>\\B</td><td>Matches the empty string within a word</td></tr><tr><td>\\<</td><td>Matches the empty string at the beginning of a word</td></tr><tr><td>\\></td><td>Matches the empty string at the end of a word</td></tr><tr><td>\\w</td><td>Matches any word-constituent character (letter, digit, or underscore)</td></tr><tr><td>\\W</td><td>Matches any character that is not word-constituent</td></tr><tr><td>\\`</td><td>Matches the empty string at the beginning of a buffer (string)</td></tr><tr><td>\\'</td><td>Matches the empty string at the end of a buffer</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><p>
Please note however that these operators are not defined by POSIX, so
they may or may not be available in stock libraries on various systems.
-</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="patterns"></a>2. Patterns: Searching, Limiting and Tagging</h2></div></div></div><p>
+</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="patterns"></a>2. Patterns: Searching, Limiting and Tagging</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="patterns-modifier"></a>2.1. Pattern Modifier</h3></div></div></div><p>
Many of Mutt's commands allow you to specify a pattern to match
-(limit, tag-pattern, delete-pattern, etc.). <a href="#tab-patterns" title="Table 4.1. Pattern modifiers">Table 4.1, “Pattern modifiers”</a>
+(<code class="literal">limit</code>, <code class="literal">tag-pattern</code>,
+<code class="literal">delete-pattern</code>, etc.). <a class="xref" href="#tab-patterns" title="Table 4.4. Pattern modifiers">Table 4.4, “Pattern modifiers”</a>
shows several ways to select messages.
+</p><div class="table"><a id="tab-patterns"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 4.4. Pattern modifiers</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Pattern modifiers" border="1"><colgroup><col /><col /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Pattern modifier</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>~A</td><td>all messages</td></tr><tr><td>~b <span class="emphasis"><em>EXPR</em></span></td><td>messages which contain <span class="emphasis"><em>EXPR</em></span> in the message body</td></tr><tr><td>=b <span class="emphasis"><em>STRING</em></span></td><td>messages which contain <span class="emphasis"><em>STRING</em></span> in the message body. If IMAP is enabled, searches for <span class="emphasis"><em>STRING</em></span> on the server, rather than downloading each message and searching it locally.</td></tr><tr><td>~B <span class="emphasis"><em>EXPR</em></span></td><td>messages which contain <span class="emphasis"><em>EXPR</em></span> in the whole message</td></tr><tr><td>~c <span class="emphasis"><em>EXPR</em></span></td><td>messages carbon-copied to <span class="emphasis"><em>EXPR</em></span></td></tr><tr><td>%c <span class="emphasis"><em>GROUP</em></span></td><td>messages carbon-copied to any member of <span class="emphasis"><em>GROUP</em></span></td></tr><tr><td>~C <span class="emphasis"><em>EXPR</em></span></td><td>messages either to: or cc: <span class="emphasis"><em>EXPR</em></span></td></tr><tr><td>%C <span class="emphasis"><em>GROUP</em></span></td><td>messages either to: or cc: to any member of <span class="emphasis"><em>GROUP</em></span></td></tr><tr><td>~d [<span class="emphasis"><em>MIN</em></span>]-[<span class="emphasis"><em>MAX</em></span>]</td><td>messages with “<span class="quote">date-sent</span>” in a Date range</td></tr><tr><td>~D</td><td>deleted messages</td></tr><tr><td>~e <span class="emphasis"><em>EXPR</em></span></td><td>messages which contains <span class="emphasis"><em>EXPR</em></span> in the “<span class="quote">Sender</span>” field</td></tr><tr><td>%e <span class="emphasis"><em>GROUP</em></span></td><td>messages which contain a member of <span class="emphasis"><em>GROUP</em></span> in the “<span class="quote">Sender</span>” field</td></tr><tr><td>~E</td><td>expired messages</td></tr><tr><td>~F</td><td>flagged messages</td></tr><tr><td>~f <span class="emphasis"><em>EXPR</em></span></td><td>messages originating from <span class="emphasis"><em>EXPR</em></span></td></tr><tr><td>%f <span class="emphasis"><em>GROUP</em></span></td><td>messages originating from any member of <span class="emphasis"><em>GROUP</em></span></td></tr><tr><td>~g</td><td>cryptographically signed messages</td></tr><tr><td>~G</td><td>cryptographically encrypted messages</td></tr><tr><td>~h <span class="emphasis"><em>EXPR</em></span></td><td>messages which contain <span class="emphasis"><em>EXPR</em></span> in the message header</td></tr><tr><td>~H <span class="emphasis"><em>EXPR</em></span></td><td>messages with a spam attribute matching <span class="emphasis"><em>EXPR</em></span></td></tr><tr><td>~i <span class="emphasis"><em>EXPR</em></span></td><td>messages which match <span class="emphasis"><em>EXPR</em></span> in the “<span class="quote">Message-ID</span>” field</td></tr><tr><td>~k</td><td>messages which contain PGP key material</td></tr><tr><td>~L <span class="emphasis"><em>EXPR</em></span></td><td>messages either originated or received by <span class="emphasis"><em>EXPR</em></span></td></tr><tr><td>%L <span class="emphasis"><em>GROUP</em></span></td><td>message either originated or received by any member of <span class="emphasis"><em>GROUP</em></span></td></tr><tr><td>~l</td><td>messages addressed to a known mailing list</td></tr><tr><td>~m [<span class="emphasis"><em>MIN</em></span>]-[<span class="emphasis"><em>MAX</em></span>]</td><td>messages in the range <span class="emphasis"><em>MIN</em></span> to <span class="emphasis"><em>MAX</em></span> *)</td></tr><tr><td>~n [<span class="emphasis"><em>MIN</em></span>]-[<span class="emphasis"><em>MAX</em></span>]</td><td>messages with a score in the range <span class="emphasis"><em>MIN</em></span> to <span class="emphasis"><em>MAX</em></span> *)</td></tr><tr><td>~N</td><td>new messages</td></tr><tr><td>~O</td><td>old messages</td></tr><tr><td>~p</td><td>messages addressed to you (consults <span class="command"><strong>alternates</strong></span>)</td></tr><tr><td>~P</td><td>messages from you (consults <span class="command"><strong>alternates</strong></span>)</td></tr><tr><td>~Q</td><td>messages which have been replied to</td></tr><tr><td>~r [<span class="emphasis"><em>MIN</em></span>]-[<span class="emphasis"><em>MAX</em></span>]</td><td>messages with “<span class="quote">date-received</span>” in a Date range</td></tr><tr><td>~R</td><td>read messages</td></tr><tr><td>~s <span class="emphasis"><em>EXPR</em></span></td><td>messages having <span class="emphasis"><em>EXPR</em></span> in the “<span class="quote">Subject</span>” field.</td></tr><tr><td>~S</td><td>superseded messages</td></tr><tr><td>~t <span class="emphasis"><em>EXPR</em></span></td><td>messages addressed to <span class="emphasis"><em>EXPR</em></span></td></tr><tr><td>~T</td><td>tagged messages</td></tr><tr><td>~u</td><td>messages addressed to a subscribed mailing list</td></tr><tr><td>~U</td><td>unread messages</td></tr><tr><td>~v</td><td>messages part of a collapsed thread.</td></tr><tr><td>~V</td><td>cryptographically verified messages</td></tr><tr><td>~x <span class="emphasis"><em>EXPR</em></span></td><td>messages which contain <span class="emphasis"><em>EXPR</em></span> in the “<span class="quote">References</span>” or “<span class="quote">In-Reply-To</span>” field</td></tr><tr><td>~X [<span class="emphasis"><em>MIN</em></span>]-[<span class="emphasis"><em>MAX</em></span>]</td><td>messages with <span class="emphasis"><em>MIN</em></span> to <span class="emphasis"><em>MAX</em></span> attachments *)</td></tr><tr><td>~y <span class="emphasis"><em>EXPR</em></span></td><td>messages which contain <span class="emphasis"><em>EXPR</em></span> in the “<span class="quote">X-Label</span>” field</td></tr><tr><td>~z [<span class="emphasis"><em>MIN</em></span>]-[<span class="emphasis"><em>MAX</em></span>]</td><td>messages with a size in the range <span class="emphasis"><em>MIN</em></span> to <span class="emphasis"><em>MAX</em></span> *) **)</td></tr><tr><td>~=</td><td>duplicated messages (see <a class="link" href="#duplicate-threads" title="3.56. duplicate_threads">$duplicate_threads</a>)</td></tr><tr><td>~$</td><td>unreferenced messages (requires threaded view)</td></tr><tr><td>~(<span class="emphasis"><em>PATTERN</em></span>)</td><td>messages in threads
+containing messages matching <span class="emphasis"><em>PATTERN</em></span>, e.g. all
+threads containing messages from you: ~(~P)</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><p>
+Where <span class="emphasis"><em>EXPR</em></span> is a
+<a class="link" href="#regexp" title="1. Regular Expressions">regular expression</a>.
+</p><p>
+*) The forms “<span class="quote"><[<span class="emphasis"><em>MAX</em></span>]</span>”, “<span class="quote">>[<span class="emphasis"><em>MIN</em></span>]</span>”,
+“<span class="quote">[<span class="emphasis"><em>MIN</em></span>]-</span>” and “<span class="quote">-[<span class="emphasis"><em>MAX</em></span>]</span>”
+are allowed, too.
</p><p>
-
-</p><div class="table"><a id="tab-patterns"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 4.1. Pattern modifiers</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Pattern modifiers" border="1"><colgroup><col /><col /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Pattern modifier</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>~A</td><td>all messages</td></tr><tr><td>~b EXPR</td><td>messages which contain EXPR in the message body</td></tr><tr><td>=b STRING</td><td>messages which contain STRING in the message body. If IMAP is enabled, searches for STRING on the server, rather than downloading each message and searching it locally.</td></tr><tr><td>~B EXPR</td><td>messages which contain EXPR in the whole message</td></tr><tr><td>~c EXPR</td><td>messages carbon-copied to EXPR</td></tr><tr><td>%c GROUP</td><td>messages carbon-copied to any member of GROUP</td></tr><tr><td>~C EXPR</td><td>message is either to: or cc: EXPR</td></tr><tr><td>%C GROUP</td><td>message is either to: or cc: to any member of GROUP</td></tr><tr><td>~d [MIN]-[MAX]</td><td>messages with ``date-sent'' in a Date range</td></tr><tr><td>~D</td><td>deleted messages</td></tr><tr><td>~e EXPR</td><td>message which contains EXPR in the ``Sender'' field</td></tr><tr><td>%e GROUP</td><td>message which contain a member of GROUP in the ``Sender'' field</td></tr><tr><td>~E</td><td>expired messages</td></tr><tr><td>~F</td><td>flagged messages</td></tr><tr><td>~f EXPR</td><td>messages originating from EXPR</td></tr><tr><td>%f GROUP</td><td>messages originating from any member of GROUP</td></tr><tr><td>~g</td><td>cryptographically signed messages</td></tr><tr><td>~G</td><td>cryptographically encrypted messages</td></tr><tr><td>~h EXPR</td><td>messages which contain EXPR in the message header</td></tr><tr><td>~H EXPR</td><td>messages with a spam attribute matching EXPR</td></tr><tr><td>~i EXPR</td><td>message which match EXPR in the ``Message-ID'' field</td></tr><tr><td>~k</td><td>message contains PGP key material</td></tr><tr><td>~L EXPR</td><td>message is either originated or received by EXPR</td></tr><tr><td>%L GROUP</td><td>message is either originated or received by any member of GROUP</td></tr><tr><td>~l</td><td>message is addressed to a known mailing list</td></tr><tr><td>~m [MIN]-[MAX]</td><td>message in the range MIN to MAX *)</td></tr><tr><td>~n [MIN]-[MAX]</td><td>messages with a score in the range MIN to MAX *)</td></tr><tr><td>~N</td><td>new messages</td></tr><tr><td>~O</td><td>old messages</td></tr><tr><td>~p</td><td>message is addressed to you (consults alternates)</td></tr><tr><td>~P</td><td>message is from you (consults alternates)</td></tr><tr><td>~Q</td><td>messages which have been replied to</td></tr><tr><td>~r [MIN]-[MAX]</td><td>messages with ``date-received'' in a Date range</td></tr><tr><td>~R</td><td>read messages</td></tr><tr><td>~s EXPR</td><td>messages having EXPR in the ``Subject'' field.</td></tr><tr><td>~S</td><td>superseded messages</td></tr><tr><td>~t EXPR</td><td>messages addressed to EXPR</td></tr><tr><td>~T</td><td>tagged messages</td></tr><tr><td>~u</td><td>message is addressed to a subscribed mailing list</td></tr><tr><td>~U</td><td>unread messages</td></tr><tr><td>~v</td><td>message is part of a collapsed thread.</td></tr><tr><td>~V</td><td>cryptographically verified messages</td></tr><tr><td>~x EXPR</td><td>messages which contain EXPR in the `References' field</td></tr><tr><td>~X [MIN]-[MAX]</td><td>messages with MIN to MAX attachments *)</td></tr><tr><td>~y EXPR</td><td>messages which contain EXPR in the `X-Label' field</td></tr><tr><td>~z [MIN]-[MAX]</td><td>messages with a size in the range MIN to MAX *)</td></tr><tr><td>~=</td><td>duplicated messages (see $duplicate_threads)</td></tr><tr><td>~$</td><td>unreferenced messages (requires threaded view)</td></tr><tr><td>~(PATTERN)</td><td>messages in threads
-containing messages matching a certain pattern, e.g. all
-threads containing messages from you: ~(~P)</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break" />
-
+**) The suffixes “<span class="quote">K</span>” and “<span class="quote">M</span>” are allowed to specify kilobyte and megabyte respectively.
</p><p>
-Where EXPR is a
-<a href="#regexp" title="1. Regular Expressions">regular expression</a>. Special attention has to be
-made when using regular expressions inside of patterns. Specifically,
-Mutt's parser for these patterns will strip one level of backslash (\),
+Special attention has to be
+payed when using regular expressions inside of patterns. Specifically,
+Mutt's parser for these patterns will strip one level of backslash (“<span class="quote">\</span>”),
which is normally used for quoting. If it is your intention to use a
backslash in the regular expression, you will need to use two backslashes
-instead (\\). You can force mutt to treat EXPR as a simple string
+instead (“<span class="quote">\\</span>”). You can force Mutt to treat <span class="emphasis"><em>EXPR</em></span> as a simple string
instead of a regular expression by using = instead of ˜ in the
-pattern name. For example, =b *.* will find all messages that contain
-the literal string '*.*'. Simple string matches are less powerful than
+pattern name. For example, <code class="literal">=b *.*</code> will find all messages that contain
+the literal string “<span class="quote">*.*</span>”. Simple string matches are less powerful than
regular expressions but can be considerably faster. This is especially
true for IMAP folders, because string matches can be performed on the
-server instead of by fetching every message. IMAP treats =h specially:
-it must be of the form "header: substring" and will not partially
+server instead of by fetching every message. IMAP treats <code class="literal">=h</code> specially:
+it must be of the form “<span class="quote">header: substring</span>” and will not partially
match header names. The substring part may be omitted if you simply
wish to find messages containing a particular header without regard to
its value.
</p><p>
-*) The forms <code class="literal"><[MAX]</code>, <code class="literal">>[MIN]</code>,
-<code class="literal">[MIN]-</code> and <code class="literal">-[MAX]</code>
-are allowed, too.
-</p><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="id459463"></a>2.1. Pattern Modifier</h3></div></div></div><p>
-Note that patterns matching 'lists' of addresses (notably c,C,p,P and t)
+Patterns matching lists of addresses (notably c, C, p, P and t)
match if there is at least one match in the whole list. If you want to
make sure that all elements of that list match, you need to prefix your
-pattern with ^.
+pattern with “<span class="quote">^</span>”.
This example matches all mails which only has recipients from Germany.
-</p><p>
-
-</p><pre class="screen">
+</p><div class="example"><a id="ex-recips"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 4.1. Matching all addresses in address lists</b></p><div class="example-contents"><pre class="screen">
^~C \.de$
-</pre><p>
-
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="id459491"></a>2.2. Simple Patterns</h3></div></div></div><p>
-Mutt supports two versions of so called ``simple searches'' which are
+</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="simple-searches"></a>2.2. Simple Searches</h3></div></div></div><p>
+Mutt supports two versions of so called “<span class="quote">simple searches</span>”. These are
issued if the query entered for searching, limiting and similar
-operations does not seem to be a valid pattern (i.e. it does not contain
-one of these characters: ``~'', ``='' or ``%''). If the query is
+operations does not seem to contain a valid pattern modifier (i.e. it does not contain
+one of these characters: “<span class="quote">˜</span>”, “<span class="quote">=</span>” or “<span class="quote">%</span>”). If the query is
supposed to contain one of these special characters, they must be escaped
-by prepending a backslash (``\'').
+by prepending a backslash (“<span class="quote">\</span>”).
</p><p>
The first type is by checking whether the query string equals
-a keyword case-insensitively from <a href="#tab-simplesearch-keywords" title="Table 4.2. Simple search keywords">Table 4.2, “Simple search keywords”</a>:
+a keyword case-insensitively from <a class="xref" href="#tab-simplesearch-keywords" title="Table 4.5. Simple search keywords">Table 4.5, “Simple search keywords”</a>:
If that is the case, Mutt will use the shown pattern modifier instead.
If a keyword would conflict with your search keyword, you need to turn
it into a regular expression to avoid matching the keyword table. For
-example, if you want to find all messages matching ``<code class="literal">flag</code>''
-(using <a href="#simple-search" title="3.263. simple_search">$simple_search</a>,
-see below but not meaning flagged messages) simply search for
-``<code class="literal">[f]lag</code>''.
-</p><div class="table"><a id="tab-simplesearch-keywords"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 4.
2. Simple search keywords</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Simple search keywords" border="1"><colgroup><col /><col /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Keyword</th><th>Pattern modifier</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>all</td><td>~A</td></tr><tr><td>.</td><td>~A</td></tr><tr><td>^</td><td>~A</td></tr><tr><td>del</td><td>~D</td></tr><tr><td>flag</td><td>~F</td></tr><tr><td>new</td><td>~N</td></tr><tr><td>old</td><td>~O</td></tr><tr><td>repl</td><td>~Q</td></tr><tr><td>read</td><td>~R</td></tr><tr><td>tag</td><td>~T</td></tr><tr><td>unread</td><td>~U</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><p>
+example, if you want to find all messages matching “<span class="quote">flag</span>”
+(using <a class="link" href="#simple-search" title="3.236. simple_search">$simple_search</a>)
+but don't want to match flagged messages, simply search for
+“<span class="quote"><code class="literal">[f]lag</code></span>”.
+</p><div class="table"><a id="tab-simplesearch-keywords"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 4.
5. Simple search keywords</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Simple search keywords" border="1"><colgroup><col /><col /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Keyword</th><th>Pattern modifier</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>all</td><td>~A</td></tr><tr><td>.</td><td>~A</td></tr><tr><td>^</td><td>~A</td></tr><tr><td>del</td><td>~D</td></tr><tr><td>flag</td><td>~F</td></tr><tr><td>new</td><td>~N</td></tr><tr><td>old</td><td>~O</td></tr><tr><td>repl</td><td>~Q</td></tr><tr><td>read</td><td>~R</td></tr><tr><td>tag</td><td>~T</td></tr><tr><td>unread</td><td>~U</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><p>
The second type of simple search is to build a complex search
-pattern using <a href="#simple-search" title="3.263. simple_search">$simple_search</a>
+pattern using <a class="link" href="#simple-search" title="3.236. simple_search">$simple_search</a>
as a template. Mutt will insert your query properly quoted and search
for the composed complex query.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="
id459655"></a>2.3. Complex Patterns</h3></div></div></div><p>
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="
complex-patterns"></a>2.3. Nesting and Boolean Operators</h3></div></div></div><p>
Logical AND is performed by specifying more than one criterion. For
example:
-</p><p>
-
</p><pre class="screen">
~t mutt ~f elkins
</pre><p>
-
-</p><p>
-would select messages which contain the word ``mutt'' in the list of
-recipients <span class="bold"><strong>and</strong></span> that have the word ``elkins'' in the ``From'' header
+would select messages which contain the word “<span class="quote">mutt</span>” in the list of
+recipients <span class="emphasis"><em>and</em></span> that have the word “<span class="quote">elkins</span>” in the “<span class="quote">From</span>” header
field.
</p><p>
Mutt also recognizes the following operators to create more complex search
patterns:
-</p><p>
-
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>
-! -- logical NOT operator
+! — logical NOT operator
</p></li><li><p>
-| -- logical OR operator
+| — logical OR operator
</p></li><li><p>
-() -- logical grouping operator
+() — logical grouping operator
</p></li></ul></div><p>
-
-</p><p>
Here is an example illustrating a complex search pattern. This pattern will
-select all messages which do not contain ``mutt'' in the ``To'' or ``Cc''
-field and which are from ``elkins''.
-</p><p>
-
-</p><pre class="screen">
+select all messages which do not contain “<span class="quote">mutt</span>” in the “<span class="quote">To</span>” or “<span class="quote">Cc</span>”
+field and which are from “<span class="quote">elkins</span>”.
+</p><div class="example"><a id="ex-pattern-bool"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 4.2. Using boolean operators in patterns</b></p><div class="example-contents"><pre class="screen">
!(~t mutt|~c mutt) ~f elkins
-</pre><p>
-
-</p><p>
+</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /><p>
Here is an example using white space in the regular expression (note
the ' and " delimiters). For this to match, the mail's subject must
-match the ``^Junk +From +Me$'' and it must be from either ``Jim +Somebody''
-or ``Ed +SomeoneElse'':
-</p><p>
-
+match the “<span class="quote">^Junk +From +Me$</span>” and it must be from either “<span class="quote">Jim +Somebody</span>”
+or “<span class="quote">Ed +SomeoneElse</span>”:
</p><pre class="screen">
'~s "^Junk +From +Me$" ~f ("Jim +Somebody"|"Ed +SomeoneElse")'
-</pre><p>
-
-</p><p>
-Note that if a regular expression contains parenthesis, or a vertical bar
-("|"), you <span class="bold"><strong>must</strong></span> enclose the expression in double or single quotes since
+</pre><div class="note"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>
+If a regular expression contains parenthesis, or a vertical bar
+("|"), you <span class="emphasis"><em>must</em></span> enclose the expression in double or single quotes since
those characters are also used to separate different parts of Mutt's
-pattern language. For example,
-</p><p>
-
-</p><pre class="screen">
-~f "me@(mutt\.org|cs\.hmc\.edu)"
-</pre><p>
-
-</p><p>
+pattern language. For example: <code class="literal">~f "me@(mutt\.org|cs\.hmc\.edu)"</code>
Without the quotes, the parenthesis wouldn't end.
-This would be seperated to two OR'd patterns: <span class="emphasis"><em>˜f me@(mutt\.org</em></span>
+This would be separated to two OR'd patterns: <span class="emphasis"><em>˜f me@(mutt\.org</em></span>
and <span class="emphasis"><em>cs\.hmc\.edu)</em></span>. They are never what you want.
-</p></div><
div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="id459787"></a>2.4. Searching by Date</h3></div></div></div><p>
+</p></div><
/div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="date-patterns"></a>2.4. Searching by Date</h3></div></div></div><p>
Mutt supports two types of dates, <span class="emphasis"><em>absolute</em></span> and <span class="emphasis"><em>relative</em></span>.
-</p><p>
-<span class="bold"><strong>Absolute</strong></span>. Dates <span class="bold"><strong>must</strong></span> be in DD/MM/YY format (month and year are
+</p><div class="sect3" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="date-absolute"></a>2.4.1. Absolute Dates</h4></div></div></div><p>
+Dates <span class="emphasis"><em>must</em></span> be in DD/MM/YY format (month and year are
optional, defaulting to the current month and year). An example of a valid
range of dates is:
-</p><p>
-
</p><pre class="screen">
Limit to messages matching: ~d 20/1/95-31/10
</pre><p>
-
-</p><p>
-If you omit the minimum (first) date, and just specify ``-DD/MM/YY'', all
+If you omit the minimum (first) date, and just specify “<span class="quote">-DD/MM/YY</span>”, all
messages <span class="emphasis"><em>before</em></span> the given date will be selected. If you omit the maximum
-(second) date, and specify ``DD/MM/YY-'', all messages <span class="emphasis"><em>after</em></span> the given
-date will be selected. If you specify a single date with no dash (``-''),
-only messages sent on the given date will be selected.
+(second) date, and specify “<span class="quote">DD/MM/YY-</span>”, all messages <span class="emphasis"><em>after</em></span> the given
+date will be selected. If you specify a single date with no dash (“<span class="quote">-</span>”),
+only messages sent on the given date will be selected.
</p><p>
-<span class="bold"><strong>Error Margins</strong></span>. You can add error margins to absolute dates.
+You can add error margins to absolute dates.
An error margin is a sign (+ or -), followed by a digit, followed by
-one of the units in <a href="#tab-date-units" title="Table 4.3. Date units">Table 4.3, “Date units”</a>. As a special case, you can replace the
-sign by a ``*'' character, which is equivalent to giving identical plus and minus error margins.
-</p><div class="table"><a id="tab-date-units"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 4.
3. Date units</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Date units" border="1"><colgroup><col /><col /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Unit</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>y</td><td>Years</td></tr><tr><td>m</td><td>Months</td></tr><tr><td>w</td><td>Weeks</td></tr><tr><td>d</td><td>Days</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><p>
+one of the units in <a class="xref" href="#tab-date-units" title="Table 4.6. Date units">Table 4.6, “Date units”</a>. As a special case, you can replace the
+sign by a “<span class="quote">*</span>” character, which is equivalent to giving identical plus and minus error margins.
+</p><div class="table"><a id="tab-date-units"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 4.
6. Date units</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Date units" border="1"><colgroup><col /><col /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Unit</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>y</td><td>Years</td></tr><tr><td>m</td><td>Months</td></tr><tr><td>w</td><td>Weeks</td></tr><tr><td>d</td><td>Days</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><p>
Example: To select any messages two weeks around January 15, 2001,
-you'd use the following pattern:
-
+you'd use the following pattern:
</p><pre class="screen">
-
Limit to messages matching: ~d 15/1/2001*2w
-</pre><p>
-
-</p><p>
-<span class="bold"><strong>Relative</strong></span>. This type of date is relative to the current date, and may
+</pre></div><div class="sect3" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="dates-relative"></a>2.4.2. Relative Dates</h4></div></div></div><p>
+This type of date is relative to the current date, and may
be specified as:
-
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>
-><span class="emphasis"><em>offset</em></span> (messages older than <span class="emphasis"><em>offset</em></span> units)
+><span class="emphasis"><em>offset</em></span> for messages older than <span class="emphasis"><em>offset</em></span> units
</p></li><li><p>
-<<span class="emphasis"><em>offset</em></span> (messages newer than <span class="emphasis"><em>offset</em></span> units)
+<<span class="emphasis"><em>offset</em></span> for messages newer than <span class="emphasis"><em>offset</em></span> units
</p></li><li><p>
-=<span class="emphasis"><em>offset</em></span> (messages exactly <span class="emphasis"><em>offset</em></span> units old)
+=<span class="emphasis"><em>offset</em></span> for messages exactly <span class="emphasis"><em>offset</em></span> units old
</p></li></ul></div><p>
-
-</p><p>
-<span class="emphasis"><em>offset</em></span> is specified as a positive number with one of the units from <a href="#tab-date-units" title="Table 4.3. Date units">Table 4.3, “Date units”</a>.
+<span class="emphasis"><em>offset</em></span> is specified as a positive number with one of the units from <a class="xref" href="#tab-date-units" title="Table 4.6. Date units">Table 4.6, “Date units”</a>.
</p><p>
Example: to select messages less than 1 month old, you would use
-
</p><pre class="screen">
Limit to messages matching: ~d <1m
-</pre><p>
-
-</p><p>
-<span class="bold"><strong>Note:</strong></span> all dates used when searching are relative to the
-<span class="bold"><strong>local</strong></span> time zone, so unless you change the setting of your <a href="#index-format" title="3.100. index_format">$index_format</a> to include a
-<code class="literal">%[...]</code> format, these are <span class="bold"><strong>not</strong></span> the dates shown
+</pre><div class="note"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>
+All dates used when searching are relative to the
+<span class="emphasis"><em>local</em></span> time zone, so unless you change the setting of your <a class="link" href="#index-format" title="3.114. index_format">$index_format</a> to include a
+<code class="literal">%[...]</code> format, these are <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> the dates shown
in the main index.
-</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="tags"></a>3. Using Tags</h2></div></div></div><p>
+</p></div></div><
/div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="tags"></a>3. Using Tags</h2></div></div></div><p>
Sometimes it is desirable to perform an operation on a group of
messages all at once rather than one at a time. An example might be
to save messages to a mailing list to a separate folder, or to
delete all messages with a given subject. To tag all messages
-matching a pattern, use the tag-pattern function, which is bound to
-``shift-T'' by default. Or you can select individual messages by
-hand using the ``tag-message'' function, which is bound to ``t'' by
-default. See <a href="#patterns" title="2. Patterns: Searching, Limiting and Tagging">patterns</a> for Mutt's pattern
+matching a pattern, use the <code class="literal"><tag-pattern></code> function, which is bound to
+“<span class="quote">shift-T</span>” by default. Or you can select individual messages by
+hand using the <code class="literal"><tag-message></code> function, which is bound to “<span class="quote">t</span>” by
+default. See <a class="link" href="#patterns" title="2. Patterns: Searching, Limiting and Tagging">patterns</a> for Mutt's pattern
matching syntax.
</p><p>
Once you have tagged the desired messages, you can use the
-``tag-prefix'' operator, which is the ``;'' (semicolon) key by default.
-When the ``tag-prefix'' operator is used, the <span class="bold"><strong>next</strong></span> operation will
+“<span class="quote">tag-prefix</span>” operator, which is the “<span class="quote">;</span>” (semicolon) key by default.
+When the “<span class="quote">tag-prefix</span>” operator is used, the <span class="emphasis"><em>next</em></span> operation will
be applied to all tagged messages if that operation can be used in that
-manner. If the <a href="#auto-tag" title="3.18. auto_tag">$auto_tag</a>
+manner. If the <a class="link" href="#auto-tag" title="3.17. auto_tag">$auto_tag</a>
variable is set, the next operation applies to the tagged messages
-automatically, without requiring the ``tag-prefix''.
+automatically, without requiring the “<span class="quote">tag-prefix</span>”.
</p><p>
-In <a href="#macro" title="7. Keyboard macros">macros</a> or <a href="#push" title="22. Adding key sequences to the keyboard buffer">push</a> commands,
-you can use the ``tag-prefix-cond'' operator. If there are no tagged
-messages, mutt will "eat" the rest of the macro to abort it's execution.
-Mutt will stop "eating" the macro when it encounters the ``end-cond''
-operator; after this operator the rest of the macro will be executed as
+In <a class="link" href="#macro" title="8. Keyboard Macros"><span class="command"><strong>macro</strong></span>s</a> or <a class="link" href="#push" title="22. Adding Key Sequences to the Keyboard Buffer"><span class="command"><strong>push</strong></span></a> commands,
+you can use the <code class="literal"><tag-prefix-cond></code> operator. If there are no tagged
+messages, Mutt will “<span class="quote">eat</span>” the rest of the macro to abort it's execution.
+Mutt will stop “<span class="quote">eating</span>” the macro when it encounters the <code class="literal"><end-cond></code>
+operator; after this operator the rest of the macro will be executed as
normal.
</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="hooks"></a>4. Using Hooks</h2></div></div></div><p>
-A <span class="emphasis"><em>hook</em></span> is a concept borrowed from the EMACS editor which allows you to
+A <span class="emphasis"><em>hook</em></span> is a concept found in many other programs which allows you to
execute arbitrary commands before performing some operation. For example,
you may wish to tailor your configuration based upon which mailbox you are
reading, or to whom you are sending mail. In the Mutt world, a <span class="emphasis"><em>hook</em></span>
-consists of a <a href="#regexp" title="1. Regular Expressions">regular expression</a> or
-<a href="#patterns" title="2. Patterns: Searching, Limiting and Tagging">pattern</a> along with a
-configuration option/command. See
+consists of a <a class="link" href="#regexp" title="1. Regular Expressions">regular expression</a> or
+<a class="link" href="#patterns" title="2. Patterns: Searching, Limiting and Tagging">pattern</a> along with a
+configuration option/command. See:
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>
-<a href="#folder-hook" title="6. Setting variables based upon mailbox">folder-hook</a>
+<a class="link" href="#account-hook" title="6. Managing Multiple Accounts"><span class="command"><strong>account-hook</strong></span></a>
+</p></li><li><p>
+<a class="link" href="#charset-hook" title="6. Defining Aliases for Character Sets"><span class="command"><strong>charset-hook</strong></span></a>
+</p></li><li><p>
+<a class="link" href="#crypt-hook" title="21. Choosing the Cryptographic Key of the Recipient"><span class="command"><strong>crypt-hook</strong></span></a>
</p></li><li><p>
-<a href="#send-hook" title="19. Change settings based upon message recipients">send-hook</a>
+<a class="link" href="#fcc-hook" title="17. Specify Default Fcc: Mailbox When Composing"><span class="command"><strong>fcc-hook</strong></span></a>
</p></li><li><p>
-<a href="#message-hook" title="20. Change settings before formatting a message">message-hook</a>
+<a class="link" href="#fcc-save-hook" title="18. Specify Default Save Filename and Default Fcc: Mailbox at Once"><span class="command"><strong>fcc-save-hook</strong></span></a>
</p></li><li><p>
-<a href="#save-hook" title="16. Specify default save mailbox">save-hook</a>
+<a class="link" href="#folder-hook" title="7. Setting Variables Based Upon Mailbox"><span class="command"><strong>folder-hook</strong></span></a>
</p></li><li><p>
-<a href="#mbox-hook" title="12. Using Multiple spool mailboxes">mbox-hook</a>
+<a class="link" href="#iconv-hook"><span class="command"><strong>iconv-hook</strong></span></a>
</p></li><li><p>
-<a href="#fcc-hook" title="17. Specify default Fcc: mailbox when composing">fcc-hook</a>
+<a class="link" href="#mbox-hook" title="13. Using Multiple Spool Mailboxes"><span class="command"><strong>mbox-hook</strong></span></a>
</p></li><li><p>
-<a href="#fcc-save-hook" title="18. Specify default save filename and default Fcc: mailbox at once">fcc-save-hook</a>
+<a class="link" href="#message-hook" title="20. Change Settings Before Formatting a Message"><span class="command"><strong>message-hook</strong></span></a>
+</p></li><li><p>
+<a class="link" href="#reply-hook"><span class="command"><strong>reply-hook</strong></span></a>
+</p></li><li><p>
+<a class="link" href="#save-hook" title="16. Specify Default Save Mailbox"><span class="command"><strong>save-hook</strong></span></a>
+</p></li><li><p>
+<a class="link" href="#send-hook" title="19. Change Settings Based Upon Message Recipients"><span class="command"><strong>send-hook</strong></span></a>
+</p></li><li><p>
+<a class="link" href="#send2-hook"><span class="command"><strong>send2-hook</strong></span></a>
</p></li></ul></div><p>
for specific details on each type of <span class="emphasis"><em>hook</em></span> available.
-</p><p>
-<span class="bold"><strong>Note:</strong></span> if a hook changes configuration settings, these changes remain
-effective until the end of the current mutt session. As this is generally
-not desired, a default hook needs to be added before all other hooks to
-restore configuration defaults. Here is an example with send-hook and the
-my_hdr directive:
-</p><p>
-
-</p><pre class="screen">
+</p><div class="note"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>
+If a hook changes configuration settings, these changes remain
+effective until the end of the current Mutt session. As this is generally
+not desired, a “<span class="quote">default</span>” hook needs to be added before all
+other hooks of that type to restore configuration defaults.
+</p></div><div class="example"><a id="ex-default-hook"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 4.3. Specifying a “<span class="quote">default</span>” hook</b></p><div class="example-contents"><pre class="screen">
send-hook . 'unmy_hdr From:'
send-hook ~C'^b@b\.b$' my_hdr from: c@c.c
-</pre><p>
-
+</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /><p>
+In <a class="xref" href="#ex-default-hook" title="Example 4.3. Specifying a default hook">Example 4.3, “Specifying a default hook”</a>, by default the value of
+<a class="link" href="#from" title="3.75. from">$from</a>
+and <a class="link" href="#realname" title="3.209. realname">$realname</a>
+is not overridden. When sending messages either To: or Cc:
+to <code class="literal"><b@b.b></code>, the From: header is changed to
+<code class="literal"><c@c.c></code>.
</p><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="pattern-hook"></a>4.1. Message Matching in Hooks</h3></div></div></div><p>
-Hooks that act upon messages (<code class="literal">message-hook, reply-hook,
-send-hook, send2-hook, save-hook, fcc-hook</code>) are evaluated in a
+Hooks that act upon messages (<span class="command"><strong>message-hook</strong></span>, <span class="command"><strong>reply-hook</strong></span>,
+<span class="command"><strong>send-hook</strong></span>, <span class="command"><strong>send2-hook</strong></span>, <span class="command"><strong>save-hook</strong></span>, <span class="command"><strong>fcc-hook</strong></span>) are evaluated in a
slightly different manner. For the other
-types of hooks, a <a href="#regexp" title="1. Regular Expressions">regular expression</a> is
+types of hooks, a <a class="link" href="#regexp" title="1. Regular Expressions">regular expression</a> is
sufficient. But in dealing with messages a finer grain of control is
needed for matching since for different purposes you want to match
different criteria.
</p><p>
-Mutt allows the use of the <a href="#patterns" title="2. Patterns: Searching, Limiting and Tagging">search pattern</a>
+Mutt allows the use of the <a class="link" href="#patterns" title="2. Patterns: Searching, Limiting and Tagging">search pattern</a>
language for matching messages in hook commands. This works in
exactly the same way as it would when <span class="emphasis"><em>limiting</em></span> or
<span class="emphasis"><em>searching</em></span> the mailbox, except that you are restricted to those
-operators which match information mutt extracts from the header of
+operators which match information Mutt extracts from the header of
the message (i.e., from, to, cc, date, subject, etc.).
</p><p>
For example, if you wanted to set your return address based upon sending
mail to a specific address, you could do something like:
-
</p><pre class="screen">
send-hook '~t ^me@cs\.hmc\.edu$' 'my_hdr From: Mutt User <user@host>'
</pre><p>
-
which would execute the given command when sending mail to
<span class="emphasis"><em>me@cs.hmc.edu</em></span>.
</p><p>
However, it is not required that you write the pattern to match using the
full searching language. You can still specify a simple <span class="emphasis"><em>regular
expression</em></span> like the other hooks, in which case Mutt will translate your
-pattern into the full language, using the translation specified by the
-<a href="#default-hook" title="3.41. default_hook">$default_hook</a> variable. The
-pattern is translated at the time the hook is declared, so the value of
-<a href="#default-hook" title="3.41. default_hook">$default_hook</a> that is in effect
+pattern into the full language, using the translation specified by the
+<a class="link" href="#default-hook" title="3.48. default_hook">$default_hook</a> variable. The
+pattern is translated at the time the hook is declared, so the value of
+<a class="link" href="#default-hook" title="3.48. default_hook">$default_hook</a> that is in effect
at that time will be used.
</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="query"></a>5. External Address Queries</h2></div></div></div><p>
Mutt supports connecting to external directory databases such as LDAP,
-ph/qi, bbdb, or NIS through a wrapper script which connects to mutt
-using a simple interface. Using the <a href="#query-command" title="3.231. query_command">$query_command</a> variable, you specify the wrapper
+ph/qi, bbdb, or NIS through a wrapper script which connects to Mutt
+using a simple interface. Using the <a class="link" href="#query-command" title="3.203. query_command">$query_command</a> variable, you specify the wrapper
command to use. For example:
-</p><p>
-
</p><pre class="screen">
set query_command = "mutt_ldap_query.pl '%s'"
</pre><p>
-
-</p><p>
The wrapper script should accept the query on the command-line. It
should return a one line message, then each matching response on a
single line, each line containing a tab separated address then name then
addresses, return a non-zero exit code and a one line error message.
</p><p>
An example multiple response output:
-
</p><pre class="screen">
Searching database ... 20 entries ... 3 matching:
me@cs.hmc.edu Michael Elkins mutt dude
blong@fiction.net Brandon Long mutt and more
roessler@does-not-exist.org Thomas Roessler mutt pgp
</pre><p>
-
-</p><p>
-There are two mechanisms for accessing the query function of mutt. One
-is to do a query from the index menu using the query function (default: Q).
+There are two mechanisms for accessing the query function of Mutt. One
+is to do a query from the index menu using the <code class="literal"><query></code> function (default: Q).
This will prompt for a query, then bring up the query menu which will
list the matching responses. From the query menu, you can select
addresses to create aliases, or to mail. You can tag multiple addresses
</p><p>
The other mechanism for accessing the query function is for address
completion, similar to the alias completion. In any prompt for address
-entry, you can use the complete-query function (default: ^T) to run a
-query based on the current address you have typed. Like aliases, mutt
+entry, you can use the <code class="literal"><complete-query></code> function (default: ^T) to run a
+query based on the current address you have typed. Like aliases, Mutt
will look for what you have typed back to the last space or comma. If
-there is a single response for that query, mutt will expand the address
-in place. If there are multiple responses, mutt will activate the query
+there is a single response for that query, Mutt will expand the address
+in place. If there are multiple responses, Mutt will activate the query
menu. At the query menu, you can select one or more addresses to be
added to the prompt.
</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="mailbox-formats"></a>6. Mailbox Formats</h2></div></div></div><p>
-Mutt supports reading and writing of four different mailbox formats:
+Mutt supports reading and writing of four different local mailbox formats:
mbox, MMDF, MH and Maildir. The mailbox type is autodetected, so there
is no need to use a flag for different mailbox types. When creating new
-mailboxes, Mutt uses the default specified with the <a href="#mbox-type" title="3.116. mbox_type">$mbox_type</a> variable.
+mailboxes, Mutt uses the default specified with the
+<a class="link" href="#mbox-type" title="3.127. mbox_type">$mbox_type</a> variable. A
+short description of the formats follows.
</p><p>
-<span class="bold"><strong>mbox</strong></span>. This is the most widely used mailbox format for UNIX. All
+<span class="emphasis"><em>mbox</em></span>. This is a widely used mailbox format for UNIX. All
messages are stored in a single file. Each message has a line of the form:
-</p><p>
-
</p><pre class="screen">
From me@cs.hmc.edu Fri, 11 Apr 1997 11:44:56 PST
</pre><p>
-
-</p><p>
to denote the start of a new message (this is often referred to as the
-``From_'' line).
-</p><p>
-<span class="bold"><strong>MMDF</strong></span>. This is a variant of the <span class="emphasis"><em>mbox</em></span> format. Each message is
-surrounded by lines containing ``^A^A^A^A'' (four control-A's).
-</p><p>
-<span class="bold"><strong>MH</strong></span>. A radical departure from <span class="emphasis"><em>mbox</em></span> and <span class="emphasis"><em>MMDF</em></span>, a mailbox
+“<span class="quote">From_</span>” line). The mbox format requires mailbox
+locking, is prone to mailbox corruption with concurrently writing
+clients or misinterpreted From_ lines. Depending on the
+environment, new mail detection can be unreliable. Mbox folders are fast
+to open and easy to archive.
+</p><p>
+<span class="emphasis"><em>MMDF</em></span>. This is a variant of
+the <span class="emphasis"><em>mbox</em></span> format. Each message is surrounded by
+lines containing “<span class="quote">^A^A^A^A</span>” (four
+control-A's). The same problems as for mbox apply (also with finding the
+right message separator as four control-A's may appear in message
+bodies).
+</p><p>
+<span class="emphasis"><em>MH</em></span>. A radical departure from <span class="emphasis"><em>mbox</em></span> and <span class="emphasis"><em>MMDF</em></span>, a mailbox
consists of a directory and each message is stored in a separate file.
The filename indicates the message number (however, this is may not
correspond to the message number Mutt displays). Deleted messages are
-renamed with a comma (,) prepended to the filename. <span class="bold"><strong>Note:</strong></span> Mutt
+renamed with a comma (“<span class="quote">,</span>”) prepended to the filename. Mutt
detects this type of mailbox by looking for either <code class="literal">.mh_sequences</code>
-or <code class="literal">.xmhcache</code> (needed to distinguish normal directories from MH
-mailboxes).
-</p><p>
-<span class="bold"><strong>Maildir</strong></span>. The newest of the mailbox formats, used by the Qmail MTA (a
+or <code class="literal">.xmhcache</code> files (needed to distinguish normal directories from MH
+mailboxes). MH is more robust with concurrent clients writing the mailbox,
+but still may suffer from lost flags; message corruption is less likely
+to occur than with mbox/mmdf. It's usually slower to open compared to
+mbox/mmdf since many small files have to be read (Mutt provides
+<a class="xref" href="#header-caching" title="7.1. Header Caching">Section 7.1, “Header Caching”</a> to greatly speed this process up).
+Depending on the environment, MH is not very disk-space efficient.
+</p><p>
+<span class="emphasis"><em>Maildir</em></span>. The newest of the mailbox formats, used by the Qmail MTA (a
replacement for sendmail). Similar to <span class="emphasis"><em>MH</em></span>, except that it adds three
subdirectories of the mailbox: <span class="emphasis"><em>tmp</em></span>, <span class="emphasis"><em>new</em></span> and <span class="emphasis"><em>cur</em></span>. Filenames
for the messages are chosen in such a way they are unique, even when two
programs are writing the mailbox over NFS, which means that no file locking
-is needed.
+is needed and corruption is very unlikely. Maildir maybe
+slower to open without caching in Mutt, it too is not very
+disk-space efficient depending on the environment. Since no additional
+files are used for metadata (which is embedded in the message filenames)
+and Maildir is locking-free, it's easy to sync across different machines
+using file-level synchronization tools.
</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="shortcuts"></a>7. Mailbox Shortcuts</h2></div></div></div><p>
There are a number of built in shortcuts which refer to specific mailboxes.
These shortcuts can be used anywhere you are prompted for a file or mailbox
-path.
-</p><p>
-
+path or in path-related configuration variables. Note that these only
+work at the beginning of a string.
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>
-! -- refers to your <a href="#spoolfile" title="3.276. spoolfile">$spoolfile</a> (incoming) mailbox
+! — refers to your <a class="link" href="#spoolfile" title="3.269. spoolfile">$spoolfile</a> (incoming) mailbox
</p></li><li><p>
-> -- refers to your <a href="#mbox" title="3.115. mbox">$mbox</a> file
+> — refers to your <a class="link" href="#mbox" title="3.126. mbox">$mbox</a> file
</p></li><li><p>
-< -- refers to your <a href="#record" title="3.239. record">$record</a> file
+< — refers to your <a class="link" href="#record" title="3.211. record">$record</a> file
</p></li><li><p>
-^ -- refers to the current mailbox
+^ — refers to the current mailbox
</p></li><li><p>
-- or !! -- refers to the file you've last visited
+- or !! — refers to the file you've last visited
</p></li><li><p>
-˜ -- refers to your home directory
+˜ — refers to your home directory
</p></li><li><p>
-= or + -- refers to your <a href="#folder" title="3.58. folder">$folder</a> directory
+= or + — refers to your <a class="link" href="#folder" title="3.66. folder">$folder</a> directory
</p></li><li><p>
-@<span class="emphasis"><em>alias</em></span> -- refers to the <a href="#save-hook" title="16. Specify default save mailbox">default save folder</a> as determined by the address of the alias
+@<span class="emphasis"><em>alias</em></span> — refers to the <a class="link" href="#save-hook" title="16. Specify Default Save Mailbox">default save folder</a> as determined by the address of the alias
</p></li></ul></div><p>
-
-</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="using-lists"></a>8. Handling Mailing Lists</h2></div></div></div><p>
+For example, to store a copy of outgoing messages in the folder they
+were composed in,
+a <a class="link" href="#folder-hook" title="7. Setting Variables Based Upon Mailbox"><span class="command"><strong>folder-hook</strong></span></a> can
+be used to set <a class="link" href="#record" title="3.211. record">$record</a>:
+</p><pre class="screen">
+folder-hook . 'set record=^'</pre></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="using-lists"></a>8. Handling Mailing Lists</h2></div></div></div><p>
Mutt has a few configuration options that make dealing with large
amounts of mail easier. The first thing you must do is to let Mutt
know what addresses you consider to be mailing lists (technically
this does not have to be a mailing list, but that is what it is most
often used for), and what lists you are subscribed to. This is
-accomplished through the use of the <a href="#lists" title="11. Mailing lists">lists and subscribe</a> commands in your muttrc.
+accomplished through the use of the <a class="link" href="#lists" title="12. Mailing Lists"><span class="command"><strong>lists</strong></span> and <span class="command"><strong>subscribe</strong></span></a> commands in your <code class="literal">.muttrc</code>.
</p><p>
Now that Mutt knows what your mailing lists are, it can do several
things, the first of which is the ability to show the name of a list
through which you received a message (i.e., of a subscribed list) in
the <span class="emphasis"><em>index</em></span> menu display. This is useful to distinguish between
-personal and list mail in the same mailbox. In the <a href="#index-format" title="3.100. index_format">$index_format</a> variable, the escape ``%L''
-will return the string ``To <list>'' when ``list'' appears in the
-``To'' field, and ``Cc <list>'' when it appears in the ``Cc''
-field (otherwise it returns the name of the author).
+personal and list mail in the same mailbox. In the <a class="link" href="#index-format" title="3.114. index_format">$index_format</a> variable, the expando “<span class="quote">%L</span>”
+will print the string “<span class="quote">To <list></span>” when “<span class="quote">list</span>” appears in the
+“<span class="quote">To</span>” field, and “<span class="quote">Cc <list></span>” when it appears in the “<span class="quote">Cc</span>”
+field (otherwise it prints the name of the author).
</p><p>
-Often times the ``To'' and ``Cc'' fields in mailing list messages
+Often times the “<span class="quote">To</span>” and “<span class="quote">Cc</span>” fields in mailing list messages
tend to get quite large. Most people do not bother to remove the
-author of the message they are reply to from the list, resulting in
-two or more copies being sent to that person. The ``list-reply''
-function, which by default is bound to ``L'' in the <span class="emphasis"><em>index</em></span> menu
+author of the message they reply to from the list, resulting in
+two or more copies being sent to that person. The <code class="literal"><list-reply></code>
+function, which by default is bound to “<span class="quote">L</span>” in the <span class="emphasis"><em>index</em></span> menu
and <span class="emphasis"><em>pager</em></span>, helps reduce the clutter by only replying to the
known mailing list addresses instead of all recipients (except as
specified by <code class="literal">Mail-Followup-To</code>, see below).
</p><p>
Mutt also supports the <code class="literal">Mail-Followup-To</code> header. When you send
a message to a list of recipients which includes one or several
-subscribed mailing lists, and if the <a href="#followup-to" title="3.60. followup_to">$followup_to</a> option is set, mutt will generate
+subscribed mailing lists, and if the <a class="link" href="#followup-to" title="3.68. followup_to">$followup_to</a> option is set, Mutt will generate
a Mail-Followup-To header which contains all the recipients to whom
you send this message, but not your address. This indicates that
-group-replies or list-replies (also known as ``followups'') to this
+group-replies or list-replies (also known as “<span class="quote">followups</span>”) to this
message should only be sent to the original recipients of the
message, and not separately to you - you'll receive your copy through
one of the mailing lists you are subscribed to.
</p><p>
Conversely, when group-replying or list-replying to a message which
-has a <code class="literal">Mail-Followup-To</code> header, mutt will respect this header if
-the <a href="#honor-followup-to" title="3.79. honor_followup_to">$honor_followup_to</a> configuration
-variable is set. Using list-reply will in this case also make sure
+has a <code class="literal">Mail-Followup-To</code> header, Mutt will respect this header if
+the <a class="link" href="#honor-followup-to" title="3.92. honor_followup_to">$honor_followup_to</a> configuration
+variable is set. Using <a class="link" href="#list-reply">list-reply</a> will in this case also make sure
that the reply goes to the mailing list, even if it's not specified
in the list of recipients in the <code class="literal">Mail-Followup-To</code>.
-</p><p>
-Note that, when header editing is enabled, you can create a
+</p><div class="note"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>
+When header editing is enabled, you can create a
<code class="literal">Mail-Followup-To</code> header manually. Mutt will only auto-generate
this header if it doesn't exist when you send the message.
-</p><p>
+</p></div><p>
The other method some mailing list admins use is to generate a
-``Reply-To'' field which points back to the mailing list address rather
+“<span class="quote">Reply-To</span>” field which points back to the mailing list address rather
than the author of the message. This can create problems when trying
to reply directly to the author in private, since most mail clients
-will automatically reply to the address given in the ``Reply-To''
-field. Mutt uses the <a href="#reply-to" title="3.242. reply_to">$reply_to</a>
+will automatically reply to the address given in the “<span class="quote">Reply-To</span>”
+field. Mutt uses the <a class="link" href="#reply-to" title="3.214. reply_to">$reply_to</a>
variable to help decide which address to use. If set to <span class="emphasis"><em>ask-yes</em></span> or
<span class="emphasis"><em>ask-no</em></span>, you will be
prompted as to whether or not you would like to use the address given in
-the ``Reply-To'' field, or reply directly to the address given in the
-``From'' field. When set to <span class="emphasis"><em>yes</em></span>, the ``Reply-To'' field will be used when
+the “<span class="quote">Reply-To</span>” field, or reply directly to the address given in the
+“<span class="quote">From</span>” field. When set to <span class="emphasis"><em>yes</em></span>, the “<span class="quote">Reply-To</span>” field will be used when
present.
</p><p>
-The ``X-Label:'' header field can be used to further identify mailing
+The “<span class="quote">X-Label:</span>” header field can be used to further identify mailing
lists or list subject matter (or just to annotate messages
-individually). The <a href="#index-format" title="3.100. index_format">$index_format</a> variable's ``%y'' and
-``%Y'' escapes can be used to expand ``X-Label:'' fields in the
+individually). The <a class="link" href="#index-format" title="3.114. index_format">$index_format</a> variable's “<span class="quote">%y</span>” and
+“<span class="quote">%Y</span>” expandos can be used to expand “<span class="quote">X-Label:</span>” fields in the
index, and Mutt's pattern-matcher can match regular expressions to
-``X-Label:'' fields with the ``˜y'' selector. ``X-Label:'' is not a
+“<span class="quote">X-Label:</span>” fields with the “<span class="quote">˜y</span>” selector. “<span class="quote">X-Label:</span>” is not a
standard message header field, but it can easily be inserted by procmail
and other mail filtering agents.
</p><p>
-Lastly, Mutt has the ability to <a href="#sort" title="3.270. sort">sort</a> the mailbox into
-<a href="#threads" title="3.3. Threaded Mode">threads</a>. A thread is a group of messages which all relate to the same
+Lastly, Mutt has the ability to <a class="link" href="#sort" title="3.263. sort">sort</a> the mailbox into
+<a class="link" href="#threads" title="5.3. Threaded Mode">threads</a>. A thread is a group of messages which all relate to the same
subject. This is usually organized into a tree-like structure where a
message and all of its replies are represented graphically. If you've ever
used a threaded news client, this is the same concept. It makes dealing
with large volume mailing lists easier because you can easily delete
uninteresting threads and quickly find topics of value.
-</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="editing-threads"></a>9. Editing threads</h2></div></div></div><p>
+</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="handling-folders"></a>9. Handling multiple folders</h2></div></div></div><p>
+Mutt supports setups with multiple folders, allowing all of them to
+be monitored for new mail (see <a class="xref" href="#mailboxes" title="14. Monitoring Incoming Mail">Section 14, “Monitoring Incoming Mail”</a> for details).
+</p><p>
+When in the index menu and being idle (also see
+<a class="link" href="#timeout" title="3.291. timeout">$timeout</a>), Mutt periodically checks
+for new mail in all folders which have been configured via the
+<span class="command"><strong>mailboxes</strong></span> command. The interval depends on the folder
+type: for local/IMAP folders it consults
+<a class="link" href="#mail-check" title="3.118. mail_check">$mail_check</a> and
+<a class="link" href="#pop-checkinterval" title="3.187. pop_checkinterval">$pop_checkinterval</a>
+for POP folders.
+</p><p>
+Outside the index menu the directory browser supports checking
+for new mail using the <code class="literal"><check-new></code> function which is
+unbound by default. Pressing TAB will bring up a
+menu showing the files specified by the <span class="command"><strong>mailboxes</strong></span> command,
+and indicate which contain new messages. Mutt will automatically enter this
+mode when invoked from the command line with the <code class="literal">-y</code> option.
+</p><p>
+For the pager, index and directory browser menus, Mutt contains the
+<code class="literal"><buffy-list></code> function (bound to “<span class="quote">.</span>” by default)
+which will print a list of folders with new mail in the command line at
+the bottom of the screen.
+</p><p>
+For the index, by default Mutt displays the number of mailboxes with new
+mail in the status bar, please refer to the
+<a class="link" href="#status-format" title="3.282. status_format">$status_format</a>
+variable for details.
+</p><p>
+When changing folders, Mutt fills the prompt with the first folder from
+the mailboxes list containing new mail (if any), pressing
+<span class="emphasis"><em>space</em></span> will cycle through folders with new mail.
+</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="editing-threads"></a>10. Editing Threads</h2></div></div></div><p>
Mutt has the ability to dynamically restructure threads that are broken
either by misconfigured software or bad behavior from some
-correspondents. This allows to clean your mailboxes formats) from these
+correspondents. This allows to clean your mailboxes from these
annoyances which make it hard to follow a discussion.
-</p><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="
id460955"></a>9.1. Linking threads</h3></div></div></div><p>
-Some mailers tend to "forget" to correctly set the "In-Reply-To:" and
-"References:" headers when replying to a message. This results in broken
+</p><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="
link-threads"></a>10.1. Linking Threads</h3></div></div></div><p>
+Some mailers tend to “<span class="quote">forget</span>” to correctly set the “<span class="quote">In-Reply-To:</span>” and
+“<span class="quote">References:</span>” headers when replying to a message. This results in broken
discussions because Mutt has not enough information to guess the correct
threading.
You can fix this by tagging the reply, then moving to the parent message
-and using the ``link-threads'' function (bound to & by default). The
-reply will then be connected to this "parent" message.
+and using the <code class="literal"><link-threads></code> function (bound to & by default). The
+reply will then be connected to this parent message.
</p><p>
You can also connect multiple children at once, tagging them and using the
-tag-prefix command (';') or the auto_tag option.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="
id460970"></a>9.2. Breaking threads</h3></div></div></div><p>
+<code class="literal"><tag-prefix></code> command (';') or the <a class="link" href="#auto-tag" title="3.17. auto_tag">$auto_tag</a> option.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="
break-threads"></a>10.2. Breaking Threads</h3></div></div></div><p>
On mailing lists, some people are in the bad habit of starting a new
-discussion by hitting "reply" to any message from the list and changing
+discussion by hitting “<span class="quote">reply</span>” to any message from the list and changing
the subject to a totally unrelated one.
-You can fix such threads by using the ``break-thread'' function (bound
+You can fix such threads by using the <code class="literal"><break-thread></code> function (bound
by default to #), which will turn the subthread starting from the
current message into a whole different thread.
-</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="dsn"></a>1
0. Delivery Status Notification (DSN) Support</h2></div></div></div><p>
+</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="dsn"></a>1
1. Delivery Status Notification (DSN) Support</h2></div></div></div><p>
RFC1894 defines a set of MIME content types for relaying information
about the status of electronic mail messages. These can be thought of as
-``return receipts.''
+“<span class="quote">return receipts.</span>”
</p><p>
-To support DSN, there are two variables. <a href="#dsn-notify" title="3.47. dsn_notify">$dsn_notify</a> is used to request receipts for
+To support DSN, there are two variables. <a class="link" href="#dsn-notify" title="3.54. dsn_notify">$dsn_notify</a> is used to request receipts for
different results (such as failed message, message delivered, etc.).
-<a href="#dsn-return" title="3.48. dsn_return">$dsn_return</a> requests how much
+<a class="link" href="#dsn-return" title="3.55. dsn_return">$dsn_return</a> requests how much
of your message should be returned with the receipt (headers or full
message).
</p><p>
-When using <a href="#sendmail" title="3.257. sendmail">$sendmail</a> for mail
+When using <a class="link" href="#sendmail" title="3.230. sendmail">$sendmail</a> for mail
delivery, you need to use either Berkeley sendmail 8.8.x (or greater) a MTA
supporting DSN command line options compatible to Sendmail: The -N and -R
options can be used by the mail client to make requests as to what type of
status messages should be returned. Please consider your MTA documentation
whether DSN is supported.
</p><p>
-For SMTP delivery using <a href="#smtp-url" title="3.269. smtp_url">$smtp_url</a>, it depends on the
-capabilities announced by the server whether mutt will attempt to
+For SMTP delivery using <a class="link" href="#smtp-url" title="3.262. smtp_url">$smtp_url</a>, it depends on the
+capabilities announced by the server whether Mutt will attempt to
request DSN or not.
-</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="urlview"></a>11. Start a WWW Browser on URLs (EXTERNAL)</h2></div></div></div><p>
-If a message contains URLs (<span class="emphasis"><em>unified resource locator</em></span> = address in the
-WWW space like <span class="emphasis"><em>http://www.mutt.org/</em></span>), it is efficient to get
+</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="urlview"></a>12. Start a WWW Browser on URLs</h2></div></div></div><p>
+If a message contains URLs, it is efficient to get
a menu with all the URLs and start a WWW browser on one of them. This
functionality is provided by the external urlview program which can be
-retrieved at <a href="ftp://ftp.mutt.org/mutt/contrib/" target="_top">ftp://ftp.mutt.org/mutt/contrib/</a> and the configuration commands:
-
+retrieved at
+<a class="ulink" href="ftp://ftp.mutt.org/mutt/contrib/" target="_top">ftp://ftp.mutt.org/mutt/contrib/</a>
+and the configuration commands:
</p><pre class="screen">
macro index \cb |urlview\n
macro pager \cb |urlview\n
-</pre><p>
-
-</p></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a id="mimesupport"></a>Chapter 5. Mutt's MIME Support</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#using-mime">1. Using MIME in Mutt</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id461145">1.1. Viewing MIME messages in the pager</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#attach-menu">1.2. The Attachment Menu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#compose-menu">1.3. The Compose Menu</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#mime-types">2. MIME Type configuration with <code class="literal">mime.types</code></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#mime-viewers">3. MIME Viewer configuration with <code class="literal">mailcap</code></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id461549">3.1. The Basics of the mailcap file</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id461671">3.2. Secure use of mailcap</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id461742">3.3. Advanced mailcap Usage</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id462190">3.4. Example mailcap files</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#auto-view">4. MIME Autoview</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#alternative-order">5. MIME Multipart/Alternative</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#attachments">6. Attachment Searching and Counting</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#mime-lookup">7. MIME Lookup</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>
+</pre></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="misc-topics"></a>13. Miscellany</h2></div></div></div><p>
+This section documents various features that fit nowhere else.
+</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">
+Address normalization
+</span></dt><dd><p>
+Mutt normalizes all e-mail addresses to the simplest form possible. If
+an address contains a realname, the form
+<span class="emphasis"><em>Joe User <joe@example.com></em></span> is used and the
+pure e-mail address without angle brackets otherwise, i.e. just
+<span class="emphasis"><em>joe@example.com</em></span>.
+</p><p>
+This normalization affects all headers Mutt generates including aliases.
+</p></dd><dt><span class="term">
+Initial folder selection
+</span></dt><dd><p>
+The folder Mutt opens at startup is determined as follows: the folder
+specified in the <code class="literal">$MAIL</code> environment variable if
+present. Otherwise, the value of <code class="literal">$MAILDIR</code> is taken
+into account. If that isn't present either, Mutt takes the user's
+mailbox in the mailspool as determined at compile-time (which may also
+reside in the home directory). The
+<a class="link" href="#spoolfile" title="3.269. spoolfile">$spoolfile</a> setting overrides
+this selection. Highest priority has the mailbox given with the
+<code class="literal">-f</code> command line option.
+</p></dd></dl></div></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a id="mimesupport"></a>Chapter 5. Mutt's MIME Support</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#using-mime">1. Using MIME in Mutt</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#mime-pager">1.1. Viewing MIME Messages in the Pager</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#attach-menu">1.2. The Attachment Menu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#compose-menu">1.3. The Compose Menu</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#mime-types">2. MIME Type Configuration with mime.types</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#mailcap">3. MIME Viewer Configuration with Mailcap</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#mailcap-basics">3.1. The Basics of the Mailcap File</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#secure-mailcap">3.2. Secure Use of Mailcap</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#advanced-mailcap">3.3. Advanced Mailcap Usage</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#mailcap-example">3.4. Example Mailcap Files</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#auto-view">4. MIME Autoview</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#alternative-order">5. MIME Multipart/Alternative</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#attachments">6. Attachment Searching and Counting</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#mime-lookup">7. MIME Lookup</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>
Quite a bit of effort has been made to make Mutt the premier text-mode
MIME MUA. Every effort has been made to provide the functionality that
the discerning MIME user requires, and the conformance to the standards
wherever possible. When configuring Mutt for MIME, there are two extra
types of configuration files which Mutt uses. One is the
-<code class="literal">mime.types</code> file, which contains the mapping of file extensions to
+<code class="literal">mime.types</code> file, which contains the mapping of file extensions to
IANA MIME types. The other is the <code class="literal">mailcap</code> file, which specifies
the external commands to use for handling specific MIME types.
</p><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="using-mime"></a>1. Using MIME in Mutt</h2></div></div></div><p>
There are three areas/menus in Mutt which deal with MIME, they are the
pager (while viewing a message), the attachment menu and the compose
menu.
-</p><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="
id461145"></a>1.1. Viewing MIME messages in the pager</h3></div></div></div><p>
+</p><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="
mime-pager"></a>1.1. Viewing MIME Messages in the Pager</h3></div></div></div><p>
When you select a message from the index and view it in the pager, Mutt
decodes the message to a text representation. Mutt internally supports
a number of MIME types, including <code class="literal">text/plain, text/enriched,
</p><p>
Mutt will denote attachments with a couple lines describing them.
These lines are of the form:
-
</p><pre class="screen">
[-- Attachment #1: Description --]
[-- Type: text/plain, Encoding: 7bit, Size: 10000 --]
</pre><p>
-
Where the <code class="literal">Description</code> is the description or filename given for the
attachment, and the <code class="literal">Encoding</code> is one of
<code class="literal">7bit/8bit/quoted-printable/base64/binary</code>.
</p><p>
If Mutt cannot deal with a MIME type, it will display a message like:
-
</p><pre class="screen">
[-- image/gif is unsupported (use 'v' to view this part) --]
-</pre><p>
-
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="attach-menu"></a>1.2. The Attachment Menu</h3></div></div></div><p>
-The default binding for <code class="literal">view-attachments</code> is `v', which displays the
+</pre></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="attach-menu"></a>1.2. The Attachment Menu</h3></div></div></div><p>
+The default binding for <code class="literal"><view-attachments></code> is “<span class="quote">v</span>”, which displays the
attachment menu for a message. The attachment menu displays a list of
the attachments in a message. From the attachment menu, you can save,
print, pipe, delete, and view attachments. You can apply these
operations to a group of attachments at once, by tagging the attachments
-and by using the ``tag-prefix'' operator. You can also reply to the
+and by using the <code class="literal"><tag-prefix></code> operator. You can also reply to the
current message from this menu, and only the current attachment (or the
attachments tagged) will be quoted in your reply. You can view
attachments as text, or view them using the mailcap viewer definition.
</p><p>
-Finally, you can apply the usual message-related functions (like
-<a href="#resend-message">resend-message</a>, and the reply
-and forward functions) to attachments of type <code class="literal">message/rfc822</code>.
+Finally, you can apply the usual message-related functions (like
+<a class="link" href="#resend-message"><code class="literal"><resend-message></code></a>, and the
+<code class="literal"><reply></code> and <code class="literal"><forward></code>
+functions) to attachments of type <code class="literal">message/rfc822</code>.
</p><p>
See the help on the attachment menu for more information.
</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="compose-menu"></a>1.3. The Compose Menu</h3></div></div></div><p>
information, notably the type, encoding and description.
</p><p>
Attachments appear as follows:
-
</p><pre class="screen">
- 1 [text/plain, 7bit, 1K] /tmp/mutt-euler-8082-0 <no description>
2 [applica/x-gunzip, base64, 422K] ~/src/mutt-0.85.tar.gz <no description>
</pre><p>
-
-</p><p>
The '-' denotes that Mutt will delete the file after sending (or
postponing, or canceling) the message. It can be toggled with the
-<code class="literal">toggle-unlink</code> command (default: u). The next field is the MIME
-content-type, and can be changed with the <code class="literal">edit-type</code> command
+<code class="literal"><toggle-unlink></code> command (default: u). The next field is the MIME
+content-type, and can be changed with the <code class="literal"><edit-type></code> command
(default: ^T). The next field is the encoding for the attachment,
which allows a binary message to be encoded for transmission on 7bit
-links. It can be changed with the <code class="literal">edit-encoding</code> command
+links. It can be changed with the <code class="literal"><edit-encoding></code> command
(default: ^E). The next field is the size of the attachment,
rounded to kilobytes or megabytes. The next field is the filename,
-which can be changed with the <code class="literal">rename-file</code> command (default: R).
+which can be changed with the <code class="literal"><rename-file></code> command (default: R).
The final field is the description of the attachment, and can be
-changed with the <code class="literal">edit-description</code> command (default: d).
-</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="mime-types"></a>2. MIME Type
configuration with <code class="literal">mime.types</code></h2></div></div></div><p>
+changed with the <code class="literal"><edit-description></code> command (default: d).
+</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="mime-types"></a>2. MIME Type
Configuration with <code class="literal">mime.types</code></h2></div></div></div><p>
When you add an attachment to your mail message, Mutt searches your
-personal mime.types file at <code class="literal">${HOME}/.mime.types</code>, and then
-the system mime.types file at <code class="literal">/usr/local/share/mutt/mime.types</code> or
+personal <code class="literal">mime.types</code> file at <code class="literal">${HOME}/.mime.types</code>, and then
+the system <code class="literal">mime.types</code> file at <code class="literal">/usr/local/share/mutt/mime.types</code> or
<code class="literal">/etc/mime.types</code>
</p><p>
-The mime.types file consist of lines containing a MIME type and a space
+The <code class="literal">mime.types</code> file consist of lines containing a MIME type and a space
separated list of extensions. For example:
-
</p><pre class="screen">
application/postscript ps eps
application/pgp pgp
audio/x-aiff aif aifc aiff
</pre><p>
-
A sample <code class="literal">mime.types</code> file comes with the Mutt distribution, and
should contain most of the MIME types you are likely to use.
</p><p>
information, Mutt will assume that the file is plain text, and mark it
as <code class="literal">text/plain</code>. If the file contains binary information, then Mutt will
mark it as <code class="literal">application/octet-stream</code>. You can change the MIME
-type that Mutt assigns to an attachment by using the <code class="literal">edit-type</code>
+type that Mutt assigns to an attachment by using the <code class="literal"><edit-type></code>
command from the compose menu (default: ^T). The MIME type is actually a
major mime type followed by the sub-type, separated by a '/'. 6 major
types: application, text, image, video, audio, and model have been approved
-after various internet discussions. Mutt recognizes all of these if the
-appropriate entry is found in the mime.types file. It also recognizes other
-major mime types, such as the chemical type that is widely used in the
-molecular modeling community to pass molecular data in various forms to
-various molecular viewers. Non-recognized mime types should only be used
+after various internet discussions. Mutt recognizes all of these if the
+appropriate entry is found in the <code class="literal">mime.types</code> file. It also recognizes other
+major mime types, such as the chemical type that is widely used in the
+molecular modeling community to pass molecular data in various forms to
+various molecular viewers. Non-recognized mime types should only be used
if the recipient of the message is likely to be expecting such attachments.
-</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="m
ime-viewers"></a>3. MIME Viewer configuration with <code class="literal">mailcap</code></h2></div></div></div><p>
+</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="m
ailcap"></a>3. MIME Viewer Configuration with Mailcap</h2></div></div></div><p>
Mutt supports RFC 1524 MIME Configuration, in particular the Unix
specific format specified in Appendix A of RFC 1524. This file format
is commonly referred to as the mailcap format. Many MIME compliant
programs utilize the mailcap format, allowing you to specify handling
for all MIME types in one place for all programs. Programs known to
-use this format include Netscape, XMosaic, lynx and metamail.
+use this format include Firefox, lynx and metamail.
</p><p>
In order to handle various MIME types that Mutt can not handle
internally, Mutt parses a series of external configuration files to
find an external handler. The default search string for these files
is a colon delimited list containing the following files:
-
</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p><code class="literal">$HOME/.mailcap</code></p></li><li><p><code class="literal">$PKGDATADIR/mailcap</code></p></li><li><p><code class="literal">$SYSCONFDIR/mailcap</code></p></li><li><p><code class="literal">/etc/mailcap</code></p></li><li><p><code class="literal">/usr/etc/mailcap</code></p></li><li><p><code class="literal">/usr/local/etc/mailcap</code></p></li></ol></div><p>
-
where <code class="literal">$HOME</code> is your home directory. The
<code class="literal">$PKGDATADIR</code> and the
-<code class="literal">$SYSCONFDIR</code> directories depend on where mutt
+<code class="literal">$SYSCONFDIR</code> directories depend on where Mutt
is installed: the former is the default for shared data, the
latter for system configuration files.
</p><p>
In particular, the metamail distribution will install a mailcap file,
usually as <code class="literal">/usr/local/etc/mailcap</code>, which contains some baseline
entries.
-</p><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="
id461549"></a>3.1. The Basics of the mailcap file</h3></div></div></div><p>
+</p><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="
mailcap-basics"></a>3.1. The Basics of the Mailcap File</h3></div></div></div><p>
A mailcap file consists of a series of lines which are comments, blank,
or definitions.
</p><p>
</p><p>
So, in the simplest form, you can send a text/plain message to the
external pager more on stdin:
-
</p><pre class="screen">
text/plain; more
</pre><p>
-
Or, you could send the message as a file:
-
</p><pre class="screen">
text/plain; more %s
</pre><p>
-
-Perhaps you would like to use lynx to interactively view a text/html
+Perhaps you would like to use lynx to interactively view a text/html
message:
-
</p><pre class="screen">
text/html; lynx %s
</pre><p>
-
In this case, lynx does not support viewing a file from stdin, so you
must use the %s syntax.
-<span class="bold"><strong>Note:</strong></span> <span class="emphasis"><em>Some older versions of lynx contain a bug where they
+</p><div class="note"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>
+<span class="emphasis"><em>Some older versions of lynx contain a bug where they
will check the mailcap file for a viewer for text/html. They will find
the line which calls lynx, and run it. This causes lynx to continuously
spawn itself to view the object.</em></span>
-</p><p>
+</p></div><p>
On the other hand, maybe you don't want to use lynx interactively, you
just want to have it convert the text/html to text/plain, then you can
use:
-
</p><pre class="screen">
text/html; lynx -dump %s | more
</pre><p>
-
-</p><p>
Perhaps you wish to use lynx to view text/html files, and a pager on
all other text formats, then you would use the following:
-
</p><pre class="screen">
text/html; lynx %s
text/*; more
</pre><p>
-
This is the simplest form of a mailcap file.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="
id461671"></a>3.2. Secure use of mailcap</h3></div></div></div><p>
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="
secure-mailcap"></a>3.2. Secure Use of Mailcap</h3></div></div></div><p>
The interpretation of shell meta-characters embedded in MIME parameters
can lead to security problems in general. Mutt tries to quote parameters
in expansion of %s syntaxes properly, and avoids risky characters by
-substituting them, see the <a href="#mailcap-sanitize" title="3.106. mailcap_sanitize">$mailcap_sanitize</a> variable.
+substituting them, see the <a class="link" href="#mailcap-sanitize" title="3.120. mailcap_sanitize">$mailcap_sanitize</a> variable.
</p><p>
-Although mutt's procedures to invoke programs with mailcap seem to be
+Although Mutt's procedures to invoke programs with mailcap seem to be
safe, there are other applications parsing mailcap, maybe taking less care
of it. Therefore you should pay attention to the following rules:
</p><p>
and reference the shell variable where necessary, as in the following
example (using <code class="literal">$charset</code> inside the backtick expansion is safe,
since it is not itself subject to any further expansion):
-</p><p>
-
</p><pre class="screen">
text/test-mailcap-bug; cat %s; copiousoutput; test=charset=%{charset} \
&& test "`echo $charset | tr '[A-Z]' '[a-z]'`" != iso-8859-1
-</pre><p>
-
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="id461742"></a>3.3. Advanced mailcap Usage</h3></div></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="id461748"></a>3.3.1. Optional Fields</h4></div></div></div><p>
+</pre></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="advanced-mailcap"></a>3.3. Advanced Mailcap Usage</h3></div></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="optional-mailcap-fields"></a>3.3.1. Optional Fields</h4></div></div></div><p>
In addition to the required content-type and view command fields, you
can add semi-colon ';' separated fields to set flags and other options.
Mutt recognizes the following optional fields:
of the view command. Without this flag, Mutt assumes that the command
is interactive. One could use this to replace the pipe to <code class="literal">more</code>
in the <code class="literal">lynx -dump</code> example in the Basic section:
-
</p><pre class="screen">
text/html; lynx -dump %s ; copiousoutput
</pre><p>
-
This will cause lynx to format the text/html output as text/plain
and Mutt will use your standard pager to display the results.
</p></dd><dt><span class="term">needsterminal</span></dt><dd><p>
-Mutt uses this flag when viewing attachments with <a href="#auto-view" title="4. MIME Autoview">auto_view</a>, in order to decide whether it should honor the setting
-of the <a href="#wait-key" title="3.299. wait_key">$wait_key</a> variable or
+Mutt uses this flag when viewing attachments with <a class="link" href="#auto-view" title="4. MIME Autoview"><span class="command"><strong>auto_view</strong></span></a>, in order to decide whether it should honor the setting
+of the <a class="link" href="#wait-key" title="3.304. wait_key">$wait_key</a> variable or
not. When an attachment is viewed using an interactive program, and the
corresponding mailcap entry has a <span class="emphasis"><em>needsterminal</em></span> flag, Mutt will use
-<a href="#wait-key" title="3.299. wait_key">$wait_key</a> and the exit status
+<a class="link" href="#wait-key" title="3.304. wait_key">$wait_key</a> and the exit status
of the program to decide if it will ask you to press a key after the
external program has exited. In all other situations it will not prompt
you for a key.
</p></dd><dt><span class="term">composetyped=<command></span></dt><dd><p>
This flag specifies the command to use to create a new attachment of a
specific MIME type. This command differs from the compose command in
-that mutt will expect standard MIME headers on the data. This can be
+that Mutt will expect standard MIME headers on the data. This can be
used to specify parameters, filename, description, etc. for a new
attachment. Mutt supports this from the compose menu.
</p></dd><dt><span class="term">print=<command></span></dt><dd><p>
interpret a file as <code class="literal">text/html</code> if the file ends in <code class="literal">.html</code>.
So, you would specify lynx as a <code class="literal">text/html</code> viewer with a line in
the mailcap file like:
-
</p><pre class="screen">
text/html; lynx %s; nametemplate=%s.html
-</pre><p>
-
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">test=<command></span></dt><dd><p>
+</pre></dd><dt><span class="term">test=<command></span></dt><dd><p>
This field specifies a command to run to test whether this mailcap
entry should be used. The command is defined with the command expansion
rules defined in the next section. If the command returns 0, then the
test passed, and Mutt uses this entry. If the command returns non-zero,
then the test failed, and Mutt continues searching for the right entry.
-<span class="bold"><strong>Note:</strong></span> <span class="emphasis"><em>the content-type must match before Mutt performs the test.</em></span>
+Note that the content-type must match before Mutt performs the test.
For example:
-
</p><pre class="screen">
-text/html; netscape -remote 'openURL(%s)' ; test=RunningX
+text/html; firefox -remote 'openURL(%s)' ; test=RunningX
text/html; lynx %s
</pre><p>
-
In this example, Mutt will run the program RunningX which will return 0
if the X Window manager is running, and non-zero if it isn't. If
-RunningX returns 0, then Mutt will call netscape to display the
-text/html object. If RunningX doesn't return 0, then Mutt will go on
-to the next entry and use lynx to display the text/html object.
-</p></dd></dl></div><p>
-</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="id461993"></a>3.3.2. Search Order</h4></div></div></div><p>
+RunningX returns 0, then Mutt will call firefox to display the
+<code class="literal">text/html</code> object. If RunningX doesn't return 0, then Mutt will go on
+to the next entry and use lynx to display the <code class="literal">text/html</code> object.
+</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="mailcap-search-order"></a>3.3.2. Search Order</h4></div></div></div><p>
When searching for an entry in the mailcap file, Mutt will search for
the most useful entry for its purpose. For instance, if you are
attempting to print an <code class="literal">image/gif</code>, and you have the following
entries in your mailcap file, Mutt will search for an entry with the
print command:
-
</p><pre class="screen">
image/*; xv %s
image/gif; ; print= anytopnm %s | pnmtops | lpr; \
nametemplate=%s.gif
</pre><p>
-
Mutt will skip the <code class="literal">image/*</code> entry and use the <code class="literal">image/gif</code>
entry with the print command.
</p><p>
-In addition, you can use this with <a href="#auto-view" title="4. MIME Autoview">auto_view</a>
+In addition, you can use this with <a class="link" href="#auto-view" title="4. MIME Autoview"><span class="command"><strong>auto_view</strong></span></a>
to denote two commands for viewing an attachment, one to be viewed
automatically, the other to be viewed interactively from the attachment
menu. In addition, you can then use the test feature to determine which
viewer to use interactively depending on your environment.
-
</p><pre class="screen">
-text/html; netscape -remote 'openURL(%s)' ; test=RunningX
+text/html; firefox -remote 'openURL(%s)' ; test=RunningX
text/html; lynx %s; nametemplate=%s.html
text/html; lynx -dump %s; nametemplate=%s.html; copiousoutput
</pre><p>
-
-For <a href="#auto-view" title="4. MIME Autoview">auto_view</a>, Mutt will choose the third
+For <a class="link" href="#auto-view" title="4. MIME Autoview"><span class="command"><strong>auto_view</strong></span></a>, Mutt will choose the third
entry because of the copiousoutput tag. For interactive viewing, Mutt
will run the program RunningX to determine if it should use the first
entry. If the program returns non-zero, Mutt will use the second entry
for interactive viewing.
-</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="
id462069"></a>3.3.3. Command Expansion</h4></div></div></div><p>
+</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="
mailcap-command-expansion"></a>3.3.3. Command Expansion</h4></div></div></div><p>
The various commands defined in the mailcap files are passed to the
-<code class="literal">/bin/sh</code> shell using the system() function. Before the
+<code class="literal">/bin/sh</code> shell using the <code class="literal">system(3)</code> function. Before the
command is passed to <code class="literal">/bin/sh -c</code>, it is parsed to expand
various special parameters with information from Mutt. The keywords
Mutt expands are:
Mutt will expand this to the value of the specified parameter
from the Content-Type: line of the mail message. For instance, if
Your mail message contains:
-
</p><pre class="screen">
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1
</pre><p>
-
then Mutt will expand %{charset} to iso-8859-1. The default metamail
mailcap file uses this feature to test the charset to spawn an xterm
using the right charset to view the message.
Mutt does not currently support the %F and %n keywords
specified in RFC 1524. The main purpose of these parameters is for
multipart messages, which is handled internally by Mutt.
-</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="
id462190"></a>3.4. Example mailcap files</h3></div></div></div><p>
+</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="
mailcap-example"></a>3.4. Example Mailcap Files</h3></div></div></div><p>
This mailcap file is fairly simple and standard:
-
-</p><pre class="programlisting">
+</p><pre class="screen">
# I'm always running X :)
video/*; xanim %s > /dev/null
image/*; xv %s > /dev/null
-# I'm always running netscape (if my computer had more memory, maybe)
-text/html; netscape -remote 'openURL(%s)'
+# I'm always running firefox (if my computer had more memory, maybe)
+text/html; firefox -remote 'openURL(%s)'
</pre><p>
-
-</p><p>
This mailcap file shows quite a number of examples:
-</p><p>
-
-</p><pre class="programlisting">
+</p><pre class="screen">
# Use xanim to view all videos Xanim produces a header on startup,
# send that to /dev/null so I don't see it
video/*; xanim %s > /dev/null
-# Send html to a running netscape by remote
-text/html; netscape -remote 'openURL(%s)'; test=RunningNetscape
+# Send html to a running firefox by remote
+text/html; firefox -remote 'openURL(%s)'; test=RunningFirefox
-# If I'm not running netscape but I am running X, start netscape on the
+# If I'm not running firefox but I am running X, start firefox on the
# object
-text/html; netscape %s; test=RunningX
+text/html; firefox %s; test=RunningX
# Else use lynx to view it as text
text/html; lynx %s
# I use enscript to print text in two columns to a page
text/*; more %s; print=enscript -2Gr %s
-# Netscape adds a flag to tell itself to view jpegs internally
+# Firefox adds a flag to tell itself to view jpegs internally
image/jpeg;xv %s; x-mozilla-flags=internal
# Use xv to view images if I'm running X
# Send excel spreadsheets to my NT box
application/ms-excel; open.pl %s
-</pre><p>
-
-</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="auto-view"></a>4. MIME Autoview</h2></div></div></div><p>
+</pre></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="auto-view"></a>4. MIME Autoview</h2></div></div></div><p>
+Usage:
+</p><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="command">auto-view</code>
+<em class="replaceable"><code>mimetype</code></em>
+ [
+<em class="replaceable"><code>mimetype</code></em>
+...]<br /><code class="command">unauto-view</code> {
+<em class="replaceable"><code>*</code></em>
+ |
+<em class="replaceable"><code>mimetype</code></em>
+... }</p></div><p>
In addition to explicitly telling Mutt to view an attachment with the
MIME viewer defined in the mailcap file, Mutt has support for
automatically viewing MIME attachments while in the pager.
</p><p>
-To work, you must define a viewer in the mailcap file which uses the
+To work, you must define a viewer in the mailcap file which uses the
<code class="literal">copiousoutput</code> option to denote that it is non-interactive.
Usually, you also use the entry to convert the attachment to a text
representation which you can view in the pager.
</p><p>
-You then use the <code class="literal">auto_view</code> muttrc command to list the
-content-types that you wish to view automatically.
-</p><p>
-For instance, if you set auto_view to:
-
+You then use the <span class="command"><strong>auto_view</strong></span> <code class="literal">.muttrc</code> command to list the
+content-types that you wish to view automatically. For instance, if you
+set it to:
</p><pre class="screen">
auto_view text/html application/x-gunzip \
application/postscript image/gif application/x-tar-gz
</pre><p>
-
-</p><p>
Mutt could use the following mailcap entries to automatically view
attachments of these types.
-
</p><pre class="screen">
text/html; lynx -dump %s; copiousoutput; nametemplate=%s.html
image/*; anytopnm %s | pnmscale -xsize 80 -ysize 50 | ppmtopgm | \
application/x-tar-gz; gunzip -c %s | tar -tf - ; copiousoutput
application/postscript; ps2ascii %s; copiousoutput
</pre><p>
-
-</p><p>
-``unauto_view'' can be used to remove previous entries from the autoview list.
-This can be used with message-hook to autoview messages based on size, etc.
-``unauto_view *'' will remove all previous entries.
+<span class="command"><strong>unauto_view</strong></span> can be used to remove previous entries from the autoview list.
+This can be used with <a class="link" href="#message-hook" title="20. Change Settings Before Formatting a Message"><span class="command"><strong>message-hook</strong></span></a> to autoview messages based on size, etc.
+“<span class="quote"><span class="command"><strong>unauto_view</strong></span> *</span>” will remove all previous entries.
</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="alternative-order"></a>5. MIME Multipart/Alternative</h2></div></div></div><p>
Mutt has some heuristics for determining which attachment of a
-multipart/alternative type to display. First, mutt will check the
-alternative_order list to determine if one of the available types
-is preferred. The alternative_order list consists of a number of
-mimetypes in order, including support for implicit and explicit
-wildcards, for example:
-
+<code class="literal">multipart/alternative</code> type to display. First, Mutt will check the
+<span class="command"><strong>alternative_order</strong></span> list
+to determine if one of the available types is preferred. It consists of
+a number of mimetypes in order, including support for implicit and
+explicit wildcards, for example:
</p><pre class="screen">
alternative_order text/enriched text/plain text application/postscript image/*
</pre><p>
-
-</p><p>
-Next, mutt will check if any of the types have a defined
-<a href="#auto-view" title="4. MIME Autoview">auto_view</a>, and use that. Failing
-that, Mutt will look for any text type. As a last attempt, mutt will
+Next, Mutt will check if any of the types have a defined
+<a class="link" href="#auto-view" title="4. MIME Autoview"><span class="command"><strong>auto_view</strong></span></a>, and use that. Failing
+that, Mutt will look for any text type. As a last attempt, Mutt will
look for any type it knows how to handle.
</p><p>
-To remove a MIME type from the <code class="literal">alternative_order</code> list, use the
-<code class="literal">unalternative_order</code> command.
+To remove a MIME type from the <span class="command"><strong>alternative_order</strong></span> list, use the
+<span class="command"><strong>unalternative_order</strong></span> command.
</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="attachments"></a>6. Attachment Searching and Counting</h2></div></div></div><p>
If you ever lose track of attachments in your mailboxes, Mutt's
attachment-counting and -searching support might be for you. You can
make your message index display the number of qualifying attachments in
each message, or search for messages by attachment count. You also can
configure what kinds of attachments qualify for this feature with the
-attachments and unattachments commands.
+<span class="command"><strong>attachments</strong></span> and <span class="command"><strong>unattachments</strong></span> commands.
</p><p>
-In order to provide this information, mutt needs to fully MIME-parse
+In order to provide this information, Mutt needs to fully MIME-parse
all messages affected first. This can slow down operation especially for
remote mail folders such as IMAP because all messages have to be
downloaded first regardless whether the user really wants to view them
or not.
</p><p>
The syntax is:
-</p><pre class="screen">
-attachments {+|-}disposition mime-type
-unattachments {+|-}disposition mime-type
-attachments ?
-</pre><p>
-Disposition is the attachment's Content-disposition type -- either
-"inline" or "attachment". You can abbreviate this to I or A.
-</p><p>
-Disposition is prefixed by either a + symbolor a - symbol. If it's
+</p><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="command">attachments</code>
+<em class="replaceable"><code>{ + | - }disposition</code></em>
+
+<em class="replaceable"><code>mime-type</code></em>
+ <br /><code class="command">unattachments</code>
+<em class="replaceable"><code>{ + | - }disposition</code></em>
+
+<em class="replaceable"><code>mime-type</code></em>
+ <br /><code class="command">attachments</code>
+<em class="replaceable"><code>?</code></em>
+ </p></div><p>
+<span class="emphasis"><em>disposition</em></span> is the attachment's Content-Disposition type — either
+<code class="literal">inline</code> or <code class="literal">attachment</code>.
+You can abbreviate this to <code class="literal">I</code> or <code class="literal">A</code>.
+</p><p>
+Disposition is prefixed by either a + symbol or a - symbol. If it's
a +, you're saying that you want to allow this disposition and MIME
type to qualify. If it's a -, you're saying that this disposition
and MIME type is an exception to previous + rules. There are examples
below of how this is useful.
</p><p>
-Mime-type is, unsurprisingly, the MIME type of the attachment you want
-to affect. A MIME type is always of the format "major/minor", where
-"major" describes the broad category of document you're looking at, and
-"minor" describes the specific type within that category. The major
-part of mim-type must be literal text (or the special token "*"), but
-the minor part may be a regular expression. (Therefore, "*/.*" matches
+<span class="emphasis"><em>mime-type</em></span> is, unsurprisingly, the MIME type of the attachment you want
+to affect. A MIME type is always of the format <code class="literal">major/minor</code>, where
+<code class="literal">major</code> describes the broad category of document you're looking at, and
+<code class="literal">minor</code> describes the specific type within that category. The major
+part of mime-type must be literal text (or the special token “<span class="quote"><code class="literal">*</code></span>”), but
+the minor part may be a regular expression. (Therefore, “<span class="quote"><code class="literal">*/.*</code></span>” matches
any MIME type.)
</p><p>
-The MIME types you give to the attachments directive are a kind of
-pattern. When you use the attachments directive, the patterns you
-specify are added to a list. When you use unattachments, the pattern
+The MIME types you give to the <span class="command"><strong>attachments</strong></span> directive are a kind of
+pattern. When you use the <span class="command"><strong>attachments</strong></span> directive, the patterns you
+specify are added to a list. When you use <span class="command"><strong>unattachments</strong></span>, the pattern
is removed from the list. The patterns are not expanded and matched
-to specific MIME types at this time -- they're just text in a list.
+to specific MIME types at this time — they're just text in a list.
They're only matched when actually evaluating a message.
</p><p>
Some examples might help to illustrate. The examples that are not
commented out define the default configuration of the lists.
-</p><pre class="screen">
+</p><div class="example"><a id="ex-attach-count"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 5.1. Attachment counting</b></p><div class="example-contents"><pre class="screen">
## Removing a pattern from a list removes that pattern literally. It
## does not remove any type matching the pattern.
##
## You probably don't really care to know about deleted attachments.
attachments -A message/external-body
attachments -I message/external-body
-</pre><p>
-"attachments ?" will list your current settings in Muttrc format, so
-that it can be pasted elsewhere.
+</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /><p>
+Entering the command “<span class="quote"><span class="command"><strong>attachments</strong></span> ?</span>”
+as a command will list your current settings in Muttrc format, so that
+it can be pasted elsewhere.
</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="mime-lookup"></a>7. MIME Lookup</h2></div></div></div><p>
+Usage:
+</p><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="command">mime-lookup</code>
+<em class="replaceable"><code>mimetype</code></em>
+ [
+<em class="replaceable"><code>mimetype</code></em>
+...]<br /><code class="command">unmime-lookup</code> {
+<em class="replaceable"><code>*</code></em>
+ |
+<em class="replaceable"><code>mimetype</code></em>
+... }</p></div><p>
Mutt's mime_lookup list specifies a list of mime-types that should not
be treated according to their mailcap entry. This option is designed to
-deal with binary types such as application/octet-stream. When an attachment's
+deal with binary types such as <code class="literal">application/octet-stream</code>. When an attachment's
mime-type is listed in mime_lookup, then the extension of the filename will
-be compared to the list of extensions in the mime.types file. The mime-type
+be compared to the list of extensions in the <code class="literal">mime.types</code> file. The mime-type
associated with this extension will then be used to process the attachment
according to the rules in the mailcap file and according to any other configuration
-options (such as auto_view) specified. Common usage would be:
-
+options (such as <span class="command"><strong>auto_view</strong></span>) specified. Common usage would be:
</p><pre class="screen">
mime_lookup application/octet-stream application/X-Lotus-Manuscript
</pre><p>
-
-</p><p>
-In addition, the unmime_lookup command may be used to disable this feature
-for any particular mime-type if it had been set, for example, in a global
-muttrc.
-</p></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a id="optionalfeatures"></a>Chapter 6. Optional features</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#id462485">1. General notes</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id462491">1.1. Enabling/disabling features</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#url-syntax">1.2. URL syntax</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#ssl">2. SSL/TLS Support</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#pop">3. POP3 Support</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#imap">4. IMAP Support</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id462908">4.1. The Folder Browser</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id463028">4.2. Authentication</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#smtp">5. SMTP Support</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#account-hook">6. Managing multiple accounts</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#caching">7. Local caching</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#header-caching">7.1. Header caching</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#body-caching">7.2. Body caching</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#maint-cache">7.3. Maintenance</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#exact-address">8. Exact address generation</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="id462485"></a>1. General notes</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="id462491"></a>1.1. Enabling/disabling features</h3></div></div></div><p>
+In addition, the <code class="literal">unmime_lookup</code> command may be
+used to disable this feature for any particular mime-type if it had been
+set, for example, in a global <code class="literal">.muttrc</code>.
+</p></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a id="optionalfeatures"></a>Chapter 6. Optional Features</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#optionalfeatures-notes">1. General Notes</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#compile-time-features">1.1. Enabling/Disabling Features</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#url-syntax">1.2. URL Syntax</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#ssl">2. SSL/TLS Support</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#pop">3. POP3 Support</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#imap">4. IMAP Support</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#imap-browser">4.1. The IMAP Folder Browser</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#imap-authentication">4.2. Authentication</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#smtp">5. SMTP Support</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#account-hook">6. Managing Multiple Accounts</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#caching">7. Local Caching</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#header-caching">7.1. Header Caching</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#body-caching">7.2. Body Caching</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#maint-cache">7.3. Maintenance</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#exact-address">8. Exact Address Generation</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#sending-mixmaster">9. Sending Anonymous Messages via Mixmaster</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="optionalfeatures-notes"></a>1. General Notes</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="compile-time-features"></a>1.1. Enabling/Disabling Features</h3></div></div></div><p>
Mutt supports several of optional features which can be enabled or
disabled at compile-time by giving the <span class="emphasis"><em>configure</em></span> script
-certain arguments. These are listed in the ``Optional features'' section of
+certain arguments. These are listed in the “<span class="quote">Optional features</span>” section of
the <span class="emphasis"><em>configure --help</em></span> output.
</p><p>
Which features are enabled or disabled can later be determined from the
output of <code class="literal">mutt -v</code>. If a compile option starts with
-``+'' it is enabled and disabled if prefixed with ``-''. For example, if
-mutt was compiled using GnuTLS for encrypted communication instead of
+“<span class="quote">+</span>” it is enabled and disabled if prefixed with “<span class="quote">-</span>”. For example, if
+Mutt was compiled using GnuTLS for encrypted communication instead of
OpenSSL, <code class="literal">mutt -v</code> would contain:
</p><pre class="screen">
--USE_SSL_OPENSSL +USE_SSL_GNUTLS</pre></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="url-syntax"></a>1.2. URL
syntax</h3></div></div></div><p>
+-USE_SSL_OPENSSL +USE_SSL_GNUTLS</pre></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="url-syntax"></a>1.2. URL
Syntax</h3></div></div></div><p>
Mutt optionally supports the IMAP, POP3 and SMTP protocols which require
to access servers using URLs. The canonical syntax for specifying URLs
-in mutt is (an item enclosed in <code class="literal">[]</code> means it is optional and
+in Mutt is (an item enclosed in <code class="literal">[]</code> means it is optional and
may be omitted):
</p><pre class="screen">
proto[s]://[username[:password]@]server[:port]/[path]
</pre><p>
-<code class="literal">proto</code> is the communication protocol:
+<span class="emphasis"><em>proto</em></span> is the communication protocol:
<code class="literal">imap</code> for IMAP, <code class="literal">pop</code> for POP3 and
-<code class="literal">smtp</code> for SMTP. If ``s'' for ``secure communication''
-is appended, mutt will attempt to establish an encrypted communication
-using SSL or TLS. If no explicit port is given, mutt will use the
-system's default for the given protocol.
-</p><p>
-Since all protocols by mutt support authentication, the username may be
-given directly in the URL instead of using the <code class="literal">pop_user</code> or
-<code class="literal">imap_user</code> variables. A password can be given, too but
-is not recommended if the URL is specified in a configuration file on
-disk.
+<code class="literal">smtp</code> for SMTP. If “<span class="quote">s</span>” for “<span class="quote">secure
+communication</span>” is appended, Mutt will attempt to establish an
+encrypted communication using SSL or TLS.
+</p><p>
+Since all protocols supported by Mutt support/require authentication,
+login credentials may be specified in the URL. This has the advantage
+that multiple IMAP, POP3 or SMTP servers may be specified (which isn't
+possible using, for example,
+<a class="link" href="#imap-user" title="3.109. imap_user">$imap_user</a>). The username
+may contain the “<span class="quote">@</span>” symbol being used by many mail systems
+as part of the login name. A password can be given, too but is not
+recommended if the URL is specified in a configuration file on disk.
+</p><p>
+If no port number is given, Mutt will use the system's default for the
+given protocol (usually consulting <code class="literal">/etc/services</code>).
</p><p>
The optional path is only relevant for IMAP.
-</p><p>
-For IMAP for example, you can select an alternative port by specifying it with the
-server: <code class="literal">imap://imapserver:port/INBOX</code>. You can also specify different
-username for each folder: <code class="literal">imap://username@imapserver[:port]/INBOX</code>
-or <code class="literal">imap://username2@imapserver[:port]/path/to/folder</code>.
-Replacing <code class="literal">imap://</code> by <code class="literal">imaps://</code>
-would make mutt attempt to conect using SSL or TLS on a different port
-to encrypt the communication.
-</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="ssl"></a>2. SSL/TLS Support</h2></div></div></div><p>
-If mutt is compiled with IMAP, POP3 and/or SMTP support, it can also be
+</p><div class="example"><a id="ex-url"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 6.1. URLs</b></p><div class="example-contents"><pre class="screen">
+pops://host/
+imaps://user@host/INBOX/Sent
+smtp://user@host:587/
+</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="ssl"></a>2. SSL/TLS Support</h2></div></div></div><p>
+If Mutt is compiled with IMAP, POP3 and/or SMTP support, it can also be
compiled with support for SSL or TLS using either OpenSSL or GnuTLS (
-by running the <span class="emphasis"><em>configure</em></span> script with the
+by running the <span class="emphasis"><em>configure</em></span> script with the
<span class="emphasis"><em>--enable-ssl=...</em></span> option for OpenSSL or
<span class="emphasis"><em>--enable-gnutls=...</em></span> for GnuTLS). Mutt can then
attempt to encrypt communication with remote servers if these protocols
-are suffixed with ``s'' for ``secure communication''.
+are suffixed with “<span class="quote">s</span>” for “<span class="quote">secure communication</span>”.
</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="pop"></a>3. POP3 Support</h2></div></div></div><p>
-If Mutt was compiled with POP3 support (by running the <span class="emphasis"><em>configure</em></span>
+If Mutt is compiled with POP3 support (by running the <span class="emphasis"><em>configure</em></span>
script with the <span class="emphasis"><em>--enable-pop</em></span> flag), it has the ability to work
with mailboxes located on a remote POP3 server and fetch mail for local
browsing.
</p><p>
Remote POP3 servers can be accessed using URLs with the <code class="literal">pop</code> protocol
for unencrypted and <code class="literal">pops</code> for encrypted
-communication, see <a href="#url-syntax" title="1.2. URL syntax">Section 1.2, “URL syntax”</a> for details.
+communication, see <a class="xref" href="#url-syntax" title="1.2. URL Syntax">Section 1.2, “URL Syntax”</a> for details.
</p><p>
Polling for new mail is more expensive over POP3 than locally. For this
reason the frequency at which Mutt will check for mail remotely can be
controlled by the
-<a href="#pop-checkinterval" title="3.215. pop_checkinterval">$pop_checkinterval</a>
+<a class="link" href="#pop-checkinterval" title="3.187. pop_checkinterval">$pop_checkinterval</a>
variable, which defaults to every 60 seconds.
</p><p>
-Another way to access your POP3 mail is the <span class="emphasis"><em>fetch-mail</em></span> function
-(default: G). It allows to connect to <a href="#pop-host" title="3.217. pop_host">$pop_host</a>, fetch all your new mail and place it in the
-local <a href="#spoolfile" title="3.276. spoolfile">$spoolfile</a>. After this
+POP is read-only which doesn't allow for some features like editing
+messages or changing flags. However, using
+<a class="xref" href="#header-caching" title="7.1. Header Caching">Section 7.1, “Header Caching”</a> and <a class="xref" href="#body-caching" title="7.2. Body Caching">Section 7.2, “Body Caching”</a>
+Mutt simulates the new/old/read flags as well as flagged and replied.
+Mutt applies some logic on top of remote messages but cannot change
+them so that modifications of flags are lost when
+messages are downloaded from the POP server (either by Mutt or other
+tools).
+</p><a id="fetch-mail"></a><p>
+Another way to access your POP3 mail is the <code class="literal"><fetch-mail></code> function
+(default: G). It allows to connect to <a class="link" href="#pop-host" title="3.189. pop_host">$pop_host</a>, fetch all your new mail and place it in the
+local <a class="link" href="#spoolfile" title="3.269. spoolfile">$spoolfile</a>. After this
point, Mutt runs exactly as if the mail had always been local.
-</p><p>
-<span class="bold"><strong>Note:</strong></span> If you only need to fetch all messages to a
+</p><div class="note"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>
+If you only need to fetch all messages to a
local mailbox you should consider using a specialized program, such as
-<code class="literal">fetchmail</code>, <code class="literal">getmail</code> or similar.
-</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="imap"></a>4. IMAP Support</h2></div></div></div><p>
+<code class="literal">fetchmail(1)</code>, <code class="literal">getmail(1)</code> or similar.
+</p></div><
/div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="imap"></a>4. IMAP Support</h2></div></div></div><p>
If Mutt was compiled with IMAP support (by running the <span class="emphasis"><em>configure</em></span>
script with the <span class="emphasis"><em>--enable-imap</em></span> flag), it has the ability to work
with folders located on a remote IMAP server.
</p><p>
You can access the remote inbox by selecting the folder by its URL
-(see <a href="#url-syntax" title="1.2. URL syntax">Section 1.2, “URL syntax”</a> for details) using the
+(see <a class="xref" href="#url-syntax" title="1.2. URL Syntax">Section 1.2, “URL Syntax”</a> for details) using the
<code class="literal">imap</code> or <code class="literal">imaps</code> protocol.
Alternatively, a pine-compatible notation is also supported, ie
<code class="literal">{[username@]imapserver[:port][/ssl]}path/to/folder</code>
</p><p>
-Note that not all servers use ``/'' as the hierarchy separator. Mutt should
+Note that not all servers use “<span class="quote">/</span>” as the hierarchy separator. Mutt should
correctly notice which separator is being used by the server and convert
paths accordingly.
</p><p>
When browsing folders on an IMAP server, you can toggle whether to look
at only the folders you are subscribed to, or all folders with the
-<span class="emphasis"><em>toggle-subscribed</em></span> command. See also the
-<a href="#imap-list-subscribed" title="3.89. imap_list_subscribed">$imap_list_subscribed</a> variable.
+<span class="emphasis"><em>toggle-subscribed</em></span> command. See also the
+<a class="link" href="#imap-list-subscribed" title="3.102. imap_list_subscribed">$imap_list_subscribed</a> variable.
</p><p>
Polling for new mail on an IMAP server can cause noticeable delays. So, you'll
want to carefully tune the
-<a href="#mail-check" title="3.104. mail_check">$mail_check</a>
+<a class="link" href="#mail-check" title="3.118. mail_check">$mail_check</a>
and
-<a href="#timeout" title="3.287. timeout">$timeout</a>
-variables. Personally I use
-
+<a class="link" href="#timeout" title="3.291. timeout">$timeout</a>
+variables. Reasonable values are:
</p><pre class="screen">
set mail_check=90
set timeout=15
</pre><p>
-
-with relatively good results over my slow modem line.
-</p><p>
+with relatively good results even over slow modem lines.
+</p><div class="note"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>
Note that if you are using mbox as the mail store on UW servers prior to
v12.250, the server has been reported to disconnect a client if another client
selects the same folder.
-</p><
div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="id462908"></a>4.1. The Folder Browser</h3></div></div></div><p>
-As of version 1.2, mutt supports browsing mailboxes on an IMAP
+</p><
/div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="imap-browser"></a>4.1. The IMAP Folder Browser</h3></div></div></div><p>
+As of version 1.2, Mutt supports browsing mailboxes on an IMAP
server. This is mostly the same as the local file browser, with the
following differences:
-
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>
-In lieu of file permissions, mutt displays the string "IMAP",
-possibly followed by the symbol "+", indicating
+In lieu of file permissions, Mutt displays the string “<span class="quote">IMAP</span>”,
+possibly followed by the symbol “<span class="quote">+</span>”, indicating
that the entry contains both messages and subfolders. On
Cyrus-like servers folders will often contain both messages and
-subfolders.
+subfolders.
</p></li><li><p>
For the case where an entry can contain both messages and
subfolders, the selection key (bound to <code class="literal">enter</code> by default)
(bound to <code class="literal">space</code> by default).
</p></li><li><p>
You can create, delete and rename mailboxes with the
-<code class="literal">create-mailbox</code>, <code class="literal">delete-mailbox</code>, and
-<code class="literal">rename-mailbox</code> commands (default bindings: <code class="literal">C</code>,
+<code class="literal"><create-mailbox></code>, <code class="literal"><delete-mailbox></code>, and
+<code class="literal"><rename-mailbox></code> commands (default bindings: <code class="literal">C</code>,
<code class="literal">d</code> and <code class="literal">r</code>, respectively). You may also
-<code class="literal">subscribe</code> and <code class="literal">unsubscribe</code> to mailboxes (normally
+<code class="literal"><subscribe></code> and <code class="literal"><unsubscribe></code> to mailboxes (normally
these are bound to <code class="literal">s</code> and <code class="literal">u</code>, respectively).
-</p></li></ul></div><p>
-
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="id463028"></a>4.2. Authentication</h3></div></div></div><p>
+</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="imap-authentication"></a>4.2. Authentication</h3></div></div></div><p>
Mutt supports four authentication methods with IMAP servers: SASL,
GSSAPI, CRAM-MD5, and LOGIN (there is a patch by Grant Edwards to add
NTLM authentication for you poor exchange users out there, but it has
yet to be integrated into the main tree). There is also support for
the pseudo-protocol ANONYMOUS, which allows you to log in to a public
IMAP server without having an account. To use ANONYMOUS, simply make
-your username blank or "anonymous".
+your username blank or “<span class="quote">anonymous</span>”.
</p><p>
SASL is a special super-authenticator, which selects among several protocols
(including GSSAPI, CRAM-MD5, ANONYMOUS, and DIGEST-MD5) the most secure
(including DIGEST-MD5 and possibly GSSAPI), your entire session will be
encrypted and invisible to those teeming network snoops. It is the best
option if you have it. To use it, you must have the Cyrus SASL library
-installed on your system and compile mutt with the <span class="emphasis"><em>--with-sasl</em></span> flag.
+installed on your system and compile Mutt with the <span class="emphasis"><em>--with-sasl</em></span> flag.
</p><p>
Mutt will try whichever methods are compiled in and available on the server,
in the following order: SASL, ANONYMOUS, GSSAPI, CRAM-MD5, LOGIN.
</p><p>
-There are a few variables which control authentication:
-
+There are a few variables which control authentication:
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>
-<a href="#imap-user" title="3.95. imap_user">$imap_user</a> - controls
+<a class="link" href="#imap-user" title="3.109. imap_user">$imap_user</a> - controls
the username under which you request authentication on the IMAP server,
for all authenticators. This is overridden by an explicit username in
the mailbox path (ie by using a mailbox name of the form
<code class="literal">{user@host}</code>).
</p></li><li><p>
-<a href="#imap-pass" title="3.91. imap_pass">$imap_pass</a> - a
+<a class="link" href="#imap-pass" title="3.104. imap_pass">$imap_pass</a> - a
password which you may preset, used by all authentication methods where
a password is needed.
</p></li><li><p>
-<a href="#imap-authenticators" title="3.83. imap_authenticators">$imap_authenticators</a> - a colon-delimited list of IMAP
+<a class="link" href="#imap-authenticators" title="3.96. imap_authenticators">$imap_authenticators</a> - a colon-delimited list of IMAP
authentication methods to try, in the order you wish to try them. If
-specified, this overrides mutt's default (attempt everything, in the order
+specified, this overrides Mutt's default (attempt everything, in the order
listed above).
-</p></li></ul></div><p>
-
-</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="smtp"></a>5. SMTP Support</h2></div></div></div><p>
+</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="smtp"></a>5. SMTP Support</h2></div></div></div><p>
Besides supporting traditional mail delivery through a
-sendmail-compatible program, mutt supports delivery through SMTP if it
+sendmail-compatible program, Mutt supports delivery through SMTP if it
was configured and built with <code class="literal">--enable-smtp</code>.
</p><p>
-If the configuration variable
-<a href="#smtp-url" title="3.269. smtp_url">$smtp_url</a> is set, mutt
-will contact the given SMTP server to deliver messages; if it is unset,
-mutt will use the program specified by <a href="#sendmail" title="3.257. sendmail">$sendmail</a>.
+If the configuration variable
+<a class="link" href="#smtp-url" title="3.262. smtp_url">$smtp_url</a> is set, Mutt
+will contact the given SMTP server to deliver messages; if it is unset,
+Mutt will use the program specified by <a class="link" href="#sendmail" title="3.230. sendmail">$sendmail</a>.
</p><p>
-For details on the URL syntax, please see <a href="#url-syntax" title="1.2. URL syntax">Section 1.2, “URL syntax”</a>.
+For details on the URL syntax, please see <a class="xref" href="#url-syntax" title="1.2. URL Syntax">Section 1.2, “URL Syntax”</a>.
</p><p>
The built-in SMTP support supports encryption (the <code class="literal">smtps</code> protocol
using SSL or TLS) as well as SMTP authentication using SASL. The authentication mechanisms
-for SASL are specified in <a href="#smtp-authenticators" title="3.267. smtp_authenticators">$smtp_authenticators</a>
-defaulting to an empty list which makes mutt try all available methods
+for SASL are specified in <a class="link" href="#smtp-authenticators" title="3.260. smtp_authenticators">$smtp_authenticators</a>
+defaulting to an empty list which makes Mutt try all available methods
from most-secure to least-secure.
-</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="account-hook"></a>6. Managing multiple accounts</h2></div></div></div><p>
+</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="account-hook"></a>6. Managing Multiple Accounts</h2></div></div></div><p>
+Usage:
+</p><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="command">account-hook</code>
+<em class="replaceable"><code>pattern</code></em>
+
+<em class="replaceable"><code>command</code></em>
+ </p></div><p>
If you happen to have accounts on multiple IMAP, POP and/or SMTP servers,
you may find managing all the authentication settings inconvenient and
-error-prone. The account-hook command may help. This hook works like
-folder-hook but is invoked whenever you access a remote mailbox
+error-prone. The <a class="link" href="#account-hook" title="6. Managing Multiple Accounts"><span class="command"><strong>account-hook</strong></span></a> command may help. This hook works like
+<a class="link" href="#folder-hook" title="7. Setting Variables Based Upon Mailbox"><span class="command"><strong>folder-hook</strong></span></a> but is invoked whenever Mutt needs to access a remote mailbox
(including inside the folder browser), not just when you open the
-mailbox.
+mailbox. This includes (for example) polling for new mail, storing Fcc
+messages and saving messages to a folder. As a consequence,
+<a class="link" href="#account-hook" title="6. Managing Multiple Accounts"><span class="command"><strong>account-hook</strong></span></a> should only be used to set connection-related settings such
+as passwords or tunnel commands but not settings such as sender
+address or name (because in general it should be considered unpredictable
+which <a class="link" href="#account-hook" title="6. Managing Multiple Accounts"><span class="command"><strong>account-hook</strong></span></a> was last used).
</p><p>
Some examples:
-</p><p>
-
</p><pre class="screen">
account-hook . 'unset imap_user; unset imap_pass; unset tunnel'
account-hook imap://host1/ 'set imap_user=me1 imap_pass=foo'
account-hook imap://host2/ 'set tunnel="ssh host2 /usr/libexec/imapd"'
account-hook smtp://user@host3/ 'set tunnel="ssh host3 /usr/libexec/smtpd"'
</pre><p>
-
-</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="caching"></a>7. Local caching</h2></div></div></div><p>
+To manage multiple accounts with, for example, different values of
+<a class="link" href="#record" title="3.211. record">$record</a> or sender addresses,
+<a class="link" href="#folder-hook" title="7. Setting Variables Based Upon Mailbox"><span class="command"><strong>folder-hook</strong></span></a>
+has to be be used together with
+the <a class="link" href="#mailboxes" title="14. Monitoring Incoming Mail"><span class="command"><strong>mailboxes</strong></span></a> command.
+</p><div class="example"><a id="ex-multiaccount"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 6.2. Managing multiple accounts</b></p><div class="example-contents"><pre class="screen">
+mailboxes imap://user@host1/INBOX
+folder-hook imap://user@host1/ 'set folder=imap://host1/ ; set record=+INBOX/Sent'
+
+mailboxes imap://user@host2/INBOX
+folder-hook imap://user@host2/ 'set folder=imap://host2/ ; set record=+INBOX/Sent'
+</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /><p>
+In example
+<a class="xref" href="#ex-multiaccount" title="Example 6.2. Managing multiple accounts">Example 6.2, “Managing multiple accounts”</a> the folders are defined using
+<a class="link" href="#mailboxes" title="14. Monitoring Incoming Mail"><span class="command"><strong>mailboxes</strong></span></a> so Mutt polls them for new
+mail. Each <a class="link" href="#folder-hook" title="7. Setting Variables Based Upon Mailbox"><span class="command"><strong>folder-hook</strong></span></a> triggers when
+one mailbox below each IMAP account is opened and sets
+<a class="link" href="#folder" title="3.66. folder">$folder</a> to the account's root
+folder. Next, it sets <a class="link" href="#record" title="3.211. record">$record</a> to
+the <span class="emphasis"><em>INBOX/Sent</em></span> folder below the newly
+set <a class="link" href="#folder" title="3.66. folder">$folder</a>. Please notice that the
+value the “<span class="quote">+</span>”
+<a class="link" href="#shortcuts" title="7. Mailbox Shortcuts">mailbox shortcut</a> refers to depends on
+the <span class="emphasis"><em>current</em></span> value
+of <a class="link" href="#folder" title="3.66. folder">$folder</a> and therefore has to be set
+separatedly per account. Setting other values
+like <a class="link" href="#from" title="3.75. from">$from</a>
+or <a class="link" href="#signature" title="3.235. signature">$signature</a> is analogous to setting
+<a class="link" href="#record" title="3.211. record">$record</a>.
+</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="caching"></a>7. Local Caching</h2></div></div></div><p>
Mutt contains two types of local caching: <span class="emphasis"><em>(1)</em></span>
-the so-called ``header caching'' and <span class="emphasis"><em>(2)</em></span> the
-so-called ``body caching'' which are both described in this section.
+the so-called “<span class="quote">header caching</span>” and <span class="emphasis"><em>(2)</em></span> the
+so-called “<span class="quote">body caching</span>” which are both described in this section.
</p><p>
Header caching is optional as it depends on external libraries, body
-caching is always enabled if mutt is compiled with POP and/or IMAP
+caching is always enabled if Mutt is compiled with POP and/or IMAP
support as these use it (body caching requires no external library).
-</p><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="header-caching"></a>7.1. Header
caching</h3></div></div></div><p>
+</p><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="header-caching"></a>7.1. Header
Caching</h3></div></div></div><p>
Mutt provides optional support for caching message headers for the
following types of folders: IMAP, POP, Maildir and MH. Header caching
greatly improves speed because for remote folders, headers
Header caching can be enabled via the configure script and the
<span class="emphasis"><em>--enable-hcache</em></span> option. It's not turned on
by default because external database libraries are required: one
-of qdbm, gdbm or bdb must be present.
+of tokyocabinet, qdbm, gdbm or bdb must be present.
</p><p>
-If enabled, <a href="#header-cache" title="3.107. header_cache">$header_cache</a> can be
+If enabled, <a class="link" href="#header-cache" title="3.79. header_cache">$header_cache</a> can be
used to either point to a file or a directory. If set to point to
a file, one database file for all folders will be used (which may
result in lower performance), but one file per folder if it points
to a directory.
-</p><p>
-For the one-file-per-folder case, database files for remote folders
-will be named according to their URL while database files for local
-folders will be named by the MD5 checksums of their path. These database
-files may be safely removed if a system is short on space. You
-can compute the name of the header cache file for a particular local folder
-through a command like the following:
-</p><p>
-</p><pre class="screen">
-$ printf '%s' '/path/to/folder' | md5sum
-</pre><p>
-</p><p>
-The <code class="literal">md5sum</code> command may also be
-named <code class="literal">md5</code>, depending on your operating system.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="body-caching"></a>7.2. Body caching</h3></div></div></div><p>
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="body-caching"></a>7.2. Body Caching</h3></div></div></div><p>
Both cache methods can be combined using the same directory for storage
(and for IMAP/POP even provide meaningful file names) which simplifies
manual maintenance tasks.
</p><p>
-In addition to caching message headers only, mutt can also cache
+In addition to caching message headers only, Mutt can also cache
whole message bodies. This results in faster display of messages
for POP and IMAP folders because messages usually have to be
downloaded only once.
</p><p>
-For configuration, the variable <a href="#message-cachedir" title="3.132. message_cachedir">$message_cachedir</a> must point to a
-directory. There, mutt will create a hierarchy of subdirectories
+For configuration, the variable <a class="link" href="#message-cachedir" title="3.132. message_cachedir">$message_cachedir</a> must point to a
+directory. There, Mutt will create a hierarchy of subdirectories
named like: <code class="literal">proto:user@hostname</code> where
-<code class="literal">proto</code> is either ``pop'' or ``imap.'' Within
-there for each folder, mutt stores messages in single files (just
-like Maildir) so that with manual symlink creation these cache
-directories can be examined with mutt as read-only Maildir folders.
-</p><p>
+<code class="literal">proto</code> is either “<span class="quote">pop</span>” or “<span class="quote">imap.</span>” Within
+there for each folder, Mutt stores messages in single files.
All files can be removed as needed if the consumed disk space
-becomes an issue as mutt will silently fetch missing items again.
+becomes an issue as Mutt will silently fetch missing items again.
</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="maint-cache"></a>7.3. Maintenance</h3></div></div></div><p>
Mutt does not (yet) support maintenance features for header cache
database files so that files have to be removed in case they grow too
big. It depends on the database library used for header caching whether
disk space freed by removing messages is re-used.
</p><p>
-For body caches, mutt can keep the local cache in sync with the
+For body caches, Mutt can keep the local cache in sync with the
remote mailbox if the
-<a href="#message-cache-clean" title="3.133. message_cache_clean">$message_cache_clean</a>
+<a class="link" href="#message-cache-clean" title="3.131. message_cache_clean">$message_cache_clean</a>
variable is set. Cleaning means to remove messages from the cache which
are no longer present in the mailbox which only happens when other mail
-clients or instances of mutt using a different body cache location
+clients or instances of Mutt using a different body cache location
delete messages (Mutt itself removes deleted messages from the cache
when syncing a mailbox). As cleaning can take a noticeable amount of time,
it should not be set in general but only occasionally.
-</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="exact-address"></a>8. Exact
address generation</h2></div></div></div><p>
-Mutt supports the ``Name <user@host>'' address syntax for reading and
-writing messages, the older ``user@host (Name)'' syntax is only supported when
+</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="exact-address"></a>8. Exact
Address Generation</h2></div></div></div><p>
+Mutt supports the “<span class="quote">Name <user@host></span>” address syntax for reading and
+writing messages, the older “<span class="quote">user@host (Name)</span>” syntax is only supported when
reading messages. The <span class="emphasis"><em>--enable-exact-address</em></span>
switch can be given to configure to build it with write-support
for the latter syntax. <code class="literal">EXACT_ADDRESS</code> in the output of
<code class="literal">mutt -v</code> indicates whether it's supported.
-</p></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a id="tuning"></a>Chapter 7. Performance tuning</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#tuning-mailboxes">1. Reading and writing mailboxes</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#tuning-messages">2. Reading messages from remote folders</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#tuning-search">3. Searching and limiting</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="tuning-mailboxes"></a>1. Reading and writing mailboxes</h2></div></div></div><p>
-Mutt's performance when reading mailboxes can be improved in two ways:
+</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="sending-mixmaster"></a>9. Sending Anonymous Messages via Mixmaster</h2></div></div></div><p>
+You may also have compiled Mutt to co-operate with Mixmaster, an
+anonymous remailer. Mixmaster permits you to send your messages
+anonymously using a chain of remailers. Mixmaster support in Mutt is for
+mixmaster version 2.04 (beta 45 appears to be the latest) and 2.03.
+It does not support earlier versions or the later so-called version 3 betas,
+of which the latest appears to be called 2.9b23.
+</p><p>
+To use it, you'll have to obey certain restrictions. Most
+important, you cannot use the <code class="literal">Cc</code> and <code class="literal">Bcc</code> headers. To tell
+Mutt to use mixmaster, you have to select a remailer chain, using
+the mix function on the compose menu.
+</p><p>
+The chain selection screen is divided into two parts. In the
+(larger) upper part, you get a list of remailers you may use. In
+the lower part, you see the currently selected chain of remailers.
+</p><p>
+You can navigate in the chain using the <code class="literal"><chain-prev></code> and
+<code class="literal"><chain-next></code> functions, which are by default bound to the left
+and right arrows and to the <code class="literal">h</code> and <code class="literal">l</code> keys (think vi
+keyboard bindings). To insert a remailer at the current chain
+position, use the <code class="literal"><insert></code> function. To append a remailer behind
+the current chain position, use <code class="literal"><select-entry></code> or <code class="literal"><append></code>.
+You can also delete entries from the chain, using the corresponding
+function. Finally, to abandon your changes, leave the menu, or
+<code class="literal"><accept></code> them pressing (by default) the <code class="literal">Return</code> key.
</p><p>
+Note that different remailers do have different capabilities,
+indicated in the %c entry of the remailer menu lines (see
+<a class="link" href="#mix-entry-format" title="3.143. mix_entry_format">$mix_entry_format</a>). Most important is
+the “<span class="quote">middleman</span>” capability, indicated by a capital “<span class="quote">M</span>”: This
+means that the remailer in question cannot be used as the final
+element of a chain, but will only forward messages to other
+mixmaster remailers. For details on the other capabilities, please
+have a look at the mixmaster documentation.
+</p></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a id="security"></a>Chapter 7. Security Considerations</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#security-passwords">1. Passwords</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#security-tempfiles">2. Temporary Files</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#security-leaks">3. Information Leaks</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#security-leaks-mid">3.1. Message-Id: headers</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#security-leaks-mailto">3.2. mailto:-style Links</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#security-external">4. External Applications</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>
+First of all, Mutt contains no security holes included by intention but
+may contain unknown security holes. As a consequence, please run Mutt
+only with as few permissions as possible. Especially, do not run Mutt as
+the super user.
+</p><p>
+When configuring Mutt, there're some points to note about secure setups
+so please read this chapter carefully.
+</p><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="security-passwords"></a>1. Passwords</h2></div></div></div><p>
+Although Mutt can be told the various passwords for accounts, please
+never store passwords in configuration files. Besides the fact that the
+system's operator can always read them, you could forget to mask it out
+when reporting a bug or asking for help via a mailing list. Even worse,
+your mail including your password could be archived by internet search
+engines, mail-to-news gateways etc. It may already be too late before
+you notice your mistake.
+</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="security-tempfiles"></a>2. Temporary Files</h2></div></div></div><p>
+Mutt uses many temporary files for viewing messages, verifying digital
+signatures, etc. As long as being used, these files are visible by other
+users and maybe even readable in case of misconfiguration. Also, a
+different location for these files may be desired which can be changed
+via the <a class="link" href="#tmpdir" title="3.292. tmpdir">$tmpdir</a> variable.
+</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="security-leaks"></a>3. Information Leaks</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="security-leaks-mid"></a>3.1. Message-Id: headers</h3></div></div></div><p>
+Message-Id: headers contain a local part that is to be created in a
+unique fashion. In order to do so, Mutt will “<span class="quote">leak</span>” some
+information to the outside world when sending messages: the generation
+of this header includes a step counter which is increased (and rotated)
+with every message sent. In a longer running mutt session, others can
+make assumptions about your mailing habbits depending on the number of
+messages sent. If this is not desired, the header can be manually
+provided using <a class="link" href="#edit-headers" title="3.57. edit_headers">$edit_headers</a> (though not
+recommended).
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="security-leaks-mailto"></a>3.2. <code class="literal">mailto:</code>-style Links</h3></div></div></div><p>
+As Mutt be can be set up to be the mail client to handle
+<code class="literal">mailto:</code> style links in websites, there're security
+considerations, too. Arbitrary header fields can be embedded in these
+links which could override existing header fields or attach arbitrary
+files using <a class="link" href="#attach-header" title="6.2.2. Attach: Pseudo Header">the Attach:
+psuedoheader</a>. This may be problematic if the <a class="link" href="#edit-headers" title="3.57. edit_headers">$edit-headers</a> variable is
+<span class="emphasis"><em>unset</em></span>, i.e. the user doesn't want to see header
+fields while editing the message and doesn't pay enough attention to the
+compose menu's listing of attachments.
+</p><p>
+For example, following a link like
+</p><pre class="screen">
+mailto:joe@host?Attach=~/.gnupg/secring.gpg</pre><p>
+will send out the user's private gnupg keyring to
+<code class="literal">joe@host</code> if the user doesn't follow the information
+on screen carefully enough.
+</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="security-external"></a>4. External Applications</h2></div></div></div><p>
+Mutt in many places has to rely on external applications or for
+convenience supports mechanisms involving external applications.
+</p><p>
+One of these is the <code class="literal">mailcap</code> mechanism as defined by
+RfC1524. Details about a secure use of the mailcap mechanisms is given
+in <a class="xref" href="#secure-mailcap" title="3.2. Secure Use of Mailcap">Section 3.2, “Secure Use of Mailcap”</a>.
+</p><p>
+Besides the mailcap mechanism, Mutt uses a number of other external
+utilities for operation, for example to provide crypto support, in
+backtick expansion in configuration files or format string filters. The
+same security considerations apply for these as for tools involved via
+mailcap.
+</p></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a id="tuning"></a>Chapter 8. Performance Tuning</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#tuning-mailboxes">1. Reading and Writing Mailboxes</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#tuning-messages">2. Reading Messages from Remote Folders</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#tuning-search">3. Searching and Limiting</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="tuning-mailboxes"></a>1. Reading and Writing Mailboxes</h2></div></div></div><p>
+Mutt's performance when reading mailboxes can be improved in two ways:
</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>
For remote folders (IMAP and POP) as well as folders using
-one-file-per message storage (Maildir and MH), mutt's
+one-file-per message storage (Maildir and MH), Mutt's
performance can be greatly improved using
-<a href="#header-caching" title="7.1. Header caching">header caching</a>.
-Using a single database per folder may further increase
-performance.
+<a class="link" href="#header-caching" title="7.1. Header Caching">header caching</a>.
+using a single database per folder.
</p></li><li><p>
-Mutt provides the <a href="#read-inc" title="3.235. read_inc">$read_inc</a>
-and <a href="#write-inc" title="3.304. write_inc">$write_inc</a>
+Mutt provides the <a class="link" href="#read-inc" title="3.207. read_inc">$read_inc</a>
+and <a class="link" href="#write-inc" title="3.310. write_inc">$write_inc</a>
variables to specify at which rate to update progress
-counters. If these values are too low, mutt may spend more
+counters. If these values are too low, Mutt may spend more
time on updating the progress counter than it spends on
actually reading/writing folders.
</p><p>
For example, when opening a maildir folder with a few
thousand messages, the default value for
-<a href="#read-inc" title="3.235. read_inc">$read_inc</a>
+<a class="link" href="#read-inc" title="3.207. read_inc">$read_inc</a>
may be too low. It can be tuned on on a folder-basis using
-<a href="#folder-hook" title="6. Setting variables based upon mailbox">folder-hooks</a>:
-
+<a class="link" href="#folder-hook" title="7. Setting Variables Based Upon Mailbox"><span class="command"><strong>folder-hook</strong></span>s</a>:
</p><pre class="screen">
# use very high $read_inc to speed up reading hcache'd maildirs
folder-hook . 'set read_inc=1000'
# use lower value for reading slower remote IMAP folders
folder-hook ^imap 'set read_inc=100'
# use even lower value for reading even slower remote POP folders
-folder-hook ^pop 'set read_inc=1'</pre><p>
-</p></li></ol></div><p>
-</p><p>These settings work on a per-message basis. However, as messages may
+folder-hook ^pop 'set read_inc=1'</pre></li></ol></div><p>These settings work on a per-message basis. However, as messages may
greatly differ in size and certain operations are much faster than others,
even per-folder settings of the increment variables may not be
desirable as they produce either too few or too much progress updates.
Thus, Mutt allows to limit the number of progress updates per second it'll
actually send to the terminal using the
-<a
href="#time-inc" title="3.286. time_inc">$time_inc</a> variable.</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="tuning-messages"></a>2. Reading messages from remote folders</h2></div></div></div><p>
+<a
class="link" href="#time-inc" title="3.290. time_inc">$time_inc</a> variable.</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="tuning-messages"></a>2. Reading Messages from Remote Folders</h2></div></div></div><p>
Reading messages from remote folders such as IMAP an POP can be
-slow especially for large mailboxes since mutt only caches a very
+slow especially for large mailboxes since Mutt only caches a very
limited number of recently viewed messages (usually 10) per
session (so that it will be gone for the next session.)
</p><p>
To improve performance and permanently cache whole messages,
-please refer to mutt's so-called
-<a href="#body-caching" title="7.2. Body caching">body caching</a> for details.
-</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="tuning-search"></a>3. Searching and
limiting</h2></div></div></div><p>
+please refer to Mutt's so-called
+<a class="link" href="#body-caching" title="7.2. Body Caching">body caching</a> for details.
+</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="tuning-search"></a>3. Searching and
Limiting</h2></div></div></div><p>
When searching mailboxes either via a search or a limit action, for
-some patterns mutt distinguishes between regular expression and string
+some patterns Mutt distinguishes between regular expression and string
searches. For regular expressions, patterns are prefixed with
-``˜'' and with ``='' for string searches.
+“<span class="quote">˜</span>” and with “<span class="quote">=</span>” for string searches.
</p><p>
Even though a regular expression search is fast, it's several times
-slower than a pure string search which is noticable especially on large
+slower than a pure string search which is noticeable especially on large
folders. As a consequence, a string search should be used instead of a
regular expression search if the user already knows enough about the
search pattern.
<code class="literal">˜Luser@</code>. This is especially true for searching
message bodies since a larger amount of input has to be searched.
</p><p>
-Please note that string search is an exact case-sensitive search
-while a regular expression search with only lower-case letters performs
-a case-insensitive search.
-</p></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a id="reference"></a>Chapter
8. Reference</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#commandline">1. Command line options</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#commands">2. Configuration Commands</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#variables">3. Configuration variables</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#abort-nosubject">3.1. abort_nosubject</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#abort-unmodified">3.2. abort_unmodified</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#alias-file">3.3. alias_file</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#alias-format">3.4. alias_format</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#allow-8bit">3.5. allow_8bit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#allow-ansi">3.6. allow_ansi</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#arrow-cursor">3.7. arrow_cursor</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#ascii-chars">3.8. ascii_chars</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#askbcc">3.9. askbcc</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#askcc">3.10. askcc</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#assumed-charset">3.11. assumed_charset</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#attach-charset">3.12. attach_charset</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#attach-format">3.13. attach_format</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#attach-sep">3.14. attach_sep</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#attach-split">3.15. attach_split</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#attribution">3.16. attribution</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#autoedit">3.17. autoedit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#auto-tag">3.18. auto_tag</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#beep">3.19. beep</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#beep-new">3.20. beep_new</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#bounce">3.21. bounce</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#bounce-delivered">3.22. bounce_delivered</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#braille-friendly">3.23. braille_friendly</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#check-mbox-size">3.24. check_mbox_size</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#charset">3.25. charset</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#check-new">3.26. check_new</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#collapse-unread">3.27. collapse_unread</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#uncollapse-jump">3.28. uncollapse_jump</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#compose-format">3.29. compose_format</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#config-charset">3.30. config_charset</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#confirmappend">3.31. confirmappend</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#confirmcreate">3.32. confirmcreate</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#connect-timeout">3.33. connect_timeout</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#content-type">3.34. content_type</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#copy">3.35. copy</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#crypt-use-gpgme">3.36. crypt_use_gpgme</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#crypt-use-pka">3.37. crypt_use_pka</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#crypt-autopgp">3.38. crypt_autopgp</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#crypt-autosmime">3.39. crypt_autosmime</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#date-format">3.40. date_format</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#default-hook">3.41. default_hook</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#delete">3.42. delete</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#delete-untag">3.43. delete_untag</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#digest-collapse">3.44. digest_collapse</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#display-filter">3.45. display_filter</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#dotlock-program">3.46. dotlock_program</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#dsn-notify">3.47. dsn_notify</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#dsn-return">3.48. dsn_return</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#duplicate-threads">3.49. duplicate_threads</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#edit-headers">3.50. edit_headers</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#editor">3.51. editor</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#encode-from">3.52. encode_from</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#envelope-from-address">3.53. envelope_from_address</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#escape">3.54. escape</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#fast-reply">3.55. fast_reply</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#fcc-attach">3.56. fcc_attach</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#fcc-clear">3.57. fcc_clear</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#folder">3.58. folder</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#folder-format">3.59. folder_format</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#followup-to">3.60. followup_to</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#force-name">3.61. force_name</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#forward-decode">3.62. forward_decode</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#forward-edit">3.63. forward_edit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#forward-format">3.64. forward_format</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#forward-quote">3.65. forward_quote</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#from">3.66. from</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#gecos-mask">3.67. gecos_mask</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#hdrs">3.68. hdrs</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#header">3.69. header</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#help">3.70. help</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#hidden-host">3.71. hidden_host</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#hide-limited">3.72. hide_limited</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#hide-missing">3.73. hide_missing</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#hide-thread-subject">3.74. hide_thread_subject</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#hide-top-limited">3.75. hide_top_limited</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#hide-top-missing">3.76. hide_top_missing</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#history">3.77. history</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#history-file">3.78. history_file</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#honor-followup-to">3.79. honor_followup_to</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#hostname">3.80. hostname</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#ignore-linear-white-space">3.81. ignore_linear_white_space</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#ignore-list-reply-to">3.82. ignore_list_reply_to</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#imap-authenticators">3.83. imap_authenticators</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#imap-check-subscribed">3.84. imap_check_subscribed</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#imap-delim-chars">3.85. imap_delim_chars</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#imap-headers">3.86. imap_headers</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#imap-idle">3.87. imap_idle</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#imap-keepalive">3.88. imap_keepalive</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#imap-list-subscribed">3.89. imap_list_subscribed</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#imap-login">3.90. imap_login</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#imap-pass">3.91. imap_pass</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#imap-passive">3.92. imap_passive</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#imap-peek">3.93. imap_peek</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#imap-servernoise">3.94. imap_servernoise</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#imap-user">3.95. imap_user</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#implicit-autoview">3.96. implicit_autoview</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#include">3.97. include</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#include-onlyfirst">3.98. include_onlyfirst</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#indent-string">3.99. indent_string</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#index-format">3.100. index_format</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#ispell">3.101. ispell</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#keep-flagged">3.102. keep_flagged</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#locale">3.103. locale</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#mail-check">3.104. mail_check</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#mailcap-path">3.105. mailcap_path</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#mailcap-sanitize">3.106. mailcap_sanitize</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#header-cache">3.107. header_cache</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#maildir-header-cache-verify">3.108. maildir_header_cache_verify</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#header-cache-pagesize">3.109. header_cache_pagesize</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#header-cache-compress">3.110. header_cache_compress</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#maildir-trash">3.111. maildir_trash</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#mark-old">3.112. mark_old</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#markers">3.113. markers</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#mask">3.114. mask</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#mbox">3.115. mbox</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#mbox-type">3.116. mbox_type</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#metoo">3.117. metoo</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#menu-context">3.118. menu_context</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#menu-move-off">3.119. menu_move_off</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#menu-scroll">3.120. menu_scroll</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#meta-key">3.121. meta_key</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#mh-purge">3.122. mh_purge</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#mh-seq-flagged">3.123. mh_seq_flagged</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#mh-seq-replied">3.124. mh_seq_replied</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#mh-seq-unseen">3.125. mh_seq_unseen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#mime-forward">3.126. mime_forward</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#mime-forward-decode">3.127. mime_forward_decode</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#mime-forward-rest">3.128. mime_forward_rest</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#mix-entry-format">3.129. mix_entry_format</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#mixmaster">3.130. mixmaster</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#move">3.131. move</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#message-cachedir">3.132. message_cachedir</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#message-cache-clean">3.133. message_cache_clean</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#message-format">3.134. message_format</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#narrow-tree">3.135. narrow_tree</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#net-inc">3.136. net_inc</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pager">3.137. pager</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pager-context">3.138. pager_context</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pager-format">3.139. pager_format</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pager-index-lines">3.140. pager_index_lines</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pager-stop">3.141. pager_stop</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#crypt-autosign">3.142. crypt_autosign</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#crypt-autoencrypt">3.143. crypt_autoencrypt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-ignore-subkeys">3.144. pgp_ignore_subkeys</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#crypt-replyencrypt">3.145. crypt_replyencrypt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#crypt-replysign">3.146. crypt_replysign</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#crypt-replysignencrypted">3.147. crypt_replysignencrypted</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#crypt-timestamp">3.148. crypt_timestamp</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-use-gpg-agent">3.149. pgp_use_gpg_agent</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#crypt-verify-sig">3.150. crypt_verify_sig</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#smime-is-default">3.151. smime_is_default</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#smime-ask-cert-label">3.152. smime_ask_cert_label</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#smime-decrypt-use-default-key">3.153. smime_decrypt_use_default_key</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-entry-format">3.154. pgp_entry_format</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-good-sign">3.155. pgp_good_sign</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-check-exit">3.156. pgp_check_exit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-long-ids">3.157. pgp_long_ids</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-retainable-sigs">3.158. pgp_retainable_sigs</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-autoinline">3.159. pgp_autoinline</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-replyinline">3.160. pgp_replyinline</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-show-unusable">3.161. pgp_show_unusable</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-sign-as">3.162. pgp_sign_as</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-strict-enc">3.163. pgp_strict_enc</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-timeout">3.164. pgp_timeout</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-sort-keys">3.165. pgp_sort_keys</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-mime-auto">3.166. pgp_mime_auto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-auto-decode">3.167. pgp_auto_decode</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-decode-command">3.168. pgp_decode_command</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-getkeys-command">3.169. pgp_getkeys_command</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-verify-command">3.170. pgp_verify_command</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-decrypt-command">3.171. pgp_decrypt_command</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-clearsign-command">3.172. pgp_clearsign_command</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-sign-command">3.173. pgp_sign_command</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-encrypt-sign-command">3.174. pgp_encrypt_sign_command</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-encrypt-only-command">3.175. pgp_encrypt_only_command</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-import-command">3.176. pgp_import_command</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-export-command">3.177. pgp_export_command</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-verify-key-command">3.178. pgp_verify_key_command</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-list-secring-command">3.179. pgp_list_secring_command</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-list-pubring-command">3.180. pgp_list_pubring_command</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#forward-decrypt">3.181. forward_decrypt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#smime-timeout">3.182. smime_timeout</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#smime-encrypt-with">3.183. smime_encrypt_with</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#smime-keys">3.184. smime_keys</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#smime-ca-location">3.185. smime_ca_location</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#smime-certificates">3.186. smime_certificates</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#smime-decrypt-command">3.187. smime_decrypt_command</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#smime-verify-command">3.188. smime_verify_command</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#smime-verify-opaque-command">3.189. smime_verify_opaque_command</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#smime-sign-command">3.190. smime_sign_command</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#smime-sign-opaque-command">3.191. smime_sign_opaque_command</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#smime-encrypt-command">3.192. smime_encrypt_command</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#smime-pk7out-command">3.193. smime_pk7out_command</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#smime-get-cert-command">3.194. smime_get_cert_command</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#smime-get-signer-cert-command">3.195. smime_get_signer_cert_command</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#smime-import-cert-command">3.196. smime_import_cert_command</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#smime-get-cert-email-command">3.197. smime_get_cert_email_command</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#smime-default-key">3.198. smime_default_key</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#ssl-client-cert">3.199. ssl_client_cert</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#ssl-force-tls">3.200. ssl_force_tls</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#ssl-starttls">3.201. ssl_starttls</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#certificate-file">3.202. certificate_file</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#ssl-usesystemcerts">3.203. ssl_usesystemcerts</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#entropy-file">3.204. entropy_file</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#ssl-use-sslv2">3.205. ssl_use_sslv2</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#ssl-use-sslv3">3.206. ssl_use_sslv3</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#ssl-use-tlsv1">3.207. ssl_use_tlsv1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#ssl-min-dh-prime-bits">3.208. ssl_min_dh_prime_bits</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#ssl-ca-certificates-file">3.209. ssl_ca_certificates_file</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pipe-split">3.210. pipe_split</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pipe-decode">3.211. pipe_decode</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pipe-sep">3.212. pipe_sep</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pop-authenticators">3.213. pop_authenticators</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pop-auth-try-all">3.214. pop_auth_try_all</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pop-checkinterval">3.215. pop_checkinterval</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pop-delete">3.216. pop_delete</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pop-host">3.217. pop_host</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pop-last">3.218. pop_last</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pop-reconnect">3.219. pop_reconnect</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pop-user">3.220. pop_user</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pop-pass">3.221. pop_pass</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#post-indent-string">3.222. post_indent_string</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#postpone">3.223. postpone</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#postponed">3.224. postponed</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#preconnect">3.225. preconnect</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#print">3.226. print</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#print-command">3.227. print_command</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#print-decode">3.228. print_decode</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#print-split">3.229. print_split</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#prompt-after">3.230. prompt_after</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#query-command">3.231. query_command</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#query-format">3.232. query_format</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#quit">3.233. quit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#quote-regexp">3.234. quote_regexp</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#read-inc">3.235. read_inc</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#read-only">3.236. read_only</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#realname">3.237. realname</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#recall">3.238. recall</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#record">3.239. record</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#reply-regexp">3.240. reply_regexp</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#reply-self">3.241. reply_self</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#reply-to">3.242. reply_to</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#resolve">3.243. resolve</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#reverse-alias">3.244. reverse_alias</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#reverse-name">3.245. reverse_name</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#reverse-realname">3.246. reverse_realname</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#rfc2047-parameters">3.247. rfc2047_parameters</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#save-address">3.248. save_address</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#save-empty">3.249. save_empty</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#save-history">3.250. save_history</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#save-name">3.251. save_name</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#score">3.252. score</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#score-threshold-delete">3.253. score_threshold_delete</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#score-threshold-flag">3.254. score_threshold_flag</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#score-threshold-read">3.255. score_threshold_read</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#send-charset">3.256. send_charset</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#sendmail">3.257. sendmail</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#sendmail-wait">3.258. sendmail_wait</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#shell">3.259. shell</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#sig-dashes">3.260. sig_dashes</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#sig-on-top">3.261. sig_on_top</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#signature">3.262. signature</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#simple-search">3.263. simple_search</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#smart-wrap">3.264. smart_wrap</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#smileys">3.265. smileys</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#sleep-time">3.266. sleep_time</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#smtp-authenticators">3.267. smtp_authenticators</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#smtp-pass">3.268. smtp_pass</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#smtp-url">3.269. smtp_url</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#sort">3.270. sort</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#sort-alias">3.271. sort_alias</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#sort-aux">3.272. sort_aux</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#sort-browser">3.273. sort_browser</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#sort-re">3.274. sort_re</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#spam-separator">3.275. spam_separator</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#spoolfile">3.276. spoolfile</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#status-chars">3.277. status_chars</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#status-format">3.278. status_format</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#status-on-top">3.279. status_on_top</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#strict-threads">3.280. strict_threads</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#suspend">3.281. suspend</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#text-flowed">3.282. text_flowed</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#thread-received">3.283. thread_received</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#thorough-search">3.284. thorough_search</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#tilde">3.285. tilde</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#time-inc">3.286. time_inc</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#timeout">3.287. timeout</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#tmpdir">3.288. tmpdir</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#to-chars">3.289. to_chars</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#tunnel">3.290. tunnel</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#use-8bitmime">3.291. use_8bitmime</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#use-domain">3.292. use_domain</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#use-envelope-from">3.293. use_envelope_from</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#use-from">3.294. use_from</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#use-idn">3.295. use_idn</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#use-ipv6">3.296. use_ipv6</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#user-agent">3.297. user_agent</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#visual">3.298. visual</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#wait-key">3.299. wait_key</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#weed">3.300. weed</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#wrap">3.301. wrap</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#wrap-search">3.302. wrap_search</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#wrapmargin">3.303. wrapmargin</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#write-inc">3.304. write_inc</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#write-bcc">3.305. write_bcc</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#functions">4. Functions</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#generic_map">4.1. generic</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#index_map">4.2. index</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pager_map">4.3. pager</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#alias_map">4.4. alias</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#query_map">4.5. query</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#attach_map">4.6. attach</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#compose_map">4.7. compose</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#postpone_map">4.8. postpone</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#browser_map">4.9. browser</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp_map">4.10. pgp</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#smime_map">4.11. smime</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#mix_map">4.12. mix</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#editor_map">4.13. editor</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="commandline"></a>1. Command line options</h2></div></div></div><p>
+As for regular expressions, a lower case string search pattern makes
+Mutt perform a case-insensitive search except for IMAP (because for IMAP
+Mutt performs server-side searches which don't support case-insensivity).
+</p></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a id="reference"></a>Chapter
9. Reference</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#commandline">1. Command-Line Options</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#commands">2. Configuration Commands</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#variables">3. Configuration Variables</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#abort-nosubject">3.1. abort_nosubject</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#abort-unmodified">3.2. abort_unmodified</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#alias-file">3.3. alias_file</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#alias-format">3.4. alias_format</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#allow-8bit">3.5. allow_8bit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#allow-ansi">3.6. allow_ansi</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#arrow-cursor">3.7. arrow_cursor</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#ascii-chars">3.8. ascii_chars</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#askbcc">3.9. askbcc</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#askcc">3.10. askcc</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#assumed-charset">3.11. assumed_charset</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#attach-charset">3.12. attach_charset</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#attach-format">3.13. attach_format</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#attach-sep">3.14. attach_sep</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#attach-split">3.15. attach_split</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#attribution">3.16. attribution</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#auto-tag">3.17. auto_tag</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#autoedit">3.18. autoedit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#beep">3.19. beep</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#beep-new">3.20. beep_new</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#bounce">3.21. bounce</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#bounce-delivered">3.22. bounce_delivered</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#braille-friendly">3.23. braille_friendly</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#certificate-file">3.24. certificate_file</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#charset">3.25. charset</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#check-mbox-size">3.26. check_mbox_size</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#check-new">3.27. check_new</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#collapse-unread">3.28. collapse_unread</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#compose-format">3.29. compose_format</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#config-charset">3.30. config_charset</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#confirmappend">3.31. confirmappend</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#confirmcreate">3.32. confirmcreate</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#connect-timeout">3.33. connect_timeout</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#content-type">3.34. content_type</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#copy">3.35. copy</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#crypt-autoencrypt">3.36. crypt_autoencrypt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#crypt-autopgp">3.37. crypt_autopgp</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#crypt-autosign">3.38. crypt_autosign</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#crypt-autosmime">3.39. crypt_autosmime</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#crypt-replyencrypt">3.40. crypt_replyencrypt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#crypt-replysign">3.41. crypt_replysign</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#crypt-replysignencrypted">3.42. crypt_replysignencrypted</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#crypt-timestamp">3.43. crypt_timestamp</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#crypt-use-gpgme">3.44. crypt_use_gpgme</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#crypt-use-pka">3.45. crypt_use_pka</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#crypt-verify-sig">3.46. crypt_verify_sig</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#date-format">3.47. date_format</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#default-hook">3.48. default_hook</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#delete">3.49. delete</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#delete-untag">3.50. delete_untag</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#digest-collapse">3.51. digest_collapse</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#display-filter">3.52. display_filter</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#dotlock-program">3.53. dotlock_program</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#dsn-notify">3.54. dsn_notify</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#dsn-return">3.55. dsn_return</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#duplicate-threads">3.56. duplicate_threads</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#edit-headers">3.57. edit_headers</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#editor">3.58. editor</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#encode-from">3.59. encode_from</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#entropy-file">3.60. entropy_file</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#envelope-from-address">3.61. envelope_from_address</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#escape">3.62. escape</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#fast-reply">3.63. fast_reply</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#fcc-attach">3.64. fcc_attach</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#fcc-clear">3.65. fcc_clear</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#folder">3.66. folder</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#folder-format">3.67. folder_format</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#followup-to">3.68. followup_to</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#force-name">3.69. force_name</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#forward-decode">3.70. forward_decode</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#forward-decrypt">3.71. forward_decrypt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#forward-edit">3.72. forward_edit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#forward-format">3.73. forward_format</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#forward-quote">3.74. forward_quote</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#from">3.75. from</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#gecos-mask">3.76. gecos_mask</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#hdrs">3.77. hdrs</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#header">3.78. header</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#header-cache">3.79. header_cache</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#header-cache-compress">3.80. header_cache_compress</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#header-cache-pagesize">3.81. header_cache_pagesize</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#help">3.82. help</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#hidden-host">3.83. hidden_host</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#hide-limited">3.84. hide_limited</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#hide-missing">3.85. hide_missing</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#hide-thread-subject">3.86. hide_thread_subject</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#hide-top-limited">3.87. hide_top_limited</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#hide-top-missing">3.88. hide_top_missing</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#history">3.89. history</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#history-file">3.90. history_file</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#honor-disposition">3.91. honor_disposition</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#honor-followup-to">3.92. honor_followup_to</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#hostname">3.93. hostname</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#ignore-linear-white-space">3.94. ignore_linear_white_space</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#ignore-list-reply-to">3.95. ignore_list_reply_to</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#imap-authenticators">3.96. imap_authenticators</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#imap-check-subscribed">3.97. imap_check_subscribed</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#imap-delim-chars">3.98. imap_delim_chars</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#imap-headers">3.99. imap_headers</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#imap-idle">3.100. imap_idle</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#imap-keepalive">3.101. imap_keepalive</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#imap-list-subscribed">3.102. imap_list_subscribed</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#imap-login">3.103. imap_login</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#imap-pass">3.104. imap_pass</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#imap-passive">3.105. imap_passive</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#imap-peek">3.106. imap_peek</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#imap-pipeline-depth">3.107. imap_pipeline_depth</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#imap-servernoise">3.108. imap_servernoise</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#imap-user">3.109. imap_user</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#implicit-autoview">3.110. implicit_autoview</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#include">3.111. include</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#include-onlyfirst">3.112. include_onlyfirst</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#indent-string">3.113. indent_string</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#index-format">3.114. index_format</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#ispell">3.115. ispell</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#keep-flagged">3.116. keep_flagged</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#locale">3.117. locale</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#mail-check">3.118. mail_check</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#mailcap-path">3.119. mailcap_path</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#mailcap-sanitize">3.120. mailcap_sanitize</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#maildir-header-cache-verify">3.121. maildir_header_cache_verify</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#maildir-trash">3.122. maildir_trash</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#mark-old">3.123. mark_old</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#markers">3.124. markers</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#mask">3.125. mask</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#mbox">3.126. mbox</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#mbox-type">3.127. mbox_type</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#menu-context">3.128. menu_context</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#menu-move-off">3.129. menu_move_off</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#menu-scroll">3.130. menu_scroll</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#message-cache-clean">3.131. message_cache_clean</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#message-cachedir">3.132. message_cachedir</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#message-format">3.133. message_format</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#meta-key">3.134. meta_key</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#metoo">3.135. metoo</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#mh-purge">3.136. mh_purge</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#mh-seq-flagged">3.137. mh_seq_flagged</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#mh-seq-replied">3.138. mh_seq_replied</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#mh-seq-unseen">3.139. mh_seq_unseen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#mime-forward">3.140. mime_forward</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#mime-forward-decode">3.141. mime_forward_decode</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#mime-forward-rest">3.142. mime_forward_rest</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#mix-entry-format">3.143. mix_entry_format</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#mixmaster">3.144. mixmaster</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#move">3.145. move</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#narrow-tree">3.146. narrow_tree</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#net-inc">3.147. net_inc</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pager">3.148. pager</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pager-context">3.149. pager_context</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pager-format">3.150. pager_format</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pager-index-lines">3.151. pager_index_lines</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pager-stop">3.152. pager_stop</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-auto-decode">3.153. pgp_auto_decode</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-autoinline">3.154. pgp_autoinline</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-check-exit">3.155. pgp_check_exit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-clearsign-command">3.156. pgp_clearsign_command</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-decode-command">3.157. pgp_decode_command</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-decrypt-command">3.158. pgp_decrypt_command</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-encrypt-only-command">3.159. pgp_encrypt_only_command</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-encrypt-sign-command">3.160. pgp_encrypt_sign_command</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-entry-format">3.161. pgp_entry_format</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-export-command">3.162. pgp_export_command</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-getkeys-command">3.163. pgp_getkeys_command</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-good-sign">3.164. pgp_good_sign</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-ignore-subkeys">3.165. pgp_ignore_subkeys</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-import-command">3.166. pgp_import_command</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-list-pubring-command">3.167. pgp_list_pubring_command</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-list-secring-command">3.168. pgp_list_secring_command</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-long-ids">3.169. pgp_long_ids</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-mime-auto">3.170. pgp_mime_auto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-replyinline">3.171. pgp_replyinline</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-retainable-sigs">3.172. pgp_retainable_sigs</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-show-unusable">3.173. pgp_show_unusable</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-sign-as">3.174. pgp_sign_as</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-sign-command">3.175. pgp_sign_command</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-sort-keys">3.176. pgp_sort_keys</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-strict-enc">3.177. pgp_strict_enc</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-timeout">3.178. pgp_timeout</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-use-gpg-agent">3.179. pgp_use_gpg_agent</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-verify-command">3.180. pgp_verify_command</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-verify-key-command">3.181. pgp_verify_key_command</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pipe-decode">3.182. pipe_decode</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pipe-sep">3.183. pipe_sep</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pipe-split">3.184. pipe_split</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pop-auth-try-all">3.185. pop_auth_try_all</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pop-authenticators">3.186. pop_authenticators</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pop-checkinterval">3.187. pop_checkinterval</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pop-delete">3.188. pop_delete</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pop-host">3.189. pop_host</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pop-last">3.190. pop_last</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pop-pass">3.191. pop_pass</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pop-reconnect">3.192. pop_reconnect</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pop-user">3.193. pop_user</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#post-indent-string">3.194. post_indent_string</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#postpone">3.195. postpone</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#postponed">3.196. postponed</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#preconnect">3.197. preconnect</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#print">3.198. print</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#print-command">3.199. print_command</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#print-decode">3.200. print_decode</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#print-split">3.201. print_split</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#prompt-after">3.202. prompt_after</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#query-command">3.203. query_command</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#query-format">3.204. query_format</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#quit">3.205. quit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#quote-regexp">3.206. quote_regexp</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#read-inc">3.207. read_inc</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#read-only">3.208. read_only</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#realname">3.209. realname</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#recall">3.210. recall</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#record">3.211. record</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#reply-regexp">3.212. reply_regexp</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#reply-self">3.213. reply_self</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#reply-to">3.214. reply_to</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#resolve">3.215. resolve</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#reverse-alias">3.216. reverse_alias</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#reverse-name">3.217. reverse_name</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#reverse-realname">3.218. reverse_realname</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#rfc2047-parameters">3.219. rfc2047_parameters</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#save-address">3.220. save_address</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#save-empty">3.221. save_empty</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#save-history">3.222. save_history</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#save-name">3.223. save_name</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#score">3.224. score</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#score-threshold-delete">3.225. score_threshold_delete</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#score-threshold-flag">3.226. score_threshold_flag</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#score-threshold-read">3.227. score_threshold_read</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#search-context">3.228. search_context</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#send-charset">3.229. send_charset</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#sendmail">3.230. sendmail</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#sendmail-wait">3.231. sendmail_wait</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#shell">3.232. shell</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#sig-dashes">3.233. sig_dashes</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#sig-on-top">3.234. sig_on_top</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#signature">3.235. signature</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#simple-search">3.236. simple_search</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#sleep-time">3.237. sleep_time</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#smart-wrap">3.238. smart_wrap</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#smileys">3.239. smileys</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#smime-ask-cert-label">3.240. smime_ask_cert_label</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#smime-ca-location">3.241. smime_ca_location</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#smime-certificates">3.242. smime_certificates</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#smime-decrypt-command">3.243. smime_decrypt_command</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#smime-decrypt-use-default-key">3.244. smime_decrypt_use_default_key</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#smime-default-key">3.245. smime_default_key</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#smime-encrypt-command">3.246. smime_encrypt_command</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#smime-encrypt-with">3.247. smime_encrypt_with</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#smime-get-cert-command">3.248. smime_get_cert_command</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#smime-get-cert-email-command">3.249. smime_get_cert_email_command</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#smime-get-signer-cert-command">3.250. smime_get_signer_cert_command</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#smime-import-cert-command">3.251. smime_import_cert_command</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#smime-is-default">3.252. smime_is_default</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#smime-keys">3.253. smime_keys</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#smime-pk7out-command">3.254. smime_pk7out_command</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#smime-sign-command">3.255. smime_sign_command</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#smime-sign-opaque-command">3.256. smime_sign_opaque_command</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#smime-timeout">3.257. smime_timeout</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#smime-verify-command">3.258. smime_verify_command</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#smime-verify-opaque-command">3.259. smime_verify_opaque_command</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#smtp-authenticators">3.260. smtp_authenticators</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#smtp-pass">3.261. smtp_pass</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#smtp-url">3.262. smtp_url</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#sort">3.263. sort</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#sort-alias">3.264. sort_alias</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#sort-aux">3.265. sort_aux</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#sort-browser">3.266. sort_browser</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#sort-re">3.267. sort_re</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#spam-separator">3.268. spam_separator</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#spoolfile">3.269. spoolfile</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#ssl-ca-certificates-file">3.270. ssl_ca_certificates_file</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#ssl-client-cert">3.271. ssl_client_cert</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#ssl-force-tls">3.272. ssl_force_tls</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#ssl-min-dh-prime-bits">3.273. ssl_min_dh_prime_bits</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#ssl-starttls">3.274. ssl_starttls</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#ssl-use-sslv2">3.275. ssl_use_sslv2</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#ssl-use-sslv3">3.276. ssl_use_sslv3</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#ssl-use-tlsv1">3.277. ssl_use_tlsv1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#ssl-usesystemcerts">3.278. ssl_usesystemcerts</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#ssl-verify-dates">3.279. ssl_verify_dates</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#ssl-verify-host">3.280. ssl_verify_host</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#status-chars">3.281. status_chars</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#status-format">3.282. status_format</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#status-on-top">3.283. status_on_top</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#strict-threads">3.284. strict_threads</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#suspend">3.285. suspend</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#text-flowed">3.286. text_flowed</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#thorough-search">3.287. thorough_search</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#thread-received">3.288. thread_received</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#tilde">3.289. tilde</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#time-inc">3.290. time_inc</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#timeout">3.291. timeout</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#tmpdir">3.292. tmpdir</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#to-chars">3.293. to_chars</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#tunnel">3.294. tunnel</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#uncollapse-jump">3.295. uncollapse_jump</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#use-8bitmime">3.296. use_8bitmime</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#use-domain">3.297. use_domain</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#use-envelope-from">3.298. use_envelope_from</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#use-from">3.299. use_from</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#use-idn">3.300. use_idn</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#use-ipv6">3.301. use_ipv6</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#user-agent">3.302. user_agent</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#visual">3.303. visual</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#wait-key">3.304. wait_key</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#weed">3.305. weed</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#wrap">3.306. wrap</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#wrap-search">3.307. wrap_search</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#wrapmargin">3.308. wrapmargin</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#write-bcc">3.309. write_bcc</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#write-inc">3.310. write_inc</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#functions">4. Functions</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#generic-map">4.1. Generic Menu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#index-map">4.2. Index Menu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pager-map">4.3. Pager Menu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#alias-map">4.4. Alias Menu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#query-map">4.5. Query Menu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#attach-map">4.6. Attach Menu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#compose-map">4.7. Compose Menu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#postpone-map">4.8. Postpone Menu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#browser-map">4.9. Browser Menu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pgp-map">4.10. Pgp Menu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#smime-map">4.11. Smime Menu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#mix-map">4.12. Mix Menu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#editor-map">4.13. Editor Menu</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="commandline"></a>1. Command-Line Options</h2></div></div></div><p>
Running <code class="literal">mutt</code> with no arguments will make Mutt attempt to read your spool
mailbox. However, it is possible to read other mailboxes and
to send messages from the command line as well.
-</p><p>
-
-</p><div class="table"><a id="id463727"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 8.1. Command line options</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Command line options" border="1"><colgroup><col /><col /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Option</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>-A</td><td>expand an alias</td></tr><tr><td>-a</td><td>attach a file to a message</td></tr><tr><td>-b</td><td>specify a blind carbon-copy (BCC) address</td></tr><tr><td>-c</td><td>specify a carbon-copy (Cc) address</td></tr><tr><td>-D</td><td>print the value of all mutt variables to stdout</td></tr><tr><td>-e</td><td>specify a config command to be run after initialization files are read</td></tr><tr><td>-f</td><td>specify a mailbox to load</td></tr><tr><td>-F</td><td>specify an alternate file to read initialization commands</td></tr><tr><td>-h</td><td>print help on command line options</td></tr><tr><td>-H</td><td>specify a draft file from which to read a header and body</td></tr><tr><td>-i</td><td>specify a file to include in a message composition</td></tr><tr><td>-m</td><td>specify a default mailbox type</td></tr><tr><td>-n</td><td>do not read the system Muttrc</td></tr><tr><td>-p</td><td>recall a postponed message</td></tr><tr><td>-Q</td><td>query a configuration variable</td></tr><tr><td>-R</td><td>open mailbox in read-only mode</td></tr><tr><td>-s</td><td>specify a subject (enclose in quotes if it contains spaces)</td></tr><tr><td>-v</td><td>show version number and compile-time definitions</td></tr><tr><td>-x</td><td>simulate the mailx(1) compose mode</td></tr><tr><td>-y</td><td>show a menu containing the files specified by the mailboxes command</td></tr><tr><td>-z</td><td>exit immediately if there are no messages in the mailbox</td></tr><tr><td>-Z</td><td>open the first folder with new message,exit immediately if none</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break" />
-
-</p><p>
+</p><div class="table"><a id="tab-commandline-options"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 9.1. Command line options</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Command line options" border="1"><colgroup><col /><col /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Option</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>-A</td><td>expand an alias</td></tr><tr><td>-a</td><td>attach a file to a message</td></tr><tr><td>-b</td><td>specify a blind carbon-copy (BCC) address</td></tr><tr><td>-c</td><td>specify a carbon-copy (Cc) address</td></tr><tr><td>-D</td><td>print the value of all Mutt variables to stdout</td></tr><tr><td>-e</td><td>specify a config command to be run after initialization files are read</td></tr><tr><td>-f</td><td>specify a mailbox to load</td></tr><tr><td>-F</td><td>specify an alternate file to read initialization commands</td></tr><tr><td>-h</td><td>print help on command line options</td></tr><tr><td>-H</td><td>specify a draft file from which to read a header and body</td></tr><tr><td>-i</td><td>specify a file to include in a message composition</td></tr><tr><td>-m</td><td>specify a default mailbox type</td></tr><tr><td>-n</td><td>do not read the system Muttrc</td></tr><tr><td>-p</td><td>recall a postponed message</td></tr><tr><td>-Q</td><td>query a configuration variable</td></tr><tr><td>-R</td><td>open mailbox in read-only mode</td></tr><tr><td>-s</td><td>specify a subject (enclose in quotes if it contains spaces)</td></tr><tr><td>-v</td><td>show version number and compile-time definitions</td></tr><tr><td>-x</td><td>simulate the mailx(1) compose mode</td></tr><tr><td>-y</td><td>show a menu containing the files specified by the <span class="command"><strong>mailboxes</strong></span> command</td></tr><tr><td>-z</td><td>exit immediately if there are no messages in the mailbox</td></tr><tr><td>-Z</td><td>open the first folder with new message, exit immediately if none</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><p>
To read messages in a mailbox
-</p><p>
-<code class="literal">mutt</code> [ -nz ] [ -F <span class="emphasis"><em>muttrc</em></span> ] [ -m <span class="emphasis"><em>type</em></span> ] [ -f <span class="emphasis"><em>mailbox</em></span> ]
-</p><p>
+</p><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="command">mutt</code> [<code class="option">-nz</code>] [<code class="option">-F</code>
+<em class="replaceable"><code>muttrc</code></em>
+] [<code class="option">-m</code>
+<em class="replaceable"><code>type</code></em>
+] [<code class="option">-f</code>
+<em class="replaceable"><code>mailbox</code></em>
+]</p></div><p>
To compose a new message
-</p><p>
-<code class="literal">mutt</code> [ -n ] [ -F <span class="emphasis"><em>muttrc</em></span> ] [ -a <span class="emphasis"><em>file</em></span> ] [ -c <span class="emphasis"><em>address</em></span> ] [ -i <span class="emphasis"><em>filename</em></span> ] [ -s <span class="emphasis"><em>subject</em></span> ]
-[ [ <span class="emphasis"><em>file</em></span> ... ] -- ] <span class="emphasis"><em>address</em></span> [ <span class="emphasis"><em>address</em></span> ... ]
-</p><p>
-Mutt also supports a ``batch'' mode to send prepared messages. Simply redirect
+</p><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="command">mutt</code> [<code class="option">-n</code>] [<code class="option">-F</code>
+<em class="replaceable"><code>muttrc</code></em>
+] [<code class="option">-c</code>
+<em class="replaceable"><code>address</code></em>
+] [<code class="option">-i</code>
+<em class="replaceable"><code>filename</code></em>
+] [<code class="option">-s</code>
+<em class="replaceable"><code>subject</code></em>
+] [
+<code class="option">-a</code>
+<em class="replaceable"><code>file</code></em>
+ [...]
+--
+]
+<em class="replaceable"><code>address</code></em>
+... </p></div><p>
+Mutt also supports a “<span class="quote">batch</span>” mode to send prepared messages. Simply redirect
input from the file you wish to send. For example,
-</p><p>
-<code class="literal">mutt -s "data set for run #2" professor@bigschool.edu
-< ˜/run2.dat</code>
-</p><p>
-This command will send a message to ``professor@bigschool.edu'' with a subject
-of ``data set for run #2''. In the body of the message will be the contents
-of the file ``˜/run2.dat''.
-</p><p>
-All files passed with -a <span class="emphasis"><em>file</em></span> will be attached as a MIME
-part to the message. To attach several files, use ``--'' to separate files and
-recipient addresses: <code class="literal">mutt -a *.png -- some@one.org</code>
-</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="commands"></a>2. Configuration Commands</h2></div></div></div><p>
-The following are the commands understood by mutt.
-</p><p>
-
-</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>
-<code class="literal"><a href="#account-hook" title="6. Managing multiple accounts">account-hook</a></code> <span class="emphasis"><em>pattern</em></span> <span class="emphasis"><em>command</em></span>
-</p></li><li><p>
-<code class="literal"><a href="#alias" title="3. Defining/Using aliases">alias</a></code> [ <code class="literal">-group</code> <span class="emphasis"><em>name</em></span> [ ... ] ] <span class="emphasis"><em>key</em></span> <span class="emphasis"><em>address</em></span> [ , <span class="emphasis"><em>address</em></span>, ... ]
-</p></li><li><p>
-<code class="literal"><a href="#alias" title="3. Defining/Using aliases">unalias</a></code> [ * | <span class="emphasis"><em>key</em></span> ... ]
-</p></li><li><p>
-<code class="literal"><a href="#alternates" title="10. Alternative addresses">alternates</a></code> [ <code class="literal">-group</code> <span class="emphasis"><em>name</em></span> [ ... ] ] <span class="emphasis"><em>regexp</em></span> [ <span class="emphasis"><em>regexp</em></span> ... ]
-</p></li><li><p>
-<code class="literal"><a href="#alternates" title="10. Alternative addresses">unalternates</a></code> [ * | <span class="emphasis"><em>regexp</em></span> ... ]
-</p></li><li><p>
-<code class="literal"><a href="#alternative-order" title="5. MIME Multipart/Alternative">alternative-order</a></code> <span class="emphasis"><em>mimetype</em></span> [ <span class="emphasis"><em>mimetype</em></span> ... ]
-</p></li><li><p>
-<code class="literal"><a href="#alternative-order" title="5. MIME Multipart/Alternative">unalternative-order</a></code> <span class="emphasis"><em>mimetype</em></span> [ <span class="emphasis"><em>mimetype</em></span> ... ]
-</p></li><li><p>
-<code class="literal"><a href="#auto-view" title="4. MIME Autoview">auto_view</a></code> <span class="emphasis"><em>mimetype</em></span> [ <span class="emphasis"><em>mimetype</em></span> ... ]
-</p></li><li><p>
-<code class="literal"><a href="#auto-view" title="4. MIME Autoview">unauto_view</a></code> <span class="emphasis"><em>mimetype</em></span> [ <span class="emphasis"><em>mimetype</em></span> ... ]
-</p></li><li><p>
-<code class="literal"><a href="#bind" title="4. Changing the default key bindings">bind</a></code> <span class="emphasis"><em>map</em></span> <span class="emphasis"><em>key</em></span> <span class="emphasis"><em>function</em></span>
-</p></li><li><p>
-<code class="literal"><a href="#charset-hook" title="5. Defining aliases for character sets">charset-hook</a></code> <span class="emphasis"><em>alias</em></span> <span class="emphasis"><em>charset</em></span>
-</p></li><li><p>
-<code class="literal"><a href="#charset-hook" title="5. Defining aliases for character sets">iconv-hook</a></code> <span class="emphasis"><em>charset</em></span> <span class="emphasis"><em>local-charset</em></span>
-</p></li><li><p>
-<code class="literal"><a href="#color" title="8. Using color and mono video attributes">color</a></code> <span class="emphasis"><em>object</em></span> <span class="emphasis"><em>foreground</em></span> <span class="emphasis"><em>background</em></span> [ <span class="emphasis"><em>regexp</em></span> ]
-</p></li><li><p>
-<code class="literal"><a href="#color" title="8. Using color and mono video attributes">uncolor</a></code> <span class="emphasis"><em>index</em></span> <span class="emphasis"><em>pattern</em></span> [ <span class="emphasis"><em>pattern</em></span> ... ]
-</p></li><li><p>
-<code class="literal"><a href="#exec" title="23. Executing functions">exec</a></code> <span class="emphasis"><em>function</em></span> [ <span class="emphasis"><em>function</em></span> ... ]
-</p></li><li><p>
-<code class="literal"><a href="#fcc-hook" title="17. Specify default Fcc: mailbox when composing">fcc-hook</a></code> <span class="emphasis"><em>pattern</em></span> <span class="emphasis"><em>mailbox</em></span>
-</p></li><li><p>
-<code class="literal"><a href="#fcc-save-hook" title="18. Specify default save filename and default Fcc: mailbox at once">fcc-save-hook</a></code> <span class="emphasis"><em>pattern</em></span> <span class="emphasis"><em>mailbox</em></span>
-</p></li><li><p>
-<code class="literal"><a href="#folder-hook" title="6. Setting variables based upon mailbox">folder-hook</a></code> <span class="emphasis"><em>pattern</em></span> <span class="emphasis"><em>command</em></span>
-</p></li><li><p>
-<code class="literal"><a href="#hdr-order" title="15. Defining the order of headers when viewing messages">hdr_order</a></code> <span class="emphasis"><em>header</em></span> [ <span class="emphasis"><em>header</em></span> ... ]
-</p></li><li><p>
-<code class="literal"><a href="#hdr-order" title="15. Defining the order of headers when viewing messages">unhdr_order</a></code> <span class="emphasis"><em>header</em></span> [ <span class="emphasis"><em>header</em></span> ... ]
-</p></li><li><p>
-<code class="literal"><a href="#ignore" title="9. Ignoring (weeding) unwanted message headers">ignore</a></code> <span class="emphasis"><em>pattern</em></span> [ <span class="emphasis"><em>pattern</em></span> ... ]
-</p></li><li><p>
-<code class="literal"><a href="#ignore" title="9. Ignoring (weeding) unwanted message headers">unignore</a></code> <span class="emphasis"><em>pattern</em></span> [ <span class="emphasis"><em>pattern</em></span> ... ]
-</p></li><li><p>
-<code class="literal"><a href="#lists" title="11. Mailing lists">lists</a></code> [ <code class="literal">-group</code> <span class="emphasis"><em>name</em></span> [ ... ] ] <span class="emphasis"><em>regexp</em></span> [ <span class="emphasis"><em>regexp</em></span> ... ]
-</p></li><li><p>
-<code class="literal"><a href="#lists" title="11. Mailing lists">unlists</a></code> <span class="emphasis"><em>regexp</em></span> [ <span class="emphasis"><em>regexp</em></span> ... ]
-</p></li><li><p>
-<code class="literal"><a href="#macro" title="7. Keyboard macros">macro</a></code> <span class="emphasis"><em>menu</em></span> <span class="emphasis"><em>key</em></span> <span class="emphasis"><em>sequence</em></span> [ <span class="emphasis"><em>description</em></span> ]
-</p></li><li><p>
-<code class="literal"><a href="#mailboxes" title="13. Monitoring incoming mail">mailboxes</a></code> <span class="emphasis"><em>filename</em></span> [ <span class="emphasis"><em>filename</em></span> ... ]
-</p></li><li><p>
-<code class="literal"><a href="#mbox-hook" title="12. Using Multiple spool mailboxes">mbox-hook</a></code> <span class="emphasis"><em>pattern</em></span> <span class="emphasis"><em>mailbox</em></span>
-</p></li><li><p>
-<code class="literal"><a href="#message-hook" title="20. Change settings before formatting a message">message-hook</a></code> <span class="emphasis"><em>pattern</em></span> <span class="emphasis"><em>command</em></span>
-</p></li><li><p>
-<code class="literal"><a href="#mime-lookup" title="7. MIME Lookup">mime_lookup</a></code> <span class="emphasis"><em>mimetype</em></span> [ <span class="emphasis"><em>mimetype</em></span> ... ]
-</p></li><li><p>
-<code class="literal"><a href="#mime-lookup" title="7. MIME Lookup">unmime_lookup</a></code> <span class="emphasis"><em>mimetype</em></span> [ <span class="emphasis"><em>mimetype</em></span> ... ]
-</p></li><li><p>
-<code class="literal"><a href="#color" title="8. Using color and mono video attributes">mono</a></code> <span class="emphasis"><em>object attribute</em></span> [ <span class="emphasis"><em>regexp</em></span> ]
-</p></li><li><p>
-<code class="literal"><a href="#color" title="8. Using color and mono video attributes">unmono</a></code> <span class="emphasis"><em>index</em></span> <span class="emphasis"><em>pattern</em></span> [ <span class="emphasis"><em>pattern</em></span> ... ]
-</p></li><li><p>
-<code class="literal"><a href="#my-hdr" title="14. User defined headers">my_hdr</a></code> <span class="emphasis"><em>string</em></span>
-</p></li><li><p>
-<code class="literal"><a href="#my-hdr" title="14. User defined headers">unmy_hdr</a></code> <span class="emphasis"><em>field</em></span> [ <span class="emphasis"><em>field</em></span> ... ]
-</p></li><li><p>
-<code class="literal"><a href="#crypt-hook" title="21. Choosing the cryptographic key of the recipient">crypt-hook</a></code> <span class="emphasis"><em>pattern</em></span> <span class="emphasis"><em>key-id</em></span>
-</p></li><li><p>
-<code class="literal"><a href="#push" title="22. Adding key sequences to the keyboard buffer">push</a></code> <span class="emphasis"><em>string</em></span>
-</p></li><li><p>
-<code class="literal"><a href="#set" title="26. Setting and Querying Variables">reset</a></code> <span class="emphasis"><em>variable</em></span> [<span class="emphasis"><em>variable</em></span> ... ]
-</p></li><li><p>
-<code class="literal"><a href="#save-hook" title="16. Specify default save mailbox">save-hook</a></code> <span class="emphasis"><em>regexp</em></span> <span class="emphasis"><em>filename</em></span>
-</p></li><li><p>
-<code class="literal"><a href="#score-command" title="24. Message Scoring">score</a></code> <span class="emphasis"><em>pattern</em></span> <span class="emphasis"><em>value</em></span>
-</p></li><li><p>
-<code class="literal"><a href="#score-command" title="24. Message Scoring">unscore</a></code> <span class="emphasis"><em>pattern</em></span> [ <span class="emphasis"><em>pattern</em></span> ... ]
-</p></li><li><p>
-<code class="literal"><a href="#send-hook" title="19. Change settings based upon message recipients">reply-hook</a></code> <span class="emphasis"><em>pattern</em></span> <span class="emphasis"><em>command</em></span>
-</p></li><li><p>
-<code class="literal"><a href="#send-hook" title="19. Change settings based upon message recipients">send-hook</a></code> <span class="emphasis"><em>pattern</em></span> <span class="emphasis"><em>command</em></span>
-</p></li><li><p>
-<code class="literal"><a href="#send-hook" title="19. Change settings based upon message recipients">send2-hook</a></code> <span class="emphasis"><em>pattern</em></span> <span class="emphasis"><em>command</em></span>
-</p></li><li><p>
-<code class="literal"><a href="#set" title="26. Setting and Querying Variables">set</a></code> [no|inv]<span class="emphasis"><em>variable</em></span>[=<span class="emphasis"><em>value</em></span>] [ <span class="emphasis"><em>variable</em></span> ... ]
-</p></li><li><p>
-<code class="literal"><a href="#set" title="26. Setting and Querying Variables">unset</a></code> <span class="emphasis"><em>variable</em></span> [<span class="emphasis"><em>variable</em></span> ... ]
-</p></li><li><p>
-<code class="literal"><a href="#source" title="27. Reading initialization commands from another file">source</a></code> <span class="emphasis"><em>filename</em></span>
-</p></li><li><p>
-<code class="literal"><a href="#spam" title="25. Spam detection">spam</a></code> <span class="emphasis"><em>pattern</em></span> <span class="emphasis"><em>format</em></span>
-</p></li><li><p>
-<code class="literal"><a href="#spam" title="25. Spam detection">nospam</a></code> <span class="emphasis"><em>pattern</em></span>
-</p></li><li><p>
-<code class="literal"><a href="#lists" title="11. Mailing lists">subscribe</a></code> [ <code class="literal">-group</code> <span class="emphasis"><em>name</em></span> [ ... ] ] <span class="emphasis"><em>regexp</em></span> [ <span class="emphasis"><em>regexp</em></span> ... ]
-</p></li><li><p>
-<code class="literal"><a href="#lists" title="11. Mailing lists">unsubscribe</a></code> <span class="emphasis"><em>regexp</em></span> [ <span class="emphasis"><em>regexp</em></span> ... ]
-</p></li><li><p>
-<code class="literal"><a href="#set" title="26. Setting and Querying Variables">toggle</a></code> <span class="emphasis"><em>variable</em></span> [<span class="emphasis"><em>variable</em></span> ... ]
-</p></li><li><p>
-<code class="literal"><a href="#unhook" title="28. Removing hooks">unhook</a></code> <span class="emphasis"><em>hook-type</em></span>
-</p></li></ul></div><p>
-
-</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="variables"></a>3. Configuration variables</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="abort-nosubject"></a>3.1. abort_nosubject</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: quadoption<br />
+</p><pre class="screen">
+mutt -s "data set for run #2" professor@bigschool.edu < ˜/run2.dat</pre><p>
+will send a message to <code class="literal"><professor@bigschool.edu></code> with a subject
+of “<span class="quote">data set for run #2</span>”. In the body of the message will be the contents
+of the file “<span class="quote">˜/run2.dat</span>”.
+</p><p>
+All files passed with <code class="literal">-a</code> <span class="emphasis"><em>file</em></span> will be attached as a MIME
+part to the message. To attach a single or several files, use “<span class="quote">--</span>” to separate files and
+recipient addresses:
+</p><pre class="screen">
+mutt -a image.png -- some@one.org</pre><p>
+or
+</p><pre class="screen">
+mutt -a *.png -- some@one.org</pre><div class="note"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>
+The <code class="literal">-a</code> option must be last in the option list.
+</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="commands"></a>2. Configuration Commands</h2></div></div></div><p>
+The following are the commands understood by Mutt:
+</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="command"><a class="link" href="#account-hook" title="6. Managing Multiple Accounts">account-hook</a></code>
+<em class="replaceable"><code>pattern</code></em>
+<em class="replaceable"><code>command</code></em>
+ </p></div></li><li><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="command"><a class="link" href="#alias" title="4. Defining/Using Aliases">alias</a></code> [
+<code class="option">-group</code>
+<em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em>
+...]
+<em class="replaceable"><code>key</code></em>
+
+<em class="replaceable"><code>address</code></em>
+ [
+<em class="replaceable"><code>address</code></em>
+...]<br /><code class="command"><a class="link" href="#alias" title="4. Defining/Using Aliases">unalias</a></code> [
+<code class="option">-group</code>
+<em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em>
+...] {
+<em class="replaceable"><code>*</code></em>
+ |
+<em class="replaceable"><code>key</code></em>
+... }</p></div></li><li><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="command"><a class="link" href="#alternates" title="11. Alternative Addresses">alternates</a></code> [
+<code class="option">-group</code>
+<em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em>
+...]
+<em class="replaceable"><code>regexp</code></em>
+ [
+<em class="replaceable"><code>regexp</code></em>
+...]<br /><code class="command"><a class="link" href="#alternates" title="11. Alternative Addresses">unalternates</a></code> [
+<code class="option">-group</code>
+<em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em>
+...] {
+<em class="replaceable"><code>*</code></em>
+ |
+<em class="replaceable"><code>regexp</code></em>
+... }</p></div></li><li><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="command"><a class="link" href="#alternative-order" title="5. MIME Multipart/Alternative">alternative-order</a></code>
+<em class="replaceable"><code>mimetype</code></em>
+ [
+<em class="replaceable"><code>mimetype</code></em>
+...]<br /><code class="command"><a class="link" href="#alternative-order" title="5. MIME Multipart/Alternative">unalternative-order</a></code> {
+<em class="replaceable"><code>*</code></em>
+ |
+<em class="replaceable"><code>mimetype</code></em>
+... }</p></div></li><li><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="command"><a class="link" href="#attachments" title="6. Attachment Searching and Counting">attachments</a></code>
+<em class="replaceable"><code>{ + | - }disposition</code></em>
+
+<em class="replaceable"><code>mime-type</code></em>
+ <br /><code class="command"><a class="link" href="#attachments" title="6. Attachment Searching and Counting">unattachments</a></code>
+<em class="replaceable"><code>{ + | - }disposition</code></em>
+
+<em class="replaceable"><code>mime-type</code></em>
+ </p></div></li><li><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="command"><a class="link" href="#auto-view" title="4. MIME Autoview">auto-view</a></code>
+<em class="replaceable"><code>mimetype</code></em>
+ [
+<em class="replaceable"><code>mimetype</code></em>
+...]<br /><code class="command"><a class="link" href="#auto-view" title="4. MIME Autoview">unauto-view</a></code> {
+<em class="replaceable"><code>*</code></em>
+ |
+<em class="replaceable"><code>mimetype</code></em>
+... }</p></div></li><li><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="command"><a class="link" href="#bind" title="5. Changing the Default Key Bindings">bind</a></code>
+<em class="replaceable"><code>map</code></em>
+
+<em class="replaceable"><code>key</code></em>
+
+<em class="replaceable"><code>function</code></em>
+ </p></div></li><li><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="command"><a class="link" href="#charset-hook" title="6. Defining Aliases for Character Sets">charset-hook</a></code>
+<em class="replaceable"><code>alias</code></em>
+
+<em class="replaceable"><code>charset</code></em>
+ </p></div></li><li><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="command"><a class="link" href="#iconv-hook">iconv-hook</a></code>
+<em class="replaceable"><code>charset</code></em>
+
+<em class="replaceable"><code>local-charset</code></em>
+ </p></div></li><li><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="command"><a class="link" href="#color" title="9. Using Color and Mono Video Attributes">color</a></code>
+<em class="replaceable"><code>object</code></em>
+
+<em class="replaceable"><code>foreground</code></em>
+
+<em class="replaceable"><code>background</code></em>
+ <br /><code class="command"><a class="link" href="#color" title="9. Using Color and Mono Video Attributes">color</a></code> {
+<code class="option">header</code>
+ |
+<code class="option">body</code>
+ }
+<em class="replaceable"><code>foreground</code></em>
+
+<em class="replaceable"><code>background</code></em>
+
+<em class="replaceable"><code>regexp</code></em>
+ <br /><code class="command"><a class="link" href="#color" title="9. Using Color and Mono Video Attributes">color</a></code>
+<code class="option">index</code>
+
+<em class="replaceable"><code>foreground</code></em>
+
+<em class="replaceable"><code>background</code></em>
+
+<em class="replaceable"><code>pattern</code></em>
+ <br /><code class="command"><a class="link" href="#color" title="9. Using Color and Mono Video Attributes">uncolor</a></code> {
+<code class="option">index</code>
+ |
+<code class="option">header</code>
+ |
+<code class="option">body</code>
+ } {
+<em class="replaceable"><code>*</code></em>
+ |
+<em class="replaceable"><code>pattern</code></em>
+... }</p></div></li><li><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="command"><a class="link" href="#crypt-hook" title="21. Choosing the Cryptographic Key of the Recipient">crypt-hook</a></code>
+<em class="replaceable"><code>pattern</code></em>
+
+<em class="replaceable"><code>keyid</code></em>
+ </p></div></li><li><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="command"><a class="link" href="#exec" title="23. Executing Functions">exec</a></code>
+<em class="replaceable"><code>function</code></em>
+ [
+<em class="replaceable"><code>function</code></em>
+...]</p></div></li><li><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="command"><a class="link" href="#fcc-hook" title="17. Specify Default Fcc: Mailbox When Composing">fcc-hook</a></code>
+<em class="replaceable"><code>[!]pattern</code></em>
+
+<em class="replaceable"><code>mailbox</code></em>
+ </p></div></li><li><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="command"><a class="link" href="#fcc-save-hook" title="18. Specify Default Save Filename and Default Fcc: Mailbox at Once">fcc-save-hook</a></code>
+<em class="replaceable"><code>[!]pattern</code></em>
+
+<em class="replaceable"><code>mailbox</code></em>
+ </p></div></li><li><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="command"><a class="link" href="#folder-hook" title="7. Setting Variables Based Upon Mailbox">folder-hook</a></code>
+<em class="replaceable"><code>[!]regexp</code></em>
+
+<em class="replaceable"><code>command</code></em>
+ </p></div></li><li><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="command"><a class="link" href="#addrgroup" title="3. Address Groups">group</a></code> [
+<code class="option">-group</code>
+<em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em>
+...] {
+<code class="option">-rx</code>
+<em class="replaceable"><code>expr</code></em>
+... |
+<code class="option">-addr</code>
+<em class="replaceable"><code>expr</code></em>
+... }<br /><code class="command"><a class="link" href="#addrgroup" title="3. Address Groups">ungroup</a></code> [
+<code class="option">-group</code>
+<em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em>
+...] {
+<em class="replaceable"><code>*</code></em>
+ |
+<code class="option">-rx</code>
+<em class="replaceable"><code>expr</code></em>
+... |
+<code class="option">-addr</code>
+<em class="replaceable"><code>expr</code></em>
+... }</p></div></li><li><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="command"><a class="link" href="#hdr-order" title="10.2. Ordering Displayed Headers">hdr_order</a></code>
+<em class="replaceable"><code>header</code></em>
+ [
+<em class="replaceable"><code>header</code></em>
+...]<br /><code class="command"><a class="link" href="#hdr-order" title="10.2. Ordering Displayed Headers">unhdr_order</a></code> {
+<em class="replaceable"><code>*</code></em>
+ |
+<em class="replaceable"><code>header</code></em>
+... }</p></div></li><li><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="command"><a class="link" href="#ignore" title="10.1. Selecting Headers">ignore</a></code>
+<em class="replaceable"><code>pattern</code></em>
+ [
+<em class="replaceable"><code>pattern</code></em>
+...]<br /><code class="command"><a class="link" href="#ignore" title="10.1. Selecting Headers">unignore</a></code> {
+<em class="replaceable"><code>*</code></em>
+ |
+<em class="replaceable"><code>pattern</code></em>
+... }</p></div></li><li><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="command"><a class="link" href="#lists" title="12. Mailing Lists">lists</a></code> [
+<code class="option">-group</code>
+<em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em>
+]
+<em class="replaceable"><code>regexp</code></em>
+ [
+<em class="replaceable"><code>regexp</code></em>
+...]<br /><code class="command"><a class="link" href="#lists" title="12. Mailing Lists">unlists</a></code> [
+<code class="option">-group</code>
+<em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em>
+...] {
+<em class="replaceable"><code>*</code></em>
+ |
+<em class="replaceable"><code>regexp</code></em>
+... }</p></div></li><li><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="command"><a class="link" href="#macro" title="8. Keyboard Macros">macro</a></code>
+<em class="replaceable"><code>menu</code></em>
+
+<em class="replaceable"><code>key</code></em>
+
+<em class="replaceable"><code>sequence</code></em>
+ [
+<em class="replaceable"><code>description</code></em>
+]</p></div></li><li><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="command"><a class="link" href="#mailboxes" title="14. Monitoring Incoming Mail">mailboxes</a></code>
+<em class="replaceable"><code>mailbox</code></em>
+ [
+<em class="replaceable"><code>mailbox</code></em>
+...]<br /><code class="command"><a class="link" href="#mailboxes" title="14. Monitoring Incoming Mail">unmailboxes</a></code> {
+<em class="replaceable"><code>*</code></em>
+ |
+<em class="replaceable"><code>mailbox</code></em>
+... }</p></div></li><li><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="command"><a class="link" href="#mbox-hook" title="13. Using Multiple Spool Mailboxes">mbox-hook</a></code>
+<em class="replaceable"><code>[!]pattern</code></em>
+
+<em class="replaceable"><code>mailbox</code></em>
+ </p></div></li><li><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="command"><a class="link" href="#message-hook" title="20. Change Settings Before Formatting a Message">message-hook</a></code>
+<em class="replaceable"><code>[!]pattern</code></em>
+
+<em class="replaceable"><code>command</code></em>
+ </p></div></li><li><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="command"><a class="link" href="#mime-lookup" title="7. MIME Lookup">mime-lookup</a></code>
+<em class="replaceable"><code>mimetype</code></em>
+ [
+<em class="replaceable"><code>mimetype</code></em>
+...]<br /><code class="command"><a class="link" href="#mime-lookup" title="7. MIME Lookup">unmime-lookup</a></code> {
+<em class="replaceable"><code>*</code></em>
+ |
+<em class="replaceable"><code>mimetype</code></em>
+... }</p></div></li><li><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="command"><a class="link" href="#mono">mono</a></code>
+<em class="replaceable"><code>object</code></em>
+
+<em class="replaceable"><code>attribute</code></em>
+ <br /><code class="command"><a class="link" href="#mono">mono</a></code> {
+<code class="option">header</code>
+ |
+<code class="option">body</code>
+ }
+<em class="replaceable"><code>attribute</code></em>
+
+<em class="replaceable"><code>regexp</code></em>
+ <br /><code class="command"><a class="link" href="#mono">mono</a></code>
+<code class="option">index</code>
+
+<em class="replaceable"><code>attribute</code></em>
+
+<em class="replaceable"><code>pattern</code></em>
+ <br /><code class="command"><a class="link" href="#mono">unmono</a></code> {
+<code class="option">index</code>
+ |
+<code class="option">header</code>
+ |
+<code class="option">body</code>
+ } {
+<em class="replaceable"><code>*</code></em>
+ |
+<em class="replaceable"><code>pattern</code></em>
+... }</p></div></li><li><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="command"><a class="link" href="#my-hdr" title="15. User-Defined Headers">my_hdr</a></code>
+<em class="replaceable"><code>string</code></em>
+ <br /><code class="command"><a class="link" href="#my-hdr" title="15. User-Defined Headers">unmy_hdr</a></code> {
+<em class="replaceable"><code>*</code></em>
+ |
+<em class="replaceable"><code>field</code></em>
+... }</p></div></li><li><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="command"><a class="link" href="#push" title="22. Adding Key Sequences to the Keyboard Buffer">push</a></code>
+<em class="replaceable"><code>string</code></em>
+ </p></div></li><li><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="command"><a class="link" href="#save-hook" title="16. Specify Default Save Mailbox">save-hook</a></code>
+<em class="replaceable"><code>[!]pattern</code></em>
+
+<em class="replaceable"><code>mailbox</code></em>
+ </p></div></li><li><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="command"><a class="link" href="#score" title="3.224. score">score</a></code>
+<em class="replaceable"><code>pattern</code></em>
+
+<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em>
+ <br /><code class="command"><a class="link" href="#score" title="3.224. score">unscore</a></code> {
+<em class="replaceable"><code>*</code></em>
+ |
+<em class="replaceable"><code>pattern</code></em>
+... }</p></div></li><li><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="command"><a class="link" href="#reply-hook">reply-hook</a></code>
+<em class="replaceable"><code>[!]pattern</code></em>
+
+<em class="replaceable"><code>command</code></em>
+ </p></div></li><li><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="command"><a class="link" href="#send-hook" title="19. Change Settings Based Upon Message Recipients">send-hook</a></code>
+<em class="replaceable"><code>[!]pattern</code></em>
+
+<em class="replaceable"><code>command</code></em>
+ </p></div></li><li><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="command"><a class="link" href="#send2-hook">send2-hook</a></code>
+<em class="replaceable"><code>[!]pattern</code></em>
+
+<em class="replaceable"><code>command</code></em>
+ </p></div></li><li><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="command"><a class="link" href="#set" title="26. Setting and Querying Variables">set</a></code> {
+[ <code class="option">no</code> | <code class="option">inv</code> ]
+<em class="replaceable"><code>variable</code></em>
+ |
+<em class="replaceable"><code>variable=value</code></em>
+ } [...]<br /><code class="command"><a class="link" href="#set" title="26. Setting and Querying Variables">toggle</a></code>
+<em class="replaceable"><code>variable</code></em>
+ [
+<em class="replaceable"><code>variable</code></em>
+...]<br /><code class="command"><a class="link" href="#set" title="26. Setting and Querying Variables">unset</a></code>
+<em class="replaceable"><code>variable</code></em>
+ [
+<em class="replaceable"><code>variable</code></em>
+...]<br /><code class="command"><a class="link" href="#set" title="26. Setting and Querying Variables">reset</a></code>
+<em class="replaceable"><code>variable</code></em>
+ [
+<em class="replaceable"><code>variable</code></em>
+...]</p></div></li><li><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="command"><a class="link" href="#source" title="27. Reading Initialization Commands From Another File">source</a></code>
+<em class="replaceable"><code>filename</code></em>
+ </p></div></li><li><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="command"><a class="link" href="#spam" title="25. Spam Detection">spam</a></code>
+<em class="replaceable"><code>pattern</code></em>
+
+<em class="replaceable"><code>format</code></em>
+ <br /><code class="command"><a class="link" href="#spam" title="25. Spam Detection">nospam</a></code> {
+<em class="replaceable"><code>*</code></em>
+ |
+<em class="replaceable"><code>pattern</code></em>
+ }</p></div></li><li><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="command"><a class="link" href="#subscribe">subscribe</a></code> [
+<code class="option">-group</code>
+<em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em>
+...]
+<em class="replaceable"><code>regexp</code></em>
+ [
+<em class="replaceable"><code>regexp</code></em>
+...]<br /><code class="command"><a class="link" href="#subscribe">unsubscribe</a></code> [
+<code class="option">-group</code>
+<em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em>
+...] {
+<em class="replaceable"><code>*</code></em>
+ |
+<em class="replaceable"><code>regexp</code></em>
+... }</p></div></li><li><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="command"><a class="link" href="#unhook" title="28. Removing Hooks">unhook</a></code> {
+<em class="replaceable"><code>*</code></em>
+ |
+<em class="replaceable"><code>hook-type</code></em>
+ }</p></div></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="variables"></a>3. Configuration Variables</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="abort-nosubject"></a>3.1. abort_nosubject</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: quadoption<br />
Default: ask-yes</p></div><p>
If set to <span class="emphasis"><em>yes</em></span>, when composing messages and no subject is given
at the subject prompt, composition will be aborted. If set to
check only happens after the <span class="emphasis"><em>first</em></span> edit of the file). When set
to <span class="emphasis"><em>no</em></span>, composition will never be aborted.
</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="alias-file"></a>3.3. alias_file</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: path<br />
-Default: "˜/.muttrc"</p></div><p>
-The default file in which to save aliases created by the
-``<a href="#create-alias">create-alias</a>'' function.
+Default: “<span class="quote"><code class="literal">˜/.muttrc</code></span>”</p></div><p>
+The default file in which to save aliases created by the
+<code class="literal"><a class="link" href="#create-alias"><create-alias></a></code> function. Entries added to this file are
+encoded in the character set specified by <a class="link" href="#config-charset" title="3.30. config_charset">$config_charset</a> if it
+is <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span> or the current character set otherwise.
</p><p>
<span class="bold"><strong>Note:</strong></span> Mutt will not automatically source this file; you must
-explicitly use the ``<a href="#source" title="27. Reading initialization commands from another file">source</a>'' command for it to be executed.
+explicitly use the “<span class="quote"><a class="link" href="#source" title="27. Reading Initialization Commands From Another File">source</a></span>” command for it to be executed in case
+this option points to a dedicated alias file.
</p><p>
The default for this option is the currently used muttrc file, or
-``˜/.muttrc'' if no user muttrc was found.
+“<span class="quote">˜/.muttrc</span>” if no user muttrc was found.
</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="alias-format"></a>3.4. alias_format</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
-Default: "%4n %2f %t %-10a %r"</p></div><p>
-Specifies the format of the data displayed for the `alias' menu. The
-following printf(3)-style sequences are available:
-</p><p>
-
-</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">%a </span></dt><dd><p>alias name
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%f </span></dt><dd><p>flags - currently, a "d" for an alias marked for deletion
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%n </span></dt><dd><p>index number
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%r </span></dt><dd><p>address which alias expands to
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%t </span></dt><dd><p>character which indicates if the alias is tagged for inclusion
-</p></dd></dl></div><p>
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="allow-8bit"></a>3.5. allow_8bit</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+Default: “<span class="quote"><code class="literal">%4n %2f %t %-10a %r</code></span>”</p></div><p>
+Specifies the format of the data displayed for the “<span class="quote"><a class="link" href="#alias" title="4. Defining/Using Aliases">alias</a></span>” menu. The
+following <code class="literal">printf(3)</code>-style sequences are available:
+
+</p><div class="informaltable"><table border="1"><colgroup><col /><col /></colgroup><tbody><tr><td>%a </td><td>alias name
+</td></tr><tr><td>%f </td><td>flags - currently, a “<span class="quote">d</span>” for an alias marked for deletion
+</td></tr><tr><td>%n </td><td>index number
+</td></tr><tr><td>%r </td><td>address which alias expands to
+</td></tr><tr><td>%t </td><td>character which indicates if the alias is tagged for inclusion
+</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="allow-8bit"></a>3.5. allow_8bit</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
Default: yes</p></div><p>
Controls whether 8-bit data is converted to 7-bit using either Quoted-
Printable or Base64 encoding when sending mail.
</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="allow-ansi"></a>3.6. allow_ansi</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
Default: no</p></div><p>
-Controls whether ANSI color codes in messages (and color tags in
+Controls whether ANSI color codes in messages (and color tags in
rich text messages) are to be interpreted.
-Messages containing these codes are rare, but if this option is set,
+Messages containing these codes are rare, but if this option is <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>,
their text will be colored accordingly. Note that this may override
your color choices, and even present a security problem, since a
-message could include a line like "[-- PGP output follows ..." and
-give it the same color as your attachment color.
+message could include a line like
+
+</p><pre class="screen">
+[-- PGP output follows ...
+</pre><p>
+and give it the same color as your attachment color (see also
+<a class="link" href="#crypt-timestamp" title="3.43. crypt_timestamp">$crypt_timestamp</a>).
</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="arrow-cursor"></a>3.7. arrow_cursor</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
Default: no</p></div><p>
-When set, an arrow (``->'') will be used to indicate the current entry
+When <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, an arrow (“<span class="quote">-></span>”) will be used to indicate the current entry
in menus instead of highlighting the whole line. On slow network or modem
links this will make response faster because there is less that has to
be redrawn on the screen when moving to the next or previous entries
in the menu.
</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="ascii-chars"></a>3.8. ascii_chars</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
Default: no</p></div><p>
-If set, Mutt will use plain ASCII characters when displaying thread
+If <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, Mutt will use plain ASCII characters when displaying thread
and attachment trees, instead of the default <span class="emphasis"><em>ACS</em></span> characters.
</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="askbcc"></a>3.9. askbcc</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
Default: no</p></div><p>
-If set, Mutt will prompt you for blind-carbon-copy (Bcc) recipients
+If <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, Mutt will prompt you for blind-carbon-copy (Bcc) recipients
before editing an outgoing message.
</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="askcc"></a>3.10. askcc</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
Default: no</p></div><p>
-If set, Mutt will prompt you for carbon-copy (Cc) recipients before
+If <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, Mutt will prompt you for carbon-copy (Cc) recipients before
editing the body of an outgoing message.
</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="assumed-charset"></a>3.11. assumed_charset</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
-Default:
""</p></div><p>
+Default:
(empty)</p></div><p>
This variable is a colon-separated list of character encoding
schemes for messages without character encoding indication.
Header field values and message body content without character encoding
indication would be assumed that they are written in one of this list.
By default, all the header fields and message body without any charset
-indication are assumed to be in "us-ascii".
+indication are assumed to be in “<span class="quote">us-ascii</span>”.
</p><p>
For example, Japanese users might prefer this:
-</p><p>
+
+</p><pre class="screen">
set assumed_charset="iso-2022-jp:euc-jp:shift_jis:utf-8"
-</p><p>
However, only the first content is valid for the message body.
</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="attach-charset"></a>3.12. attach_charset</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
-Default:
""</p></div><p>
+Default:
(empty)</p></div><p>
This variable is a colon-separated list of character encoding
-schemes for text file attachments.
-If unset, <a href="#charset" title="3.25. charset">$charset</a> value will be used instead.
+schemes for text file attachments. Mutt uses this setting to guess
+which encoding files being attached are encoded in to convert them to
+a proper character set given in <a class="link" href="#send-charset" title="3.229. send_charset">$send_charset</a>.
+</p><p>
+If <span class="emphasis"><em>unset</em></span>, the value of <a class="link" href="#charset" title="3.25. charset">$charset</a> will be used instead.
For example, the following configuration would work for Japanese
text handling:
-</p><p>
+
+</p><pre class="screen">
set attach_charset="iso-2022-jp:euc-jp:shift_jis:utf-8"
-</p><p>
-Note: "iso-2022-*" must be put at the head of the value as shown above
-if included.
+Note: for Japanese users, “<span class="quote">iso-2022-*</span>” must be put at the head
+of the value as shown above if included.
</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="attach-format"></a>3.13. attach_format</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
-Default: "%u%D%I %t%4n %T%.40d%> [%.7m/%.10M, %.6e%?C?, %C?, %s] "</p></div><p>
-This variable describes the format of the `attachment' menu. The
-following printf-style sequences are understood:
-</p><p>
-
-</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">%C </span></dt><dd><p>charset
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%c </span></dt><dd><p>requires charset conversion (n or c)
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%D </span></dt><dd><p>deleted flag
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%d </span></dt><dd><p>description
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%e </span></dt><dd><p>MIME content-transfer-encoding
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%f </span></dt><dd><p>filename
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%I </span></dt><dd><p>disposition (I=inline, A=attachment)
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%m </span></dt><dd><p>major MIME type
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%M </span></dt><dd><p>MIME subtype
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%n </span></dt><dd><p>attachment number
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%Q </span></dt><dd><p>"Q", if MIME part qualifies for attachment counting
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%s </span></dt><dd><p>size
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%t </span></dt><dd><p>tagged flag
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%T </span></dt><dd><p>graphic tree characters
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%u </span></dt><dd><p>unlink (=to delete) flag
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%X </span></dt><dd><p>number of qualifying MIME parts in this part and its children
-(please see the ``<a href="#attachments" title="6. Attachment Searching and Counting">attachments</a>'' section for possible speed effects)
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%>X </span></dt><dd><p>right justify the rest of the string and pad with character "X"
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%|X </span></dt><dd><p>pad to the end of the line with character "X"
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%*X </span></dt><dd><p>soft-fill with character "X" as pad
-</p></dd></dl></div><p>
-
-</p><p>
-For an explanation of `soft-fill', see the ``<a href="#index-format" title="3.100. index_format">$index_format</a>'' documentation.
+Default: “<span class="quote"><code class="literal">%u%D%I %t%4n %T%.40d%> [%.7m/%.10M, %.6e%?C?, %C?, %s] </code></span>”</p></div><p>
+This variable describes the format of the “<span class="quote">attachment</span>” menu. The
+following <code class="literal">printf(3)</code>-style sequences are understood:
+
+</p><div class="informaltable"><table border="1"><colgroup><col /><col /></colgroup><tbody><tr><td>%C </td><td>charset
+</td></tr><tr><td>%c </td><td>requires charset conversion (“<span class="quote">n</span>” or “<span class="quote">c</span>”)
+</td></tr><tr><td>%D </td><td>deleted flag
+</td></tr><tr><td>%d </td><td>description
+</td></tr><tr><td>%e </td><td>MIME content-transfer-encoding
+</td></tr><tr><td>%f </td><td>filename
+</td></tr><tr><td>%I </td><td>disposition (“<span class="quote">I</span>” for inline, “<span class="quote">A</span>” for attachment)
+</td></tr><tr><td>%m </td><td>major MIME type
+</td></tr><tr><td>%M </td><td>MIME subtype
+</td></tr><tr><td>%n </td><td>attachment number
+</td></tr><tr><td>%Q </td><td>“<span class="quote">Q</span>”, if MIME part qualifies for attachment counting
+</td></tr><tr><td>%s </td><td>size
+</td></tr><tr><td>%t </td><td>tagged flag
+</td></tr><tr><td>%T </td><td>graphic tree characters
+</td></tr><tr><td>%u </td><td>unlink (=to delete) flag
+</td></tr><tr><td>%X </td><td>number of qualifying MIME parts in this part and its children
+(please see the “<span class="quote"><a class="link" href="#attachments" title="6. Attachment Searching and Counting">attachments</a></span>” section for possible speed effects)
+</td></tr><tr><td>%>X </td><td>right justify the rest of the string and pad with character “<span class="quote">X</span>”
+</td></tr><tr><td>%|X </td><td>pad to the end of the line with character “<span class="quote">X</span>”
+</td></tr><tr><td>%*X </td><td>soft-fill with character “<span class="quote">X</span>” as pad
+</td></tr></tbody></table></div><p>
+For an explanation of “<span class="quote">soft-fill</span>”, see the <a class="link" href="#index-format" title="3.114. index_format">$index_format</a> documentation.
</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="attach-sep"></a>3.14. attach_sep</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
-Default:
"\n"</p></div><p>
+Default:
“<span class="quote"><code class="literal">\n</code></span>”</p></div><p>
The separator to add between attachments when operating (saving,
printing, piping, etc) on a list of tagged attachments.
</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="attach-split"></a>3.15. attach_split</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
Default: yes</p></div><p>
-If this variable is unset, when operating (saving, printing, piping,
+If this variable is <span class="emphasis"><em>unset</em></span>, when operating (saving, printing, piping,
etc) on a list of tagged attachments, Mutt will concatenate the
attachments and will operate on them as a single attachment. The
-``<a href="#attach-sep" title="3.14. attach_sep">$attach_sep</a>'' separator is added after each attachment. When set,
+<a class="link" href="#attach-sep" title="3.14. attach_sep">$attach_sep</a> separator is added after each attachment. When <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>,
Mutt will operate on the attachments one by one.
</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="attribution"></a>3.16. attribution</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
-Default:
"On %d, %n wrote:"</p></div><p>
+Default:
“<span class="quote"><code class="literal">On %d, %n wrote:</code></span>”</p></div><p>
This is the string that will precede a message which has been included
-in a reply. For a full listing of defined printf()-like sequences see
-the section on ``<a href="#index-format" title="3.100. index_format">$index_format</a>''.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="auto
edit"></a>3.17. autoedit</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+in a reply. For a full listing of defined <code class="literal">printf(3)</code>-like sequences see
+the section on <a class="link" href="#index-format" title="3.114. index_format">$index_format</a>.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="auto
-tag"></a>3.17. auto_tag</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
Default: no</p></div><p>
-When set along with ``<a href="#edit-headers" title="3.50. edit_headers">$edit_headers</a>'', Mutt will skip the initial
-send-menu and allow you to immediately begin editing the body of your
+When <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, functions in the <span class="emphasis"><em>index</em></span> menu which affect a message
+will be applied to all tagged messages (if there are any). When
+unset, you must first use the <code class="literal"><tag-prefix></code> function (bound to “<span class="quote">;</span>”
+by default) to make the next function apply to all tagged messages.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="autoedit"></a>3.18. autoedit</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+Default: no</p></div><p>
+When <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span> along with <a class="link" href="#edit-headers" title="3.57. edit_headers">$edit_headers</a>, Mutt will skip the initial
+send-menu (prompting for subject and recipients) and allow you to
+immediately begin editing the body of your
message. The send-menu may still be accessed once you have finished
editing the body of your message.
</p><p>
-Also see ``<a href="#fast-reply" title="3.55. fast_reply">$fast_reply</a>''.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="auto-tag"></a>3.18. auto_tag</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
-Default: no</p></div><p>
-When set, functions in the <span class="emphasis"><em>index</em></span> menu which affect a message
-will be applied to all tagged messages (if there are any). When
-unset, you must first use the tag-prefix function (default: ";") to
-make the next function apply to all tagged messages.
+<span class="bold"><strong>Note:</strong></span> when this option is <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, you cannot use send-hooks that depend
+on the recipients when composing a new (non-reply) message, as the initial
+list of recipients is empty.
+</p><p>
+Also see <a class="link" href="#fast-reply" title="3.63. fast_reply">$fast_reply</a>.
</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="beep"></a>3.19. beep</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
Default: yes</p></div><p>
-When this variable is set, mutt will beep when an error occurs.
+When this variable is <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, mutt will beep when an error occurs.
</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="beep-new"></a>3.20. beep_new</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
Default: no</p></div><p>
-When this variable is set, mutt will beep whenever it prints a message
+When this variable is <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, mutt will beep whenever it prints a message
notifying you of new mail. This is independent of the setting of the
-``<a href="#beep" title="3.19. beep">$beep</a>'' variable.
+<a class="link" href="#beep" title="3.19. beep">$beep</a> variable.
</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="bounce"></a>3.21. bounce</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: quadoption<br />
Default: ask-yes</p></div><p>
Controls whether you will be asked to confirm bouncing messages.
and thus not recommended, because you are unable to bounce messages.
</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="bounce-delivered"></a>3.22. bounce_delivered</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
Default: yes</p></div><p>
-When this variable is set, mutt will include Delivered-To headers when
-bouncing messages. Postfix users may wish to unset this variable.
+When this variable is <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, mutt will include Delivered-To headers when
+bouncing messages. Postfix users may wish to <span class="emphasis"><em>unset</em></span> this variable.
</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="braille-friendly"></a>3.23. braille_friendly</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
Default: no</p></div><p>
-When this variable is set, mutt will place the cursor at the beginning
-of the current line in menus, even when the arrow_cursor variable
-is unset, making it easier for blind persons using Braille displays to
-follow these menus. The option is disabled by default because many
+When this variable is <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, mutt will place the cursor at the beginning
+of the current line in menus, even when the <a class="link" href="#arrow-cursor" title="3.7. arrow_cursor">$arrow_cursor</a> variable
+is <span class="emphasis"><em>unset</em></span>, making it easier for blind persons using Braille displays to
+follow these menus. The option is <span class="emphasis"><em>unset</em></span> by default because many
visual terminals don't permit making the cursor invisible.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="check-mbox-size"></a>3.24. check_mbox_size</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
-Default: no</p></div><p>
-When this variable is set, mutt will use file size attribute instead of
-access time when checking for new mail.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="charset"></a>3.25. charset</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
-Default: ""</p></div><p>
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="certificate-file"></a>3.24. certificate_file</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: path<br />
+Default: “<span class="quote"><code class="literal">˜/.mutt_certificates</code></span>”</p></div><p>
+This variable specifies the file where the certificates you trust
+are saved. When an unknown certificate is encountered, you are asked
+if you accept it or not. If you accept it, the certificate can also
+be saved in this file and further connections are automatically
+accepted.
+</p><p>
+You can also manually add CA certificates in this file. Any server
+certificate that is signed with one of these CA certificates is
+also automatically accepted.
+</p><p>
+Example:
+
+</p><pre class="screen">
+set certificate_file=~/.mutt/certificates
+</pre></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="charset"></a>3.25. charset</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
+Default: (empty)</p></div><p>
Character set your terminal uses to display and enter textual data.
-It is also the fallback for <a href="#send-charset" title="3.256. send_charset">$send_charset</a>.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="check-new"></a>3.26. check_new</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+It is also the fallback for <a class="link" href="#send-charset" title="3.229. send_charset">$send_charset</a>.
+</p><p>
+Upon startup Mutt tries to derive this value from environment variables
+such as <code class="literal">$LC_CTYPE</code> or <code class="literal">$LANG</code>.
+</p><p>
+<span class="bold"><strong>Note:</strong></span> It should only be set in case Mutt isn't abled to determine the
+character set used correctly.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="check-mbox-size"></a>3.26. check_mbox_size</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+Default: no</p></div><p>
+When this variable is <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, mutt will use file size attribute instead of
+access time when checking for new mail in mbox and mmdf folders.
+</p><p>
+This variable is <span class="emphasis"><em>unset</em></span> by default and should only be enabled when
+new mail detection for these folder types is unreliable or doesn't work.
+</p><p>
+Note that enabling this variable should happen before any “<span class="quote"><a class="link" href="#mailboxes" title="14. Monitoring Incoming Mail">mailboxes</a></span>”
+directives occur in configuration files regarding mbox or mmdf folders
+because mutt needs to determine the initial new mail status of such a
+mailbox by performing a fast mailbox scan when it is defined.
+Afterwards the new mail status is tracked by file size changes.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="check-new"></a>3.27. check_new</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
Default: yes</p></div><p>
<span class="bold"><strong>Note:</strong></span> this option only affects <span class="emphasis"><em>maildir</em></span> and <span class="emphasis"><em>MH</em></span> style
mailboxes.
mailbox is open. Especially with MH mailboxes, this operation can
take quite some time since it involves scanning the directory and
checking each file to see if it has already been looked at. If
-<span class="emphasis"><em>check_new</em></span> is <span class="emphasis"><em>unset</em></span>, no check for new mail is performed
+this variable is <span class="emphasis"><em>unset</em></span>, no check for new mail is performed
while the mailbox is open.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="collapse-unread"></a>3.2
7. collapse_unread</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="collapse-unread"></a>3.2
8. collapse_unread</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
Default: yes</p></div><p>
When <span class="emphasis"><em>unset</em></span>, Mutt will not collapse a thread if it contains any
unread messages.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="uncollapse-jump"></a>3.28. uncollapse_jump</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
-Default: no</p></div><p>
-When <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, Mutt will jump to the next unread message, if any,
-when the current thread is <span class="emphasis"><em>un</em></span>collapsed.
</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="compose-format"></a>3.29. compose_format</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
-Default: "-- Mutt: Compose [Approx. msg size: %l Atts: %a]%>-"</p></div><p>
-Controls the format of the status line displayed in the <span class="emphasis"><em>Compose</em></span>
-menu. This string is similar to ``<a href="#status-format" title="3.278. status_format">$status_format</a>'', but has its own
-set of printf()-like sequences:
-</p><p>
-
-</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">%a </span></dt><dd><p>total number of attachments
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%h </span></dt><dd><p>local hostname
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%l </span></dt><dd><p>approximate size (in bytes) of the current message
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%v </span></dt><dd><p>Mutt version string
-</p></dd></dl></div><p>
-
-</p><p>
-See the text describing the ``<a href="#status-format" title="3.278. status_format">$status_format</a>'' option for more
-information on how to set ``<a href="#compose-format" title="3.29. compose_format">$compose_format</a>''.
+Default: “<span class="quote"><code class="literal">-- Mutt: Compose [Approx. msg size: %l Atts: %a]%>-</code></span>”</p></div><p>
+Controls the format of the status line displayed in the “<span class="quote">compose</span>”
+menu. This string is similar to <a class="link" href="#status-format" title="3.282. status_format">$status_format</a>, but has its own
+set of <code class="literal">printf(3)</code>-like sequences:
+
+</p><div class="informaltable"><table border="1"><colgroup><col /><col /></colgroup><tbody><tr><td>%a </td><td>total number of attachments
+</td></tr><tr><td>%h </td><td>local hostname
+</td></tr><tr><td>%l </td><td>approximate size (in bytes) of the current message
+</td></tr><tr><td>%v </td><td>Mutt version string
+</td></tr></tbody></table></div><p>
+See the text describing the <a class="link" href="#status-format" title="3.282. status_format">$status_format</a> option for more
+information on how to set <a class="link" href="#compose-format" title="3.29. compose_format">$compose_format</a>.
</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="config-charset"></a>3.30. config_charset</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
-Default:
""</p></div><p>
+Default:
(empty)</p></div><p>
When defined, Mutt will recode commands in rc files from this
-encoding.
+encoding to the current character set as specified by <a class="link" href="#charset" title="3.25. charset">$charset</a>
+and aliases written to <a class="link" href="#alias-file" title="3.3. alias_file">$alias_file</a> from the current character set.
+</p><p>
+Please note that if setting <a class="link" href="#charset" title="3.25. charset">$charset</a> it must be done before
+setting <a class="link" href="#config-charset" title="3.30. config_charset">$config_charset</a>.
+</p><p>
+Recoding should be avoided as it may render unconvertable
+characters as question marks which can lead to undesired
+side effects (for example in regular expressions).
</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="confirmappend"></a>3.31. confirmappend</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
Default: yes</p></div><p>
-When set, Mutt will prompt for confirmation when appending messages to
+When <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, Mutt will prompt for confirmation when appending messages to
an existing mailbox.
</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="confirmcreate"></a>3.32. confirmcreate</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
Default: yes</p></div><p>
-When set, Mutt will prompt for confirmation when saving messages to a
+When <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, Mutt will prompt for confirmation when saving messages to a
mailbox which does not yet exist before creating it.
</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="connect-timeout"></a>3.33. connect_timeout</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: number<br />
Default: 30</p></div><p>
-Causes Mutt to timeout a network connection (for IMAP or POP) after this
+Causes Mutt to timeout a network connection (for IMAP, POP or SMTP) after this
many seconds if the connection is not able to be established. A negative
-value causes Mutt to wait indefinitely for the connection to succeed.
+value causes Mutt to wait indefinitely for the connection attempt to succeed.
</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="content-type"></a>3.34. content_type</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
-Default:
"text/plain"</p></div><p>
+Default:
“<span class="quote"><code class="literal">text/plain</code></span>”</p></div><p>
Sets the default Content-Type for the body of newly composed messages.
</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="copy"></a>3.35. copy</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: quadoption<br />
Default: yes</p></div><p>
This variable controls whether or not copies of your outgoing messages
-will be saved for later references. Also see ``<a href="#record" title="3.239. record">$record</a>'',
-``<a href="#save-name" title="3.251. save_name">$save_name</a>'', ``<a href="#force-name" title="3.61. force_name">$force_name</a>'' and ``<a href="#fcc-hook" title="17. Specify default Fcc: mailbox when composing">fcc-hook</a>''.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="crypt-use-gpgme"></a>3.36. crypt_use_gpgme</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
-Default: no</p></div><p>
-This variable controls the use of the GPGME-enabled crypto backends.
-If it is set and Mutt was built with gpgme support, the gpgme code for
-S/MIME and PGP will be used instead of the classic code. Note that
-you need to set this option in .muttrc; it won't have any effect when
-used interactively.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="crypt-use-pka"></a>3.37. crypt_use_pka</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+will be saved for later references. Also see <a class="link" href="#record" title="3.211. record">$record</a>,
+<a class="link" href="#save-name" title="3.223. save_name">$save_name</a>, <a class="link" href="#force-name" title="3.69. force_name">$force_name</a> and “<span class="quote"><a class="link" href="#fcc-hook" title="17. Specify Default Fcc: Mailbox When Composing">fcc-hook</a></span>”.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="crypt-autoencrypt"></a>3.36. crypt_autoencrypt</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
Default: no</p></div><p>
-(http://www.g10code.de/docs/pka-intro.de.pdf) during signature
-verification (only supported by the GPGME backend).
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="crypt-autopgp"></a>3.38. crypt_autopgp</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+Setting this variable will cause Mutt to always attempt to PGP
+encrypt outgoing messages. This is probably only useful in
+connection to the “<span class="quote"><a class="link" href="#send-hook" title="19. Change Settings Based Upon Message Recipients">send-hook</a></span>” command. It can be overridden
+by use of the pgp menu, when encryption is not required or
+signing is requested as well. If <a class="link" href="#smime-is-default" title="3.252. smime_is_default">$smime_is_default</a> is <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>,
+then OpenSSL is used instead to create S/MIME messages and
+settings can be overridden by use of the smime menu instead.
+(Crypto only)
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="crypt-autopgp"></a>3.37. crypt_autopgp</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
Default: yes</p></div><p>
This variable controls whether or not mutt may automatically enable
-PGP encryption/signing for messages. See also ``<a href="#crypt-autoencrypt" title="3.143. crypt_autoencrypt">$crypt_autoencrypt</a>'',
-``<a href="#crypt-replyencrypt" title="3.145. crypt_replyencrypt">$crypt_replyencrypt</a>'',
-``<a href="#crypt-autosign" title="3.142. crypt_autosign">$crypt_autosign</a>'', ``<a href="#crypt-replysign" title="3.146. crypt_replysign">$crypt_replysign</a>'' and ``<a href="#smime-is-default" title="3.151. smime_is_default">$smime_is_default</a>''.
+PGP encryption/signing for messages. See also <a class="link" href="#crypt-autoencrypt" title="3.36. crypt_autoencrypt">$crypt_autoencrypt</a>,
+<a class="link" href="#crypt-replyencrypt" title="3.40. crypt_replyencrypt">$crypt_replyencrypt</a>,
+<a class="link" href="#crypt-autosign" title="3.38. crypt_autosign">$crypt_autosign</a>, <a class="link" href="#crypt-replysign" title="3.41. crypt_replysign">$crypt_replysign</a> and <a class="link" href="#smime-is-default" title="3.252. smime_is_default">$smime_is_default</a>.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="crypt-autosign"></a>3.38. crypt_autosign</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+Default: no</p></div><p>
+Setting this variable will cause Mutt to always attempt to
+cryptographically sign outgoing messages. This can be overridden
+by use of the pgp menu, when signing is not required or
+encryption is requested as well. If <a class="link" href="#smime-is-default" title="3.252. smime_is_default">$smime_is_default</a> is <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>,
+then OpenSSL is used instead to create S/MIME messages and settings can
+be overridden by use of the smime menu instead of the pgp menu.
+(Crypto only)
</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="crypt-autosmime"></a>3.39. crypt_autosmime</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
Default: yes</p></div><p>
This variable controls whether or not mutt may automatically enable
-S/MIME encryption/signing for messages. See also ``<a href="#crypt-autoencrypt" title="3.143. crypt_autoencrypt">$crypt_autoencrypt</a>'',
-``<a href="#crypt-replyencrypt" title="3.145. crypt_replyencrypt">$crypt_replyencrypt</a>'',
-``<a href="#crypt-autosign" title="3.142. crypt_autosign">$crypt_autosign</a>'', ``<a href="#crypt-replysign" title="3.146. crypt_replysign">$crypt_replysign</a>'' and ``<a href="#smime-is-default" title="3.151. smime_is_default">$smime_is_default</a>''.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="date-format"></a>3.40. date_format</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
-Default: "!%a, %b %d, %Y at %I:%M:%S%p %Z"</p></div><p>
-This variable controls the format of the date printed by the ``%d''
-sequence in ``<a href="#index-format" title="3.100. index_format">$index_format</a>''. This is passed to the <span class="emphasis"><em>strftime</em></span>
-call to process the date. See the man page for <span class="emphasis"><em>strftime(3)</em></span> for
-the proper syntax.
-</p><p>
-Unless the first character in the string is a bang (``!''), the month
-and week day names are expanded according to the locale specified in
-the variable ``<a href="#locale" title="3.103. locale">$locale</a>''. If the first character in the string is a
-bang, the bang is discarded, and the month and week day names in the
-rest of the string are expanded in the <span class="emphasis"><em>C</em></span> locale (that is in US
-English).
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="default-hook"></a>3.41. default_hook</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
-Default: "˜f %s !˜P | (˜P ˜C %s)"</p></div><p>
-This variable controls how message-hooks, reply-hooks, send-hooks,
-send2-hooks, save-hooks, and fcc-hooks will
-be interpreted if they are specified with only a simple regexp,
-instead of a matching pattern. The hooks are expanded when they are
-declared, so a hook will be interpreted according to the value of this
-variable at the time the hook is declared. The default value matches
-if the message is either from a user matching the regular expression
-given, or if it is from you (if the from address matches
-``alternates'') and is to or cc'ed to a user matching the given
-regular expression.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="delete"></a>3.42. delete</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: quadoption<br />
-Default: ask-yes</p></div><p>
-Controls whether or not messages are really deleted when closing or
-synchronizing a mailbox. If set to <span class="emphasis"><em>yes</em></span>, messages marked for
+S/MIME encryption/signing for messages. See also <a class="link" href="#crypt-autoencrypt" title="3.36. crypt_autoencrypt">$crypt_autoencrypt</a>,
+<a class="link" href="#crypt-replyencrypt" title="3.40. crypt_replyencrypt">$crypt_replyencrypt</a>,
+<a class="link" href="#crypt-autosign" title="3.38. crypt_autosign">$crypt_autosign</a>, <a class="link" href="#crypt-replysign" title="3.41. crypt_replysign">$crypt_replysign</a> and <a class="link" href="#smime-is-default" title="3.252. smime_is_default">$smime_is_default</a>.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="crypt-replyencrypt"></a>3.40. crypt_replyencrypt</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+Default: yes</p></div><p>
+If <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, automatically PGP or OpenSSL encrypt replies to messages which are
+encrypted.
+(Crypto only)
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="crypt-replysign"></a>3.41. crypt_replysign</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+Default: no</p></div><p>
+If <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, automatically PGP or OpenSSL sign replies to messages which are
+signed.
+</p><p>
+<span class="bold"><strong>Note:</strong></span> this does not work on messages that are encrypted
+<span class="emphasis"><em>and</em></span> signed!
+(Crypto only)
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="crypt-replysignencrypted"></a>3.42. crypt_replysignencrypted</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+Default: no</p></div><p>
+If <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, automatically PGP or OpenSSL sign replies to messages
+which are encrypted. This makes sense in combination with
+<a class="link" href="#crypt-replyencrypt" title="3.40. crypt_replyencrypt">$crypt_replyencrypt</a>, because it allows you to sign all
+messages which are automatically encrypted. This works around
+the problem noted in <a class="link" href="#crypt-replysign" title="3.41. crypt_replysign">$crypt_replysign</a>, that mutt is not able
+to find out whether an encrypted message is also signed.
+(Crypto only)
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="crypt-timestamp"></a>3.43. crypt_timestamp</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+Default: yes</p></div><p>
+If <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, mutt will include a time stamp in the lines surrounding
+PGP or S/MIME output, so spoofing such lines is more difficult.
+If you are using colors to mark these lines, and rely on these,
+you may <span class="emphasis"><em>unset</em></span> this setting.
+(Crypto only)
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="crypt-use-gpgme"></a>3.44. crypt_use_gpgme</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+Default: no</p></div><p>
+This variable controls the use of the GPGME-enabled crypto backends.
+If it is <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span> and Mutt was built with gpgme support, the gpgme code for
+S/MIME and PGP will be used instead of the classic code. Note that
+you need to set this option in .muttrc; it won't have any effect when
+used interactively.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="crypt-use-pka"></a>3.45. crypt_use_pka</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+Default: no</p></div><p>
+Controls whether mutt uses PKA
+(see http://www.g10code.de/docs/pka-intro.de.pdf) during signature
+verification (only supported by the GPGME backend).
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="crypt-verify-sig"></a>3.46. crypt_verify_sig</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: quadoption<br />
+Default: yes</p></div><p>
+If <span class="emphasis"><em>“<span class="quote">yes</span>”</em></span>, always attempt to verify PGP or S/MIME signatures.
+If <span class="emphasis"><em>“<span class="quote">ask-*</span>”</em></span>, ask whether or not to verify the signature.
+If \Fi“<span class="quote">no</span>”, never attempt to verify cryptographic signatures.
+(Crypto only)
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="date-format"></a>3.47. date_format</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
+Default: “<span class="quote"><code class="literal">!%a, %b %d, %Y at %I:%M:%S%p %Z</code></span>”</p></div><p>
+This variable controls the format of the date printed by the “<span class="quote">%d</span>”
+sequence in <a class="link" href="#index-format" title="3.114. index_format">$index_format</a>. This is passed to the <code class="literal">strftime(3)</code>
+function to process the date, see the man page for the proper syntax.
+</p><p>
+Unless the first character in the string is a bang (“<span class="quote">!</span>”), the month
+and week day names are expanded according to the locale specified in
+the variable <a class="link" href="#locale" title="3.117. locale">$locale</a>. If the first character in the string is a
+bang, the bang is discarded, and the month and week day names in the
+rest of the string are expanded in the <span class="emphasis"><em>C</em></span> locale (that is in US
+English).
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="default-hook"></a>3.48. default_hook</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
+Default: “<span class="quote"><code class="literal">˜f %s !˜P | (˜P ˜C %s)</code></span>”</p></div><p>
+This variable controls how “<span class="quote"><a class="link" href="#message-hook" title="20. Change Settings Before Formatting a Message">message-hook</a></span>”, “<span class="quote"><a class="link" href="#reply-hook">reply-hook</a></span>”, “<span class="quote"><a class="link" href="#send-hook" title="19. Change Settings Based Upon Message Recipients">send-hook</a></span>”,
+“<span class="quote"><a class="link" href="#send2-hook">send2-hook</a></span>”, “<span class="quote"><a class="link" href="#save-hook" title="16. Specify Default Save Mailbox">save-hook</a></span>”, and “<span class="quote"><a class="link" href="#fcc-hook" title="17. Specify Default Fcc: Mailbox When Composing">fcc-hook</a></span>” will
+be interpreted if they are specified with only a simple regexp,
+instead of a matching pattern. The hooks are expanded when they are
+declared, so a hook will be interpreted according to the value of this
+variable at the time the hook is declared.
+</p><p>
+The default value matches
+if the message is either from a user matching the regular expression
+given, or if it is from you (if the from address matches
+“<span class="quote"><a class="link" href="#alternates" title="11. Alternative Addresses">alternates</a></span>”) and is to or cc'ed to a user matching the given
+regular expression.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="delete"></a>3.49. delete</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: quadoption<br />
+Default: ask-yes</p></div><p>
+Controls whether or not messages are really deleted when closing or
+synchronizing a mailbox. If set to <span class="emphasis"><em>yes</em></span>, messages marked for
deleting will automatically be purged without prompting. If set to
<span class="emphasis"><em>no</em></span>, messages marked for deletion will be kept in the mailbox.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="delete-untag"></a>3.
43. delete_untag</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="delete-untag"></a>3.
50. delete_untag</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
Default: yes</p></div><p>
If this option is <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, mutt will untag messages when marking them
for deletion. This applies when you either explicitly delete a message,
or when you save it to another folder.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="digest-collapse"></a>3.
44. digest_collapse</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="digest-collapse"></a>3.
51. digest_collapse</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
Default: yes</p></div><p>
If this option is <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, mutt's received-attachments menu will not show the subparts of
-individual messages in a multipart/digest. To see these subparts, press 'v' on that menu.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="display-filter"></a>3.
45. display_filter</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: path<br />
-Default:
""</p></div><p>
+individual messages in a multipart/digest. To see these subparts, press “<span class="quote">v</span>” on that menu.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="display-filter"></a>3.
52. display_filter</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: path<br />
+Default:
(empty)</p></div><p>
When set, specifies a command used to filter messages. When a message
-is viewed it is passed as standard input to <a href="#display-filter" title="3.45. display_filter">$display_filter</a>, and the
+is viewed it is passed as standard input to <a class="link" href="#display-filter" title="3.52. display_filter">$display_filter</a>, and the
filtered message is read from the standard output.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="dotlock-program"></a>3.
46. dotlock_program</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: path<br />
-Default:
"/usr/local/bin/mutt_dotlock"</p></div><p>
-Contains the path of the mutt_dotlock (8) binary to be used by
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="dotlock-program"></a>3.
53. dotlock_program</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: path<br />
+Default:
“<span class="quote"><code class="literal">/usr/local/bin/mutt_dotlock</code></span>”</p></div><p>
+Contains the path of the <code class="literal">mutt_dotlock(8)</code> binary to be used by
mutt.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="dsn-notify"></a>3.
47. dsn_notify</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
-Default:
""</p></div><p>
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="dsn-notify"></a>3.
54. dsn_notify</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
+Default:
(empty)</p></div><p>
This variable sets the request for when notification is returned. The
string consists of a comma separated list (no spaces!) of one or more
of the following: <span class="emphasis"><em>never</em></span>, to never request notification,
<span class="emphasis"><em>delay</em></span>, to be notified of message delays, <span class="emphasis"><em>success</em></span>, to be
notified of successful transmission.
</p><p>
-Example: set dsn_notify="failure,delay"
-</p><p>
-<span class="bold"><strong>Note:</strong></span> when using <a href="#sendmail" title="3.257. sendmail">$sendmail</a> for delivery, you should not enable
+Example:
+
+</p><pre class="screen">
+set dsn_notify="failure,delay"
+</pre><p>
+<span class="bold"><strong>Note:</strong></span> when using <a class="link" href="#sendmail" title="3.230. sendmail">$sendmail</a> for delivery, you should not enable
this unless you are either using Sendmail 8.8.x or greater or a MTA
-providing a sendmail(1)-compatible interface supporting the -N option
-for DSN. For SMTP delivery, it depends on the server whether DSN is
-supported or not.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="dsn-return"></a>3.
48. dsn_return</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
-Default:
""</p></div><p>
+providing a <code class="literal">sendmail(1)</code>-compatible interface supporting the <code class="literal">-N</code> option
+for DSN. For SMTP delivery, DSN support is autodetected so that it
+depends on the server whether DSN will be used or not.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="dsn-return"></a>3.
55. dsn_return</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
+Default:
(empty)</p></div><p>
This variable controls how much of your message is returned in DSN
messages. It may be set to either <span class="emphasis"><em>hdrs</em></span> to return just the
message header, or <span class="emphasis"><em>full</em></span> to return the full message.
</p><p>
-Example: set dsn_return=hdrs
-</p><p>
-<span class="bold"><strong>Note:</strong></span> when using <a href="#sendmail" title="3.257. sendmail">$sendmail</a> for delivery, you should not enable
+Example:
+
+</p><pre class="screen">
+set dsn_return=hdrs
+</pre><p>
+<span class="bold"><strong>Note:</strong></span> when using <a class="link" href="#sendmail" title="3.230. sendmail">$sendmail</a> for delivery, you should not enable
this unless you are either using Sendmail 8.8.x or greater or a MTA
-providing a sendmail(1)-compatible interface supporting the -R option
-for DSN. For SMTP delivery, it depends on the server whether DSN is
-supported or not.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="duplicate-threads"></a>3.
49. duplicate_threads</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+providing a <code class="literal">sendmail(1)</code>-compatible interface supporting the <code class="literal">-R</code> option
+for DSN. For SMTP delivery, DSN support is autodetected so that it
+depends on the server whether DSN will be used or not.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="duplicate-threads"></a>3.
56. duplicate_threads</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
Default: yes</p></div><p>
-This variable controls whether mutt, when sorting by threads, threads
-messages with the same message-id together. If it is set, it will indicate
+This variable controls whether mutt, when <a class="link" href="#sort" title="3.263. sort">$sort</a> is set to <span class="emphasis"><em>threads</em></span>, threads
+messages with the same Message-Id together. If it is <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, it will indicate
that it thinks they are duplicates of each other with an equals sign
-in the thread diagram.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="edit-headers"></a>3.5
0. edit_headers</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+in the thread tree.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="edit-headers"></a>3.5
7. edit_headers</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
Default: no</p></div><p>
This option allows you to edit the header of your outgoing messages
along with the body of your message.
</p><p>
<span class="bold"><strong>Note</strong></span> that changes made to the References: and Date: headers are
ignored for interoperability reasons.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="editor"></a>3.5
1. editor</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: path<br />
-Default:
""</p></div><p>
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="editor"></a>3.5
8. editor</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: path<br />
+Default:
(empty)</p></div><p>
This variable specifies which editor is used by mutt.
-It defaults to the value of the VISUAL, or EDITOR, environment
-variable, or to the string "vi" if neither of those are set.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="encode-from"></a>3.5
2. encode_from</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+It defaults to the value of the <code class="literal">$VISUAL</code>, or <code class="literal">$EDITOR</code>, environment
+variable, or to the string “<span class="quote">vi</span>” if neither of those are set.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="encode-from"></a>3.5
9. encode_from</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
Default: no</p></div><p>
When <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, mutt will quoted-printable encode messages when
-they contain the string "From " in the beginning of a line.
-Useful to avoid the tampering certain mail delivery and transport
-agents tend to do with messages.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="envelope-from-address"></a>3.53. envelope_from_address</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: e-mail address<br />
-Default: ""</p></div><p>
+they contain the string “<span class="quote">From </span>” (note the trailing space) in the beginning of a line.
+This is useful to avoid the tampering certain mail delivery and transport
+agents tend to do with messages (in order to prevent tools from
+misinterpreting the line as a mbox message separator).
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="entropy-file"></a>3.60. entropy_file</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: path<br />
+Default: (empty)</p></div><p>
+The file which includes random data that is used to initialize SSL
+library functions.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="envelope-from-address"></a>3.61. envelope_from_address</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: e-mail address<br />
+Default: (empty)</p></div><p>
Manually sets the <span class="emphasis"><em>envelope</em></span> sender for outgoing messages.
-This value is ignored if ``<a href="#use-envelope-from" title="3.293. use_envelope_from">$use_envelope_from</a>'' is unset.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="escape"></a>3.
54. escape</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
-Default:
"˜"</p></div><p>
+This value is ignored if <a class="link" href="#use-envelope-from" title="3.298. use_envelope_from">$use_envelope_from</a> is <span class="emphasis"><em>unset</em></span>.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="escape"></a>3.
62. escape</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
+Default:
“<span class="quote"><code class="literal">˜</code></span>”</p></div><p>
Escape character to use for functions in the builtin editor.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="fast-reply"></a>3.
55. fast_reply</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="fast-reply"></a>3.
63. fast_reply</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
Default: no</p></div><p>
-When set, the initial prompt for recipients and subject are skipped
+When <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, the initial prompt for recipients and subject are skipped
when replying to messages, and the initial prompt for subject is
skipped when forwarding messages.
</p><p>
-<span class="bold"><strong>Note:</strong></span> this variable has no effect when the ``<a href="#autoedit" title="3.17. autoedit">$autoedit</a>''
-variable is set.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="fcc-attach"></a>3.56. fcc_attach</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+<span class="bold"><strong>Note:</strong></span> this variable has no effect when the <a class="link" href="#autoedit" title="3.18. autoedit">$autoedit</a>
+variable is <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="fcc-attach"></a>3.64. fcc_attach</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: quadoption<br />
Default: yes</p></div><p>
This variable controls whether or not attachments on outgoing messages
are saved along with the main body of your message.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="fcc-clear"></a>3.
57. fcc_clear</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="fcc-clear"></a>3.
65. fcc_clear</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
Default: no</p></div><p>
-When this variable is set, FCCs will be stored unencrypted and
+When this variable is <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, FCCs will be stored unencrypted and
unsigned, even when the actual message is encrypted and/or
signed.
(PGP only)
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="folder"></a>3.
58. folder</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: path<br />
-Default:
"˜/Mail"</p></div><p>
-Specifies the default location of your mailboxes. A `+' or `=' at the
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="folder"></a>3.
66. folder</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: path<br />
+Default:
“<span class="quote"><code class="literal">˜/Mail</code></span>”</p></div><p>
+Specifies the default location of your mailboxes. A “<span class="quote">+</span>” or “<span class="quote">=</span>” at the
beginning of a pathname will be expanded to the value of this
-variable. Note that if you change this variable from the default
+variable. Note that if you change this variable (from the default)
value you need to make sure that the assignment occurs <span class="emphasis"><em>before</em></span>
-you use `+' or `=' for any other variables since expansion takes place
-during the `set' command.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="folder-format"></a>3.
59. folder_format</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
-Default:
"%2C %t %N %F %2l %-8.8u %-8.8g %8s %d %f"</p></div><p>
+you use “<span class="quote">+</span>” or “<span class="quote">=</span>” for any other variables since expansion takes place
+when handling the “<span class="quote"><a class="link" href="#mailboxes" title="14. Monitoring Incoming Mail">mailboxes</a></span>” command.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="folder-format"></a>3.
67. folder_format</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
+Default:
“<span class="quote"><code class="literal">%2C %t %N %F %2l %-8.8u %-8.8g %8s %d %f</code></span>”</p></div><p>
This variable allows you to customize the file browser display to your
-personal taste. This string is similar to ``<a href="#index-format" title="3.100. index_format">$index_format</a>'', but has
-its own set of printf()-like sequences:
-</p><p>
-
-</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">%C </span></dt><dd><p>current file number
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%d </span></dt><dd><p>date/time folder was last modified
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%f </span></dt><dd><p>filename
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%F </span></dt><dd><p>file permissions
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%g </span></dt><dd><p>group name (or numeric gid, if missing)
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%l </span></dt><dd><p>number of hard links
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%N </span></dt><dd><p>N if folder has new mail, blank otherwise
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%s </span></dt><dd><p>size in bytes
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%t </span></dt><dd><p>* if the file is tagged, blank otherwise
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%u </span></dt><dd><p>owner name (or numeric uid, if missing)
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%>X </span></dt><dd><p>right justify the rest of the string and pad with character "X"
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%|X </span></dt><dd><p>pad to the end of the line with character "X"
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%*X </span></dt><dd><p>soft-fill with character "X" as pad
-</p></dd></dl></div><p>
-
-</p><p>
-For an explanation of `soft-fill', see the ``<a href="#index-format" title="3.100. index_format">$index_format</a>'' documentation.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="followup-to"></a>3.60. followup_to</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+personal taste. This string is similar to <a class="link" href="#index-format" title="3.114. index_format">$index_format</a>, but has
+its own set of <code class="literal">printf(3)</code>-like sequences:
+
+</p><div class="informaltable"><table border="1"><colgroup><col /><col /></colgroup><tbody><tr><td>%C </td><td>current file number
+</td></tr><tr><td>%d </td><td>date/time folder was last modified
+</td></tr><tr><td>%f </td><td>filename (“<span class="quote">/</span>” is appended to directory names,
+“<span class="quote">@</span>” to symbolic links and “<span class="quote">*</span>” to executable
+files)
+</td></tr><tr><td>%F </td><td>file permissions
+</td></tr><tr><td>%g </td><td>group name (or numeric gid, if missing)
+</td></tr><tr><td>%l </td><td>number of hard links
+</td></tr><tr><td>%N </td><td>N if folder has new mail, blank otherwise
+</td></tr><tr><td>%s </td><td>size in bytes
+</td></tr><tr><td>%t </td><td>“<span class="quote">*</span>” if the file is tagged, blank otherwise
+</td></tr><tr><td>%u </td><td>owner name (or numeric uid, if missing)
+</td></tr><tr><td>%>X </td><td>right justify the rest of the string and pad with character “<span class="quote">X</span>”
+</td></tr><tr><td>%|X </td><td>pad to the end of the line with character “<span class="quote">X</span>”
+</td></tr><tr><td>%*X </td><td>soft-fill with character “<span class="quote">X</span>” as pad
+</td></tr></tbody></table></div><p>
+For an explanation of “<span class="quote">soft-fill</span>”, see the <a class="link" href="#index-format" title="3.114. index_format">$index_format</a> documentation.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="followup-to"></a>3.68. followup_to</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
Default: yes</p></div><p>
-Controls whether or not the <span class="emphasis"><em>Mail-Followup-To</em></span> header field is
+Controls whether or not the “<span class="quote">Mail-Followup-To:</span>” header field is
generated when sending mail. When <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, Mutt will generate this
field when you are replying to a known mailing list, specified with
-the ``subscribe'' or ``<a href="#lists" title="11. Mailing lists">lists</a>'' commands.
+the “<span class="quote"><a class="link" href="#subscribe">subscribe</a></span>” or “<span class="quote"><a class="link" href="#lists" title="12. Mailing Lists">lists</a></span>” commands.
</p><p>
This field has two purposes. First, preventing you from
receiving duplicate copies of replies to messages which you send
to mailing lists, and second, ensuring that you do get a reply
separately for any messages sent to known lists to which you are
-not subscribed. The header will contain only the list's address
+not subscribed.
+</p><p>
+The header will contain only the list's address
for subscribed lists, and both the list address and your own
email address for unsubscribed lists. Without this header, a
group reply to your message sent to a subscribed list will be
sent to both the list and your address, resulting in two copies
of the same email for you.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="force-name"></a>3.6
1. force_name</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="force-name"></a>3.6
9. force_name</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
Default: no</p></div><p>
-This variable is similar to ``<a href="#save-name" title="3.251. save_name">$save_name</a>'', except that Mutt will
+This variable is similar to <a class="link" href="#save-name" title="3.223. save_name">$save_name</a>, except that Mutt will
store a copy of your outgoing message by the username of the address
you are sending to even if that mailbox does not exist.
</p><p>
-Also see the ``<a href="#record" title="3.239. record">$record</a>'' variable.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="forward-decode"></a>3.
62. forward_decode</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+Also see the <a class="link" href="#record" title="3.211. record">$record</a> variable.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="forward-decode"></a>3.
70. forward_decode</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
Default: yes</p></div><p>
-Controls the decoding of complex MIME messages into text/plain when
+Controls the decoding of complex MIME messages into <code class="literal">text/plain</code> when
forwarding a message. The message header is also RFC2047 decoded.
-This variable is only used, if ``<a href="#mime-forward" title="3.126. mime_forward">$mime_forward</a>'' is <span class="emphasis"><em>unset</em></span>,
-otherwise ``<a href="#mime-forward-decode" title="3.127. mime_forward_decode">$mime_forward_decode</a>'' is used instead.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="forward-edit"></a>3.63. forward_edit</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: quadoption<br />
+This variable is only used, if <a class="link" href="#mime-forward" title="3.140. mime_forward">$mime_forward</a> is <span class="emphasis"><em>unset</em></span>,
+otherwise <a class="link" href="#mime-forward-decode" title="3.141. mime_forward_decode">$mime_forward_decode</a> is used instead.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="forward-decrypt"></a>3.71. forward_decrypt</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+Default: yes</p></div><p>
+Controls the handling of encrypted messages when forwarding a message.
+When <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, the outer layer of encryption is stripped off. This
+variable is only used if <a class="link" href="#mime-forward" title="3.140. mime_forward">$mime_forward</a> is <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span> and
+<a class="link" href="#mime-forward-decode" title="3.141. mime_forward_decode">$mime_forward_decode</a> is <span class="emphasis"><em>unset</em></span>.
+(PGP only)
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="forward-edit"></a>3.72. forward_edit</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: quadoption<br />
Default: yes</p></div><p>
This quadoption controls whether or not the user is automatically
placed in the editor when forwarding messages. For those who always want
-to forward with no modification, use a setting of ``no''.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="forward-format"></a>3.
64. forward_format</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
-Default:
"[%a: %s]"</p></div><p>
+to forward with no modification, use a setting of “<span class="quote">no</span>”.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="forward-format"></a>3.
73. forward_format</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
+Default:
“<span class="quote"><code class="literal">[%a: %s]</code></span>”</p></div><p>
This variable controls the default subject when forwarding a message.
-It uses the same format sequences as the ``<a href="#index-format" title="3.100. index_format">$index_format</a>'' variable.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="forward-quote"></a>3.
65. forward_quote</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+It uses the same format sequences as the <a class="link" href="#index-format" title="3.114. index_format">$index_format</a> variable.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="forward-quote"></a>3.
74. forward_quote</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
Default: no</p></div><p>
-When <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span> forwarded messages included in the main body of the
-message (when ``<a href="#mime-forward" title="3.126. mime_forward">$mime_forward</a>'' is <span class="emphasis"><em>unset</em></span>) will be quoted using
-``<a href="#indent-string" title="3.99. indent_string">$indent_string</a>''.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="from"></a>3.66. from</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: e-mail address<br />
-Default: ""</p></div><p>
-When set, this variable contains a default from address. It
-can be overridden using my_hdr (including from send-hooks) and
-``<a href="#reverse-name" title="3.245. reverse_name">$reverse_name</a>''. This variable is ignored if ``<a href="#use-from" title="3.294. use_from">$use_from</a>''
-is unset.
-</p><p>
-Defaults to the contents of the environment variable EMAIL.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="gecos-mask"></a>3.67. gecos_mask</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: regular expression<br />
-Default: "^[^,]*"</p></div><p>
+When <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, forwarded messages included in the main body of the
+message (when <a class="link" href="#mime-forward" title="3.140. mime_forward">$mime_forward</a> is <span class="emphasis"><em>unset</em></span>) will be quoted using
+<a class="link" href="#indent-string" title="3.113. indent_string">$indent_string</a>.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="from"></a>3.75. from</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: e-mail address<br />
+Default: (empty)</p></div><p>
+When <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, this variable contains a default from address. It
+can be overridden using “<span class="quote"><a class="link" href="#my-hdr" title="15. User-Defined Headers">my_hdr</a></span>” (including from a “<span class="quote"><a class="link" href="#send-hook" title="19. Change Settings Based Upon Message Recipients">send-hook</a></span>”) and
+<a class="link" href="#reverse-name" title="3.217. reverse_name">$reverse_name</a>. This variable is ignored if <a class="link" href="#use-from" title="3.299. use_from">$use_from</a> is <span class="emphasis"><em>unset</em></span>.
+</p><p>
+This setting defaults to the contents of the environment variable <code class="literal">$EMAIL</code>.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="gecos-mask"></a>3.76. gecos_mask</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: regular expression<br />
+Default: “<span class="quote"><code class="literal">^[^,]*</code></span>”</p></div><p>
A regular expression used by mutt to parse the GECOS field of a password
-entry when expanding the alias. By default the regular expression is set
-to "^[^,]*" which will return the string up to the first "," encountered.
-If the GECOS field contains a string like "lastname, firstname" then you
-should set the gecos_mask=".*".
-</p><p>
-This can be useful if you see the following behavior: you address a e-mail
-to user ID stevef whose full name is Steve Franklin. If mutt expands
-stevef to "Franklin" stevef@foo.bar then you should set the gecos_mask to
+entry when expanding the alias. The default value
+will return the string up to the first “<span class="quote">,</span>” encountered.
+If the GECOS field contains a string like “<span class="quote">lastname, firstname</span>” then you
+should set it to “<span class="quote"><code class="literal">.*</code></span>”.
+</p><p>
+This can be useful if you see the following behavior: you address an e-mail
+to user ID “<span class="quote">stevef</span>” whose full name is “<span class="quote">Steve Franklin</span>”. If mutt expands
+“<span class="quote">stevef</span>” to “<span class="quote">"Franklin" stevef@foo.bar</span>” then you should set the <a class="link" href="#gecos-mask" title="3.76. gecos_mask">$gecos_mask</a> to
a regular expression that will match the whole name so mutt will expand
-"Franklin" to "Franklin, Steve".
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="hdrs"></a>3.
68. hdrs</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+“<span class="quote">Franklin</span>” to “<span class="quote">Franklin, Steve</span>”.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="hdrs"></a>3.
77. hdrs</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
Default: yes</p></div><p>
-When unset, the header fields normally added by the ``<a href="#my-hdr" title="14. User defined headers">my_hdr</a>''
+When <span class="emphasis"><em>unset</em></span>, the header fields normally added by the “<span class="quote"><a class="link" href="#my-hdr" title="15. User-Defined Headers">my_hdr</a></span>”
command are not created. This variable <span class="emphasis"><em>must</em></span> be unset before
-composing a new message or replying in order to take effect. If set,
+composing a new message or replying in order to take effect. If <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>,
the user defined header fields are added to every new message.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="header"></a>3.
69. header</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="header"></a>3.
78. header</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
Default: no</p></div><p>
-When set, this variable causes Mutt to include the header
+When <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, this variable causes Mutt to include the header
of the message you are replying to into the edit buffer.
-The ``<a href="#weed" title="3.300. weed">$weed</a>'' setting applies.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="help"></a>3.70. help</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+The <a class="link" href="#weed" title="3.305. weed">$weed</a> setting applies.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="header-cache"></a>3.79. header_cache</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: path<br />
+Default: (empty)</p></div><p>
+This variable points to the header cache database.
+If pointing to a directory Mutt will contain a header cache
+database file per folder, if pointing to a file that file will
+be a single global header cache. By default it is <span class="emphasis"><em>unset</em></span> so no header
+caching will be used.
+</p><p>
+Header caching can greatly improve speed when opening POP, IMAP
+MH or Maildir folders, see “<span class="quote"><a class="link" href="#caching" title="7. Local Caching">caching</a></span>” for details.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="header-cache-compress"></a>3.80. header_cache_compress</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
Default: yes</p></div><p>
-When set, help lines describing the bindings for the major functions
+When mutt is compiled with qdbm or tokyocabinet as header cache backend,
+this option determines whether the database will be compressed.
+Compression results in database files roughly being one fifth
+of the usual diskspace, but the uncompression can result in a
+slower opening of cached folder(s) which in general is still
+much faster than opening non header cached folders.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="header-cache-pagesize"></a>3.81. header_cache_pagesize</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
+Default: “<span class="quote"><code class="literal">16384</code></span>”</p></div><p>
+When mutt is compiled with either gdbm or bdb4 as the header cache backend,
+this option changes the database page size. Too large or too small
+values can waste space, memory, or CPU time. The default should be more
+or less optimal for most use cases.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="help"></a>3.82. help</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+Default: yes</p></div><p>
+When <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, help lines describing the bindings for the major functions
provided by each menu are displayed on the first line of the screen.
</p><p>
<span class="bold"><strong>Note:</strong></span> The binding will not be displayed correctly if the
the help line may not be updated if a binding is changed while Mutt is
running. Since this variable is primarily aimed at new users, neither
of these should present a major problem.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="hidden-host"></a>3.
71. hidden_host</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="hidden-host"></a>3.
83. hidden_host</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
Default: no</p></div><p>
-When set, mutt will skip the host name part of ``<a href="#hostname" title="3.80. hostname">$hostname</a>'' variable
+When <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, mutt will skip the host name part of <a class="link" href="#hostname" title="3.93. hostname">$hostname</a> variable
when adding the domain part to addresses. This variable does not
-affect the generation of Message-IDs, and it will not lead to the
+affect the generation of Message-IDs, and it will not lead to the
cut-off of first-level domains.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="hide-limited"></a>3.
72. hide_limited</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="hide-limited"></a>3.
84. hide_limited</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
Default: no</p></div><p>
-When set, mutt will not show the presence of messages that are hidden
+When <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, mutt will not show the presence of messages that are hidden
by limiting, in the thread tree.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="hide-missing"></a>3.
73. hide_missing</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="hide-missing"></a>3.
85. hide_missing</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
Default: yes</p></div><p>
-When set, mutt will not show the presence of missing messages in the
+When <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, mutt will not show the presence of missing messages in the
thread tree.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="hide-thread-subject"></a>3.
74. hide_thread_subject</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="hide-thread-subject"></a>3.
86. hide_thread_subject</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
Default: yes</p></div><p>
-When set, mutt will not show the subject of messages in the thread
+When <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, mutt will not show the subject of messages in the thread
tree that have the same subject as their parent or closest previously
displayed sibling.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="hide-top-limited"></a>3.
75. hide_top_limited</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="hide-top-limited"></a>3.
87. hide_top_limited</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
Default: no</p></div><p>
-When set, mutt will not show the presence of messages that are hidden
+When <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, mutt will not show the presence of messages that are hidden
by limiting, at the top of threads in the thread tree. Note that when
-<a href="#hide-limited" title="3.72. hide_limited">$hide_limited</a> is set, this option will have no effect.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="hide-top-missing"></a>3.
76. hide_top_missing</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+<a class="link" href="#hide-limited" title="3.84. hide_limited">$hide_limited</a> is <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, this option will have no effect.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="hide-top-missing"></a>3.
88. hide_top_missing</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
Default: yes</p></div><p>
-When set, mutt will not show the presence of missing messages at the
-top of threads in the thread tree. Note that when <a href="#hide-missing" title="3.73. hide_missing">$hide_missing</a> is
-set, this option will have no effect.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="history"></a>3.
77. history</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: number<br />
+When <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, mutt will not show the presence of missing messages at the
+top of threads in the thread tree. Note that when <a class="link" href="#hide-missing" title="3.85. hide_missing">$hide_missing</a> is
+<span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, this option will have no effect.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="history"></a>3.
89. history</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: number<br />
Default: 10</p></div><p>
This variable controls the size (in number of strings remembered) of
-the string history buffer. The buffer is cleared each time the
+the string history buffer per category. The buffer is cleared each time the
variable is set.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="history-file"></a>3.
78. history_file</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: path<br />
-Default:
"˜/.mutthistory"</p></div><p>
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="history-file"></a>3.
90. history_file</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: path<br />
+Default:
“<span class="quote"><code class="literal">˜/.mutthistory</code></span>”</p></div><p>
The file in which Mutt will save its history.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="honor-followup-to"></a>3.79. honor_followup_to</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: quadoption<br />
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="honor-disposition"></a>3.91. honor_disposition</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+Default: no</p></div><p>
+When <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, Mutt will not display attachments with a
+disposition of “<span class="quote">attachment</span>” inline even if it could
+render the part to plain text. These MIME parts can only
+be viewed from the attachment menu.
+</p><p>
+If <span class="emphasis"><em>unset</em></span>, Mutt will render all MIME parts it can
+properly transform to plain text.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="honor-followup-to"></a>3.92. honor_followup_to</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: quadoption<br />
Default: yes</p></div><p>
This variable controls whether or not a Mail-Followup-To header is
honored when group-replying to a message.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="hostname"></a>3.
80. hostname</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
-Default:
""</p></div><p>
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="hostname"></a>3.
93. hostname</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
+Default:
(empty)</p></div><p>
Specifies the fully-qualified hostname of the system mutt is running on
containing the host's name and the DNS domain it belongs to. It is used
-as the domain part (after ``@'') for local email addresses as well as
+as the domain part (after “<span class="quote">@</span>”) for local email addresses as well as
Message-Id headers.
</p><p>
Its value is determined at startup as follows: If the node's name
-as returned by the uname(3) function contains the hostname and the
-domain, these are used to construct <a href="#hostname" title="3.80. hostname">$hostname</a>. If there is no
-domain part returned, Mutt will look for a ``domain'' or ``search''
-line in /etc/resolv.conf to determine the domain. Optionally, Mutt
+as returned by the <code class="literal">uname(3)</code> function contains the hostname and the
+domain, these are used to construct <a class="link" href="#hostname" title="3.93. hostname">$hostname</a>. If there is no
+domain part returned, Mutt will look for a “<span class="quote">domain</span>” or “<span class="quote">search</span>”
+line in <code class="literal">/etc/resolv.conf</code> to determine the domain. Optionally, Mutt
can be compiled with a fixed domain name in which case a detected
one is not used.
</p><p>
-Also see ``<a href="#use-domain" title="3.292. use_domain">$use_domain</a>'' and ``<a href="#hidden-host" title="3.71. hidden_host">$hidden_host</a>''.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="ignore-linear-white-space"></a>3.
81. ignore_linear_white_space</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+Also see <a class="link" href="#use-domain" title="3.297. use_domain">$use_domain</a> and <a class="link" href="#hidden-host" title="3.83. hidden_host">$hidden_host</a>.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="ignore-linear-white-space"></a>3.
94. ignore_linear_white_space</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
Default: no</p></div><p>
This option replaces linear-white-space between encoded-word
-and *text to a single space to prevent the display of MIME-encoded
-``Subject'' field from being divided into multiple lines.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="ignore-list-reply-to"></a>3.
82. ignore_list_reply_to</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+and text to a single space to prevent the display of MIME-encoded
+“<span class="quote">Subject:</span>” field from being divided into multiple lines.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="ignore-list-reply-to"></a>3.
95. ignore_list_reply_to</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
Default: no</p></div><p>
-Affects the behaviour of the <span class="emphasis"><em>reply</em></span> function when replying to
-messages from mailing lists (as defined by the ``subscribe'' or
-``<a href="#lists" title="11. Mailing lists">lists</a>'' commands). When set, if the ``Reply-To:'' field is
-set to the same value as the ``To:'' field, Mutt assumes that the
-``Reply-To:'' field was set by the mailing list to automate responses
+Affects the behaviour of the <code class="literal"><reply></code> function when replying to
+messages from mailing lists (as defined by the “<span class="quote"><a class="link" href="#subscribe">subscribe</a></span>” or
+“<span class="quote"><a class="link" href="#lists" title="12. Mailing Lists">lists</a></span>” commands). When <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, if the “<span class="quote">Reply-To:</span>” field is
+set to the same value as the “<span class="quote">To:</span>” field, Mutt assumes that the
+“<span class="quote">Reply-To:</span>” field was set by the mailing list to automate responses
to the list, and will ignore this field. To direct a response to the
-mailing list when this option is set, use the <span class="emphasis"><em>list-reply</em></span>
-function; <span class="emphasis"><em>group-reply</em></span> will reply to both the sender and the
+mailing list when this option is <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, use the <code class="literal"><a class="link" href="#list-reply"><list-reply></a></code>
+function; <code class="literal"><group-reply></code> will reply to both the sender and the
list.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="imap-authenticators"></a>3.
83. imap_authenticators</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
-Default:
""</p></div><p>
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="imap-authenticators"></a>3.
96. imap_authenticators</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
+Default:
(empty)</p></div><p>
This is a colon-delimited list of authentication methods mutt may
attempt to use to log in to an IMAP server, in the order mutt should
-try them. Authentication methods are either 'login' or the right
-side of an IMAP 'AUTH=xxx' capability string, eg 'digest-md5', 'gssapi'
-or 'cram-md5'. This parameter is case-insensitive. If this
-parameter is <span class="emphasis"><em>unset</em></span> (the default) mutt will try all available methods,
+try them. Authentication methods are either “<span class="quote">login</span>” or the right
+side of an IMAP “<span class="quote">AUTH=xxx</span>” capability string, eg “<span class="quote">digest-md5</span>”, “<span class="quote">gssapi</span>”
+or “<span class="quote">cram-md5</span>”. This option is case-insensitive. If it's
+<span class="emphasis"><em>unset</em></span> (the default) mutt will try all available methods,
in order from most-secure to least-secure.
</p><p>
-Example: set imap_authenticators="gssapi:cram-md5:login"
-</p><p>
+Example:
+
+</p><pre class="screen">
+set imap_authenticators="gssapi:cram-md5:login"
+</pre><p>
<span class="bold"><strong>Note:</strong></span> Mutt will only fall back to other authentication methods if
the previous methods are unavailable. If a method is available but
authentication fails, mutt will not connect to the IMAP server.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="imap-check-subscribed"></a>3.
84. imap_check_subscribed</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="imap-check-subscribed"></a>3.
97. imap_check_subscribed</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
Default: no</p></div><p>
When <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, mutt will fetch the set of subscribed folders from
your server on connection, and add them to the set of mailboxes
-it polls for new mail. See also the ``<a href="#mailboxes" title="13. Monitoring incoming mail">mailboxes</a>'' command.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="imap-delim-chars"></a>3.85. imap_delim_chars</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
-Default: "/."</p></div><p>
+it polls for new mail just as if you had issued individual “<span class="quote"><a class="link" href="#mailboxes" title="14. Monitoring Incoming Mail">mailboxes</a></span>”
+commands.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="imap-delim-chars"></a>3.98. imap_delim_chars</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
+Default: “<span class="quote"><code class="literal">/.</code></span>”</p></div><p>
This contains the list of characters which you would like to treat
as folder separators for displaying IMAP paths. In particular it
-helps in using the '=' shortcut for your <span class="emphasis"><em>folder</em></span> variable.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="imap-headers"></a>3.
86. imap_headers</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
-Default:
""</p></div><p>
+helps in using the “<span class="quote">=</span>” shortcut for your <span class="emphasis"><em>folder</em></span> variable.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="imap-headers"></a>3.
99. imap_headers</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
+Default:
(empty)</p></div><p>
Mutt requests these header fields in addition to the default headers
-("DATE FROM SUBJECT TO CC MESSAGE-ID REFERENCES CONTENT-TYPE
-CONTENT-DESCRIPTION IN-REPLY-TO REPLY-TO LINES X-LABEL") from IMAP
+(“<span class="quote">Date:</span>”, “<span class="quote">From:</span>”, “<span class="quote">Subject:</span>”, “<span class="quote">To:</span>”, “<span class="quote">Cc:</span>”, “<span class="quote">Message-Id:</span>”,
+“<span class="quote">References:</span>”, “<span class="quote">Content-Type:</span>”, “<span class="quote">Content-Description:</span>”, “<span class="quote">In-Reply-To:</span>”,
+“<span class="quote">Reply-To:</span>”, “<span class="quote">Lines:</span>”, “<span class="quote">List-Post:</span>”, “<span class="quote">X-Label:</span>”) from IMAP
servers before displaying the index menu. You may want to add more
-headers for spam detection. <span class="bold"><strong>Note:</strong></span> This is a space separated list.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="imap-idle"></a>3.87. imap_idle</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+headers for spam detection.
+</p><p>
+<span class="bold"><strong>Note:</strong></span> This is a space separated list, items should be uppercase
+and not contain the colon, e.g. “<span class="quote">X-BOGOSITY X-SPAM-STATUS</span>” for the
+“<span class="quote">X-Bogosity:</span>” and “<span class="quote">X-Spam-Status:</span>” header fields.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="imap-idle"></a>3.100. imap_idle</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
Default: no</p></div><p>
When <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, mutt will attempt to use the IMAP IDLE extension
to check for new mail in the current mailbox. Some servers
(dovecot was the inspiration for this option) react badly
to mutt's implementation. If your connection seems to freeze
up periodically, try unsetting this.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="imap-keepalive"></a>3.
88. imap_keepalive</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: number<br />
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="imap-keepalive"></a>3.
101. imap_keepalive</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: number<br />
Default: 900</p></div><p>
This variable specifies the maximum amount of time in seconds that mutt
will wait before polling open IMAP connections, to prevent the server
a server is allowed to do this, but in practice the RFC does get
violated every now and then. Reduce this number if you find yourself
getting disconnected from your IMAP server due to inactivity.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="imap-list-subscribed"></a>3.
89. imap_list_subscribed</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="imap-list-subscribed"></a>3.
102. imap_list_subscribed</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
Default: no</p></div><p>
This variable configures whether IMAP folder browsing will look for
only subscribed folders or all folders. This can be toggled in the
-IMAP browser with the <span class="emphasis"><em>toggle-subscribed</em></span> function.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="imap-login"></a>3.
90. imap_login</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
-Default:
""</p></div><p>
+IMAP browser with the <code class="literal"><toggle-subscribed></code> function.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="imap-login"></a>3.
103. imap_login</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
+Default:
(empty)</p></div><p>
Your login name on the IMAP server.
</p><p>
-This variable defaults to the value of <span class="emphasis"><em>imap_user</em></span>.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="imap-pass"></a>3.
91. imap_pass</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
-Default:
""</p></div><p>
+This variable defaults to the value of <a class="link" href="#imap-user" title="3.109. imap_user">$imap_user</a>.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="imap-pass"></a>3.
104. imap_pass</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
+Default:
(empty)</p></div><p>
Specifies the password for your IMAP account. If <span class="emphasis"><em>unset</em></span>, Mutt will
-prompt you for your password when you invoke the fetch-mail function.
+prompt you for your password when you invoke the <code class="literal"><imap-fetch-mail></code> function
+or try to open an IMAP folder.
+</p><p>
<span class="bold"><strong>Warning</strong></span>: you should only use this option when you are on a
fairly secure machine, because the superuser can read your muttrc even
if you are the only one who can read the file.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="imap-passive"></a>3.
92. imap_passive</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="imap-passive"></a>3.
105. imap_passive</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
Default: yes</p></div><p>
When <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, mutt will not open new IMAP connections to check for new
mail. Mutt will only check for new mail over existing IMAP
connections. This is useful if you don't want to be prompted to
user/password pairs on mutt invocation, or if opening the connection
is slow.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="imap-peek"></a>3.
93. imap_peek</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="imap-peek"></a>3.
106. imap_peek</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
Default: yes</p></div><p>
When <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, mutt will avoid implicitly marking your mail as read whenever
you fetch a message from the server. This is generally a good thing,
but can make closing an IMAP folder somewhat slower. This option
exists to appease speed freaks.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="imap-servernoise"></a>3.94. imap_servernoise</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="imap-pipeline-depth"></a>3.107. imap_pipeline_depth</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: number<br />
+Default: 15</p></div><p>
+Controls the number of IMAP commands that may be queued up before they
+are sent to the server. A deeper pipeline reduces the amount of time
+mutt must wait for the server, and can make IMAP servers feel much
+more responsive. But not all servers correctly handle pipelined commands,
+so if you have problems you might want to try setting this variable to 0.
+</p><p>
+<span class="bold"><strong>Note:</strong></span> Changes to this variable have no effect on open connections.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="imap-servernoise"></a>3.108. imap_servernoise</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
Default: yes</p></div><p>
When <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, mutt will display warning messages from the IMAP
server as error messages. Since these messages are often
harmless, or generated due to configuration problems on the
server which are out of the users' hands, you may wish to suppress
them at some point.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="imap-user"></a>3.
95. imap_user</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
-Default:
""</p></div><p>
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="imap-user"></a>3.
109. imap_user</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
+Default:
(empty)</p></div><p>
The name of the user whose mail you intend to access on the IMAP
server.
</p><p>
This variable defaults to your user name on the local machine.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="implicit-autoview"></a>3.
96. implicit_autoview</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="implicit-autoview"></a>3.
110. implicit_autoview</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
Default: no</p></div><p>
-If set to ``yes'', mutt will look for a mailcap entry with the
-copiousoutput flag set for <span class="emphasis"><em>every</em></span> MIME attachment it doesn't have
+If set to “<span class="quote">yes</span>”, mutt will look for a mailcap entry with the
+“<span class="quote"><code class="literal">copiousoutput</code></span>” flag set for <span class="emphasis"><em>every</em></span> MIME attachment it doesn't have
an internal viewer defined for. If such an entry is found, mutt will
use the viewer defined in that entry to convert the body part to text
form.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="include"></a>3.
97. include</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: quadoption<br />
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="include"></a>3.
111. include</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: quadoption<br />
Default: ask-yes</p></div><p>
Controls whether or not a copy of the message(s) you are replying to
is included in your reply.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="include-onlyfirst"></a>3.
98. include_onlyfirst</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="include-onlyfirst"></a>3.
112. include_onlyfirst</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
Default: no</p></div><p>
Controls whether or not Mutt includes only the first attachment
of the message you are replying.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="indent-string"></a>3.
99. indent_string</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
-Default:
"> "</p></div><p>
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="indent-string"></a>3.
113. indent_string</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
+Default:
“<span class="quote"><code class="literal">> </code></span>”</p></div><p>
Specifies the string to prepend to each line of text quoted in a
message to which you are replying. You are strongly encouraged not to
change this value, as it tends to agitate the more fanatical netizens.
</p><p>
+The value of this option is ignored if <a class="link" href="#text-flowed" title="3.286. text_flowed">$text_flowed</a> is set, too because
+the quoting mechanism is strictly defined for format=flowed.
+</p><p>
This option is a format string, please see the description of
-``<a href="#index-format" title="3.100. index_format">$index_format</a>'' for supported printf()-style sequences.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="index-format"></a>3.1
00. index_format</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
-Default:
"%4C %Z %{%b %d} %-15.15L (%?l?%4l&%4c?) %s"</p></div><p>
+<a class="link" href="#index-format" title="3.114. index_format">$index_format</a> for supported <code class="literal">printf(3)</code>-style sequences.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="index-format"></a>3.1
14. index_format</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
+Default:
“<span class="quote"><code class="literal">%4C %Z %{%b %d} %-15.15L (%?l?%4l&%4c?) %s</code></span>”</p></div><p>
This variable allows you to customize the message index display to
your personal taste.
</p><p>
-``Format strings'' are similar to the strings used in the ``C''
-function printf to format output (see the man page for more detail).
+“<span class="quote">Format strings</span>” are similar to the strings used in the C
+function <code class="literal">printf(3)</code> to format output (see the man page for more details).
The following sequences are defined in Mutt:
-</p><p>
-</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">%a </span></dt><dd><p>address of the author
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%A </span></dt><dd><p>reply-to address (if present; otherwise: address of author)
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%b </span></dt><dd><p>filename of the original message folder (think mailBox)
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%B </span></dt><dd><p>the list to which the letter was sent, or else the folder name (%b).
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%c </span></dt><dd><p>number of characters (bytes) in the message
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%C </span></dt><dd><p>current message number
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%d </span></dt><dd><p>date and time of the message in the format specified by
-``date_format'' converted to sender's time zone
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%D </span></dt><dd><p>date and time of the message in the format specified by
-``date_format'' converted to the local time zone
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%e </span></dt><dd><p>current message number in thread
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%E </span></dt><dd><p>number of messages in current thread
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%f </span></dt><dd><p>sender (address + real name), either From: or Return-Path:
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%F </span></dt><dd><p>author name, or recipient name if the message is from you
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%H </span></dt><dd><p>spam attribute(s) of this message
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%i </span></dt><dd><p>message-id of the current message
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%l </span></dt><dd><p>number of lines in the message (does not work with maildir,
+</p><div class="informaltable"><table border="1"><colgroup><col /><col /></colgroup><tbody><tr><td>%a </td><td>address of the author
+</td></tr><tr><td>%A </td><td>reply-to address (if present; otherwise: address of author)
+</td></tr><tr><td>%b </td><td>filename of the original message folder (think mailbox)
+</td></tr><tr><td>%B </td><td>the list to which the letter was sent, or else the folder name (%b).
+</td></tr><tr><td>%c </td><td>number of characters (bytes) in the message
+</td></tr><tr><td>%C </td><td>current message number
+</td></tr><tr><td>%d </td><td>date and time of the message in the format specified by
+<a class="link" href="#date-format" title="3.47. date_format">$date_format</a> converted to sender's time zone
+</td></tr><tr><td>%D </td><td>date and time of the message in the format specified by
+<a class="link" href="#date-format" title="3.47. date_format">$date_format</a> converted to the local time zone
+</td></tr><tr><td>%e </td><td>current message number in thread
+</td></tr><tr><td>%E </td><td>number of messages in current thread
+</td></tr><tr><td>%f </td><td>sender (address + real name), either From: or Return-Path:
+</td></tr><tr><td>%F </td><td>author name, or recipient name if the message is from you
+</td></tr><tr><td>%H </td><td>spam attribute(s) of this message
+</td></tr><tr><td>%i </td><td>message-id of the current message
+</td></tr><tr><td>%l </td><td>number of lines in the message (does not work with maildir,
mh, and possibly IMAP folders)
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%L </span></dt><dd><p>If an address in the To or CC header field matches an address
-defined by the users ``subscribe'' command, this displays
+</td></tr><tr><td>%L </td><td>If an address in the “<span class="quote">To:</span>” or “<span class="quote">Cc:</span>” header field matches an address
+defined by the users “<span class="quote"><a class="link" href="#subscribe">subscribe</a></span>” command, this displays
"To <list-name>", otherwise the same as %F.
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%m </span></dt><dd><p>total number of message in the mailbox
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%M </span></dt><dd><p>number of hidden messages if the thread is collapsed.
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%N </span></dt><dd><p>message score
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%n </span></dt><dd><p>author's real name (or address if missing)
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%O </span></dt><dd><p>(_O_riginal save folder) Where mutt would formerly have
-stashed the message: list name or recipient name if no list
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%P </span></dt><dd><p>progress indicator for the builtin pager (how much of the file has been displayed)
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%s </span></dt><dd><p>subject of the message
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%S </span></dt><dd><p>status of the message (N/D/d/!/r/*)
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%t </span></dt><dd><p>`to:' field (recipients)
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%T </span></dt><dd><p>the appropriate character from the <a href="#to-chars" title="3.289. to_chars">$to_chars</a> string
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%u </span></dt><dd><p>user (login) name of the author
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%v </span></dt><dd><p>first name of the author, or the recipient if the message is from you
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%X </span></dt><dd><p>number of attachments
-(please see the ``<a href="#attachments" title="6. Attachment Searching and Counting">attachments</a>'' section for possible speed effects)
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%y </span></dt><dd><p>`x-label:' field, if present
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%Y </span></dt><dd><p>`x-label' field, if present, and (1) not at part of a thread tree,
-(2) at the top of a thread, or (3) `x-label' is different from
-preceding message's `x-label'.
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%Z </span></dt><dd><p>message status flags
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%{fmt} </span></dt><dd><p>the date and time of the message is converted to sender's
-time zone, and ``fmt'' is expanded by the library function
-``strftime''; a leading bang disables locales
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%[fmt] </span></dt><dd><p>the date and time of the message is converted to the local
-time zone, and ``fmt'' is expanded by the library function
-``strftime''; a leading bang disables locales
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%(fmt) </span></dt><dd><p>the local date and time when the message was received.
-``fmt'' is expanded by the library function ``strftime'';
+</td></tr><tr><td>%m </td><td>total number of message in the mailbox
+</td></tr><tr><td>%M </td><td>number of hidden messages if the thread is collapsed.
+</td></tr><tr><td>%N </td><td>message score
+</td></tr><tr><td>%n </td><td>author's real name (or address if missing)
+</td></tr><tr><td>%O </td><td>original save folder where mutt would formerly have
+stashed the message: list name or recipient name
+if not sent to a list
+</td></tr><tr><td>%P </td><td>progress indicator for the builtin pager (how much of the file has been displayed)
+</td></tr><tr><td>%s </td><td>subject of the message
+</td></tr><tr><td>%S </td><td>status of the message (“<span class="quote">N</span>”/“<span class="quote">D</span>”/“<span class="quote">d</span>”/“<span class="quote">!</span>”/“<span class="quote">r</span>”/*)
+</td></tr><tr><td>%t </td><td>“<span class="quote">To:</span>” field (recipients)
+</td></tr><tr><td>%T </td><td>the appropriate character from the <a class="link" href="#to-chars" title="3.293. to_chars">$to_chars</a> string
+</td></tr><tr><td>%u </td><td>user (login) name of the author
+</td></tr><tr><td>%v </td><td>first name of the author, or the recipient if the message is from you
+</td></tr><tr><td>%X </td><td>number of attachments
+(please see the “<span class="quote"><a class="link" href="#attachments" title="6. Attachment Searching and Counting">attachments</a></span>” section for possible speed effects)
+</td></tr><tr><td>%y </td><td>“<span class="quote">X-Label:</span>” field, if present
+</td></tr><tr><td>%Y </td><td>“<span class="quote">X-Label:</span>” field, if present, and <span class="emphasis"><em>(1)</em></span> not at part of a thread tree,
+<span class="emphasis"><em>(2)</em></span> at the top of a thread, or <span class="emphasis"><em>(3)</em></span> “<span class="quote">X-Label:</span>” is different from
+preceding message's “<span class="quote">X-Label:</span>”.
+</td></tr><tr><td>%Z </td><td>message status flags
+</td></tr><tr><td>%{fmt} </td><td>the date and time of the message is converted to sender's
+time zone, and “<span class="quote">fmt</span>” is expanded by the library function
+<code class="literal">strftime(3)</code>; a leading bang disables locales
+</td></tr><tr><td>%[fmt] </td><td>the date and time of the message is converted to the local
+time zone, and “<span class="quote">fmt</span>” is expanded by the library function
+<code class="literal">strftime(3)</code>; a leading bang disables locales
+</td></tr><tr><td>%(fmt) </td><td>the local date and time when the message was received.
+“<span class="quote">fmt</span>” is expanded by the library function <code class="literal">strftime(3)</code>;
a leading bang disables locales
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%<fmt> </span></dt><dd><p>the current local time. ``fmt'' is expanded by the library
-function ``strftime''; a leading bang disables locales.
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%>X </span></dt><dd><p>right justify the rest of the string and pad with character "X"
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%|X </span></dt><dd><p>pad to the end of the line with character "X"
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%*X </span></dt><dd><p>soft-fill with character "X" as pad
-</p></dd></dl></div><p>
-
-</p><p>
-`Soft-fill' deserves some explanation. Normal right-justification
-will print everything to the left of the %>, displaying padding and
-the whatever lies to the right only if there's room. By contrast,
+</td></tr><tr><td>%<fmt> </td><td>the current local time. “<span class="quote">fmt</span>” is expanded by the library
+function <code class="literal">strftime(3)</code>; a leading bang disables locales.
+</td></tr><tr><td>%>X </td><td>right justify the rest of the string and pad with character “<span class="quote">X</span>”
+</td></tr><tr><td>%|X </td><td>pad to the end of the line with character “<span class="quote">X</span>”
+</td></tr><tr><td>%*X </td><td>soft-fill with character “<span class="quote">X</span>” as pad
+</td></tr></tbody></table></div><p>
+“<span class="quote">Soft-fill</span>” deserves some explanation: Normal right-justification
+will print everything to the left of the “<span class="quote">%></span>”, displaying padding and
+whatever lies to the right only if there's room. By contrast,
soft-fill gives priority to the right-hand side, guaranteeing space
to display it and showing padding only if there's still room. If
necessary, soft-fill will eat text leftwards to make room for
rightward text.
</p><p>
-Note that these expandos are supported in
-``<a href="#save-hook" title="16. Specify default save mailbox">save-hook</a>'', ``<a href="#fcc-hook" title="17. Specify default Fcc: mailbox when composing">fcc-hook</a>'' and ``<a href="#fcc-save-hook" title="18. Specify default save filename and default Fcc: mailbox at once">fcc-save-hook</a>'', too.
-</p><p>
-See also: ``<a href="#to-chars" title="3.289. to_chars">$to_chars</a>''.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="ispell"></a>3.101. ispell</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: path<br />
-Default: "ispell"</p></div><p>
+Note that these expandos are supported in
+“<span class="quote"><a class="link" href="#save-hook" title="16. Specify Default Save Mailbox">save-hook</a></span>”, “<span class="quote"><a class="link" href="#fcc-hook" title="17. Specify Default Fcc: Mailbox When Composing">fcc-hook</a></span>” and “<span class="quote"><a class="link" href="#fcc-save-hook" title="18. Specify Default Save Filename and Default Fcc: Mailbox at Once">fcc-save-hook</a></span>”, too.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="ispell"></a>3.115. ispell</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: path<br />
+Default: “<span class="quote"><code class="literal">ispell</code></span>”</p></div><p>
How to invoke ispell (GNU's spell-checking software).
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="keep-flagged"></a>3.1
02. keep_flagged</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="keep-flagged"></a>3.1
16. keep_flagged</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
Default: no</p></div><p>
-If set, read messages marked as flagged will not be moved
-from your spool mailbox to your ``<a href="#mbox" title="3.115. mbox">$mbox</a>'' mailbox, or as a result of
-a ``<a href="#mbox-hook" title="12. Using Multiple spool mailboxes">mbox-hook</a>'' command.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="locale"></a>3.1
03. locale</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
-Default:
"C"</p></div><p>
-The locale used by <span class="emphasis"><em>strftime(3)</em></span> to format dates. Legal values are
-the strings your system accepts for the locale variable <span class="emphasis"><em>LC_TIME</em></span>.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="mail-check"></a>3.1
04. mail_check</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: number<br />
+If <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, read messages marked as flagged will not be moved
+from your spool mailbox to your <a class="link" href="#mbox" title="3.126. mbox">$mbox</a> mailbox, or as a result of
+a “<span class="quote"><a class="link" href="#mbox-hook" title="13. Using Multiple Spool Mailboxes">mbox-hook</a></span>” command.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="locale"></a>3.1
17. locale</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
+Default:
“<span class="quote"><code class="literal">C</code></span>”</p></div><p>
+The locale used by <code class="literal">strftime(3)</code> to format dates. Legal values are
+the strings your system accepts for the locale environment variable <code class="literal">$LC_TIME</code>.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="mail-check"></a>3.1
18. mail_check</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: number<br />
Default: 5</p></div><p>
This variable configures how often (in seconds) mutt should look for
-new mail. Also see the ``<a href="#timeout" title="3.287. timeout">$timeout</a>'' variable.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="mailcap-path"></a>3.1
05. mailcap_path</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
-Default:
""</p></div><p>
+new mail. Also see the <a class="link" href="#timeout" title="3.291. timeout">$timeout</a> variable.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="mailcap-path"></a>3.1
19. mailcap_path</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
+Default:
(empty)</p></div><p>
This variable specifies which files to consult when attempting to
display MIME bodies not directly supported by Mutt.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="mailcap-sanitize"></a>3.1
06. mailcap_sanitize</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="mailcap-sanitize"></a>3.1
20. mailcap_sanitize</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
Default: yes</p></div><p>
-If set, mutt will restrict possible characters in mailcap % expandos
+If <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, mutt will restrict possible characters in mailcap % expandos
to a well-defined set of safe characters. This is the safe setting,
but we are not sure it doesn't break some more advanced MIME stuff.
</p><p>
<span class="bold"><strong>DON'T CHANGE THIS SETTING UNLESS YOU ARE REALLY SURE WHAT YOU ARE
DOING!</strong></span>
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="header-cache"></a>3.107. header_cache</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: path<br />
-Default: ""</p></div><p>
-The header_cache variable points to the header cache database.
-If header_cache points to a directory it will contain a header cache
-database per folder. If header_cache points to a file that file will
-be a single global header cache. By default it is unset so no header
-caching will be used.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="maildir-header-cache-verify"></a>3.108. maildir_header_cache_verify</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="maildir-header-cache-verify"></a>3.121. maildir_header_cache_verify</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
Default: yes</p></div><p>
Check for Maildir unaware programs other than mutt having modified maildir
-files when the header cache is in use. This incurs one stat(2) per
-message every time the folder is opened.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="header-cache-pagesize"></a>3.109. header_cache_pagesize</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
-Default: "16384"</p></div><p>
-When mutt is compiled with either gdbm or bdb4 as the header cache backend,
-this option changes the database page size. Too large or too small
-values can waste space, memory, or CPU time. The default should be more
-or less optimal for most use cases.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="header-cache-compress"></a>3.110. header_cache_compress</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
-Default: yes</p></div><p>
-When mutt is compiled with qdbm as header cache backend,
-this option determines whether the database will be compressed.
-Compression results in database files roughly being one fifth
-of the usual diskspace, but the uncompression can result in a
-slower opening of cached folder(s).
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="maildir-trash"></a>3.111. maildir_trash</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+files when the header cache is in use. This incurs one <code class="literal">stat(2)</code> per
+message every time the folder is opened (which can be very slow for NFS
+folders).
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="maildir-trash"></a>3.122. maildir_trash</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
Default: no</p></div><p>
-If set, messages marked as deleted will be saved with the maildir
-(T)rashed flag instead of unlinked. <span class="bold"><strong>NOTE:</strong></span> this only applies
+If <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, messages marked as deleted will be saved with the maildir
+trashed flag instead of unlinked. <span class="bold"><strong>Note:</strong></span> this only applies
to maildir-style mailboxes. Setting it will have no effect on other
mailbox types.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="mark-old"></a>3.1
12. mark_old</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="mark-old"></a>3.1
23. mark_old</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
Default: yes</p></div><p>
Controls whether or not mutt marks <span class="emphasis"><em>new</em></span> <span class="bold"><strong>unread</strong></span>
messages as <span class="emphasis"><em>old</em></span> if you exit a mailbox without reading them.
-With this option set, the next time you start mutt, the messages
-will show up with an "O" next to them in the index menu,
+With this option <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, the next time you start mutt, the messages
+will show up with an “<span class="quote">O</span>” next to them in the index menu,
indicating that they are old.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="markers"></a>3.1
13. markers</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="markers"></a>3.1
24. markers</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
Default: yes</p></div><p>
Controls the display of wrapped lines in the internal pager. If set, a
-``+'' marker is displayed at the beginning of wrapped lines. Also see
-the ``<a href="#smart-wrap" title="3.264. smart_wrap">$smart_wrap</a>'' variable.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="mask"></a>3.114. mask</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: regular expression<br />
-Default: "!^\.[^.]"</p></div><p>
+“<span class="quote">+</span>” marker is displayed at the beginning of wrapped lines.
+</p><p>
+Also see the <a class="link" href="#smart-wrap" title="3.238. smart_wrap">$smart_wrap</a> variable.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="mask"></a>3.125. mask</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: regular expression<br />
+Default: “<span class="quote"><code class="literal">!^\.[^.]</code></span>”</p></div><p>
A regular expression used in the file browser, optionally preceded by
-the <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> operator ``!''. Only files whose names match this mask
+the <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> operator “<span class="quote">!</span>”. Only files whose names match this mask
will be shown. The match is always case-sensitive.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="mbox"></a>3.1
15. mbox</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: path<br />
-Default:
"˜/mbox"</p></div><p>
-This specifies the folder into which read mail in your ``<a href="#spoolfile" title="3.276. spoolfile">$spoolfile</a>''
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="mbox"></a>3.1
26. mbox</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: path<br />
+Default:
“<span class="quote"><code class="literal">˜/mbox</code></span>”</p></div><p>
+This specifies the folder into which read mail in your <a class="link" href="#spoolfile" title="3.269. spoolfile">$spoolfile</a>
folder will be appended.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="mbox-type"></a>3.116. mbox_type</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: folder magic<br />
+</p><p>
+Also see the <a class="link" href="#move" title="3.145. move">$move</a> variable.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="mbox-type"></a>3.127. mbox_type</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: folder magic<br />
Default: mbox</p></div><p>
The default mailbox type used when creating new folders. May be any of
-mbox, MMDF, MH and Maildir.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="metoo"></a>3.117. metoo</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
-Default: no</p></div><p>
-If unset, Mutt will remove your address (see the ``alternates''
-command) from the list of recipients when replying to a message.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="menu-context"></a>3.118. menu_context</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: number<br />
+“<span class="quote">mbox</span>”, “<span class="quote">MMDF</span>”, “<span class="quote">MH</span>” and “<span class="quote">Maildir</span>”. This is overriden by the
+<code class="literal">-m</code> command-line option.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="menu-context"></a>3.128. menu_context</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: number<br />
Default: 0</p></div><p>
This variable controls the number of lines of context that are given
-when scrolling through menus. (Similar to ``<a href="#pager-context" title="3.138. pager_context">$pager_context</a>''.)
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="menu-move-off"></a>3.1
19. menu_move_off</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+when scrolling through menus. (Similar to <a class="link" href="#pager-context" title="3.149. pager_context">$pager_context</a>.)
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="menu-move-off"></a>3.1
29. menu_move_off</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
Default: yes</p></div><p>
When <span class="emphasis"><em>unset</em></span>, the bottom entry of menus will never scroll up past
the bottom of the screen, unless there are less entries than lines.
When <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, the bottom entry may move off the bottom.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="menu-scroll"></a>3.1
20. menu_scroll</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="menu-scroll"></a>3.1
30. menu_scroll</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
Default: no</p></div><p>
When <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, menus will be scrolled up or down one line when you
attempt to move across a screen boundary. If <span class="emphasis"><em>unset</em></span>, the screen
is cleared and the next or previous page of the menu is displayed
(useful for slow links to avoid many redraws).
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="meta-key"></a>3.121. meta_key</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="message-cache-clean"></a>3.131. message_cache_clean</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+Default: no</p></div><p>
+If <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, mutt will clean out obsolete entries from the message cache when
+the mailbox is synchronized. You probably only want to set it
+every once in a while, since it can be a little slow
+(especially for large folders).
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="message-cachedir"></a>3.132. message_cachedir</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: path<br />
+Default: (empty)</p></div><p>
+Set this to a directory and mutt will cache copies of messages from
+your IMAP and POP servers here. You are free to remove entries at any
+time.
+</p><p>
+When setting this variable to a directory, mutt needs to fetch every
+remote message only once and can perform regular expression searches
+as fast as for local folders.
+</p><p>
+Also see the <a class="link" href="#message-cache-clean" title="3.131. message_cache_clean">$message_cache_clean</a> variable.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="message-format"></a>3.133. message_format</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
+Default: “<span class="quote"><code class="literal">%s</code></span>”</p></div><p>
+This is the string displayed in the “<span class="quote">attachment</span>” menu for
+attachments of type <code class="literal">message/rfc822</code>. For a full listing of defined
+<code class="literal">printf(3)</code>-like sequences see the section on <a class="link" href="#index-format" title="3.114. index_format">$index_format</a>.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="meta-key"></a>3.134. meta_key</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
Default: no</p></div><p>
-If set, forces Mutt to interpret keystrokes with the high bit (bit 8)
-set as if the user had pressed the ESC key and whatever key remains
+If <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, forces Mutt to interpret keystrokes with the high bit (bit 8)
+set as if the user had pressed the Esc key and whatever key remains
after having the high bit removed. For example, if the key pressed
-has an ASCII value of 0xf8, then this is treated as if the user had
-pressed ESC then ``x''. This is because the result of removing the
-high bit from ``0xf8'' is ``0x78'', which is the ASCII character
-``x''.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="mh-purge"></a>3.122. mh_purge</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+has an ASCII value of <code class="literal">0xf8</code>, then this is treated as if the user had
+pressed Esc then “<span class="quote">x</span>”. This is because the result of removing the
+high bit from <code class="literal">0xf8</code> is <code class="literal">0x78</code>, which is the ASCII character
+“<span class="quote">x</span>”.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="metoo"></a>3.135. metoo</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+Default: no</p></div><p>
+If <span class="emphasis"><em>unset</em></span>, Mutt will remove your address (see the “<span class="quote"><a class="link" href="#alternates" title="11. Alternative Addresses">alternates</a></span>”
+command) from the list of recipients when replying to a message.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="mh-purge"></a>3.136. mh_purge</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
Default: no</p></div><p>
-When unset, mutt will mimic mh's behaviour and rename deleted messages
+When <span class="emphasis"><em>unset</em></span>, mutt will mimic mh's behaviour and rename deleted messages
to <span class="emphasis"><em>,<old file name></em></span> in mh folders instead of really deleting
-them. If the variable is set, the message files will simply be
+them. This leaves the message on disk but makes programs reading the folder
+ignore it. If the variable is <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, the message files will simply be
deleted.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="mh-seq-flagged"></a>3.123. mh_seq_flagged</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
-Default: "flagged"</p></div><p>
+</p><p>
+This option is similar to <a class="link" href="#maildir-trash" title="3.122. maildir_trash">$maildir_trash</a> for Maildir folders.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="mh-seq-flagged"></a>3.137. mh_seq_flagged</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
+Default: “<span class="quote"><code class="literal">flagged</code></span>”</p></div><p>
The name of the MH sequence used for flagged messages.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="mh-seq-replied"></a>3.1
24. mh_seq_replied</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
-Default:
"replied"</p></div><p>
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="mh-seq-replied"></a>3.1
38. mh_seq_replied</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
+Default:
“<span class="quote"><code class="literal">replied</code></span>”</p></div><p>
The name of the MH sequence used to tag replied messages.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="mh-seq-unseen"></a>3.1
25. mh_seq_unseen</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
-Default:
"unseen"</p></div><p>
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="mh-seq-unseen"></a>3.1
39. mh_seq_unseen</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
+Default:
“<span class="quote"><code class="literal">unseen</code></span>”</p></div><p>
The name of the MH sequence used for unseen messages.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="mime-forward"></a>3.1
26. mime_forward</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: quadoption<br />
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="mime-forward"></a>3.1
40. mime_forward</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: quadoption<br />
Default: no</p></div><p>
-When set, the message you are forwarding will be attached as a
-separate MIME part instead of included in the main body of the
+When <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, the message you are forwarding will be attached as a
+separate <code class="literal">message/rfc822</code> MIME part instead of included in the main body of the
message. This is useful for forwarding MIME messages so the receiver
can properly view the message as it was delivered to you. If you like
to switch between MIME and not MIME from mail to mail, set this
-variable to ask-no or ask-yes.
+variable to “<span class="quote">ask-no</span>” or “<span class="quote">ask-yes</span>”.
</p><p>
-Also see ``<a href="#forward-decode" title="3.62. forward_decode">$forward_decode</a>'' and ``<a href="#mime-forward-decode" title="3.127. mime_forward_decode">$mime_forward_decode</a>''.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="mime-forward-decode"></a>3.1
27. mime_forward_decode</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+Also see <a class="link" href="#forward-decode" title="3.70. forward_decode">$forward_decode</a> and <a class="link" href="#mime-forward-decode" title="3.141. mime_forward_decode">$mime_forward_decode</a>.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="mime-forward-decode"></a>3.1
41. mime_forward_decode</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
Default: no</p></div><p>
-Controls the decoding of complex MIME messages into text/plain when
-forwarding a message while ``<a href="#mime-forward" title="3.126. mime_forward">$mime_forward</a>'' is <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>. Otherwise
-``<a href="#forward-decode" title="3.62. forward_decode">$forward_decode</a>'' is used instead.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="mime-forward-rest"></a>3.1
28. mime_forward_rest</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: quadoption<br />
+Controls the decoding of complex MIME messages into <code class="literal">text/plain</code> when
+forwarding a message while <a class="link" href="#mime-forward" title="3.140. mime_forward">$mime_forward</a> is <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>. Otherwise
+<a class="link" href="#forward-decode" title="3.70. forward_decode">$forward_decode</a> is used instead.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="mime-forward-rest"></a>3.1
42. mime_forward_rest</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: quadoption<br />
Default: yes</p></div><p>
-When forwarding multiple attachments of a MIME message from the recvattach
+When forwarding multiple attachments of a MIME message from the attachment
menu, attachments which cannot be decoded in a reasonable manner will
-be attached to the newly composed message if this option is set.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="mix-entry-format"></a>3.1
29. mix_entry_format</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
-Default:
"%4n %c %-16s %a"</p></div><p>
+be attached to the newly composed message if this option is <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="mix-entry-format"></a>3.1
43. mix_entry_format</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
+Default:
“<span class="quote"><code class="literal">%4n %c %-16s %a</code></span>”</p></div><p>
This variable describes the format of a remailer line on the mixmaster
-chain selection screen. The following printf-like sequences are
+chain selection screen. The following <code class="literal">printf(3)</code>-like sequences are
supported:
-</p><p>
-</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">%n </span></dt><dd><p>The running number on the menu.
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%c </span></dt><dd><p>Remailer capabilities.
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%s </span></dt><dd><p>The remailer's short name.
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%a </span></dt><dd><p>The remailer's e-mail address.
-</p></dd></dl></div><p>
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="mixmaster"></a>3.130. mixmaster</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: path<br />
-Default: "mixmaster"</p></div><p>
+</p><div class="informaltable"><table border="1"><colgroup><col /><col /></colgroup><tbody><tr><td>%n </td><td>The running number on the menu.
+</td></tr><tr><td>%c </td><td>Remailer capabilities.
+</td></tr><tr><td>%s </td><td>The remailer's short name.
+</td></tr><tr><td>%a </td><td>The remailer's e-mail address.
+</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="mixmaster"></a>3.144. mixmaster</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: path<br />
+Default: “<span class="quote"><code class="literal">mixmaster</code></span>”</p></div><p>
This variable contains the path to the Mixmaster binary on your
system. It is used with various sets of parameters to gather the
list of known remailers, and to finally send a message through the
mixmaster chain.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="move"></a>3.131. move</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: quadoption<br />
-Default: ask-no</p></div><p>
-Controls whether or not Mutt will move read messages
-from your spool mailbox to your ``<a href="#mbox" title="3.115. mbox">$mbox</a>'' mailbox, or as a result of
-a ``<a href="#mbox-hook" title="12. Using Multiple spool mailboxes">mbox-hook</a>'' command.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="message-cachedir"></a>3.132. message_cachedir</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: path<br />
-Default: ""</p></div><p>
-Set this to a directory and mutt will cache copies of messages from
-your IMAP and POP servers here. You are free to remove entries at any
-time, for instance if stale entries accumulate because you have
-deleted messages with another mail client.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="message-cache-clean"></a>3.133. message_cache_clean</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="move"></a>3.145. move</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: quadoption<br />
Default: no</p></div><p>
-If set, mutt will clean out obsolete entries from the cache when
-the mailbox is synchronized. You probably only want to set it
-every once in a while, since it can be a little slow.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="message-format"></a>3.134. message_format</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
-Default: "%s"</p></div><p>
-This is the string displayed in the ``attachment'' menu for
-attachments of type message/rfc822. For a full listing of defined
-printf()-like sequences see the section on ``<a href="#index-format" title="3.100. index_format">$index_format</a>''.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="narrow-tree"></a>3.135. narrow_tree</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+Controls whether or not Mutt will move read messages
+from your spool mailbox to your <a class="link" href="#mbox" title="3.126. mbox">$mbox</a> mailbox, or as a result of
+a “<span class="quote"><a class="link" href="#mbox-hook" title="13. Using Multiple Spool Mailboxes">mbox-hook</a></span>” command.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="narrow-tree"></a>3.146. narrow_tree</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
Default: no</p></div><p>
-This variable, when set, makes the thread tree narrower, allowing
+This variable, when <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, makes the thread tree narrower, allowing
deeper threads to fit on the screen.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="net-inc"></a>3.1
36. net_inc</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: number<br />
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="net-inc"></a>3.1
47. net_inc</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: number<br />
Default: 10</p></div><p>
Operations that expect to transfer a large amount of data over the
-network will update their progress every <span class="emphasis"><em>net_inc</em></span> kilobytes.
+network will update their progress every <a class="link" href="#net-inc" title="3.147. net_inc">$net_inc</a> kilobytes.
If set to 0, no progress messages will be displayed.
</p><p>
-See also ``<a href="#read-inc" title="3.235. read_inc">$read_inc</a>'' and ``<a href="#write-inc" title="3.304. write_inc">$write_inc</a>''.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="pager"></a>3.1
37. pager</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: path<br />
-Default:
"builtin"</p></div><p>
+See also <a class="link" href="#read-inc" title="3.207. read_inc">$read_inc</a>, <a class="link" href="#write-inc" title="3.310. write_inc">$write_inc</a> and <a class="link" href="#net-inc" title="3.147. net_inc">$net_inc</a>.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="pager"></a>3.1
48. pager</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: path<br />
+Default:
“<span class="quote"><code class="literal">builtin</code></span>”</p></div><p>
This variable specifies which pager you would like to use to view
-messages. builtin means to use the builtin pager, otherwise this
+messages. The value “<span class="quote">builtin</span>” means to use the builtin pager, otherwise this
variable should specify the pathname of the external pager you would
like to use.
</p><p>
keystrokes are necessary because you can't call mutt functions
directly from the pager, and screen resizes cause lines longer than
the screen width to be badly formatted in the help menu.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="pager-context"></a>3.1
38. pager_context</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: number<br />
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="pager-context"></a>3.1
49. pager_context</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: number<br />
Default: 0</p></div><p>
This variable controls the number of lines of context that are given
when displaying the next or previous page in the internal pager. By
default, Mutt will display the line after the last one on the screen
at the top of the next page (0 lines of context).
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="pager-format"></a>3.139. pager_format</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
-Default: "-%Z- %C/%m: %-20.20n %s%* -- (%P)"</p></div><p>
-This variable controls the format of the one-line message ``status''
+</p><p>
+This variable also specifies the amount of context given for search
+results. If positive, this many lines will be given before a match,
+if 0, the match will be top-aligned.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="pager-format"></a>3.150. pager_format</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
+Default: “<span class="quote"><code class="literal">-%Z- %C/%m: %-20.20n %s%* -- (%P)</code></span>”</p></div><p>
+This variable controls the format of the one-line message “<span class="quote">status</span>”
displayed before each message in either the internal or an external
-pager. The valid sequences are listed in the ``<a href="#index-format" title="3.100. index_format">$index_format</a>''
+pager. The valid sequences are listed in the <a class="link" href="#index-format" title="3.114. index_format">$index_format</a>
section.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="pager-index-lines"></a>3.1
40. pager_index_lines</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: number<br />
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="pager-index-lines"></a>3.1
51. pager_index_lines</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: number<br />
Default: 0</p></div><p>
Determines the number of lines of a mini-index which is shown when in
the pager. The current message, unless near the top or bottom of the
giving the reader the context of a few messages before and after the
message. This is useful, for example, to determine how many messages
remain to be read in the current thread. One of the lines is reserved
-for the status bar from the index, so a <span class="emphasis"><em>pager_index_lines</em></span> of 6
+for the status bar from the index, so a setting of 6
will only show 5 lines of the actual index. A value of 0 results in
no index being shown. If the number of messages in the current folder
-is less than <span class="emphasis"><em>pager_index_lines</em></span>, then the index will only use as
+is less than <a class="link" href="#pager-index-lines" title="3.151. pager_index_lines">$pager_index_lines</a>, then the index will only use as
many lines as it needs.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="pager-stop"></a>3.1
41. pager_stop</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="pager-stop"></a>3.1
52. pager_stop</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
Default: no</p></div><p>
-When set, the internal-pager will <span class="bold"><strong>not</strong></span> move to the next message
-when you are at the end of a message and invoke the <span class="emphasis"><em>next-page</em></span>
+When <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, the internal-pager will <span class="bold"><strong>not</strong></span> move to the next message
+when you are at the end of a message and invoke the <code class="literal"><next-page></code>
function.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="
crypt-autosign"></a>3.142. crypt_autosign</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="
pgp-auto-decode"></a>3.153. pgp_auto_decode</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
Default: no</p></div><p>
-Setting this variable will cause Mutt to always attempt to
-cryptographically sign outgoing messages. This can be overridden
-by use of the <span class="emphasis"><em>pgp-menu</em></span>, when signing is not required or
-encryption is requested as well. If ``<a href="#smime-is-default" title="3.151. smime_is_default">$smime_is_default</a>'' is set,
-then OpenSSL is used instead to create S/MIME messages and settings can
-be overridden by use of the <span class="emphasis"><em>smime-menu</em></span>.
-(Crypto only)
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="crypt-autoencrypt"></a>3.143. crypt_autoencrypt</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+If <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, mutt will automatically attempt to decrypt traditional PGP
+messages whenever the user performs an operation which ordinarily would
+result in the contents of the message being operated on. For example,
+if the user displays a pgp-traditional message which has not been manually
+checked with the <code class="literal"><a class="link" href="#check-traditional-pgp"><check-traditional-pgp></a></code> function, mutt will automatically
+check the message for traditional pgp.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="pgp-autoinline"></a>3.154. pgp_autoinline</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
Default: no</p></div><p>
-Setting this variable will cause Mutt to always attempt to PGP
-encrypt outgoing messages. This is probably only useful in
-connection to the <span class="emphasis"><em>send-hook</em></span> command. It can be overridden
-by use of the <span class="emphasis"><em>pgp-menu</em></span>, when encryption is not required or
-signing is requested as well. IF ``<a href="#smime-is-default" title="3.151. smime_is_default">$smime_is_default</a>'' is set,
-then OpenSSL is used instead to create S/MIME messages and
-settings can be overridden by use of the <span class="emphasis"><em>smime-menu</em></span>.
-(Crypto only)
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="pgp-ignore-subkeys"></a>3.144. pgp_ignore_subkeys</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
-Default: yes</p></div><p>
-Setting this variable will cause Mutt to ignore OpenPGP subkeys. Instead,
-the principal key will inherit the subkeys' capabilities. Unset this
-if you want to play interesting key selection games.
+This option controls whether Mutt generates old-style inline
+(traditional) PGP encrypted or signed messages under certain
+circumstances. This can be overridden by use of the pgp menu,
+when inline is not required.
+</p><p>
+Note that Mutt might automatically use PGP/MIME for messages
+which consist of more than a single MIME part. Mutt can be
+configured to ask before sending PGP/MIME messages when inline
+(traditional) would not work.
+</p><p>
+Also see the <a class="link" href="#pgp-mime-auto" title="3.170. pgp_mime_auto">$pgp_mime_auto</a> variable.
+</p><p>
+Also note that using the old-style PGP message format is <span class="bold"><strong>strongly</strong></span>
+<span class="bold"><strong>deprecated</strong></span>.
(PGP only)
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="
crypt-replyencrypt"></a>3.145. crypt_replyencrypt</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="
pgp-check-exit"></a>3.155. pgp_check_exit</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
Default: yes</p></div><p>
-If set, automatically PGP or OpenSSL encrypt replies to messages which are
-encrypted.
-(Crypto only)
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="crypt-replysign"></a>3.146. crypt_replysign</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
-Default: no</p></div><p>
-If set, automatically PGP or OpenSSL sign replies to messages which are
-signed.
+If <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, mutt will check the exit code of the PGP subprocess when
+signing or encrypting. A non-zero exit code means that the
+subprocess failed.
+(PGP only)
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="pgp-clearsign-command"></a>3.156. pgp_clearsign_command</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
+Default: (empty)</p></div><p>
+This format is used to create an old-style “<span class="quote">clearsigned</span>” PGP
+message. Note that the use of this format is <span class="bold"><strong>strongly</strong></span>
+<span class="bold"><strong>deprecated</strong></span>.
</p><p>
-<span class="bold"><strong>Note:</strong></span> this does not work on messages that are encrypted
-<span class="bold"><strong>and</strong></span> signed!
-(Crypto only)
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="crypt-replysignencrypted"></a>3.147. crypt_replysignencrypted</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
-Default: no</p></div><p>
-If set, automatically PGP or OpenSSL sign replies to messages
-which are encrypted. This makes sense in combination with
-``<a href="#crypt-replyencrypt" title="3.145. crypt_replyencrypt">$crypt_replyencrypt</a>'', because it allows you to sign all
-messages which are automatically encrypted. This works around
-the problem noted in ``<a href="#crypt-replysign" title="3.146. crypt_replysign">$crypt_replysign</a>'', that mutt is not able
-to find out whether an encrypted message is also signed.
-(Crypto only)
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="crypt-timestamp"></a>3.148. crypt_timestamp</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
-Default: yes</p></div><p>
-If set, mutt will include a time stamp in the lines surrounding
-PGP or S/MIME output, so spoofing such lines is more difficult.
-If you are using colors to mark these lines, and rely on these,
-you may unset this setting.
-(Crypto only)
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="pgp-use-gpg-agent"></a>3.149. pgp_use_gpg_agent</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
-Default: no</p></div><p>
-If set, mutt will use a possibly-running gpg-agent process.
+This is a format string, see the <a class="link" href="#pgp-decode-command" title="3.157. pgp_decode_command">$pgp_decode_command</a> command for
+possible <code class="literal">printf(3)</code>-like sequences.
(PGP only)
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="crypt-verify-sig"></a>3.150. crypt_verify_sig</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: quadoption<br />
-Default: yes</p></div><p>
-If ``yes'', always attempt to verify PGP or S/MIME signatures.
-If ``ask'', ask whether or not to verify the signature.
-If ``no'', never attempt to verify cryptographic signatures.
-(Crypto only)
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="smime-is-default"></a>3.151. smime_is_default</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
-Default: no</p></div><p>
-The default behaviour of mutt is to use PGP on all auto-sign/encryption
-operations. To override and to use OpenSSL instead this must be set.
-However, this has no effect while replying, since mutt will automatically
-select the same application that was used to sign/encrypt the original
-message. (Note that this variable can be overridden by unsetting <a href="#crypt-autosmime" title="3.39. crypt_autosmime">$crypt_autosmime</a>.)
-(S/MIME only)
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="smime-ask-cert-label"></a>3.152. smime_ask_cert_label</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
-Default: yes</p></div><p>
-This flag controls whether you want to be asked to enter a label
-for a certificate about to be added to the database or not. It is
-set by default.
-(S/MIME only)
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="smime-decrypt-use-default-key"></a>3.153. smime_decrypt_use_default_key</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
-Default: yes</p></div><p>
-If set (default) this tells mutt to use the default key for decryption. Otherwise,
-if manage multiple certificate-key-pairs, mutt will try to use the mailbox-address
-to determine the key to use. It will ask you to supply a key, if it can't find one.
-(S/MIME only)
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="pgp-entry-format"></a>3.154. pgp_entry_format</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
-Default: "%4n %t%f %4l/0x%k %-4a %2c %u"</p></div><p>
-This variable allows you to customize the PGP key selection menu to
-your personal taste. This string is similar to ``<a href="#index-format" title="3.100. index_format">$index_format</a>'', but
-has its own set of printf()-like sequences:
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="pgp-decode-command"></a>3.157. pgp_decode_command</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
+Default: (empty)</p></div><p>
+This format strings specifies a command which is used to decode
+application/pgp attachments.
</p><p>
+The PGP command formats have their own set of <code class="literal">printf(3)</code>-like sequences:
-</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">%n </span></dt><dd><p>number
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%k </span></dt><dd><p>key id
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%u </span></dt><dd><p>user id
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%a </span></dt><dd><p>algorithm
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%l </span></dt><dd><p>key length
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%f </span></dt><dd><p>flags
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%c </span></dt><dd><p>capabilities
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%t </span></dt><dd><p>trust/validity of the key-uid association
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%[<s>] </span></dt><dd><p>date of the key where <s> is an strftime(3) expression
-</p></dd></dl></div><p>
-
+</p><div class="informaltable"><table border="1"><colgroup><col /><col /></colgroup><tbody><tr><td>%p </td><td>Expands to PGPPASSFD=0 when a pass phrase is needed, to an empty
+string otherwise. Note: This may be used with a %? construct.
+</td></tr><tr><td>%f </td><td>Expands to the name of a file containing a message.
+</td></tr><tr><td>%s </td><td>Expands to the name of a file containing the signature part
+ of a <code class="literal">multipart/signed</code> attachment when verifying it.
+</td></tr><tr><td>%a </td><td>The value of <a class="link" href="#pgp-sign-as" title="3.174. pgp_sign_as">$pgp_sign_as</a>.
+</td></tr><tr><td>%r </td><td>One or more key IDs.
+</td></tr></tbody></table></div><p>
+For examples on how to configure these formats for the various versions
+of PGP which are floating around, see the pgp and gpg sample configuration files in
+the <code class="literal">samples/</code> subdirectory which has been installed on your system
+alongside the documentation.
+(PGP only)
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="pgp-decrypt-command"></a>3.158. pgp_decrypt_command</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
+Default: (empty)</p></div><p>
+This command is used to decrypt a PGP encrypted message.
+</p><p>
+This is a format string, see the <a class="link" href="#pgp-decode-command" title="3.157. pgp_decode_command">$pgp_decode_command</a> command for
+possible <code class="literal">printf(3)</code>-like sequences.
+(PGP only)
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="pgp-encrypt-only-command"></a>3.159. pgp_encrypt_only_command</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
+Default: (empty)</p></div><p>
+This command is used to encrypt a body part without signing it.
+</p><p>
+This is a format string, see the <a class="link" href="#pgp-decode-command" title="3.157. pgp_decode_command">$pgp_decode_command</a> command for
+possible <code class="literal">printf(3)</code>-like sequences.
+(PGP only)
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="pgp-encrypt-sign-command"></a>3.160. pgp_encrypt_sign_command</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
+Default: (empty)</p></div><p>
+This command is used to both sign and encrypt a body part.
+</p><p>
+This is a format string, see the <a class="link" href="#pgp-decode-command" title="3.157. pgp_decode_command">$pgp_decode_command</a> command for
+possible <code class="literal">printf(3)</code>-like sequences.
+(PGP only)
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="pgp-entry-format"></a>3.161. pgp_entry_format</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
+Default: “<span class="quote"><code class="literal">%4n %t%f %4l/0x%k %-4a %2c %u</code></span>”</p></div><p>
+This variable allows you to customize the PGP key selection menu to
+your personal taste. This string is similar to <a class="link" href="#index-format" title="3.114. index_format">$index_format</a>, but
+has its own set of <code class="literal">printf(3)</code>-like sequences:
+
+</p><div class="informaltable"><table border="1"><colgroup><col /><col /></colgroup><tbody><tr><td>%n </td><td>number
+</td></tr><tr><td>%k </td><td>key id
+</td></tr><tr><td>%u </td><td>user id
+</td></tr><tr><td>%a </td><td>algorithm
+</td></tr><tr><td>%l </td><td>key length
+</td></tr><tr><td>%f </td><td>flags
+</td></tr><tr><td>%c </td><td>capabilities
+</td></tr><tr><td>%t </td><td>trust/validity of the key-uid association
+</td></tr><tr><td>%[<s>] </td><td>date of the key where <s> is an <code class="literal">strftime(3)</code> expression
+</td></tr></tbody></table></div><p>
+(PGP only)
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="pgp-export-command"></a>3.162. pgp_export_command</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
+Default: (empty)</p></div><p>
+This command is used to export a public key from the user's
+key ring.
</p><p>
+This is a format string, see the <a class="link" href="#pgp-decode-command" title="3.157. pgp_decode_command">$pgp_decode_command</a> command for
+possible <code class="literal">printf(3)</code>-like sequences.
(PGP only)
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="pgp-good-sign"></a>3.155. pgp_good_sign</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: regular expression<br />
-Default: ""</p></div><p>
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="pgp-getkeys-command"></a>3.163. pgp_getkeys_command</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
+Default: (empty)</p></div><p>
+This command is invoked whenever mutt will need public key information.
+Of the sequences supported by <a class="link" href="#pgp-decode-command" title="3.157. pgp_decode_command">$pgp_decode_command</a>, %r is the only
+<code class="literal">printf(3)</code>-like sequence used with this format.
+(PGP only)
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="pgp-good-sign"></a>3.164. pgp_good_sign</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: regular expression<br />
+Default: (empty)</p></div><p>
If you assign a text to this variable, then a PGP signature is only
-considered verified if the output from <a href="#pgp-verify-command" title="3.170. pgp_verify_command">$pgp_verify_command</a> contains
+considered verified if the output from <a class="link" href="#pgp-verify-command" title="3.180. pgp_verify_command">$pgp_verify_command</a> contains
the text. Use this variable if the exit code from the command is 0
even for bad signatures.
(PGP only)
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="pgp-
check-exit"></a>3.156. pgp_check_exit</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="pgp-
ignore-subkeys"></a>3.165. pgp_ignore_subkeys</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
Default: yes</p></div><p>
-If set, mutt will check the exit code of the PGP subprocess when
-signing or encrypting. A non-zero exit code means that the
-subprocess failed.
+Setting this variable will cause Mutt to ignore OpenPGP subkeys. Instead,
+the principal key will inherit the subkeys' capabilities. <span class="emphasis"><em>Unset</em></span> this
+if you want to play interesting key selection games.
(PGP only)
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="pgp-long-ids"></a>3.157. pgp_long_ids</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
-Default: no</p></div><p>
-If set, use 64 bit PGP key IDs. Unset uses the normal 32 bit Key IDs.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="pgp-import-command"></a>3.166. pgp_import_command</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
+Default: (empty)</p></div><p>
+This command is used to import a key from a message into
+the user's public key ring.
+</p><p>
+This is a format string, see the <a class="link" href="#pgp-decode-command" title="3.157. pgp_decode_command">$pgp_decode_command</a> command for
+possible <code class="literal">printf(3)</code>-like sequences.
(PGP only)
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="pgp-retainable-sigs"></a>3.158. pgp_retainable_sigs</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
-Default: no</p></div><p>
-If set, signed and encrypted messages will consist of nested
-multipart/signed and multipart/encrypted body parts.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="pgp-list-pubring-command"></a>3.167. pgp_list_pubring_command</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
+Default: (empty)</p></div><p>
+This command is used to list the public key ring's contents. The
+output format must be analogous to the one used by
+
+</p><pre class="screen">
+gpg --list-keys --with-colons.
+</pre><p>
+This format is also generated by the <code class="literal">pgpring</code> utility which comes
+with mutt.
</p><p>
-This is useful for applications like encrypted and signed mailing
-lists, where the outer layer (multipart/encrypted) can be easily
-removed, while the inner multipart/signed part is retained.
+This is a format string, see the <a class="link" href="#pgp-decode-command" title="3.157. pgp_decode_command">$pgp_decode_command</a> command for
+possible <code class="literal">printf(3)</code>-like sequences.
(PGP only)
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="pgp-autoinline"></a>3.159. pgp_autoinline</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
-Default: no</p></div><p>
-This option controls whether Mutt generates old-style inline
-(traditional) PGP encrypted or signed messages under certain
-circumstances. This can be overridden by use of the <span class="emphasis"><em>pgp-menu</em></span>,
-when inline is not required.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="pgp-list-secring-command"></a>3.168. pgp_list_secring_command</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
+Default: (empty)</p></div><p>
+This command is used to list the secret key ring's contents. The
+output format must be analogous to the one used by:
+
+</p><pre class="screen">
+gpg --list-keys --with-colons.
+</pre><p>
+This format is also generated by the <code class="literal">pgpring</code> utility which comes
+with mutt.
</p><p>
-Note that Mutt might automatically use PGP/MIME for messages
-which consist of more than a single MIME part. Mutt can be
-configured to ask before sending PGP/MIME messages when inline
-(traditional) would not work.
-See also: ``<a href="#pgp-mime-auto" title="3.166. pgp_mime_auto">$pgp_mime_auto</a>''.
+This is a format string, see the <a class="link" href="#pgp-decode-command" title="3.157. pgp_decode_command">$pgp_decode_command</a> command for
+possible <code class="literal">printf(3)</code>-like sequences.
+(PGP only)
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="pgp-long-ids"></a>3.169. pgp_long_ids</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+Default: no</p></div><p>
+If <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, use 64 bit PGP key IDs, if <span class="emphasis"><em>unset</em></span> use the normal 32 bit key IDs.
+(PGP only)
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="pgp-mime-auto"></a>3.170. pgp_mime_auto</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: quadoption<br />
+Default: ask-yes</p></div><p>
+This option controls whether Mutt will prompt you for
+automatically sending a (signed/encrypted) message using
+PGP/MIME when inline (traditional) fails (for any reason).
</p><p>
Also note that using the old-style PGP message format is <span class="bold"><strong>strongly</strong></span>
<span class="bold"><strong>deprecated</strong></span>.
(PGP only)
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="pgp-replyinline"></a>3.1
60. pgp_replyinline</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="pgp-replyinline"></a>3.1
71. pgp_replyinline</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
Default: no</p></div><p>
Setting this variable will cause Mutt to always attempt to
create an inline (traditional) message when replying to a
message which is PGP encrypted/signed inline. This can be
-overridden by use of the <span class="emphasis"><em>pgp-menu</em></span>, when inline is not
+overridden by use of the pgp menu, when inline is not
required. This option does not automatically detect if the
(replied-to) message is inline; instead it relies on Mutt
internals for previously checked/flagged messages.
which consist of more than a single MIME part. Mutt can be
configured to ask before sending PGP/MIME messages when inline
(traditional) would not work.
-See also: ``<a href="#pgp-mime-auto" title="3.166. pgp_mime_auto">$pgp_mime_auto</a>''.
+</p><p>
+Also see the <a class="link" href="#pgp-mime-auto" title="3.170. pgp_mime_auto">$pgp_mime_auto</a> variable.
</p><p>
Also note that using the old-style PGP message format is <span class="bold"><strong>strongly</strong></span>
<span class="bold"><strong>deprecated</strong></span>.
(PGP only)
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="pgp-show-unusable"></a>3.161. pgp_show_unusable</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="pgp-retainable-sigs"></a>3.172. pgp_retainable_sigs</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+Default: no</p></div><p>
+If <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, signed and encrypted messages will consist of nested
+<code class="literal">multipart/signed</code> and <code class="literal">multipart/encrypted</code> body parts.
+</p><p>
+This is useful for applications like encrypted and signed mailing
+lists, where the outer layer (<code class="literal">multipart/encrypted</code>) can be easily
+removed, while the inner <code class="literal">multipart/signed</code> part is retained.
+(PGP only)
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="pgp-show-unusable"></a>3.173. pgp_show_unusable</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
Default: yes</p></div><p>
-If set, mutt will display non-usable keys on the PGP key selection
+If <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, mutt will display non-usable keys on the PGP key selection
menu. This includes keys which have been revoked, have expired, or
-have been marked as ``disabled'' by the user.
+have been marked as “<span class="quote">disabled</span>” by the user.
(PGP only)
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="pgp-sign-as"></a>3.1
62. pgp_sign_as</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
-Default:
""</p></div><p>
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="pgp-sign-as"></a>3.1
74. pgp_sign_as</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
+Default:
(empty)</p></div><p>
If you have more than one key pair, this option allows you to specify
which of your private keys to use. It is recommended that you use the
-keyid form to specify your key (e.g., ``0x00112233'').
+keyid form to specify your key (e.g. <code class="literal">0x00112233</code>).
+(PGP only)
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="pgp-sign-command"></a>3.175. pgp_sign_command</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
+Default: (empty)</p></div><p>
+This command is used to create the detached PGP signature for a
+<code class="literal">multipart/signed</code> PGP/MIME body part.
+</p><p>
+This is a format string, see the <a class="link" href="#pgp-decode-command" title="3.157. pgp_decode_command">$pgp_decode_command</a> command for
+possible <code class="literal">printf(3)</code>-like sequences.
+(PGP only)
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="pgp-sort-keys"></a>3.176. pgp_sort_keys</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: sort order<br />
+Default: address</p></div><p>
+Specifies how the entries in the pgp menu are sorted. The
+following are legal values:
+
+</p><div class="informaltable"><table border="1"><colgroup><col /><col /></colgroup><tbody><tr><td>address </td><td>sort alphabetically by user id
+</td></tr><tr><td>keyid </td><td>sort alphabetically by key id
+</td></tr><tr><td>date </td><td>sort by key creation date
+</td></tr><tr><td>trust </td><td>sort by the trust of the key
+</td></tr></tbody></table></div><p>
+If you prefer reverse order of the above values, prefix it with
+“<span class="quote">reverse-</span>”.
(PGP only)
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="pgp-strict-enc"></a>3.1
63. pgp_strict_enc</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="pgp-strict-enc"></a>3.1
77. pgp_strict_enc</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
Default: yes</p></div><p>
-If set, Mutt will automatically encode PGP/MIME signed messages as
-<span class="emphasis"><em>quoted-printable</em></span>. Please note that unsetting this variable may
+If <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, Mutt will automatically encode PGP/MIME signed messages as
+quoted-printable. Please note that unsetting this variable may
lead to problems with non-verifyable PGP signatures, so only change
this if you know what you are doing.
(PGP only)
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="pgp-timeout"></a>3.1
64. pgp_timeout</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: number<br />
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="pgp-timeout"></a>3.1
78. pgp_timeout</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: number<br />
Default: 300</p></div><p>
The number of seconds after which a cached passphrase will expire if
not used.
(PGP only)
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="pgp-sort-keys"></a>3.165. pgp_sort_keys</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: sort order<br />
-Default: address</p></div><p>
-Specifies how the entries in the `pgp keys' menu are sorted. The
-following are legal values:
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="pgp-use-gpg-agent"></a>3.179. pgp_use_gpg_agent</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+Default: no</p></div><p>
+If <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, mutt will use a possibly-running <code class="literal">gpg-agent(1)</code> process.
+(PGP only)
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="pgp-verify-command"></a>3.180. pgp_verify_command</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
+Default: (empty)</p></div><p>
+This command is used to verify PGP signatures.
</p><p>
-
-</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">address </span></dt><dd><p>sort alphabetically by user id
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">keyid </span></dt><dd><p>sort alphabetically by key id
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">date </span></dt><dd><p>sort by key creation date
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">trust </span></dt><dd><p>sort by the trust of the key
-</p></dd></dl></div><p>
-
-</p><p>
-If you prefer reverse order of the above values, prefix it with
-`reverse-'.
+This is a format string, see the <a class="link" href="#pgp-decode-command" title="3.157. pgp_decode_command">$pgp_decode_command</a> command for
+possible <code class="literal">printf(3)</code>-like sequences.
(PGP only)
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="pgp-mime-auto"></a>3.166. pgp_mime_auto</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: quadoption<br />
-Default: ask-yes</p></div><p>
-This option controls whether Mutt will prompt you for
-automatically sending a (signed/encrypted) message using
-PGP/MIME when inline (traditional) fails (for any reason).
-</p><p>
-Also note that using the old-style PGP message format is <span class="bold"><strong>strongly</strong></span>
-<span class="bold"><strong>deprecated</strong></span>.
-(PGP only)
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="pgp-auto-decode"></a>3.167. pgp_auto_decode</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
-Default: no</p></div><p>
-If set, mutt will automatically attempt to decrypt traditional PGP
-messages whenever the user performs an operation which ordinarily would
-result in the contents of the message being operated on. For example,
-if the user displays a pgp-traditional message which has not been manually
-checked with the check-traditional-pgp function, mutt will automatically
-check the message for traditional pgp.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="pgp-decode-command"></a>3.168. pgp_decode_command</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
-Default: ""</p></div><p>
-This format strings specifies a command which is used to decode
-application/pgp attachments.
-</p><p>
-The PGP command formats have their own set of printf-like sequences:
-</p><p>
-
-</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">%p </span></dt><dd><p>Expands to PGPPASSFD=0 when a pass phrase is needed, to an empty
-string otherwise. Note: This may be used with a %? construct.
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%f </span></dt><dd><p>Expands to the name of a file containing a message.
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%s </span></dt><dd><p>Expands to the name of a file containing the signature part
- of a multipart/signed attachment when verifying it.
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%a </span></dt><dd><p>The value of <a href="#pgp-sign-as" title="3.162. pgp_sign_as">$pgp_sign_as</a>.
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%r </span></dt><dd><p>One or more key IDs.
-</p></dd></dl></div><p>
-
-</p><p>
-For examples on how to configure these formats for the various versions
-of PGP which are floating around, see the pgp*.rc and gpg.rc files in
-the samples/ subdirectory which has been installed on your system
-alongside the documentation.
-(PGP only)
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="pgp-getkeys-command"></a>3.169. pgp_getkeys_command</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
-Default: ""</p></div><p>
-This command is invoked whenever mutt will need public key information.
-%r is the only printf-like sequence used with this format.
-(PGP only)
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="pgp-verify-command"></a>3.170. pgp_verify_command</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
-Default: ""</p></div><p>
-This command is used to verify PGP signatures.
-(PGP only)
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="pgp-decrypt-command"></a>3.171. pgp_decrypt_command</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
-Default: ""</p></div><p>
-This command is used to decrypt a PGP encrypted message.
-(PGP only)
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="pgp-clearsign-command"></a>3.172. pgp_clearsign_command</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
-Default: ""</p></div><p>
-This format is used to create a old-style "clearsigned" PGP
-message. Note that the use of this format is <span class="bold"><strong>strongly</strong></span>
-<span class="bold"><strong>deprecated</strong></span>.
-(PGP only)
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="pgp-sign-command"></a>3.173. pgp_sign_command</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
-Default: ""</p></div><p>
-This command is used to create the detached PGP signature for a
-multipart/signed PGP/MIME body part.
-(PGP only)
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="pgp-encrypt-sign-command"></a>3.174. pgp_encrypt_sign_command</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
-Default: ""</p></div><p>
-This command is used to both sign and encrypt a body part.
-(PGP only)
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="pgp-encrypt-only-command"></a>3.175. pgp_encrypt_only_command</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
-Default: ""</p></div><p>
-This command is used to encrypt a body part without signing it.
-(PGP only)
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="pgp-import-command"></a>3.176. pgp_import_command</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
-Default: ""</p></div><p>
-This command is used to import a key from a message into
-the user's public key ring.
-(PGP only)
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="pgp-export-command"></a>3.177. pgp_export_command</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
-Default: ""</p></div><p>
-This command is used to export a public key from the user's
-key ring.
-(PGP only)
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="pgp-verify-key-command"></a>3.178. pgp_verify_key_command</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
-Default: ""</p></div><p>
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="pgp-verify-key-command"></a>3.181. pgp_verify_key_command</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
+Default: (empty)</p></div><p>
This command is used to verify key information from the key selection
menu.
-(PGP only)
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="pgp-list-secring-command"></a>3.179. pgp_list_secring_command</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
-Default: ""</p></div><p>
-This command is used to list the secret key ring's contents. The
-output format must be analogous to the one used by
-gpg --list-keys --with-colons.
</p><p>
-This format is also generated by the pgpring utility which comes
-with mutt.
-(PGP only)
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="pgp-list-pubring-command"></a>3.180. pgp_list_pubring_command</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
-Default: ""</p></div><p>
-This command is used to list the public key ring's contents. The
-output format must be analogous to the one used by
-gpg --list-keys --with-colons.
-</p><p>
-This format is also generated by the pgpring utility which comes
-with mutt.
+This is a format string, see the <a class="link" href="#pgp-decode-command" title="3.157. pgp_decode_command">$pgp_decode_command</a> command for
+possible <code class="literal">printf(3)</code>-like sequences.
(PGP only)
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="forward-decrypt"></a>3.181. forward_decrypt</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
-Default: yes</p></div><p>
-Controls the handling of encrypted messages when forwarding a message.
-When set, the outer layer of encryption is stripped off. This
-variable is only used if ``<a href="#mime-forward" title="3.126. mime_forward">$mime_forward</a>'' is <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span> and
-``<a href="#mime-forward-decode" title="3.127. mime_forward_decode">$mime_forward_decode</a>'' is <span class="emphasis"><em>unset</em></span>.
-(PGP only)
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="smime-timeout"></a>3.182. smime_timeout</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: number<br />
-Default: 300</p></div><p>
-The number of seconds after which a cached passphrase will expire if
-not used.
-(S/MIME only)
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="smime-encrypt-with"></a>3.183. smime_encrypt_with</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
-Default: ""</p></div><p>
-This sets the algorithm that should be used for encryption.
-Valid choices are "des", "des3", "rc2-40", "rc2-64", "rc2-128".
-If unset "3des" (TripleDES) is used.
-(S/MIME only)
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="smime-keys"></a>3.184. smime_keys</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: path<br />
-Default: ""</p></div><p>
-Since there is no pubring/secring as with PGP, mutt has to handle
-storage ad retrieval of keys/certs by itself. This is very basic right now,
-and stores keys and certificates in two different directories, both
-named as the hash-value retrieved from OpenSSL. There is an index file
-which contains mailbox-address keyid pair, and which can be manually
-edited. This one points to the location of the private keys.
-(S/MIME only)
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="smime-ca-location"></a>3.185. smime_ca_location</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: path<br />
-Default: ""</p></div><p>
-This variable contains the name of either a directory, or a file which
-contains trusted certificates for use with OpenSSL.
-(S/MIME only)
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="smime-certificates"></a>3.186. smime_certificates</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: path<br />
-Default: ""</p></div><p>
-Since there is no pubring/secring as with PGP, mutt has to handle
-storage and retrieval of keys by itself. This is very basic right
-now, and keys and certificates are stored in two different
-directories, both named as the hash-value retrieved from
-OpenSSL. There is an index file which contains mailbox-address
-keyid pairs, and which can be manually edited. This one points to
-the location of the certificates.
-(S/MIME only)
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="smime-decrypt-command"></a>3.187. smime_decrypt_command</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
-Default: ""</p></div><p>
-This format string specifies a command which is used to decrypt
-application/x-pkcs7-mime attachments.
-</p><p>
-The OpenSSL command formats have their own set of printf-like sequences
-similar to PGP's:
-</p><p>
-
-</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">%f </span></dt><dd><p>Expands to the name of a file containing a message.
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%s </span></dt><dd><p>Expands to the name of a file containing the signature part
- of a multipart/signed attachment when verifying it.
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%k </span></dt><dd><p>The key-pair specified with <a href="#smime-default-key" title="3.198. smime_default_key">$smime_default_key</a>
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%c </span></dt><dd><p>One or more certificate IDs.
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%a </span></dt><dd><p>The algorithm used for encryption.
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%C </span></dt><dd><p>CA location: Depending on whether <a href="#smime-ca-location" title="3.185. smime_ca_location">$smime_ca_location</a>
- points to a directory or file, this expands to
- "-CApath <a href="#smime-ca-location" title="3.185. smime_ca_location">$smime_ca_location</a>" or "-CAfile <a href="#smime-ca-location" title="3.185. smime_ca_location">$smime_ca_location</a>".
-</p></dd></dl></div><p>
-
-</p><p>
-For examples on how to configure these formats, see the smime.rc in
-the samples/ subdirectory which has been installed on your system
-alongside the documentation.
-(S/MIME only)
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="smime-verify-command"></a>3.188. smime_verify_command</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
-Default: ""</p></div><p>
-This command is used to verify S/MIME signatures of type multipart/signed.
-(S/MIME only)
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="smime-verify-opaque-command"></a>3.189. smime_verify_opaque_command</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
-Default: ""</p></div><p>
-This command is used to verify S/MIME signatures of type
-application/x-pkcs7-mime.
-(S/MIME only)
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="smime-sign-command"></a>3.190. smime_sign_command</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
-Default: ""</p></div><p>
-This command is used to created S/MIME signatures of type
-multipart/signed, which can be read by all mail clients.
-(S/MIME only)
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="smime-sign-opaque-command"></a>3.191. smime_sign_opaque_command</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
-Default: ""</p></div><p>
-This command is used to created S/MIME signatures of type
-application/x-pkcs7-signature, which can only be handled by mail
-clients supporting the S/MIME extension.
-(S/MIME only)
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="smime-encrypt-command"></a>3.192. smime_encrypt_command</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
-Default: ""</p></div><p>
-This command is used to create encrypted S/MIME messages.
-(S/MIME only)
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="smime-pk7out-command"></a>3.193. smime_pk7out_command</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
-Default: ""</p></div><p>
-This command is used to extract PKCS7 structures of S/MIME signatures,
-in order to extract the public X509 certificate(s).
-(S/MIME only)
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="smime-get-cert-command"></a>3.194. smime_get_cert_command</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
-Default: ""</p></div><p>
-This command is used to extract X509 certificates from a PKCS7 structure.
-(S/MIME only)
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="smime-get-signer-cert-command"></a>3.195. smime_get_signer_cert_command</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
-Default: ""</p></div><p>
-This command is used to extract only the signers X509 certificate from a S/MIME
-signature, so that the certificate's owner may get compared to the
-email's 'From'-field.
-(S/MIME only)
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="smime-import-cert-command"></a>3.196. smime_import_cert_command</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
-Default: ""</p></div><p>
-This command is used to import a certificate via smime_keys.
-(S/MIME only)
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="smime-get-cert-email-command"></a>3.197. smime_get_cert_email_command</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
-Default: ""</p></div><p>
-This command is used to extract the mail address(es) used for storing
-X509 certificates, and for verification purposes (to check whether the
-certificate was issued for the sender's mailbox).
-(S/MIME only)
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="smime-default-key"></a>3.198. smime_default_key</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
-Default: ""</p></div><p>
-This is the default key-pair to use for signing. This must be set to the
-keyid (the hash-value that OpenSSL generates) to work properly
-(S/MIME only)
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="ssl-client-cert"></a>3.199. ssl_client_cert</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: path<br />
-Default: ""</p></div><p>
-The file containing a client certificate and its associated private
-key.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="ssl-force-tls"></a>3.200. ssl_force_tls</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
-Default: no</p></div><p>
-If this variable is set, Mutt will require that all connections
-to remote servers be encrypted. Furthermore it will attempt to
-negotiate TLS even if the server does not advertise the capability,
-since it would otherwise have to abort the connection anyway. This
-option supersedes ``<a href="#ssl-starttls" title="3.201. ssl_starttls">$ssl_starttls</a>''.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="ssl-starttls"></a>3.201. ssl_starttls</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: quadoption<br />
-Default: yes</p></div><p>
-If set (the default), mutt will attempt to use STARTTLS on servers
-advertising the capability. When unset, mutt will not attempt to
-use STARTTLS regardless of the server's capabilities.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="certificate-file"></a>3.202. certificate_file</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: path<br />
-Default: "˜/.mutt_certificates"</p></div><p>
-This variable specifies the file where the certificates you trust
-are saved. When an unknown certificate is encountered, you are asked
-if you accept it or not. If you accept it, the certificate can also
-be saved in this file and further connections are automatically
-accepted.
-</p><p>
-You can also manually add CA certificates in this file. Any server
-certificate that is signed with one of these CA certificates are
-also automatically accepted.
-</p><p>
-Example: set certificate_file=˜/.mutt/certificates
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="ssl-usesystemcerts"></a>3.203. ssl_usesystemcerts</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
-Default: yes</p></div><p>
-If set to <span class="emphasis"><em>yes</em></span>, mutt will use CA certificates in the
-system-wide certificate store when checking if server certificate
-is signed by a trusted CA.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="entropy-file"></a>3.204. entropy_file</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: path<br />
-Default: ""</p></div><p>
-The file which includes random data that is used to initialize SSL
-library functions.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="ssl-use-sslv2"></a>3.205. ssl_use_sslv2</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
-Default: yes</p></div><p>
-This variables specifies whether to attempt to use SSLv2 in the
-SSL authentication process.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="ssl-use-sslv3"></a>3.206. ssl_use_sslv3</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
-Default: yes</p></div><p>
-This variables specifies whether to attempt to use SSLv3 in the
-SSL authentication process.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="ssl-use-tlsv1"></a>3.207. ssl_use_tlsv1</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
-Default: yes</p></div><p>
-This variables specifies whether to attempt to use TLSv1 in the
-SSL authentication process.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="ssl-min-dh-prime-bits"></a>3.208. ssl_min_dh_prime_bits</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: number<br />
-Default: 0</p></div><p>
-This variable specifies the minimum acceptable prime size (in bits)
-for use in any Diffie-Hellman key exchange. A value of 0 will use
-the default from the GNUTLS library.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="ssl-ca-certificates-file"></a>3.209. ssl_ca_certificates_file</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: path<br />
-Default: ""</p></div><p>
-This variable specifies a file containing trusted CA certificates.
-Any server certificate that is signed with one of these CA
-certificates are also automatically accepted.
-</p><p>
-Example: set ssl_ca_certificates_file=/etc/ssl/certs/ca-certificates.crt
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="pipe-split"></a>3.210. pipe_split</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="pipe-decode"></a>3.182. pipe_decode</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
Default: no</p></div><p>
-Used in connection with the <span class="emphasis"><em>pipe-message</em></span> command and the ``tag-
-prefix'' operator. If this variable is unset, when piping a list of
-tagged messages Mutt will concatenate the messages and will pipe them
-as a single folder. When set, Mutt will pipe the messages one by one.
-In both cases the messages are piped in the current sorted order,
-and the ``<a href="#pipe-sep" title="3.212. pipe_sep">$pipe_sep</a>'' separator is added after each message.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="pipe-decode"></a>3.211. pipe_decode</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
-Default: no</p></div><p>
-Used in connection with the <span class="emphasis"><em>pipe-message</em></span> command. When unset,
-Mutt will pipe the messages without any preprocessing. When set, Mutt
-will weed headers and will attempt to PGP/MIME decode the messages
+Used in connection with the <code class="literal"><pipe-message></code> command. When <span class="emphasis"><em>unset</em></span>,
+Mutt will pipe the messages without any preprocessing. When <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, Mutt
+will weed headers and will attempt to decode the messages
first.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="pipe-sep"></a>3.
212. pipe_sep</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
-Default:
"\n"</p></div><p>
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="pipe-sep"></a>3.
183. pipe_sep</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
+Default:
“<span class="quote"><code class="literal">\n</code></span>”</p></div><p>
The separator to add between messages when piping a list of tagged
messages to an external Unix command.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="pop-authenticators"></a>3.213. pop_authenticators</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
-Default: ""</p></div><p>
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="pipe-split"></a>3.184. pipe_split</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+Default: no</p></div><p>
+Used in connection with the <code class="literal"><pipe-message></code> function following
+<code class="literal"><tag-prefix></code>. If this variable is <span class="emphasis"><em>unset</em></span>, when piping a list of
+tagged messages Mutt will concatenate the messages and will pipe them
+all concatenated. When <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, Mutt will pipe the messages one by one.
+In both cases the messages are piped in the current sorted order,
+and the <a class="link" href="#pipe-sep" title="3.183. pipe_sep">$pipe_sep</a> separator is added after each message.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="pop-auth-try-all"></a>3.185. pop_auth_try_all</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+Default: yes</p></div><p>
+If <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, Mutt will try all available authentication methods.
+When <span class="emphasis"><em>unset</em></span>, Mutt will only fall back to other authentication
+methods if the previous methods are unavailable. If a method is
+available but authentication fails, Mutt will not connect to the POP server.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="pop-authenticators"></a>3.186. pop_authenticators</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
+Default: (empty)</p></div><p>
This is a colon-delimited list of authentication methods mutt may
attempt to use to log in to an POP server, in the order mutt should
-try them. Authentication methods are either 'user', 'apop' or any
-SASL mechanism, eg 'digest-md5', 'gssapi' or 'cram-md5'.
-This parameter is case-insensitive. If this parameter is unset
+try them. Authentication methods are either “<span class="quote">user</span>”, “<span class="quote">apop</span>” or any
+SASL mechanism, eg “<span class="quote">digest-md5</span>”, “<span class="quote">gssapi</span>” or “<span class="quote">cram-md5</span>”.
+This option is case-insensitive. If this option is <span class="emphasis"><em>unset</em></span>
(the default) mutt will try all available methods, in order from
most-secure to least-secure.
</p><p>
-Example: set pop_authenticators="digest-md5:apop:user"
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="pop-auth-try-all"></a>3.214. pop_auth_try_all</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
-Default: yes</p></div><p>
-If set, Mutt will try all available methods. When unset, Mutt will
-only fall back to other authentication methods if the previous
-methods are unavailable. If a method is available but authentication
-fails, Mutt will not connect to the POP server.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="pop-checkinterval"></a>3.215. pop_checkinterval</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: number<br />
+Example:
+
+</p><pre class="screen">
+set pop_authenticators="digest-md5:apop:user"
+</pre></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="pop-checkinterval"></a>3.187. pop_checkinterval</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: number<br />
Default: 60</p></div><p>
This variable configures how often (in seconds) mutt should look for
new mail in the currently selected mailbox if it is a POP mailbox.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="pop-delete"></a>3.
216. pop_delete</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: quadoption<br />
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="pop-delete"></a>3.
188. pop_delete</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: quadoption<br />
Default: ask-no</p></div><p>
-If set, Mutt will delete successfully downloaded messages from the POP
-server when using the fetch-mail function. When unset, Mutt will
+If <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, Mutt will delete successfully downloaded messages from the POP
+server when using the <code class="literal"><a class="link" href="#fetch-mail"><fetch-mail></a></code> function. When <span class="emphasis"><em>unset</em></span>, Mutt will
download messages but also leave them on the POP server.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="pop-host"></a>3.
217. pop_host</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
-Default:
""</p></div><p>
-The name of your POP server for the fetch-mail function. You
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="pop-host"></a>3.
189. pop_host</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
+Default:
(empty)</p></div><p>
+The name of your POP server for the <code class="literal"><a class="link" href="#fetch-mail"><fetch-mail></a></code> function. You
can also specify an alternative port, username and password, ie:
-</p><p>
+
+</p><pre class="screen">
[pop[s]://][username[:password]@]popserver[:port]
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="pop-last"></a>3.218. pop_last</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+</pre><p>
+where “<span class="quote">[...]</span>” denotes an optional part.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="pop-last"></a>3.190. pop_last</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
Default: no</p></div><p>
-If this variable is set, mutt will try to use the "LAST" POP command
+If this variable is <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, mutt will try to use the “<span class="quote"><code class="literal">LAST</code></span>” POP command
for retrieving only unread messages from the POP server when using
-the fetch-mail function.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="pop-reconnect"></a>3.219. pop_reconnect</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: quadoption<br />
+the <code class="literal"><a class="link" href="#fetch-mail"><fetch-mail></a></code> function.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="pop-pass"></a>3.191. pop_pass</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
+Default: (empty)</p></div><p>
+Specifies the password for your POP account. If <span class="emphasis"><em>unset</em></span>, Mutt will
+prompt you for your password when you open a POP mailbox.
+</p><p>
+<span class="bold"><strong>Warning</strong></span>: you should only use this option when you are on a
+fairly secure machine, because the superuser can read your muttrc
+even if you are the only one who can read the file.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="pop-reconnect"></a>3.192. pop_reconnect</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: quadoption<br />
Default: ask-yes</p></div><p>
-Controls whether or not Mutt will try to reconnect to POP server if
+Controls whether or not Mutt will try to reconnect to the POP server if
the connection is lost.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="pop-user"></a>3.
220. pop_user</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
-Default:
""</p></div><p>
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="pop-user"></a>3.
193. pop_user</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
+Default:
(empty)</p></div><p>
Your login name on the POP server.
</p><p>
This variable defaults to your user name on the local machine.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="pop-pass"></a>3.221. pop_pass</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
-Default: ""</p></div><p>
-Specifies the password for your POP account. If unset, Mutt will
-prompt you for your password when you open POP mailbox.
-<span class="bold"><strong>Warning</strong></span>: you should only use this option when you are on a
-fairly secure machine, because the superuser can read your muttrc
-even if you are the only one who can read the file.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="post-indent-string"></a>3.222. post_indent_string</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
-Default: ""</p></div><p>
-Similar to the ``<a href="#attribution" title="3.16. attribution">$attribution</a>'' variable, Mutt will append this
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="post-indent-string"></a>3.194. post_indent_string</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
+Default: (empty)</p></div><p>
+Similar to the <a class="link" href="#attribution" title="3.16. attribution">$attribution</a> variable, Mutt will append this
string after the inclusion of a message which is being replied to.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="postpone"></a>3.
223. postpone</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: quadoption<br />
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="postpone"></a>3.
195. postpone</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: quadoption<br />
Default: ask-yes</p></div><p>
-Controls whether or not messages are saved in the ``<a href="#postponed" title="3.224. postponed">$postponed</a>''
-mailbox when you elect not to send immediately. Also see the
-``<a href="#recall" title="3.238. recall">$recall</a>'' variable.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="postponed"></a>3.224. postponed</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: path<br />
-Default: "˜/postponed"</p></div><p>
-Mutt allows you to indefinitely ``<a href="#postpone" title="3.223. postpone">postpone</a> sending a message'' which
+Controls whether or not messages are saved in the <a class="link" href="#postponed" title="3.196. postponed">$postponed</a>
+mailbox when you elect not to send immediately.
+</p><p>
+Also see the <a class="link" href="#recall" title="3.210. recall">$recall</a> variable.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="postponed"></a>3.196. postponed</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: path<br />
+Default: “<span class="quote"><code class="literal">˜/postponed</code></span>”</p></div><p>
+Mutt allows you to indefinitely “<span class="quote"><a class="link" href="#postpone" title="3.195. postpone">postpone</a> sending a message</span>” which
you are editing. When you choose to postpone a message, Mutt saves it
-in the mailbox specified by this variable. Also see the ``<a href="#postpone" title="3.223. postpone">$postpone</a>''
-variable.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="preconnect"></a>3.225. preconnect</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
-Default: ""</p></div><p>
-If set, a shell command to be executed if mutt fails to establish
+in the mailbox specified by this variable.
+</p><p>
+Also see the <a class="link" href="#postpone" title="3.195. postpone">$postpone</a> variable.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="preconnect"></a>3.197. preconnect</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
+Default: (empty)</p></div><p>
+If <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, a shell command to be executed if mutt fails to establish
a connection to the server. This is useful for setting up secure
-connections, e.g. with ssh(1). If the command returns a nonzero
+connections, e.g. with <code class="literal">ssh(1)</code>. If the command returns a nonzero
status, mutt gives up opening the server. Example:
-</p><p>
-preconnect="ssh -f -q -L 1234:mailhost.net:143 mailhost.net
+
+</p><pre class="screen">
+set preconnect="ssh -f -q -L 1234:mailhost.net:143 mailhost.net \
sleep 20 < /dev/null > /dev/null"
+</pre><p>
+Mailbox “<span class="quote">foo</span>” on “<span class="quote">mailhost.net</span>” can now be reached
+as “<span class="quote">{localhost:1234}foo</span>”.
</p><p>
-Mailbox 'foo' on mailhost.net can now be reached
-as '{localhost:1234}foo'.
-</p><p>
-NOTE: For this example to work, you must be able to log in to the
+Note: For this example to work, you must be able to log in to the
remote machine without having to enter a password.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="print"></a>3.
226. print</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: quadoption<br />
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="print"></a>3.
198. print</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: quadoption<br />
Default: ask-no</p></div><p>
Controls whether or not Mutt really prints messages.
-This is set to <span class="emphasis"><em>ask-no</em></span> by default, because some people
-accidentally hit ``p'' often (like me).
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="print-command"></a>3.
227. print_command</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: path<br />
-Default:
"lpr"</p></div><p>
+This is set to “<span class="quote">ask-no</span>” by default, because some people
+accidentally hit “<span class="quote">p</span>” often.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="print-command"></a>3.
199. print_command</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: path<br />
+Default:
“<span class="quote"><code class="literal">lpr</code></span>”</p></div><p>
This specifies the command pipe that should be used to print messages.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="print-decode"></a>3.2
28. print_decode</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="print-decode"></a>3.2
00. print_decode</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
Default: yes</p></div><p>
-Used in connection with the print-message command. If this
-option is set, the message is decoded before it is passed to the
-external command specified by <a href="#print-command" title="3.227. print_command">$print_command</a>. If this option
-is unset, no processing will be applied to the message when
+Used in connection with the <code class="literal"><print-message></code> command. If this
+option is <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, the message is decoded before it is passed to the
+external command specified by <a class="link" href="#print-command" title="3.199. print_command">$print_command</a>. If this option
+is <span class="emphasis"><em>unset</em></span>, no processing will be applied to the message when
printing it. The latter setting may be useful if you are using
some advanced printer filter which is able to properly format
e-mail messages for printing.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="print-split"></a>3.2
29. print_split</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="print-split"></a>3.2
01. print_split</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
Default: no</p></div><p>
-Used in connection with the print-message command. If this option
-is set, the command specified by <a href="#print-command" title="3.227. print_command">$print_command</a> is executed once for
-each message which is to be printed. If this option is unset,
-the command specified by <a href="#print-command" title="3.227. print_command">$print_command</a> is executed only once, and
+Used in connection with the <code class="literal"><print-message></code> command. If this option
+is <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, the command specified by <a class="link" href="#print-command" title="3.199. print_command">$print_command</a> is executed once for
+each message which is to be printed. If this option is <span class="emphasis"><em>unset</em></span>,
+the command specified by <a class="link" href="#print-command" title="3.199. print_command">$print_command</a> is executed only once, and
all the messages are concatenated, with a form feed as the message
separator.
</p><p>
-Those who use the <span class="bold"><strong>enscript</strong></span>(1) program's mail-printing mode will
-most likely want to set this option.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="prompt-after"></a>3.2
30. prompt_after</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+Those who use the <code class="literal">enscript</code>(1) program's mail-printing mode will
+most likely want to <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span> this option.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="prompt-after"></a>3.2
02. prompt_after</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
Default: yes</p></div><p>
-If you use an <span class="emphasis"><em>external</em></span> ``<a href="#pager" title="3.137. pager">$pager</a>'', setting this variable will
+If you use an <span class="emphasis"><em>external</em></span> <a class="link" href="#pager" title="3.148. pager">$pager</a>, setting this variable will
cause Mutt to prompt you for a command when the pager exits rather
-than returning to the index menu. If unset, Mutt will return to the
+than returning to the index menu. If <span class="emphasis"><em>unset</em></span>, Mutt will return to the
index menu when the external pager exits.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="query-command"></a>3.2
31. query_command</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: path<br />
-Default:
""</p></div><p>
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="query-command"></a>3.2
03. query_command</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: path<br />
+Default:
(empty)</p></div><p>
This specifies the command that mutt will use to make external address
-queries. The string should contain a %s, which will be substituted
-with the query string the user types. See ``<a href="#query" title="5. External Address Queries">query</a>'' for more
+queries. The string should contain a “<span class="quote">%s</span>”, which will be substituted
+with the query string the user types. See “<span class="quote"><a class="link" href="#query" title="5. External Address Queries">query</a></span>” for more
information.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="query-format"></a>3.232. query_format</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
-Default: "%4c %t %-25.25a %-25.25n %?e?(%e)?"</p></div><p>
-This variable describes the format of the `query' menu. The
-following printf-style sequences are understood:
-</p><p>
-
-</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">%a </span></dt><dd><p>destination address
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%c </span></dt><dd><p>current entry number
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%e </span></dt><dd><p>extra information *
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%n </span></dt><dd><p>destination name
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%t </span></dt><dd><p>``*'' if current entry is tagged, a space otherwise
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%>X </span></dt><dd><p>right justify the rest of the string and pad with "X"
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%|X </span></dt><dd><p>pad to the end of the line with "X"
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%*X </span></dt><dd><p>soft-fill with character "X" as pad
-</p></dd></dl></div><p>
-
-</p><p>
-For an explanation of `soft-fill', see the ``<a href="#index-format" title="3.100. index_format">$index_format</a>'' documentation.
-</p><p>
-* = can be optionally printed if nonzero, see the ``<a href="#status-format" title="3.278. status_format">$status_format</a>'' documentation.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="quit"></a>3.233. quit</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: quadoption<br />
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="query-format"></a>3.204. query_format</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
+Default: “<span class="quote"><code class="literal">%4c %t %-25.25a %-25.25n %?e?(%e)?</code></span>”</p></div><p>
+This variable describes the format of the “<span class="quote">query</span>” menu. The
+following <code class="literal">printf(3)</code>-style sequences are understood:
+
+</p><div class="informaltable"><table border="1"><colgroup><col /><col /></colgroup><tbody><tr><td>%a </td><td>destination address
+</td></tr><tr><td>%c </td><td>current entry number
+</td></tr><tr><td>%e </td><td>extra information *
+</td></tr><tr><td>%n </td><td>destination name
+</td></tr><tr><td>%t </td><td>“<span class="quote">*</span>” if current entry is tagged, a space otherwise
+</td></tr><tr><td>%>X </td><td>right justify the rest of the string and pad with “<span class="quote">X</span>”
+</td></tr><tr><td>%|X </td><td>pad to the end of the line with “<span class="quote">X</span>”
+</td></tr><tr><td>%*X </td><td>soft-fill with character “<span class="quote">X</span>” as pad
+</td></tr></tbody></table></div><p>
+For an explanation of “<span class="quote">soft-fill</span>”, see the <a class="link" href="#index-format" title="3.114. index_format">$index_format</a> documentation.
+</p><p>
+* = can be optionally printed if nonzero, see the <a class="link" href="#status-format" title="3.282. status_format">$status_format</a> documentation.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="quit"></a>3.205. quit</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: quadoption<br />
Default: yes</p></div><p>
-This variable controls whether ``quit'' and ``exit'' actually quit
-from mutt. If it set to yes, they do quit, if it is set to no, they
-have no effect, and if it is set to ask-yes or ask-no, you are
+This variable controls whether “<span class="quote">quit</span>” and “<span class="quote">exit</span>” actually quit
+from mutt. If this option is <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, they do quit, if it is <span class="emphasis"><em>unset</em></span>, they
+have no effect, and if it is set to <span class="emphasis"><em>ask-yes</em></span> or <span class="emphasis"><em>ask-no</em></span>, you are
prompted for confirmation when you try to quit.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="quote-regexp"></a>3.234. quote_regexp</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: regular expression<br />
-Default: "^([ \t]*[|>:}#])+"</p></div><p>
-A regular expression used in the internal-pager to determine quoted
-sections of text in the body of a message.
-</p><p>
-<span class="bold"><strong>Note:</strong></span> In order to use the <span class="emphasis"><em>quoted</em></span><span class="bold"><strong>x</strong></span> patterns in the
-internal pager, you need to set this to a regular expression that
-matches <span class="emphasis"><em>exactly</em></span> the quote characters at the beginning of quoted
-lines.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="read-inc"></a>3.235. read_inc</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: number<br />
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="quote-regexp"></a>3.206. quote_regexp</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: regular expression<br />
+Default: “<span class="quote"><code class="literal">^([ \t]*[|>:}#])+</code></span>”</p></div><p>
+A regular expression used in the internal pager to determine quoted
+sections of text in the body of a message. Quoted text may be filtered
+out using the <code class="literal"><toggle-quoted></code> command, or colored according to the
+“<span class="quote">color quoted</span>” family of directives.
+</p><p>
+Higher levels of quoting may be colored differently (“<span class="quote">color quoted1</span>”,
+“<span class="quote">color quoted2</span>”, etc.). The quoting level is determined by removing
+the last character from the matched text and recursively reapplying
+the regular expression until it fails to produce a match.
+</p><p>
+Match detection may be overridden by the <a class="link" href="#smileys" title="3.239. smileys">$smileys</a> regular expression.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="read-inc"></a>3.207. read_inc</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: number<br />
Default: 10</p></div><p>
If set to a value greater than 0, Mutt will display which message it
is currently on when reading a mailbox or when performing search actions
such as search and limit. The message is printed after
-<span class="emphasis"><em>read_inc</em></span> messages have been read or searched (e.g., if set to 25, Mutt will
+this many messages have been read or searched (e.g., if set to 25, Mutt will
print a message when it is at message 25, and then again when it gets
to message 50). This variable is meant to indicate progress when
reading or searching large mailboxes which may take some time.
When set to 0, only a single message will appear before the reading
the mailbox.
</p><p>
-Also see the ``<a href="#write-inc" title="3.304. write_inc">$write_inc</a>'' variable and the ``Tuning'' section of the
-manual for performance considerations.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="read-only"></a>3.2
36. read_only</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+Also see the <a class="link" href="#write-inc" title="3.310. write_inc">$write_inc</a>, <a class="link" href="#net-inc" title="3.147. net_inc">$net_inc</a> and <a class="link" href="#time-inc" title="3.290. time_inc">$time_inc</a> variables and the
+“<span class="quote"><a class="link" href="#tuning" title="Chapter 8. Performance Tuning">tuning</a></span>” section of the manual for performance considerations.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="read-only"></a>3.2
08. read_only</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
Default: no</p></div><p>
-If set, all folders are opened in read-only mode.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="realname"></a>3.2
37. realname</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
-Default:
""</p></div><p>
-This variable specifies what "real" or "personal" name should be used
+If <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, all folders are opened in read-only mode.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="realname"></a>3.2
09. realname</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
+Default:
(empty)</p></div><p>
+This variable specifies what “<span class="quote">real</span>” or “<span class="quote">personal</span>” name should be used
when sending messages.
</p><p>
-By default, this is the GECOS field from /etc/passwd. Note that this
+By default, this is the GECOS field from <code class="literal">/etc/passwd</code>. Note that this
variable will <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> be used when the user has set a real name
-in the <a href="#from" title="3.66. from">$from</a> variable.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="recall"></a>3.2
38. recall</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: quadoption<br />
+in the <a class="link" href="#from" title="3.75. from">$from</a> variable.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="recall"></a>3.2
10. recall</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: quadoption<br />
Default: ask-yes</p></div><p>
Controls whether or not Mutt recalls postponed messages
-when composing a new message. Also see ``<a href="#postponed" title="3.224. postponed">$postponed</a>''.
+when composing a new message.
</p><p>
-Setting this variable to ``yes'' is not generally useful, and thus not
+<span class="emphasis"><em>Setting</em></span> this variable to is not generally useful, and thus not
recommended.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="record"></a>3.239. record</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: path<br />
-Default: "˜/sent"</p></div><p>
+</p><p>
+Also see <a class="link" href="#postponed" title="3.196. postponed">$postponed</a> variable.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="record"></a>3.211. record</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: path<br />
+Default: “<span class="quote"><code class="literal">˜/sent</code></span>”</p></div><p>
This specifies the file into which your outgoing messages should be
appended. (This is meant as the primary method for saving a copy of
-your messages, but another way to do this is using the ``<a href="#my-hdr" title="14. User defined headers">my_hdr</a>''
-command to create a <span class="emphasis"><em>Bcc:</em></span> field with your email address in it.)
+your messages, but another way to do this is using the “<span class="quote"><a class="link" href="#my-hdr" title="15. User-Defined Headers">my_hdr</a></span>”
+command to create a “<span class="quote">Bcc:</span>” field with your email address in it.)
</p><p>
-The value of <span class="emphasis"><em><a href="#record" title="3.239. record">$record</a></em></span> is overridden by the ``<a href="#force-name" title="3.61. force_name">$force_name</a>'' and
-``<a href="#save-name" title="3.251. save_name">$save_name</a>'' variables, and the ``<a href="#fcc-hook" title="17. Specify default Fcc: mailbox when composing">fcc-hook</a>'' command.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="reply-regexp"></a>3.2
40. reply_regexp</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: regular expression<br />
-Default:
"^(re([\[0-9\]+])*|aw):[ \t]*"</p></div><p>
+The value of <span class="emphasis"><em><a class="link" href="#record" title="3.211. record">$record</a></em></span> is overridden by the <a class="link" href="#force-name" title="3.69. force_name">$force_name</a> and
+<a class="link" href="#save-name" title="3.223. save_name">$save_name</a> variables, and the “<span class="quote"><a class="link" href="#fcc-hook" title="17. Specify Default Fcc: Mailbox When Composing">fcc-hook</a></span>” command.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="reply-regexp"></a>3.2
12. reply_regexp</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: regular expression<br />
+Default:
“<span class="quote"><code class="literal">^(re([\[0-9\]+])*|aw):[ \t]*</code></span>”</p></div><p>
A regular expression used to recognize reply messages when threading
and replying. The default value corresponds to the English "Re:" and
the German "Aw:".
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="reply-self"></a>3.2
41. reply_self</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="reply-self"></a>3.2
13. reply_self</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
Default: no</p></div><p>
-If unset and you are replying to a message sent by you, Mutt will
+If <span class="emphasis"><em>unset</em></span> and you are replying to a message sent by you, Mutt will
assume that you want to reply to the recipients of that message rather
than to yourself.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="reply-to"></a>3.242. reply_to</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: quadoption<br />
+</p><p>
+Also see the “<span class="quote"><a class="link" href="#alternates" title="11. Alternative Addresses">alternates</a></span>” command.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="reply-to"></a>3.214. reply_to</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: quadoption<br />
Default: ask-yes</p></div><p>
-If set, when replying to a message, Mutt will use the address listed
-in the Reply-to: header as the recipient of the reply. If unset,
+If <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, when replying to a message, Mutt will use the address listed
+in the Reply-to: header as the recipient of the reply. If <span class="emphasis"><em>unset</em></span>,
it will use the address in the From: header field instead. This
option is useful for reading a mailing list that sets the Reply-To:
header field to the list address and you want to send a private
message to the author of a message.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="resolve"></a>3.2
43. resolve</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="resolve"></a>3.2
15. resolve</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
Default: yes</p></div><p>
-When set, the cursor will be automatically advanced to the next
+When <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, the cursor will be automatically advanced to the next
(possibly undeleted) message whenever a command that modifies the
current message is executed.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="reverse-alias"></a>3.2
44. reverse_alias</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="reverse-alias"></a>3.2
16. reverse_alias</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
Default: no</p></div><p>
-This variable controls whether or not Mutt will display the "personal"
+This variable controls whether or not Mutt will display the “<span class="quote">personal</span>”
name from your aliases in the index menu if it finds an alias that
matches the message's sender. For example, if you have the following
alias:
-</p><p>
</p><pre class="screen">
alias juser abd30425@somewhere.net (Joe User)
-
</pre><p>
and then you receive mail which contains the following header:
-</p><p>
</p><pre class="screen">
From: abd30425@somewhere.net
-
</pre><p>
-It would be displayed in the index menu as ``Joe User'' instead of
-``abd30425@somewhere.net.'' This is useful when the person's e-mail
-address is not human friendly (like CompuServe addresses).
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="reverse-name"></a>3.2
45. reverse_name</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+It would be displayed in the index menu as “<span class="quote">Joe User</span>” instead of
+“<span class="quote">abd30425@somewhere.net.</span>” This is useful when the person's e-mail
+address is not human friendly.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="reverse-name"></a>3.2
17. reverse_name</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
Default: no</p></div><p>
It may sometimes arrive that you receive mail to a certain machine,
move the messages to another machine, and reply to some the messages
-from there. If this variable is set, the default <span class="emphasis"><em>From:</em></span> line of
+from there. If this variable is <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, the default <span class="emphasis"><em>From:</em></span> line of
the reply messages is built using the address where you received the
messages you are replying to <span class="bold"><strong>if</strong></span> that address matches your
-alternates. If the variable is unset, or the address that would be
-used doesn't match your alternates, the <span class="emphasis"><em>From:</em></span> line will use
+“<span class="quote"><a class="link" href="#alternates" title="11. Alternative Addresses">alternates</a></span>”. If the variable is <span class="emphasis"><em>unset</em></span>, or the address that would be
+used doesn't match your “<span class="quote"><a class="link" href="#alternates" title="11. Alternative Addresses">alternates</a></span>”, the <span class="emphasis"><em>From:</em></span> line will use
your address on the current machine.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="reverse-realname"></a>3.246. reverse_realname</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+</p><p>
+Also see the “<span class="quote"><a class="link" href="#alternates" title="11. Alternative Addresses">alternates</a></span>” command.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="reverse-realname"></a>3.218. reverse_realname</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
Default: yes</p></div><p>
-This variable fine-tunes the behaviour of the <a href="#reverse-name" title="3.245. reverse_name">reverse_name</a> feature.
-When it is set, mutt will use the address from incoming messages as-is,
-possibly including eventual real names. When it is unset, mutt will
-override any such real names with the setting of the <a href="#realname" title="3.237. realname">realname</a> variable.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="rfc2047-parameters"></a>3.2
47. rfc2047_parameters</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+This variable fine-tunes the behaviour of the <a class="link" href="#reverse-name" title="3.217. reverse_name">$reverse_name</a> feature.
+When it is <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, mutt will use the address from incoming messages as-is,
+possibly including eventual real names. When it is <span class="emphasis"><em>unset</em></span>, mutt will
+override any such real names with the setting of the <a class="link" href="#realname" title="3.209. realname">$realname</a> variable.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="rfc2047-parameters"></a>3.2
19. rfc2047_parameters</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
Default: no</p></div><p>
-When this variable is set, Mutt will decode RFC-2047-encoded MIME
+When this variable is <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, Mutt will decode RFC2047-encoded MIME
parameters. You want to set this variable when mutt suggests you
-to save attachments to files named like this:
+to save attachments to files named like:
+
+</p><pre class="screen">
=?iso-8859-1?Q?file=5F=E4=5F991116=2Ezip?=
+</pre><p>
+When this variable is <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span> interactively, the change won't be
+active until you change folders.
</p><p>
-When this variable is set interactively, the change doesn't have
-the desired effect before you have changed folders.
-</p><p>
-Note that this use of RFC 2047's encoding is explicitly,
+Note that this use of RFC2047's encoding is explicitly
prohibited by the standard, but nevertheless encountered in the
wild.
-Also note that setting this parameter will <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> have the effect
+</p><p>
+Also note that setting this parameter will <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> have the effect
that mutt <span class="emphasis"><em>generates</em></span> this kind of encoding. Instead, mutt will
-unconditionally use the encoding specified in RFC 2231.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="save-address"></a>3.2
48. save_address</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+unconditionally use the encoding specified in RFC2231.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="save-address"></a>3.2
20. save_address</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
Default: no</p></div><p>
-If set, mutt will take the sender's full address when choosing a
-default folder for saving a mail. If ``<a href="#save-name" title="3.251. save_name">$save_name</a>'' or ``<a href="#force-name" title="3.61. force_name">$force_name</a>''
-is set too, the selection of the fcc folder will be changed as well.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="save-empty"></a>3.2
49. save_empty</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+If <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, mutt will take the sender's full address when choosing a
+default folder for saving a mail. If <a class="link" href="#save-name" title="3.223. save_name">$save_name</a> or <a class="link" href="#force-name" title="3.69. force_name">$force_name</a>
+is <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span> too, the selection of the Fcc folder will be changed as well.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="save-empty"></a>3.2
21. save_empty</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
Default: yes</p></div><p>
-When unset, mailboxes which contain no saved messages will be removed
-when closed (the exception is ``<a href="#spoolfile" title="3.276. spoolfile">$spoolfile</a>'' which is never removed).
-If set, mailboxes are never removed.
+When <span class="emphasis"><em>unset</em></span>, mailboxes which contain no saved messages will be removed
+when closed (the exception is <a class="link" href="#spoolfile" title="3.269. spoolfile">$spoolfile</a> which is never removed).
+If <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, mailboxes are never removed.
</p><p>
<span class="bold"><strong>Note:</strong></span> This only applies to mbox and MMDF folders, Mutt does not
delete MH and Maildir directories.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="save-history"></a>3.2
50. save_history</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: number<br />
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="save-history"></a>3.2
22. save_history</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: number<br />
Default: 0</p></div><p>
-This variable controls the size of the history saved in the
-``<a href="#history-file" title="3.78. history_file">$history_file</a>'' file.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="save-name"></a>3.2
51. save_name</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+This variable controls the size of the history (per category) saved in the
+<a class="link" href="#history-file" title="3.90. history_file">$history_file</a> file.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="save-name"></a>3.2
23. save_name</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
Default: no</p></div><p>
This variable controls how copies of outgoing messages are saved.
-When set, a check is made to see if a mailbox specified by the
+When <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, a check is made to see if a mailbox specified by the
recipient address exists (this is done by searching for a mailbox in
-the ``<a href="#folder" title="3.58. folder">$folder</a>'' directory with the <span class="emphasis"><em>username</em></span> part of the
+the <a class="link" href="#folder" title="3.66. folder">$folder</a> directory with the <span class="emphasis"><em>username</em></span> part of the
recipient address). If the mailbox exists, the outgoing message will
be saved to that mailbox, otherwise the message is saved to the
-``<a href="#record" title="3.239. record">$record</a>'' mailbox.
+<a class="link" href="#record" title="3.211. record">$record</a> mailbox.
</p><p>
-Also see the ``<a href="#force-name" title="3.61. force_name">$force_name</a>'' variable.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="score"></a>3.2
52. score</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+Also see the <a class="link" href="#force-name" title="3.69. force_name">$force_name</a> variable.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="score"></a>3.2
24. score</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
Default: yes</p></div><p>
When this variable is <span class="emphasis"><em>unset</em></span>, scoring is turned off. This can
be useful to selectively disable scoring for certain folders when the
-``<a href="#score-threshold-delete" title="3.253. score_threshold_delete">$score_threshold_delete</a>'' variable and friends are used.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="score-threshold-delete"></a>3.2
53. score_threshold_delete</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: number<br />
+<a class="link" href="#score-threshold-delete" title="3.225. score_threshold_delete">$score_threshold_delete</a> variable and related are used.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="score-threshold-delete"></a>3.2
25. score_threshold_delete</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: number<br />
Default: -1</p></div><p>
Messages which have been assigned a score equal to or lower than the value
of this variable are automatically marked for deletion by mutt. Since
mutt scores are always greater than or equal to zero, the default setting
of this variable will never mark a message for deletion.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="score-threshold-flag"></a>3.2
54. score_threshold_flag</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: number<br />
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="score-threshold-flag"></a>3.2
26. score_threshold_flag</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: number<br />
Default: 9999</p></div><p>
-Messages which have been assigned a score greater than or equal to this
+Messages which have been assigned a score greater than or equal to this
variable's value are automatically marked "flagged".
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="score-threshold-read"></a>3.2
55. score_threshold_read</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: number<br />
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="score-threshold-read"></a>3.2
27. score_threshold_read</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: number<br />
Default: -1</p></div><p>
Messages which have been assigned a score equal to or lower than the value
of this variable are automatically marked as read by mutt. Since
mutt scores are always greater than or equal to zero, the default setting
of this variable will never mark a message read.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="send-charset"></a>3.256. send_charset</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
-Default: "us-ascii:iso-8859-1:utf-8"</p></div><p>
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="search-context"></a>3.228. search_context</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: number<br />
+Default: 0</p></div><p>
+For the pager, this variable specifies the number of lines shown
+before search results. By default, search results will be top-aligned.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="send-charset"></a>3.229. send_charset</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
+Default: “<span class="quote"><code class="literal">us-ascii:iso-8859-1:utf-8</code></span>”</p></div><p>
A colon-delimited list of character sets for outgoing messages. Mutt will use the
first character set into which the text can be converted exactly.
-If your ``<a href="#charset" title="3.25. charset">$charset</a>'' is not iso-8859-1 and recipients may not
-understand UTF-8, it is advisable to include in the list an
+If your <a class="link" href="#charset" title="3.25. charset">$charset</a> is not “<span class="quote">iso-8859-1</span>” and recipients may not
+understand “<span class="quote">UTF-8</span>”, it is advisable to include in the list an
appropriate widely used standard character set (such as
-iso-8859-2, koi8-r or iso-2022-jp) either instead of or after
-"iso-8859-1".
+“<span class="quote">iso-8859-2</span>”, “<span class="quote">koi8-r</span>” or “<span class="quote">iso-2022-jp</span>”) either instead of or after
+“<span class="quote">iso-8859-1</span>”.
</p><p>
In case the text cannot be converted into one of these exactly,
-mutt uses ``<a href="#charset" title="3.25. charset">$charset</a>'' as a fallback.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="sendmail"></a>3.2
57. sendmail</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: path<br />
-Default:
"/usr/sbin/sendmail -oem -oi"</p></div><p>
+mutt uses <a class="link" href="#charset" title="3.25. charset">$charset</a> as a fallback.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="sendmail"></a>3.2
30. sendmail</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: path<br />
+Default:
“<span class="quote"><code class="literal">/usr/sbin/sendmail -oem -oi</code></span>”</p></div><p>
Specifies the program and arguments used to deliver mail sent by Mutt.
Mutt expects that the specified program interprets additional
arguments as recipient addresses.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="sendmail-wait"></a>3.2
58. sendmail_wait</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: number<br />
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="sendmail-wait"></a>3.2
31. sendmail_wait</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: number<br />
Default: 0</p></div><p>
-Specifies the number of seconds to wait for the ``<a href="#sendmail" title="3.257. sendmail">$sendmail</a>'' process
+Specifies the number of seconds to wait for the <a class="link" href="#sendmail" title="3.230. sendmail">$sendmail</a> process
to finish before giving up and putting delivery in the background.
</p><p>
Mutt interprets the value of this variable as follows:
-</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">>0 </span></dt><dd><p>number of seconds to wait for sendmail to finish before continuing
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">0 </span></dt><dd><p>wait forever for sendmail to finish
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><0 </span></dt><dd><p>always put sendmail in the background without waiting
-</p></dd></dl></div><p>
-
-</p><p>
+</p><div class="informaltable"><table border="1"><colgroup><col /><col /></colgroup><tbody><tr><td>>0 </td><td>number of seconds to wait for sendmail to finish before continuing
+</td></tr><tr><td>0 </td><td>wait forever for sendmail to finish
+</td></tr><tr><td><0 </td><td>always put sendmail in the background without waiting
+</td></tr></tbody></table></div><p>
Note that if you specify a value other than 0, the output of the child
process will be put in a temporary file. If there is some error, you
will be informed as to where to find the output.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="shell"></a>3.2
59. shell</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: path<br />
-Default:
""</p></div><p>
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="shell"></a>3.2
32. shell</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: path<br />
+Default:
(empty)</p></div><p>
Command to use when spawning a subshell. By default, the user's login
-shell from /etc/passwd is used.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="sig-dashes"></a>3.2
60. sig_dashes</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+shell from <code class="literal">/etc/passwd</code> is used.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="sig-dashes"></a>3.2
33. sig_dashes</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
Default: yes</p></div><p>
-If set, a line containing ``-- '' will be inserted before your
-``<a href="#signature" title="3.262. signature">$signature</a>''. It is <span class="bold"><strong>strongly</strong></span> recommended that you not unset
-this variable unless your ``signature'' contains just your name. The
-reason for this is because many software packages use ``-- \n'' to
+If <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, a line containing “<span class="quote">-- </span>” (note the trailing space) will be inserted before your
+<a class="link" href="#signature" title="3.235. signature">$signature</a>. It is <span class="bold"><strong>strongly</strong></span> recommended that you not <span class="emphasis"><em>unset</em></span>
+this variable unless your signature contains just your name. The
+reason for this is because many software packages use “<span class="quote">-- \n</span>” to
detect your signature. For example, Mutt has the ability to highlight
the signature in a different color in the builtin pager.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="sig-on-top"></a>3.2
61. sig_on_top</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="sig-on-top"></a>3.2
34. sig_on_top</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
Default: no</p></div><p>
-If set, the signature will be included before any quoted or forwarded
+If <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, the signature will be included before any quoted or forwarded
text. It is <span class="bold"><strong>strongly</strong></span> recommended that you do not set this variable
unless you really know what you are doing, and are prepared to take
some heat from netiquette guardians.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="signature"></a>3.2
62. signature</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: path<br />
-Default:
"˜/.signature"</p></div><p>
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="signature"></a>3.2
35. signature</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: path<br />
+Default:
“<span class="quote"><code class="literal">˜/.signature</code></span>”</p></div><p>
Specifies the filename of your signature, which is appended to all
-outgoing messages. If the filename ends with a pipe (``|''), it is
+outgoing messages. If the filename ends with a pipe (“<span class="quote">|</span>”), it is
assumed that filename is a shell command and input should be read from
-its stdout.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="simple-search"></a>3.2
63. simple_search</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
-Default:
"˜f %s | ˜s %s"</p></div><p>
+its standard output.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="simple-search"></a>3.2
36. simple_search</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
+Default:
“<span class="quote"><code class="literal">˜f %s | ˜s %s</code></span>”</p></div><p>
Specifies how Mutt should expand a simple search into a real search
-pattern. A simple search is one that does not contain any of the ˜
-operators. See ``<a href="#patterns" title="2. Patterns: Searching, Limiting and Tagging">patterns</a>'' for more information on search patterns.
-</p><p>
-For example, if you simply type joe at a search or limit prompt, Mutt
-will automatically expand it to the value specified by this variable.
-For the default value it would be:
-</p><p>
-˜f joe | ˜s joe
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="smart-wrap"></a>3.264. smart_wrap</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
-Default: yes</p></div><p>
-Controls the display of lines longer than the screen width in the
-internal pager. If set, long lines are wrapped at a word boundary. If
-unset, lines are simply wrapped at the screen edge. Also see the
-``<a href="#markers" title="3.113. markers">$markers</a>'' variable.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="smileys"></a>3.265. smileys</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: regular expression<br />
-Default: "(>From )|(:[-^]?[][)(><}{|/DP])"</p></div><p>
-The <span class="emphasis"><em>pager</em></span> uses this variable to catch some common false
-positives of ``<a href="#quote-regexp" title="3.234. quote_regexp">$quote_regexp</a>'', most notably smileys in the beginning
-of a line
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="sleep-time"></a>3.266. sleep_time</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: number<br />
+pattern. A simple search is one that does not contain any of the “<span class="quote">˜</span>” pattern
+operators. See “<span class="quote"><a class="link" href="#patterns" title="2. Patterns: Searching, Limiting and Tagging">patterns</a></span>” for more information on search patterns.
+</p><p>
+For example, if you simply type “<span class="quote">joe</span>” at a search or limit prompt, Mutt
+will automatically expand it to the value specified by this variable by
+replacing “<span class="quote">%s</span>” with the supplied string.
+For the default value, “<span class="quote">joe</span>” would be expanded to: “<span class="quote">˜f joe | ˜s joe</span>”.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="sleep-time"></a>3.237. sleep_time</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: number<br />
Default: 1</p></div><p>
Specifies time, in seconds, to pause while displaying certain informational
messages, while moving from folder to folder and after expunging
-messages from the current folder. The default is to pause one second, so
+messages from the current folder. The default is to pause one second, so
a value of zero for this option suppresses the pause.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="smtp-authenticators"></a>3.267. smtp_authenticators</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
-Default: ""</p></div><p>
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="smart-wrap"></a>3.238. smart_wrap</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+Default: yes</p></div><p>
+Controls the display of lines longer than the screen width in the
+internal pager. If <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, long lines are wrapped at a word boundary. If
+<span class="emphasis"><em>unset</em></span>, lines are simply wrapped at the screen edge. Also see the
+<a class="link" href="#markers" title="3.124. markers">$markers</a> variable.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="smileys"></a>3.239. smileys</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: regular expression<br />
+Default: “<span class="quote"><code class="literal">(>From )|(:[-^]?[][)(><}{|/DP])</code></span>”</p></div><p>
+The <span class="emphasis"><em>pager</em></span> uses this variable to catch some common false
+positives of <a class="link" href="#quote-regexp" title="3.206. quote_regexp">$quote_regexp</a>, most notably smileys and not consider
+a line quoted text if it also matches <a class="link" href="#smileys" title="3.239. smileys">$smileys</a>. This mostly
+happens at the beginning of a line.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="smime-ask-cert-label"></a>3.240. smime_ask_cert_label</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+Default: yes</p></div><p>
+This flag controls whether you want to be asked to enter a label
+for a certificate about to be added to the database or not. It is
+<span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span> by default.
+(S/MIME only)
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="smime-ca-location"></a>3.241. smime_ca_location</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: path<br />
+Default: (empty)</p></div><p>
+This variable contains the name of either a directory, or a file which
+contains trusted certificates for use with OpenSSL.
+(S/MIME only)
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="smime-certificates"></a>3.242. smime_certificates</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: path<br />
+Default: (empty)</p></div><p>
+Since for S/MIME there is no pubring/secring as with PGP, mutt has to handle
+storage and retrieval of keys by itself. This is very basic right
+now, and keys and certificates are stored in two different
+directories, both named as the hash-value retrieved from
+OpenSSL. There is an index file which contains mailbox-address
+keyid pairs, and which can be manually edited. This option points to
+the location of the certificates.
+(S/MIME only)
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="smime-decrypt-command"></a>3.243. smime_decrypt_command</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
+Default: (empty)</p></div><p>
+This format string specifies a command which is used to decrypt
+<code class="literal">application/x-pkcs7-mime</code> attachments.
+</p><p>
+The OpenSSL command formats have their own set of <code class="literal">printf(3)</code>-like sequences
+similar to PGP's:
+
+</p><div class="informaltable"><table border="1"><colgroup><col /><col /></colgroup><tbody><tr><td>%f </td><td>Expands to the name of a file containing a message.
+</td></tr><tr><td>%s </td><td>Expands to the name of a file containing the signature part
+ of a <code class="literal">multipart/signed</code> attachment when verifying it.
+</td></tr><tr><td>%k </td><td>The key-pair specified with <a class="link" href="#smime-default-key" title="3.245. smime_default_key">$smime_default_key</a>
+</td></tr><tr><td>%c </td><td>One or more certificate IDs.
+</td></tr><tr><td>%a </td><td>The algorithm used for encryption.
+</td></tr><tr><td>%C </td><td>CA location: Depending on whether <a class="link" href="#smime-ca-location" title="3.241. smime_ca_location">$smime_ca_location</a>
+ points to a directory or file, this expands to
+ “<span class="quote">-CApath <a class="link" href="#smime-ca-location" title="3.241. smime_ca_location">$smime_ca_location</a></span>” or “<span class="quote">-CAfile <a class="link" href="#smime-ca-location" title="3.241. smime_ca_location">$smime_ca_location</a></span>”.
+</td></tr></tbody></table></div><p>
+For examples on how to configure these formats, see the <code class="literal">smime.rc</code> in
+the <code class="literal">samples/</code> subdirectory which has been installed on your system
+alongside the documentation.
+(S/MIME only)
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="smime-decrypt-use-default-key"></a>3.244. smime_decrypt_use_default_key</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+Default: yes</p></div><p>
+If <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span> (default) this tells mutt to use the default key for decryption. Otherwise,
+if managing multiple certificate-key-pairs, mutt will try to use the mailbox-address
+to determine the key to use. It will ask you to supply a key, if it can't find one.
+(S/MIME only)
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="smime-default-key"></a>3.245. smime_default_key</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
+Default: (empty)</p></div><p>
+This is the default key-pair to use for signing. This must be set to the
+keyid (the hash-value that OpenSSL generates) to work properly
+(S/MIME only)
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="smime-encrypt-command"></a>3.246. smime_encrypt_command</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
+Default: (empty)</p></div><p>
+This command is used to create encrypted S/MIME messages.
+</p><p>
+This is a format string, see the <a class="link" href="#smime-decrypt-command" title="3.243. smime_decrypt_command">$smime_decrypt_command</a> command for
+possible <code class="literal">printf(3)</code>-like sequences.
+(S/MIME only)
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="smime-encrypt-with"></a>3.247. smime_encrypt_with</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
+Default: (empty)</p></div><p>
+This sets the algorithm that should be used for encryption.
+Valid choices are “<span class="quote">des</span>”, “<span class="quote">des3</span>”, “<span class="quote">rc2-40</span>”, “<span class="quote">rc2-64</span>”, “<span class="quote">rc2-128</span>”.
+If <span class="emphasis"><em>unset</em></span>, “<span class="quote">3des</span>” (TripleDES) is used.
+(S/MIME only)
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="smime-get-cert-command"></a>3.248. smime_get_cert_command</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
+Default: (empty)</p></div><p>
+This command is used to extract X509 certificates from a PKCS7 structure.
+</p><p>
+This is a format string, see the <a class="link" href="#smime-decrypt-command" title="3.243. smime_decrypt_command">$smime_decrypt_command</a> command for
+possible <code class="literal">printf(3)</code>-like sequences.
+(S/MIME only)
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="smime-get-cert-email-command"></a>3.249. smime_get_cert_email_command</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
+Default: (empty)</p></div><p>
+This command is used to extract the mail address(es) used for storing
+X509 certificates, and for verification purposes (to check whether the
+certificate was issued for the sender's mailbox).
+</p><p>
+This is a format string, see the <a class="link" href="#smime-decrypt-command" title="3.243. smime_decrypt_command">$smime_decrypt_command</a> command for
+possible <code class="literal">printf(3)</code>-like sequences.
+(S/MIME only)
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="smime-get-signer-cert-command"></a>3.250. smime_get_signer_cert_command</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
+Default: (empty)</p></div><p>
+This command is used to extract only the signers X509 certificate from a S/MIME
+signature, so that the certificate's owner may get compared to the
+email's “<span class="quote">From:</span>” field.
+</p><p>
+This is a format string, see the <a class="link" href="#smime-decrypt-command" title="3.243. smime_decrypt_command">$smime_decrypt_command</a> command for
+possible <code class="literal">printf(3)</code>-like sequences.
+(S/MIME only)
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="smime-import-cert-command"></a>3.251. smime_import_cert_command</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
+Default: (empty)</p></div><p>
+This command is used to import a certificate via smime_keys.
+</p><p>
+This is a format string, see the <a class="link" href="#smime-decrypt-command" title="3.243. smime_decrypt_command">$smime_decrypt_command</a> command for
+possible <code class="literal">printf(3)</code>-like sequences.
+(S/MIME only)
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="smime-is-default"></a>3.252. smime_is_default</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+Default: no</p></div><p>
+The default behaviour of mutt is to use PGP on all auto-sign/encryption
+operations. To override and to use OpenSSL instead this must be <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>.
+However, this has no effect while replying, since mutt will automatically
+select the same application that was used to sign/encrypt the original
+message. (Note that this variable can be overridden by unsetting <a class="link" href="#crypt-autosmime" title="3.39. crypt_autosmime">$crypt_autosmime</a>.)
+(S/MIME only)
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="smime-keys"></a>3.253. smime_keys</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: path<br />
+Default: (empty)</p></div><p>
+Since for S/MIME there is no pubring/secring as with PGP, mutt has to handle
+storage and retrieval of keys/certs by itself. This is very basic right now,
+and stores keys and certificates in two different directories, both
+named as the hash-value retrieved from OpenSSL. There is an index file
+which contains mailbox-address keyid pair, and which can be manually
+edited. This option points to the location of the private keys.
+(S/MIME only)
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="smime-pk7out-command"></a>3.254. smime_pk7out_command</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
+Default: (empty)</p></div><p>
+This command is used to extract PKCS7 structures of S/MIME signatures,
+in order to extract the public X509 certificate(s).
+</p><p>
+This is a format string, see the <a class="link" href="#smime-decrypt-command" title="3.243. smime_decrypt_command">$smime_decrypt_command</a> command for
+possible <code class="literal">printf(3)</code>-like sequences.
+(S/MIME only)
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="smime-sign-command"></a>3.255. smime_sign_command</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
+Default: (empty)</p></div><p>
+This command is used to created S/MIME signatures of type
+<code class="literal">multipart/signed</code>, which can be read by all mail clients.
+</p><p>
+This is a format string, see the <a class="link" href="#smime-decrypt-command" title="3.243. smime_decrypt_command">$smime_decrypt_command</a> command for
+possible <code class="literal">printf(3)</code>-like sequences.
+(S/MIME only)
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="smime-sign-opaque-command"></a>3.256. smime_sign_opaque_command</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
+Default: (empty)</p></div><p>
+This command is used to created S/MIME signatures of type
+<code class="literal">application/x-pkcs7-signature</code>, which can only be handled by mail
+clients supporting the S/MIME extension.
+</p><p>
+This is a format string, see the <a class="link" href="#smime-decrypt-command" title="3.243. smime_decrypt_command">$smime_decrypt_command</a> command for
+possible <code class="literal">printf(3)</code>-like sequences.
+(S/MIME only)
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="smime-timeout"></a>3.257. smime_timeout</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: number<br />
+Default: 300</p></div><p>
+The number of seconds after which a cached passphrase will expire if
+not used.
+(S/MIME only)
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="smime-verify-command"></a>3.258. smime_verify_command</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
+Default: (empty)</p></div><p>
+This command is used to verify S/MIME signatures of type <code class="literal">multipart/signed</code>.
+</p><p>
+This is a format string, see the <a class="link" href="#smime-decrypt-command" title="3.243. smime_decrypt_command">$smime_decrypt_command</a> command for
+possible <code class="literal">printf(3)</code>-like sequences.
+(S/MIME only)
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="smime-verify-opaque-command"></a>3.259. smime_verify_opaque_command</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
+Default: (empty)</p></div><p>
+This command is used to verify S/MIME signatures of type
+<code class="literal">application/x-pkcs7-mime</code>.
+</p><p>
+This is a format string, see the <a class="link" href="#smime-decrypt-command" title="3.243. smime_decrypt_command">$smime_decrypt_command</a> command for
+possible <code class="literal">printf(3)</code>-like sequences.
+(S/MIME only)
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="smtp-authenticators"></a>3.260. smtp_authenticators</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
+Default: (empty)</p></div><p>
This is a colon-delimited list of authentication methods mutt may
attempt to use to log in to an SMTP server, in the order mutt should
try them. Authentication methods are any SASL mechanism, eg
-``digest-md5'', ``gssapi'' or ``cram-md5''.
-This parameter is case-insensitive. If this parameter is unset
+“<span class="quote">digest-md5</span>”, “<span class="quote">gssapi</span>” or “<span class="quote">cram-md5</span>”.
+This option is case-insensitive. If it is “<span class="quote">unset</span>”
(the default) mutt will try all available methods, in order from
most-secure to least-secure.
</p><p>
-Example: set smtp_authenticators="digest-md5:cram-md5"
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="smtp-pass"></a>3.268. smtp_pass</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
-Default: ""</p></div><p>
+Example:
+
+</p><pre class="screen">
+set smtp_authenticators="digest-md5:cram-md5"
+</pre></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="smtp-pass"></a>3.261. smtp_pass</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
+Default: (empty)</p></div><p>
Specifies the password for your SMTP account. If <span class="emphasis"><em>unset</em></span>, Mutt will
prompt you for your password when you first send mail via SMTP.
-See ``<a href="#smtp-url" title="3.269. smtp_url">smtp_url</a>'' to configure mutt to send mail via SMTP.
+See <a class="link" href="#smtp-url" title="3.262. smtp_url">$smtp_url</a> to configure mutt to send mail via SMTP.
+</p><p>
<span class="bold"><strong>Warning</strong></span>: you should only use this option when you are on a
fairly secure machine, because the superuser can read your muttrc even
if you are the only one who can read the file.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="smtp-url"></a>3.26
9. smtp_url</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
-Default:
""</p></div><p>
-Defines the SMTP ``smart'' host where sent messages should relayed for
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="smtp-url"></a>3.26
2. smtp_url</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
+Default:
(empty)</p></div><p>
+Defines the SMTP smarthost where sent messages should relayed for
delivery. This should take the form of an SMTP URL, eg:
-</p><p>
+
+</p><pre class="screen">
smtp[s]://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/
-</p><p>
-Setting this variable overrides the value of the ``<a href="#sendmail" title="3.257. sendmail">$sendmail</a>''
+</pre><p>
+where “<span class="quote">[...]</span>” denotes an optional part.
+Setting this variable overrides the value of the <a class="link" href="#sendmail" title="3.230. sendmail">$sendmail</a>
variable.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="sort"></a>3.2
70. sort</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: sort order<br />
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="sort"></a>3.2
63. sort</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: sort order<br />
Default: date</p></div><p>
-Specifies how to sort messages in the <span class="emphasis"><em>index</em></span> menu. Valid values
+Specifies how to sort messages in the “<span class="quote">index</span>” menu. Valid values
are:
-</p><p>
-
-</p><pre class="screen">
- date or date-sent
- date-received
- from
- mailbox-order (unsorted)
- score
- size
- spam
- subject
- threads
- to
-</pre><p>
-You may optionally use the reverse- prefix to specify reverse sorting
-order (example: set sort=reverse-date-sent).
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="sort-alias"></a>3.271. sort_alias</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: sort order<br />
+</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>date or date-sent
+</p></li><li><p>date-received
+</p></li><li><p>from
+</p></li><li><p>mailbox-order (unsorted)
+</p></li><li><p>score
+</p></li><li><p>size
+</p></li><li><p>spam
+</p></li><li><p>subject
+</p></li><li><p>threads
+</p></li><li><p>to
+</p></li></ul></div><p>
+You may optionally use the “<span class="quote">reverse-</span>” prefix to specify reverse sorting
+order (example: “<span class="quote"><code class="literal">set sort=reverse-date-sent</code></span>”).
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="sort-alias"></a>3.264. sort_alias</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: sort order<br />
Default: alias</p></div><p>
-Specifies how the entries in the `alias' menu are sorted. The
+Specifies how the entries in the “<span class="quote">alias</span>” menu are sorted. The
following are legal values:
-</p><p>
-</p><pre class="screen">
- address (sort alphabetically by email address)
- alias (sort alphabetically by alias name)
- unsorted (leave in order specified in .muttrc)
-
-</pre></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="sort-aux"></a>3.272. sort_aux</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: sort order<br />
+</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>address (sort alphabetically by email address)
+</p></li><li><p>alias (sort alphabetically by alias name)
+</p></li><li><p>unsorted (leave in order specified in .muttrc)
+</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="sort-aux"></a>3.265. sort_aux</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: sort order<br />
Default: date</p></div><p>
When sorting by threads, this variable controls how threads are sorted
in relation to other threads, and how the branches of the thread trees
-are sorted. This can be set to any value that ``<a href="#sort" title="3.270. sort">$sort</a>'' can, except
-threads (in that case, mutt will just use date-sent). You can also
-specify the last- prefix in addition to the reverse- prefix, but last-
-must come after reverse-. The last- prefix causes messages to be
+are sorted. This can be set to any value that <a class="link" href="#sort" title="3.263. sort">$sort</a> can, except
+“<span class="quote">threads</span>” (in that case, mutt will just use “<span class="quote">date-sent</span>”). You can also
+specify the “<span class="quote">last-</span>” prefix in addition to the “<span class="quote">reverse-</span>” prefix, but “<span class="quote">last-</span>”
+must come after “<span class="quote">reverse-</span>”. The “<span class="quote">last-</span>” prefix causes messages to be
sorted against its siblings by which has the last descendant, using
-the rest of sort_aux as an ordering. For instance, set sort_aux=last-
-date-received would mean that if a new message is received in a
+the rest of <a class="link" href="#sort-aux" title="3.265. sort_aux">$sort_aux</a> as an ordering. For instance,
+
+</p><pre class="screen">
+set sort_aux=last-date-received
+</pre><p>
+would mean that if a new message is received in a
thread, that thread becomes the last one displayed (or the first, if
-you have set sort=reverse-threads.) Note: For reversed ``<a href="#sort" title="3.270. sort">$sort</a>''
-order <a href="#sort-aux" title="3.272. sort_aux">$sort_aux</a> is reversed again (which is not the right thing to do,
+you have “<span class="quote"><code class="literal">set sort=reverse-threads</code></span>”.)
+</p><p>
+Note: For reversed <a class="link" href="#sort" title="3.263. sort">$sort</a>
+order <a class="link" href="#sort-aux" title="3.265. sort_aux">$sort_aux</a> is reversed again (which is not the right thing to do,
but kept to not break any existing configuration setting).
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="sort-browser"></a>3.2
73. sort_browser</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: sort order<br />
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="sort-browser"></a>3.2
66. sort_browser</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: sort order<br />
Default: alpha</p></div><p>
Specifies how to sort entries in the file browser. By default, the
entries are sorted alphabetically. Valid values:
-</p><p>
-</p><pre class="screen">
- alpha (alphabetically)
- date
- size
- unsorted
-
-</pre><p>
-You may optionally use the reverse- prefix to specify reverse sorting
-order (example: set sort_browser=reverse-date).
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="sort-re"></a>3.274. sort_re</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>alpha (alphabetically)
+</p></li><li><p>date
+</p></li><li><p>size
+</p></li><li><p>unsorted
+</p></li></ul></div><p>
+You may optionally use the “<span class="quote">reverse-</span>” prefix to specify reverse sorting
+order (example: “<span class="quote"><code class="literal">set sort_browser=reverse-date</code></span>”).
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="sort-re"></a>3.267. sort_re</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
Default: yes</p></div><p>
This variable is only useful when sorting by threads with
-``<a href="#strict-threads" title="3.280. strict_threads">$strict_threads</a>'' unset. In that case, it changes the heuristic
-mutt uses to thread messages by subject. With sort_re set, mutt will
+<a class="link" href="#strict-threads" title="3.284. strict_threads">$strict_threads</a> <span class="emphasis"><em>unset</em></span>. In that case, it changes the heuristic
+mutt uses to thread messages by subject. With <a class="link" href="#sort-re" title="3.267. sort_re">$sort_re</a> <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, mutt will
only attach a message as the child of another message by subject if
the subject of the child message starts with a substring matching the
-setting of ``<a href="#reply-regexp" title="3.240. reply_regexp">$reply_regexp</a>''. With sort_re unset, mutt will attach
+setting of <a class="link" href="#reply-regexp" title="3.212. reply_regexp">$reply_regexp</a>. With <a class="link" href="#sort-re" title="3.267. sort_re">$sort_re</a> <span class="emphasis"><em>unset</em></span>, mutt will attach
the message whether or not this is the case, as long as the
-non-``<a href="#reply-regexp" title="3.240. reply_regexp">$reply_regexp</a>'' parts of both messages are identical.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="spam-separator"></a>3.2
75. spam_separator</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
-Default:
","</p></div><p>
-``<a href="#spam-separator" title="3.275. spam_separator">spam_separator</a>'' controls what happens when multiple spam headers
-are matched: if unset, each successive header will overwrite any
-previous matches value for the spam label. If set, each successive
-match will append to the previous, using ``<a href="#spam-separator" title="3.275. spam_separator">spam_separator</a>'' as a
+non-<a class="link" href="#reply-regexp" title="3.212. reply_regexp">$reply_regexp</a> parts of both messages are identical.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="spam-separator"></a>3.2
68. spam_separator</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
+Default:
“<span class="quote"><code class="literal">,</code></span>”</p></div><p>
+This variable controls what happens when multiple spam headers
+are matched: if <span class="emphasis"><em>unset</em></span>, each successive header will overwrite any
+previous matches value for the spam label. If <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, each successive
+match will append to the previous, using this variable's value as a
separator.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="spoolfile"></a>3.2
76. spoolfile</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: path<br />
-Default:
""</p></div><p>
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="spoolfile"></a>3.2
69. spoolfile</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: path<br />
+Default:
(empty)</p></div><p>
If your spool mailbox is in a non-default place where Mutt cannot find
it, you can specify its location with this variable. Mutt will
-automatically set this variable to the value of the environment
-variable $MAIL if it is not set.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="status-chars"></a>3.277. status_chars</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
-Default: "-*%A"</p></div><p>
-Controls the characters used by the "%r" indicator in
-``<a href="#status-format" title="3.278. status_format">$status_format</a>''. The first character is used when the mailbox is
+initially set this variable to the value of the environment
+variable <code class="literal">$MAIL</code> or <code class="literal">$MAILDIR</code> if either is defined.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="ssl-ca-certificates-file"></a>3.270. ssl_ca_certificates_file</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: path<br />
+Default: (empty)</p></div><p>
+This variable specifies a file containing trusted CA certificates.
+Any server certificate that is signed with one of these CA
+certificates is also automatically accepted.
+</p><p>
+Example:
+
+</p><pre class="screen">
+set ssl_ca_certificates_file=/etc/ssl/certs/ca-certificates.crt
+</pre></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="ssl-client-cert"></a>3.271. ssl_client_cert</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: path<br />
+Default: (empty)</p></div><p>
+The file containing a client certificate and its associated private
+key.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="ssl-force-tls"></a>3.272. ssl_force_tls</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+Default: no</p></div><p>
+If this variable is <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, Mutt will require that all connections
+to remote servers be encrypted. Furthermore it will attempt to
+negotiate TLS even if the server does not advertise the capability,
+since it would otherwise have to abort the connection anyway. This
+option supersedes <a class="link" href="#ssl-starttls" title="3.274. ssl_starttls">$ssl_starttls</a>.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="ssl-min-dh-prime-bits"></a>3.273. ssl_min_dh_prime_bits</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: number<br />
+Default: 0</p></div><p>
+This variable specifies the minimum acceptable prime size (in bits)
+for use in any Diffie-Hellman key exchange. A value of 0 will use
+the default from the GNUTLS library.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="ssl-starttls"></a>3.274. ssl_starttls</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: quadoption<br />
+Default: yes</p></div><p>
+If <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span> (the default), mutt will attempt to use <code class="literal">STARTTLS</code> on servers
+advertising the capability. When <span class="emphasis"><em>unset</em></span>, mutt will not attempt to
+use <code class="literal">STARTTLS</code> regardless of the server's capabilities.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="ssl-use-sslv2"></a>3.275. ssl_use_sslv2</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+Default: no</p></div><p>
+This variable specifies whether to attempt to use SSLv2 in the
+SSL authentication process.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="ssl-use-sslv3"></a>3.276. ssl_use_sslv3</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+Default: yes</p></div><p>
+This variable specifies whether to attempt to use SSLv3 in the
+SSL authentication process.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="ssl-use-tlsv1"></a>3.277. ssl_use_tlsv1</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+Default: yes</p></div><p>
+This variable specifies whether to attempt to use TLSv1 in the
+SSL authentication process.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="ssl-usesystemcerts"></a>3.278. ssl_usesystemcerts</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+Default: yes</p></div><p>
+If set to <span class="emphasis"><em>yes</em></span>, mutt will use CA certificates in the
+system-wide certificate store when checking if a server certificate
+is signed by a trusted CA.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="ssl-verify-dates"></a>3.279. ssl_verify_dates</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+Default: yes</p></div><p>
+If <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span> (the default), mutt will not automatically accept a server
+certificate that is either not yet valid or already expired. You should
+only unset this for particular known hosts, using the
+<code class="literal"><a class="link" href="#account-hook" title="6. Managing Multiple Accounts"><account-hook></a></code> function.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="ssl-verify-host"></a>3.280. ssl_verify_host</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+Default: yes</p></div><p>
+If <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span> (the default), mutt will not automatically accept a server
+certificate whose host name does not match the host used in your folder
+URL. You should only unset this for particular known hosts, using
+the <code class="literal"><a class="link" href="#account-hook" title="6. Managing Multiple Accounts"><account-hook></a></code> function.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="status-chars"></a>3.281. status_chars</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
+Default: “<span class="quote"><code class="literal">-*%A</code></span>”</p></div><p>
+Controls the characters used by the “<span class="quote">%r</span>” indicator in
+<a class="link" href="#status-format" title="3.282. status_format">$status_format</a>. The first character is used when the mailbox is
unchanged. The second is used when the mailbox has been changed, and
it needs to be resynchronized. The third is used if the mailbox is in
read-only mode, or if the mailbox will not be written when exiting
that mailbox (You can toggle whether to write changes to a mailbox
-with the toggle-write operation, bound by default to "%"). The fourth
+with the <code class="literal"><toggle-write></code> operation, bound by default to “<span class="quote">%</span>”). The fourth
is used to indicate that the current folder has been opened in attach-
message mode (Certain operations like composing a new mail, replying,
forwarding, etc. are not permitted in this mode).
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="status-format"></a>3.278. status_format</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
-Default: "-%r-Mutt: %f [Msgs:%?M?%M/?%m%?n? New:%n?%?o? Old:%o?%?d? Del:%d?%?F? Flag:%F?%?t? Tag:%t?%?p? Post:%p?%?b? Inc:%b?%?l? %l?]---(%s/%S)-%>-(%P)---"</p></div><p>
-Controls the format of the status line displayed in the <span class="emphasis"><em>index</em></span>
-menu. This string is similar to ``<a href="#index-format" title="3.100. index_format">$index_format</a>'', but has its own
-set of printf()-like sequences:
-</p><p>
-
-</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">%b </span></dt><dd><p>number of mailboxes with new mail *
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%d </span></dt><dd><p>number of deleted messages *
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%f </span></dt><dd><p>the full pathname of the current mailbox
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%F </span></dt><dd><p>number of flagged messages *
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%h </span></dt><dd><p>local hostname
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%l </span></dt><dd><p>size (in bytes) of the current mailbox *
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%L </span></dt><dd><p>size (in bytes) of the messages shown
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="status-format"></a>3.282. status_format</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
+Default: “<span class="quote"><code class="literal">-%r-Mutt: %f [Msgs:%?M?%M/?%m%?n? New:%n?%?o? Old:%o?%?d? Del:%d?%?F? Flag:%F?%?t? Tag:%t?%?p? Post:%p?%?b? Inc:%b?%?l? %l?]---(%s/%S)-%>-(%P)---</code></span>”</p></div><p>
+Controls the format of the status line displayed in the “<span class="quote">index</span>”
+menu. This string is similar to <a class="link" href="#index-format" title="3.114. index_format">$index_format</a>, but has its own
+set of <code class="literal">printf(3)</code>-like sequences:
+
+</p><div class="informaltable"><table border="1"><colgroup><col /><col /></colgroup><tbody><tr><td>%b </td><td>number of mailboxes with new mail *
+</td></tr><tr><td>%d </td><td>number of deleted messages *
+</td></tr><tr><td>%f </td><td>the full pathname of the current mailbox
+</td></tr><tr><td>%F </td><td>number of flagged messages *
+</td></tr><tr><td>%h </td><td>local hostname
+</td></tr><tr><td>%l </td><td>size (in bytes) of the current mailbox *
+</td></tr><tr><td>%L </td><td>size (in bytes) of the messages shown
(i.e., which match the current limit) *
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%m </span></dt><dd><p>the number of messages in the mailbox *
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%M </span></dt><dd><p>the number of messages shown (i.e., which match the current limit) *
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%n </span></dt><dd><p>number of new messages in the mailbox *
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%o </span></dt><dd><p>number of old unread messages *
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%p </span></dt><dd><p>number of postponed messages *
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%P </span></dt><dd><p>percentage of the way through the index
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%r </span></dt><dd><p>modified/read-only/won't-write/attach-message indicator,
-according to <a href="#status-chars" title="3.277. status_chars">$status_chars</a>
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%s </span></dt><dd><p>current sorting mode (<a href="#sort" title="3.270. sort">$sort</a>)
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%S </span></dt><dd><p>current aux sorting method (<a href="#sort-aux" title="3.272. sort_aux">$sort_aux</a>)
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%t </span></dt><dd><p>number of tagged messages *
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%u </span></dt><dd><p>number of unread messages *
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%v </span></dt><dd><p>Mutt version string
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%V </span></dt><dd><p>currently active limit pattern, if any *
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%>X </span></dt><dd><p>right justify the rest of the string and pad with "X"
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%|X </span></dt><dd><p>pad to the end of the line with "X"
-</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%*X </span></dt><dd><p>soft-fill with character "X" as pad
-</p></dd></dl></div><p>
-
-</p><p>
-For an explanation of `soft-fill', see the ``<a href="#index-format" title="3.100. index_format">$index_format</a>'' documentation.
+</td></tr><tr><td>%m </td><td>the number of messages in the mailbox *
+</td></tr><tr><td>%M </td><td>the number of messages shown (i.e., which match the current limit) *
+</td></tr><tr><td>%n </td><td>number of new messages in the mailbox *
+</td></tr><tr><td>%o </td><td>number of old unread messages *
+</td></tr><tr><td>%p </td><td>number of postponed messages *
+</td></tr><tr><td>%P </td><td>percentage of the way through the index
+</td></tr><tr><td>%r </td><td>modified/read-only/won't-write/attach-message indicator,
+according to <a class="link" href="#status-chars" title="3.281. status_chars">$status_chars</a>
+</td></tr><tr><td>%s </td><td>current sorting mode (<a class="link" href="#sort" title="3.263. sort">$sort</a>)
+</td></tr><tr><td>%S </td><td>current aux sorting method (<a class="link" href="#sort-aux" title="3.265. sort_aux">$sort_aux</a>)
+</td></tr><tr><td>%t </td><td>number of tagged messages *
+</td></tr><tr><td>%u </td><td>number of unread messages *
+</td></tr><tr><td>%v </td><td>Mutt version string
+</td></tr><tr><td>%V </td><td>currently active limit pattern, if any *
+</td></tr><tr><td>%>X </td><td>right justify the rest of the string and pad with “<span class="quote">X</span>”
+</td></tr><tr><td>%|X </td><td>pad to the end of the line with “<span class="quote">X</span>”
+</td></tr><tr><td>%*X </td><td>soft-fill with character “<span class="quote">X</span>” as pad
+</td></tr></tbody></table></div><p>
+For an explanation of “<span class="quote">soft-fill</span>”, see the <a class="link" href="#index-format" title="3.114. index_format">$index_format</a> documentation.
</p><p>
* = can be optionally printed if nonzero
</p><p>
particularly meaningful. To optionally print a string based upon one
of the above sequences, the following construct is used:
</p><p>
-%?<sequence_char>?<optional_string>?
+<code class="literal">%?<sequence_char>?<optional_string>?</code>
</p><p>
where <span class="emphasis"><em>sequence_char</em></span> is a character from the table above, and
<span class="emphasis"><em>optional_string</em></span> is the string you would like printed if
</p><p>
Here is an example illustrating how to optionally print the number of
new messages in a mailbox:
-%?n?%n new messages.?
+</p><p>
+<code class="literal">%?n?%n new messages.?</code>
</p><p>
You can also switch between two strings using the following construct:
</p><p>
-%?<sequence_char>?<if_string>&<else_string>?
+<code class="literal">%?<sequence_char>?<if_string>&<else_string>?</code>
</p><p>
If the value of <span class="emphasis"><em>sequence_char</em></span> is non-zero, <span class="emphasis"><em>if_string</em></span> will
be expanded, otherwise <span class="emphasis"><em>else_string</em></span> will be expanded.
</p><p>
-You can force the result of any printf-like sequence to be lowercase
-by prefixing the sequence character with an underscore (_) sign.
+You can force the result of any <code class="literal">printf(3)</code>-like sequence to be lowercase
+by prefixing the sequence character with an underscore (“<span class="quote">_</span>”) sign.
For example, if you want to display the local hostname in lowercase,
-you would use:
-%_h
+you would use: “<span class="quote"><code class="literal">%_h</code></span>”.
</p><p>
-If you prefix the sequence character with a colon (:) character, mutt
-will replace any dots in the expansion by underscores. This might be helpful
+If you prefix the sequence character with a colon (“<span class="quote">:</span>”) character, mutt
+will replace any dots in the expansion by underscores. This might be helpful
with IMAP folders that don't like dots in folder names.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="status-on-top"></a>3.2
79. status_on_top</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="status-on-top"></a>3.2
83. status_on_top</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
Default: no</p></div><p>
-Setting this variable causes the ``status bar'' to be displayed on
-the first line of the screen rather than near the bottom.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="strict-threads"></a>3.280. strict_threads</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+Setting this variable causes the “<span class="quote">status bar</span>” to be displayed on
+the first line of the screen rather than near the bottom. If <a class="link" href="#help" title="3.82. help">$help</a>
+is <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, too it'll be placed at the bottom.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="strict-threads"></a>3.284. strict_threads</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
Default: no</p></div><p>
-If set, threading will only make use of the ``In-Reply-To'' and
-``References'' fields when you ``<a href="#sort" title="3.270. sort">$sort</a>'' by message threads. By
+If <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, threading will only make use of the “<span class="quote">In-Reply-To</span>” and
+“<span class="quote">References:</span>” fields when you <a class="link" href="#sort" title="3.263. sort">$sort</a> by message threads. By
default, messages with the same subject are grouped together in
-``pseudo threads.''. This may not always be desirable, such as in a
+“<span class="quote">pseudo threads.</span>”. This may not always be desirable, such as in a
personal mailbox where you might have several unrelated messages with
-the subject ``hi'' which will get grouped together. See also
-``<a href="#sort-re" title="3.274. sort_re">$sort_re</a>'' for a less drastic way of controlling this
+the subjects like “<span class="quote">hi</span>” which will get grouped together. See also
+<a class="link" href="#sort-re" title="3.267. sort_re">$sort_re</a> for a less drastic way of controlling this
behaviour.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="suspend"></a>3.28
1. suspend</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="suspend"></a>3.28
5. suspend</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
Default: yes</p></div><p>
When <span class="emphasis"><em>unset</em></span>, mutt won't stop when the user presses the terminal's
-<span class="emphasis"><em>susp</em></span> key, usually ``control-Z''. This is useful if you run mutt
-inside an xterm using a command like xterm -e mutt.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="text-flowed"></a>3.28
2. text_flowed</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+<span class="emphasis"><em>susp</em></span> key, usually “<span class="quote">^Z</span>”. This is useful if you run mutt
+inside an xterm using a command like “<span class="quote"><code class="literal">xterm -e mutt</code></span>”.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="text-flowed"></a>3.28
6. text_flowed</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
Default: no</p></div><p>
-When set, mutt will generate text/plain; format=flowed attachments.
+When <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, mutt will generate “<span class="quote">format=flowed</span>” bodies with a content type
+of “<span class="quote"><code class="literal">text/plain; format=flowed</code></span>”.
This format is easier to handle for some mailing software, and generally
-just looks like ordinary text. To actually make use of this format's
+just looks like ordinary text. To actually make use of this format's
features, you'll need support in your editor.
</p><p>
-Note that <a href="#indent-string" title="3.99. indent_string">$indent_string</a> is ignored when this option is set.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="th
read-received"></a>3.283. thread_received</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+Note that <a class="link" href="#indent-string" title="3.113. indent_string">$indent_string</a> is ignored when this option is <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="th
orough-search"></a>3.287. thorough_search</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
Default: no</p></div><p>
-When set, mutt uses the date received rather than the date sent
-to thread messages by subject.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="thorough-search"></a>3.284. thorough_search</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
-Default: no</p></div><p>
-Affects the <span class="emphasis"><em>˜b</em></span> and <span class="emphasis"><em>˜h</em></span> search operations described in
-section ``<a href="#patterns" title="2. Patterns: Searching, Limiting and Tagging">patterns</a>'' above. If set, the headers and attachments of
-messages to be searched are decoded before searching. If unset,
+Affects the <code class="literal">˜b</code> and <code class="literal">˜h</code> search operations described in
+section “<span class="quote"><a class="link" href="#patterns" title="2. Patterns: Searching, Limiting and Tagging">patterns</a></span>”. If <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, the headers and body/attachments of
+messages to be searched are decoded before searching. If <span class="emphasis"><em>unset</em></span>,
messages are searched as they appear in the folder.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="tilde"></a>3.285. tilde</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+</p><p>
+Users searching attachments or for non-ASCII characters should <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>
+this value because decoding also includes MIME parsing/decoding and possible
+character set conversions. Otherwise mutt will attempt to match against the
+raw message received (for example quoted-printable encoded or with encoded
+headers) which may lead to incorrect search results.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="thread-received"></a>3.288. thread_received</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+Default: no</p></div><p>
+When <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, mutt uses the date received rather than the date sent
+to thread messages by subject.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="tilde"></a>3.289. tilde</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
Default: no</p></div><p>
-When set, the internal-pager will pad blank lines to the bottom of the
-screen with a tilde (˜).
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="time-inc"></a>3.2
86. time_inc</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: number<br />
+When <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, the internal-pager will pad blank lines to the bottom of the
+screen with a tilde (“<span class="quote">˜</span>”).
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="time-inc"></a>3.2
90. time_inc</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: number<br />
Default: 0</p></div><p>
-Along with ``<a href="#read-inc" title="3.235. read_inc">read_inc</a>'', ``<a href="#write-inc" title="3.304. write_inc">write_inc</a>'', and ``<a href="#net-inc" title="3.136. net_inc">net_inc</a>'', this
+Along with <a class="link" href="#read-inc" title="3.207. read_inc">$read_inc</a>, <a class="link" href="#write-inc" title="3.310. write_inc">$write_inc</a>, and <a class="link" href="#net-inc" title="3.147. net_inc">$net_inc</a>, this
variable controls the frequency with which progress updates are
-displayed. It suppresses updates less than ``<a href="#time-inc" title="3.286. time_inc">time_inc</a>'' milliseconds
+displayed. It suppresses updates less than <a class="link" href="#time-inc" title="3.290. time_inc">$time_inc</a> milliseconds
apart. This can improve throughput on systems with slow terminals,
or when running mutt on a remote system.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="timeout"></a>3.287. timeout</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: number<br />
+</p><p>
+Also see the “<span class="quote"><a class="link" href="#tuning" title="Chapter 8. Performance Tuning">tuning</a></span>” section of the manual for performance considerations.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="timeout"></a>3.291. timeout</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: number<br />
Default: 600</p></div><p>
When Mutt is waiting for user input either idleing in menus or
in an interactive prompt, Mutt would block until input is
continues to wait for input.
</p><p>
A value of zero or less will cause Mutt to never time out.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="tmpdir"></a>3.2
88. tmpdir</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: path<br />
-Default:
""</p></div><p>
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="tmpdir"></a>3.2
92. tmpdir</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: path<br />
+Default:
(empty)</p></div><p>
This variable allows you to specify where Mutt will place its
temporary files needed for displaying and composing messages. If
-this variable is not set, the environment variable TMPDIR is
-used. If TMPDIR is not set then "/tmp" is used.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="to-chars"></a>3.2
89. to_chars</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
-Default:
" +TCFL"</p></div><p>
+this variable is not set, the environment variable <code class="literal">$TMPDIR</code> is
+used. If <code class="literal">$TMPDIR</code> is not set then “<span class="quote"><code class="literal">/tmp</code></span>” is used.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="to-chars"></a>3.2
93. to_chars</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
+Default:
“<span class="quote"><code class="literal"> +TCFL</code></span>”</p></div><p>
Controls the character used to indicate mail addressed to you. The
-first character is the one used when the mail is NOT addressed to your
-address (default: space). The second is used when you are the only
-recipient of the message (default: +). The third is when your address
-appears in the TO header field, but you are not the only recipient of
-the message (default: T). The fourth character is used when your
-address is specified in the CC header field, but you are not the only
+first character is the one used when the mail is <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> addressed to your
+address. The second is used when you are the only
+recipient of the message. The third is when your address
+appears in the “<span class="quote">To:</span>” header field, but you are not the only recipient of
+the message. The fourth character is used when your
+address is specified in the “<span class="quote">Cc:</span>” header field, but you are not the only
recipient. The fifth character is used to indicate mail that was sent
by <span class="emphasis"><em>you</em></span>. The sixth character is used to indicate when a mail
-was sent to a mailing-list you subscribe to (default: L).
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="tunnel"></a>3.29
0. tunnel</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
-Default:
""</p></div><p>
+was sent to a mailing-list you subscribe to.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="tunnel"></a>3.29
4. tunnel</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: string<br />
+Default:
(empty)</p></div><p>
Setting this variable will cause mutt to open a pipe to a command
instead of a raw socket. You may be able to use this to set up
-preauthenticated connections to your IMAP/POP3 server. Example:
-</p><p>
-tunnel="ssh -q mailhost.net /usr/local/libexec/imapd"
-</p><p>
-NOTE: For this example to work you must be able to log in to the remote
+preauthenticated connections to your IMAP/POP3/SMTP server. Example:
+
+</p><pre class="screen">
+set tunnel="ssh -q mailhost.net /usr/local/libexec/imapd"
+</pre><p>
+Note: For this example to work you must be able to log in to the remote
machine without having to enter a password.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="use-8bitmime"></a>3.291. use_8bitmime</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+</p><p>
+When set, Mutt uses the tunnel for all remote connections.
+Please see “<span class="quote"><a class="link" href="#account-hook" title="6. Managing Multiple Accounts">account-hook</a></span>” in the manual for how to use different
+tunnel commands per connection.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="uncollapse-jump"></a>3.295. uncollapse_jump</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+Default: no</p></div><p>
+When <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, Mutt will jump to the next unread message, if any,
+when the current thread is <span class="emphasis"><em>un</em></span>collapsed.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="use-8bitmime"></a>3.296. use_8bitmime</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
Default: no</p></div><p>
<span class="bold"><strong>Warning:</strong></span> do not set this variable unless you are using a version
-of sendmail which supports the -B8BITMIME flag (such as sendmail
+of sendmail which supports the <code class="literal">-B8BITMIME</code> flag (such as sendmail
8.8.x) or you may not be able to send mail.
</p><p>
-When <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, Mutt will invoke ``<a href="#sendmail" title="3.257. sendmail">$sendmail</a>'' with the -B8BITMIME
+When <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, Mutt will invoke <a class="link" href="#sendmail" title="3.230. sendmail">$sendmail</a> with the <code class="literal">-B8BITMIME</code>
flag when sending 8-bit messages to enable ESMTP negotiation.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="use-domain"></a>3.29
2. use_domain</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="use-domain"></a>3.29
7. use_domain</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
Default: yes</p></div><p>
-When set, Mutt will qualify all local addresses (ones without the
-@host portion) with the value of ``<a href="#hostname" title="3.80. hostname">$hostname</a>''. If <span class="emphasis"><em>unset</em></span>, no
+When <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, Mutt will qualify all local addresses (ones without the
+“<span class="quote">@host</span>” portion) with the value of <a class="link" href="#hostname" title="3.93. hostname">$hostname</a>. If <span class="emphasis"><em>unset</em></span>, no
addresses will be qualified.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="use-envelope-from"></a>3.29
3. use_envelope_from</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="use-envelope-from"></a>3.29
8. use_envelope_from</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
Default: no</p></div><p>
When <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, mutt will set the <span class="emphasis"><em>envelope</em></span> sender of the message.
-If ``<a href="#envelope-from-address" title="3.53. envelope_from_address">$envelope_from_address</a>'' is set, it will be used as the sender
-address. If not, mutt will attempt to derive the sender from the
-"From:" header.
+If <a class="link" href="#envelope-from-address" title="3.61. envelope_from_address">$envelope_from_address</a> is <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, it will be used as the sender
+address. If <span class="emphasis"><em>unset</em></span>, mutt will attempt to derive the sender from the
+“<span class="quote">From:</span>” header.
</p><p>
Note that this information is passed to sendmail command using the
-"-f" command line switch. Therefore setting this option is not useful
-if the ``<a href="#sendmail" title="3.257. sendmail">$sendmail</a>'' variable already contains "-f" or if the
-executable pointed to by <a href="#sendmail" title="3.257. sendmail">$sendmail</a> doesn't support the "-f" switch.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="use-from"></a>3.29
4. use_from</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+<code class="literal">-f</code> command line switch. Therefore setting this option is not useful
+if the <a class="link" href="#sendmail" title="3.230. sendmail">$sendmail</a> variable already contains <code class="literal">-f</code> or if the
+executable pointed to by <a class="link" href="#sendmail" title="3.230. sendmail">$sendmail</a> doesn't support the <code class="literal">-f</code> switch.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="use-from"></a>3.29
9. use_from</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
Default: yes</p></div><p>
-When <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, Mutt will generate the `From:' header field when
-sending messages. If <span class="emphasis"><em>unset</em></span>, no `From:' header field will be
-generated unless the user explicitly sets one using the ``<a href="#my-hdr" title="14. User defined headers">my_hdr</a>''
+When <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, Mutt will generate the “<span class="quote">From:</span>” header field when
+sending messages. If <span class="emphasis"><em>unset</em></span>, no “<span class="quote">From:</span>” header field will be
+generated unless the user explicitly sets one using the “<span class="quote"><a class="link" href="#my-hdr" title="15. User-Defined Headers">my_hdr</a></span>”
command.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="use-idn"></a>3.
295. use_idn</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="use-idn"></a>3.
300. use_idn</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
Default: yes</p></div><p>
When <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, Mutt will show you international domain names decoded.
Note: You can use IDNs for addresses even if this is <span class="emphasis"><em>unset</em></span>.
This variable only affects decoding.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="use-ipv6"></a>3.
296. use_ipv6</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="use-ipv6"></a>3.
301. use_ipv6</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
Default: yes</p></div><p>
When <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, Mutt will look for IPv6 addresses of hosts it tries to
-contact. If this option is unset, Mutt will restrict itself to IPv4 addresses.
+contact. If this option is <span class="emphasis"><em>unset</em></span>, Mutt will restrict itself to IPv4 addresses.
Normally, the default should work.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="user-agent"></a>3.
297. user_agent</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="user-agent"></a>3.
302. user_agent</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
Default: yes</p></div><p>
-When <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, mutt will add a "User-Agent" header to outgoing
+When <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, mutt will add a “<span class="quote">User-Agent:</span>” header to outgoing
messages, indicating which version of mutt was used for composing
them.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="visual"></a>3.
298. visual</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: path<br />
-Default:
""</p></div><p>
-Specifies the visual editor to invoke when the <span class="emphasis"><em>˜v</em></span> command is
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="visual"></a>3.
303. visual</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: path<br />
+Default:
(empty)</p></div><p>
+Specifies the visual editor to invoke when the “<span class="quote"><code class="literal">˜v</code></span>” command is
given in the builtin editor.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="wait-key"></a>3.
299. wait_key</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="wait-key"></a>3.
304. wait_key</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
Default: yes</p></div><p>
-Controls whether Mutt will ask you to press a key after <span class="emphasis"><em>shell-
-escape</em></span>, <span class="emphasis"><em>pipe-message</em></span>, <span class="emphasis"><em>pipe-entry</em></span>, <span class="emphasis"><em>print-message</em></span>,
-and <span class="emphasis"><em>print-entry</em></span> commands.
+Controls whether Mutt will ask you to press a key after an external command
+has been invoked by these functions: <code class="literal"><shell-escape></code>,
+<code class="literal"><pipe-message></code>, <code class="literal"><pipe-entry></code>, <code class="literal"><print-message></code>,
+and <code class="literal"><print-entry></code> commands.
</p><p>
-It is also used when viewing attachments with ``<a href="#auto-view" title="4. MIME Autoview">auto_view</a>'', provided
+It is also used when viewing attachments with “<span class="quote"><a class="link" href="#auto-view" title="4. MIME Autoview">auto_view</a></span>”, provided
that the corresponding mailcap entry has a <span class="emphasis"><em>needsterminal</em></span> flag,
and the external program is interactive.
</p><p>
-When set, Mutt will always ask for a key. When unset, Mutt will wait
+When <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, Mutt will always ask for a key. When <span class="emphasis"><em>unset</em></span>, Mutt will wait
for a key only if the external command returned a non-zero status.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="weed"></a>3.30
0. weed</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="weed"></a>3.30
5. weed</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
Default: yes</p></div><p>
-When set, mutt will weed headers when displaying, forwarding,
+When <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, mutt will weed headers when displaying, forwarding,
printing, or replying to messages.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="wrap"></a>3.30
1. wrap</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: number<br />
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="wrap"></a>3.30
6. wrap</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: number<br />
Default: 0</p></div><p>
-When set to a positive value, mutt will wrap text at <a href="#wrap" title="3.301. wrap">$wrap</a> characters.
-When set to a negative value, mutt will wrap text so that there are <a href="#wrap" title="3.301. wrap">$wrap</a>
+When set to a positive value, mutt will wrap text at <a class="link" href="#wrap" title="3.306. wrap">$wrap</a> characters.
+When set to a negative value, mutt will wrap text so that there are <a class="link" href="#wrap" title="3.306. wrap">$wrap</a>
characters of empty space on the right side of the terminal.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="wrap-search"></a>3.30
2. wrap_search</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="wrap-search"></a>3.30
7. wrap_search</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
Default: yes</p></div><p>
-Controls whether searches wrap around the end of the mailbox.
+Controls whether searches wrap around the end.
</p><p>
-When set, searches will wrap around the first (or last) message. When
-unset, searches will not wrap.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="wrapmargin"></a>3.30
3. wrapmargin</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: number<br />
+When <span class="emphasis"><em>set</em></span>, searches will wrap around the first (or last) item. When
+<span class="emphasis"><em>unset</em></span>, incremental searches will not wrap.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="wrapmargin"></a>3.30
8. wrapmargin</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: number<br />
Default: 0</p></div><p>
-(DEPRECATED) Equivalent to setting <a href="#wrap" title="3.301. wrap">wrap</a> with a negative value.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="write-inc"></a>3.304. write_inc</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: number<br />
+(DEPRECATED) Equivalent to setting <a class="link" href="#wrap" title="3.306. wrap">$wrap</a> with a negative value.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="write-bcc"></a>3.309. write_bcc</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
+Default: yes</p></div><p>
+Controls whether mutt writes out the “<span class="quote">Bcc:</span>” header when preparing
+messages to be sent. Exim users may wish to unset this. If mutt
+is set to deliver directly via SMTP (see <a class="link" href="#smtp-url" title="3.262. smtp_url">$smtp_url</a>), this
+option does nothing: mutt will never write out the “<span class="quote">Bcc:</span>” header
+in this case.
+</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="write-inc"></a>3.310. write_inc</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: number<br />
Default: 10</p></div><p>
When writing a mailbox, a message will be printed every
-<span class="emphasis"><em>write_inc</em></span> messages to indicate progress. If set to 0, only a
+<a class="link" href="#write-inc" title="3.310. write_inc">$write_inc</a> messages to indicate progress. If set to 0, only a
single message will be displayed before writing a mailbox.
</p><p>
-Also see the ``<a href="#read-inc" title="3.235. read_inc">$read_inc</a>'' variable.
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="write-bcc"></a>3.305. write_bcc</h3></div></div></div><div class="literallayout"><p>Type: boolean<br />
-Default: yes</p></div><p>
-Controls whether mutt writes out the Bcc header when preparing
-messages to be sent. Exim users may wish to unset this. If mutt
-is set to deliver directly via SMTP (see ``<a href="#smtp-url" title="3.269. smtp_url">$smtp_url</a>''), this
-option does nothing: mutt will never write out the BCC header
-in this case.
+Also see the <a class="link" href="#read-inc" title="3.207. read_inc">$read_inc</a>, <a class="link" href="#net-inc" title="3.147. net_inc">$net_inc</a> and <a class="link" href="#time-inc" title="3.290. time_inc">$time_inc</a> variables and the
+“<span class="quote"><a class="link" href="#tuning" title="Chapter 8. Performance Tuning">tuning</a></span>” section of the manual for performance considerations.
</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="functions"></a>4. Functions</h2></div></div></div><p>
The following is the list of available functions listed by the mapping
in which they are available. The default key setting is given, and an
explanation of what the function does. The key bindings of these
-functions can be changed with the <a href="#bind" title="4. Changing the default key bindings">bind</a>
+functions can be changed with the <a class="link" href="#bind" title="5. Changing the Default Key Bindings">bind</a>
command.
-</p><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="generic
_map"></a>4.1. generic</h3></div></div></div><p>
+</p><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="generic
-map"></a>4.1. Generic Menu</h3></div></div></div><p>
The <span class="emphasis"><em>generic</em></span> menu is not a real menu, but specifies common functions
(such as movement) available in all menus except for <span class="emphasis"><em>pager</em></span> and
<span class="emphasis"><em>editor</em></span>. Changing settings for this menu will affect the default
bindings for all menus (except as noted).
-</p><p>
-
-</p><div class="table"><a id="generic_table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 8.2. Default generic function bindings</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Default generic function bindings" border="1"><colgroup><col /><col /><col /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Function</th><th>Default key</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>top-page</td><td>H</td><td>move to the top of the page</td></tr><tr><td>next-entry</td><td>j</td><td>move to the next entry</td></tr><tr><td>previous-entry</td><td>k</td><td>move to the previous entry</td></tr><tr><td>bottom-page</td><td>L</td><td>move to the bottom of the page</td></tr><tr><td>refresh</td><td>^L</td><td>clear and redraw the screen</td></tr><tr><td>middle-page</td><td>M</td><td>move to the middle of the page</td></tr><tr><td>search-next</td><td>n</td><td>search for next match</td></tr><tr><td>exit</td><td>q</td><td>exit this menu</td></tr><tr><td>tag-entry</td><td>t</td><td>tag the current entry</td></tr><tr><td>next-page</td><td>z</td><td>move to the next page</td></tr><tr><td>previous-page</td><td>Z</td><td>move to the previous page</td></tr><tr><td>last-entry</td><td>*</td><td>move to the last entry</td></tr><tr><td>first-entry</td><td>=</td><td>move to the first entry</td></tr><tr><td>enter-command</td><td>:</td><td>enter a muttrc command</td></tr><tr><td>next-line</td><td>></td><td>scroll down one line</td></tr><tr><td>previous-line</td><td><</td><td>scroll up one line</td></tr><tr><td>half-up</td><td>[</td><td>scroll up 1/2 page</td></tr><tr><td>half-down</td><td>]</td><td>scroll down 1/2 page</td></tr><tr><td>help</td><td>?</td><td>this screen</td></tr><tr><td>tag-prefix</td><td>;</td><td>apply next function to tagged messages</td></tr><tr><td>tag-prefix-cond</td><td>not bound</td><td>apply next function ONLY to tagged messages</td></tr><tr><td>end-cond</td><td>not bound</td><td>end of conditional execution (noop)</td></tr><tr><td>shell-escape</td><td>!</td><td>invoke a command in a subshell</td></tr><tr><td>select-entry</td><td>RET</td><td>select the current entry</td></tr><tr><td>search</td><td>/</td><td>search for a regular expression</td></tr><tr><td>search-reverse</td><td>ESC /</td><td>search backwards for a regular expression</td></tr><tr><td>search-opposite</td><td>not bound</td><td>search for next match in opposite direction</td></tr><tr><td>jump</td><td>not bound</td><td>jump to an index number</td></tr><tr><td>current-top</td><td>not bound</td><td>move entry to top of screen</td></tr><tr><td>current-middle</td><td>not bound</td><td>move entry to middle of screen</td></tr><tr><td>current-bottom</td><td>not bound</td><td>move entry to bottom of screen</td></tr><tr><td>what-key</td><td>not bound</td><td>display the keycode for a key press</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break" />
-
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="index_map"></a>4.2. index</h3></div></div></div><p>
-
-</p><div class="table"><a id="index_table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 8.3. Default index function bindings</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Default index function bindings" border="1"><colgroup><col /><col /><col /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Function</th><th>Default key</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>create-alias</td><td>a</td><td>create an alias from a message sender</td></tr><tr><td>bounce-message</td><td>b</td><td>remail a message to another user</td></tr><tr><td>break-thread</td><td>#</td><td>break the thread in two</td></tr><tr><td>change-folder</td><td>c</td><td>open a different folder</td></tr><tr><td>change-folder-readonly</td><td>ESC c</td><td>open a different folder in read only mode</td></tr><tr><td>next-unread-mailbox</td><td>not bound</td><td>open next mailbox with new mail</td></tr><tr><td>collapse-thread</td><td>ESC v</td><td>collapse/uncollapse current thread</td></tr><tr><td>collapse-all</td><td>ESC V</td><td>collapse/uncollapse all threads</td></tr><tr><td>copy-message</td><td>C</td><td>copy a message to a file/mailbox</td></tr><tr><td>decode-copy</td><td>ESC C</td><td>make decoded (text/plain) copy</td></tr><tr><td>decode-save</td><td>ESC s</td><td>make decoded copy (text/plain) and delete</td></tr><tr><td>delete-message</td><td>d</td><td>delete the current entry</td></tr><tr><td>delete-pattern</td><td>D</td><td>delete messages matching a pattern</td></tr><tr><td>delete-thread</td><td>^D</td><td>delete all messages in thread</td></tr><tr><td>delete-subthread</td><td>ESC d</td><td>delete all messages in subthread</td></tr><tr><td>edit</td><td>e</td><td>edit the raw message</td></tr><tr><td>edit-type</td><td>^E</td><td>edit attachment content type</td></tr><tr><td>forward-message</td><td>f</td><td>forward a message with comments</td></tr><tr><td>flag-message</td><td>F</td><td>toggle a message's 'important' flag</td></tr><tr><td>group-reply</td><td>g</td><td>reply to all recipients</td></tr><tr><td>fetch-mail</td><td>G</td><td>retrieve mail from POP server</td></tr><tr><td>imap-fetch-mail</td><td>not bound</td><td>force retrieval of mail from IMAP server</td></tr><tr><td>display-toggle-weed</td><td>h</td><td>display message and toggle header weeding</td></tr><tr><td>next-undeleted</td><td>j</td><td>move to the next undeleted message</td></tr><tr><td>previous-undeleted</td><td>k</td><td>move to the previous undeleted message</td></tr><tr><td>limit</td><td>l</td><td>show only messages matching a pattern</td></tr><tr><td>link-threads</td><td>&</td><td>link tagged message to the current one</td></tr><tr><td>list-reply</td><td>L</td><td>reply to specified mailing list</td></tr><tr><td>mail</td><td>m</td><td>compose a new mail message</td></tr><tr><td>toggle-new</td><td>N</td><td>toggle a message's 'new' flag</td></tr><tr><td>toggle-write</td><td>%</td><td>toggle whether the mailbox will be rewritten</td></tr><tr><td>next-thread</td><td>^N</td><td>jump to the next thread</td></tr><tr><td>next-subthread</td><td>ESC n</td><td>jump to the next subthread</td></tr><tr><td>query</td><td>Q</td><td>query external program for addresses</td></tr><tr><td>quit</td><td>q</td><td>save changes to mailbox and quit</td></tr><tr><td>reply</td><td>r</td><td>reply to a message</td></tr><tr><td>show-limit</td><td>ESC l</td><td>show currently active limit pattern</td></tr><tr><td>sort-mailbox</td><td>o</td><td>sort messages</td></tr><tr><td>sort-reverse</td><td>O</td><td>sort messages in reverse order</td></tr><tr><td>print-message</td><td>p</td><td>print the current entry</td></tr><tr><td>previous-thread</td><td>^P</td><td>jump to previous thread</td></tr><tr><td>previous-subthread</td><td>ESC p</td><td>jump to previous subthread</td></tr><tr><td>recall-message</td><td>R</td><td>recall a postponed message</td></tr><tr><td>read-thread</td><td>^R</td><td>mark the current thread as read</td></tr><tr><td>read-subthread</td><td>ESC r</td><td>mark the current subthread as read</td></tr><tr><td>resend-message</td><td>ESC e</td><td>use the current message as a template for a new one</td></tr><tr><td>save-message</td><td>s</td><td>save message/attachment to a file</td></tr><tr><td>tag-pattern</td><td>T</td><td>tag messages matching a pattern</td></tr><tr><td>tag-subthread</td><td>not bound</td><td>tag the current subthread</td></tr><tr><td>tag-thread</td><td>ESC t</td><td>tag the current thread</td></tr><tr><td>untag-pattern</td><td>^T</td><td>untag messages matching a pattern</td></tr><tr><td>undelete-message</td><td>u</td><td>undelete the current entry</td></tr><tr><td>undelete-pattern</td><td>U</td><td>undelete messages matching a pattern</td></tr><tr><td>undelete-subthread</td><td>ESC u</td><td>undelete all messages in subthread</td></tr><tr><td>undelete-thread</td><td>^U</td><td>undelete all messages in thread</td></tr><tr><td>view-attachments</td><td>v</td><td>show MIME attachments</td></tr><tr><td>show-version</td><td>V</td><td>show the Mutt version number and date</td></tr><tr><td>set-flag</td><td>w</td><td>set a status flag on a message</td></tr><tr><td>clear-flag</td><td>W</td><td>clear a status flag from a message</td></tr><tr><td>display-message</td><td>RET</td><td>display a message</td></tr><tr><td>buffy-list</td><td>.</td><td>list mailboxes with new mail</td></tr><tr><td>sync-mailbox</td><td>$</td><td>save changes to mailbox</td></tr><tr><td>display-address</td><td>@</td><td>display full address of sender</td></tr><tr><td>pipe-message</td><td>|</td><td>pipe message/attachment to a shell command</td></tr><tr><td>next-new</td><td>not bound</td><td>jump to the next new message</td></tr><tr><td>next-new-then-unread</td><td>TAB</td><td>jump to the next new or unread message</td></tr><tr><td>previous-new</td><td>not bound</td><td>jump to the previous new message</td></tr><tr><td>previous-new-then-unread</td><td>ESC TAB</td><td>jump to the previous new or unread message</td></tr><tr><td>next-unread</td><td>not bound</td><td>jump to the next unread message</td></tr><tr><td>previous-unread</td><td>not bound</td><td>jump to the previous unread message</td></tr><tr><td>parent-message</td><td>P</td><td>jump to parent message in thread</td></tr><tr><td>extract-keys</td><td>^K</td><td>extract supported public keys</td></tr><tr><td>forget-passphrase</td><td>^F</td><td>wipe passphrase(s) from memory</td></tr><tr><td>check-traditional-pgp</td><td>ESC P</td><td>check for classic PGP</td></tr><tr><td>mail-key</td><td>ESC k</td><td>mail a PGP public key</td></tr><tr><td>decrypt-copy</td><td>not bound</td><td>make decrypted copy</td></tr><tr><td>decrypt-save</td><td>not bound</td><td>make decrypted copy and delete</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break" />
-
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="pager_map"></a>4.3. pager</h3></div></div></div><p>
-
-</p><div class="table"><a id="pager_table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 8.4. Default pager function bindings</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Default pager function bindings" border="1"><colgroup><col /><col /><col /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Function</th><th>Default key</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>break-thread</td><td>#</td><td>break the thread in two</td></tr><tr><td>create-alias</td><td>a</td><td>create an alias from a message sender</td></tr><tr><td>bounce-message</td><td>b</td><td>remail a message to another user</td></tr><tr><td>change-folder</td><td>c</td><td>open a different folder</td></tr><tr><td>change-folder-readonly</td><td>ESC c</td><td>open a different folder in read only mode</td></tr><tr><td>next-unread-mailbox</td><td>not bound</td><td>open next mailbox with new mail</td></tr><tr><td>copy-message</td><td>C</td><td>copy a message to a file/mailbox</td></tr><tr><td>decode-copy</td><td>ESC C</td><td>make decoded (text/plain) copy</td></tr><tr><td>delete-message</td><td>d</td><td>delete the current entry</td></tr><tr><td>delete-thread</td><td>^D</td><td>delete all messages in thread</td></tr><tr><td>delete-subthread</td><td>ESC d</td><td>delete all messages in subthread</td></tr><tr><td>edit</td><td>e</td><td>edit the raw message</td></tr><tr><td>edit-type</td><td>^E</td><td>edit attachment content type</td></tr><tr><td>forward-message</td><td>f</td><td>forward a message with comments</td></tr><tr><td>flag-message</td><td>F</td><td>toggle a message's 'important' flag</td></tr><tr><td>group-reply</td><td>g</td><td>reply to all recipients</td></tr><tr><td>imap-fetch-mail</td><td>not bound</td><td>force retrieval of mail from IMAP server</td></tr><tr><td>display-toggle-weed</td><td>h</td><td>display message and toggle header weeding</td></tr><tr><td>next-undeleted</td><td>j</td><td>move to the next undeleted message</td></tr><tr><td>next-entry</td><td>J</td><td>move to the next entry</td></tr><tr><td>previous-undeleted</td><td>k</td><td>move to the previous undeleted message</td></tr><tr><td>previous-entry</td><td>K</td><td>move to the previous entry</td></tr><tr><td>link-threads</td><td>&</td><td>link tagged message to the current one</td></tr><tr><td>list-reply</td><td>L</td><td>reply to specified mailing list</td></tr><tr><td>redraw-screen</td><td>^L</td><td>clear and redraw the screen</td></tr><tr><td>mail</td><td>m</td><td>compose a new mail message</td></tr><tr><td>mark-as-new</td><td>N</td><td>toggle a message's 'new' flag</td></tr><tr><td>search-next</td><td>n</td><td>search for next match</td></tr><tr><td>next-thread</td><td>^N</td><td>jump to the next thread</td></tr><tr><td>next-subthread</td><td>ESC n</td><td>jump to the next subthread</td></tr><tr><td>print-message</td><td>p</td><td>print the current entry</td></tr><tr><td>previous-thread</td><td>^P</td><td>jump to previous thread</td></tr><tr><td>previous-subthread</td><td>ESC p</td><td>jump to previous subthread</td></tr><tr><td>quit</td><td>Q</td><td>save changes to mailbox and quit</td></tr><tr><td>exit</td><td>q</td><td>exit this menu</td></tr><tr><td>reply</td><td>r</td><td>reply to a message</td></tr><tr><td>recall-message</td><td>R</td><td>recall a postponed message</td></tr><tr><td>read-thread</td><td>^R</td><td>mark the current thread as read</td></tr><tr><td>read-subthread</td><td>ESC r</td><td>mark the current subthread as read</td></tr><tr><td>resend-message</td><td>ESC e</td><td>use the current message as a template for a new one</td></tr><tr><td>save-message</td><td>s</td><td>save message/attachment to a file</td></tr><tr><td>skip-quoted</td><td>S</td><td>skip beyond quoted text</td></tr><tr><td>decode-save</td><td>ESC s</td><td>make decoded copy (text/plain) and delete</td></tr><tr><td>tag-message</td><td>t</td><td>tag the current entry</td></tr><tr><td>toggle-quoted</td><td>T</td><td>toggle display of quoted text</td></tr><tr><td>undelete-message</td><td>u</td><td>undelete the current entry</td></tr><tr><td>undelete-subthread</td><td>ESC u</td><td>undelete all messages in subthread</td></tr><tr><td>undelete-thread</td><td>^U</td><td>undelete all messages in thread</td></tr><tr><td>view-attachments</td><td>v</td><td>show MIME attachments</td></tr><tr><td>show-version</td><td>V</td><td>show the Mutt version number and date</td></tr><tr><td>search-toggle</td><td>\\</td><td>toggle search pattern coloring</td></tr><tr><td>display-address</td><td>@</td><td>display full address of sender</td></tr><tr><td>next-new</td><td>not bound</td><td>jump to the next new message</td></tr><tr><td>pipe-message</td><td>|</td><td>pipe message/attachment to a shell command</td></tr><tr><td>help</td><td>?</td><td>this screen</td></tr><tr><td>next-page</td><td>Space</td><td>move to the next page</td></tr><tr><td>previous-page</td><td>-</td><td>move to the previous page</td></tr><tr><td>top</td><td>^</td><td>jump to the top of the message</td></tr><tr><td>sync-mailbox</td><td>$</td><td>save changes to mailbox</td></tr><tr><td>shell-escape</td><td>!</td><td>invoke a command in a subshell</td></tr><tr><td>enter-command</td><td>:</td><td>enter a muttrc command</td></tr><tr><td>buffy-list</td><td>.</td><td>list mailboxes with new mail</td></tr><tr><td>search</td><td>/</td><td>search for a regular expression</td></tr><tr><td>search-reverse</td><td>ESC /</td><td>search backwards for a regular expression</td></tr><tr><td>search-opposite</td><td>not bound</td><td>search for next match in opposite direction</td></tr><tr><td>next-line</td><td>RET</td><td>scroll down one line</td></tr><tr><td>jump</td><td>not bound</td><td>jump to an index number</td></tr><tr><td>next-unread</td><td>not bound</td><td>jump to the next unread message</td></tr><tr><td>previous-new</td><td>not bound</td><td>jump to the previous new message</td></tr><tr><td>previous-unread</td><td>not bound</td><td>jump to the previous unread message</td></tr><tr><td>half-up</td><td>not bound</td><td>scroll up 1/2 page</td></tr><tr><td>half-down</td><td>not bound</td><td>scroll down 1/2 page</td></tr><tr><td>previous-line</td><td>not bound</td><td>scroll up one line</td></tr><tr><td>bottom</td><td>not bound</td><td>jump to the bottom of the message</td></tr><tr><td>parent-message</td><td>P</td><td>jump to parent message in thread</td></tr><tr><td>check-traditional-pgp</td><td>ESC P</td><td>check for classic PGP</td></tr><tr><td>mail-key</td><td>ESC k</td><td>mail a PGP public key</td></tr><tr><td>extract-keys</td><td>^K</td><td>extract supported public keys</td></tr><tr><td>forget-passphrase</td><td>^F</td><td>wipe passphrase(s) from memory</td></tr><tr><td>decrypt-copy</td><td>not bound</td><td>make decrypted copy</td></tr><tr><td>decrypt-save</td><td>not bound</td><td>make decrypted copy and delete</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break" />
-
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="alias_map"></a>4.4. alias</h3></div></div></div><p>
-
-</p><div class="table"><a id="alias_table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 8.5. Default alias function bindings</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Default alias function bindings" border="1"><colgroup><col /><col /><col /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Function</th><th>Default key</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>delete-entry</td><td>d</td><td>delete the current entry</td></tr><tr><td>undelete-entry</td><td>u</td><td>undelete the current entry</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break" />
-
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="query_map"></a>4.5. query</h3></div></div></div><p>
-
-</p><div class="table"><a id="query_table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 8.6. Default query function bindings</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Default query function bindings" border="1"><colgroup><col /><col /><col /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Function</th><th>Default key</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>create-alias</td><td>a</td><td>create an alias from a message sender</td></tr><tr><td>mail</td><td>m</td><td>compose a new mail message</td></tr><tr><td>query</td><td>Q</td><td>query external program for addresses</td></tr><tr><td>query-append</td><td>A</td><td>append new query results to current results</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break" />
-
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="attach_map"></a>4.6. attach</h3></div></div></div><p>
-
-</p><div class="table"><a id="attach_table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 8.7. Default attach function bindings</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Default attach function bindings" border="1"><colgroup><col /><col /><col /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Function</th><th>Default key</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>bounce-message</td><td>b</td><td>remail a message to another user</td></tr><tr><td>display-toggle-weed</td><td>h</td><td>display message and toggle header weeding</td></tr><tr><td>edit-type</td><td>^E</td><td>edit attachment content type</td></tr><tr><td>print-entry</td><td>p</td><td>print the current entry</td></tr><tr><td>save-entry</td><td>s</td><td>save message/attachment to a file</td></tr><tr><td>pipe-entry</td><td>|</td><td>pipe message/attachment to a shell command</td></tr><tr><td>view-mailcap</td><td>m</td><td>force viewing of attachment using mailcap</td></tr><tr><td>reply</td><td>r</td><td>reply to a message</td></tr><tr><td>resend-message</td><td>ESC e</td><td>use the current message as a template for a new one</td></tr><tr><td>group-reply</td><td>g</td><td>reply to all recipients</td></tr><tr><td>list-reply</td><td>L</td><td>reply to specified mailing list</td></tr><tr><td>forward-message</td><td>f</td><td>forward a message with comments</td></tr><tr><td>view-text</td><td>T</td><td>view attachment as text</td></tr><tr><td>view-attach</td><td>RET</td><td>view attachment using mailcap entry if necessary</td></tr><tr><td>delete-entry</td><td>d</td><td>delete the current entry</td></tr><tr><td>undelete-entry</td><td>u</td><td>undelete the current entry</td></tr><tr><td>collapse-parts</td><td>v</td><td>Toggle display of subparts</td></tr><tr><td>check-traditional-pgp</td><td>ESC P</td><td>check for classic PGP</td></tr><tr><td>extract-keys</td><td>^K</td><td>extract supported public keys</td></tr><tr><td>forget-passphrase</td><td>^F</td><td>wipe passphrase(s) from memory</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break" />
-
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="compose_map"></a>4.7. compose</h3></div></div></div><p>
-
-</p><div class="table"><a id="compose_table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 8.8. Default compose function bindings</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Default compose function bindings" border="1"><colgroup><col /><col /><col /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Function</th><th>Default key</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>attach-file</td><td>a</td><td>attach file(s) to this message</td></tr><tr><td>attach-message</td><td>A</td><td>attach message(s) to this message</td></tr><tr><td>edit-bcc</td><td>b</td><td>edit the BCC list</td></tr><tr><td>edit-cc</td><td>c</td><td>edit the CC list</td></tr><tr><td>copy-file</td><td>C</td><td>save message/attachment to a file</td></tr><tr><td>detach-file</td><td>D</td><td>delete the current entry</td></tr><tr><td>toggle-disposition</td><td>^D</td><td>toggle disposition between inline/attachment</td></tr><tr><td>edit-description</td><td>d</td><td>edit attachment description</td></tr><tr><td>edit-message</td><td>e</td><td>edit the message</td></tr><tr><td>edit-headers</td><td>E</td><td>edit the message with headers</td></tr><tr><td>edit-file</td><td>^X e</td><td>edit the file to be attached</td></tr><tr><td>edit-encoding</td><td>^E</td><td>edit attachment transfer-encoding</td></tr><tr><td>edit-from</td><td>ESC f</td><td>edit the from field</td></tr><tr><td>edit-fcc</td><td>f</td><td>enter a file to save a copy of this message in</td></tr><tr><td>filter-entry</td><td>F</td><td>filter attachment through a shell command</td></tr><tr><td>get-attachment</td><td>G</td><td>get a temporary copy of an attachment</td></tr><tr><td>display-toggle-weed</td><td>h</td><td>display message and toggle header weeding</td></tr><tr><td>ispell</td><td>i</td><td>run ispell on the message</td></tr><tr><td>print-entry</td><td>l</td><td>print the current entry</td></tr><tr><td>edit-mime</td><td>m</td><td>edit attachment using mailcap entry</td></tr><tr><td>new-mime</td><td>n</td><td>compose new attachment using mailcap entry</td></tr><tr><td>postpone-message</td><td>P</td><td>save this message to send later</td></tr><tr><td>edit-reply-to</td><td>r</td><td>edit the Reply-To field</td></tr><tr><td>rename-file</td><td>R</td><td>rename/move an attached file</td></tr><tr><td>edit-subject</td><td>s</td><td>edit the subject of this message</td></tr><tr><td>edit-to</td><td>t</td><td>edit the TO list</td></tr><tr><td>edit-type</td><td>^T</td><td>edit attachment content type</td></tr><tr><td>write-fcc</td><td>w</td><td>write the message to a folder</td></tr><tr><td>toggle-unlink</td><td>u</td><td>toggle whether to delete file after sending it</td></tr><tr><td>toggle-recode</td><td>not bound</td><td>toggle recoding of this attachment</td></tr><tr><td>update-encoding</td><td>U</td><td>update an attachment's encoding info</td></tr><tr><td>view-attach</td><td>RET</td><td>view attachment using mailcap entry if necessary</td></tr><tr><td>send-message</td><td>y</td><td>send the message</td></tr><tr><td>pipe-entry</td><td>|</td><td>pipe message/attachment to a shell command</td></tr><tr><td>attach-key</td><td>ESC k</td><td>attach a PGP public key</td></tr><tr><td>pgp-menu</td><td>p</td><td>show PGP options</td></tr><tr><td>forget-passphrase</td><td>^F</td><td>wipe passphrase(s) from memory</td></tr><tr><td>smime-menu</td><td>S</td><td>show S/MIME options</td></tr><tr><td>mix</td><td>M</td><td>send the message through a mixmaster remailer chain</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break" />
-
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="postpone_map"></a>4.8. postpone</h3></div></div></div><p>
-
-</p><div class="table"><a id="postpone_table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 8.9. Default postpone function bindings</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Default postpone function bindings" border="1"><colgroup><col /><col /><col /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Function</th><th>Default key</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>delete-entry</td><td>d</td><td>delete the current entry</td></tr><tr><td>undelete-entry</td><td>u</td><td>undelete the current entry</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break" />
-
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="browser_map"></a>4.9. browser</h3></div></div></div><p>
-
-</p><div class="table"><a id="browser_table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 8.10. Default browser function bindings</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Default browser function bindings" border="1"><colgroup><col /><col /><col /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Function</th><th>Default key</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>change-dir</td><td>c</td><td>change directories</td></tr><tr><td>display-filename</td><td>@</td><td>display the currently selected file's name</td></tr><tr><td>enter-mask</td><td>m</td><td>enter a file mask</td></tr><tr><td>sort</td><td>o</td><td>sort messages</td></tr><tr><td>sort-reverse</td><td>O</td><td>sort messages in reverse order</td></tr><tr><td>select-new</td><td>N</td><td>select a new file in this directory</td></tr><tr><td>check-new</td><td>not bound</td><td>check mailboxes for new mail</td></tr><tr><td>toggle-mailboxes</td><td>TAB</td><td>toggle whether to browse mailboxes or all files</td></tr><tr><td>view-file</td><td>Space</td><td>view file</td></tr><tr><td>buffy-list</td><td>.</td><td>list mailboxes with new mail</td></tr><tr><td>create-mailbox</td><td>C</td><td>create a new mailbox (IMAP only)</td></tr><tr><td>delete-mailbox</td><td>d</td><td>delete the current mailbox (IMAP only)</td></tr><tr><td>rename-mailbox</td><td>r</td><td>rename the current mailbox (IMAP only)</td></tr><tr><td>subscribe</td><td>s</td><td>subscribe to current mailbox (IMAP only)</td></tr><tr><td>unsubscribe</td><td>u</td><td>unsubscribe from current mailbox (IMAP only)</td></tr><tr><td>toggle-subscribed</td><td>T</td><td>toggle view all/subscribed mailboxes (IMAP only)</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break" />
-
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="pgp_map"></a>4.10. pgp</h3></div></div></div><p>
-
-</p><div class="table"><a id="pgp_table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 8.11. Default pgp function bindings</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Default pgp function bindings" border="1"><colgroup><col /><col /><col /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Function</th><th>Default key</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>verify-key</td><td>c</td><td>verify a PGP public key</td></tr><tr><td>view-name</td><td>%</td><td>view the key's user id</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break" />
-
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="smime_map"></a>4.11. smime</h3></div></div></div><p>
-
-</p><div class="table"><a id="smime_table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 8.12. Default smime function bindings</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Default smime function bindings" border="1"><colgroup><col /><col /><col /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Function</th><th>Default key</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>verify-key</td><td>c</td><td>verify a PGP public key</td></tr><tr><td>view-name</td><td>%</td><td>view the key's user id</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break" />
-
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="mix_map"></a>4.12. mix</h3></div></div></div><p>
-
-</p><div class="table"><a id="mix_table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 8.13. Default mix function bindings</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Default mix function bindings" border="1"><colgroup><col /><col /><col /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Function</th><th>Default key</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>accept</td><td>RET</td><td>Accept the chain constructed</td></tr><tr><td>append</td><td>a</td><td>Append a remailer to the chain</td></tr><tr><td>insert</td><td>i</td><td>Insert a remailer into the chain</td></tr><tr><td>delete</td><td>d</td><td>Delete a remailer from the chain</td></tr><tr><td>chain-prev</td><td>left</td><td>Select the previous element of the chain</td></tr><tr><td>chain-next</td><td>right</td><td>Select the next element of the chain</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break" />
-
-</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="editor_map"></a>4.13. editor</h3></div></div></div><p>
-
-</p><div class="table"><a id="editor_table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 8.14. Default editor function bindings</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Default editor function bindings" border="1"><colgroup><col /><col /><col /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Function</th><th>Default key</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>bol</td><td>^A</td><td>jump to the beginning of the line</td></tr><tr><td>backward-char</td><td>^B</td><td>move the cursor one character to the left</td></tr><tr><td>backward-word</td><td>ESC b</td><td>move the cursor to the beginning of the word</td></tr><tr><td>capitalize-word</td><td>ESC c</td><td>capitalize the word</td></tr><tr><td>downcase-word</td><td>ESC l</td><td>convert the word to lower case</td></tr><tr><td>upcase-word</td><td>ESC u</td><td>convert the word to upper case</td></tr><tr><td>delete-char</td><td>^D</td><td>delete the char under the cursor</td></tr><tr><td>eol</td><td>^E</td><td>jump to the end of the line</td></tr><tr><td>forward-char</td><td>^F</td><td>move the cursor one character to the right</td></tr><tr><td>forward-word</td><td>ESC f</td><td>move the cursor to the end of the word</td></tr><tr><td>backspace</td><td>Backspace</td><td>delete the char in front of the cursor</td></tr><tr><td>kill-eol</td><td>^K</td><td>delete chars from cursor to end of line</td></tr><tr><td>kill-eow</td><td>ESC d</td><td>delete chars from the cursor to the end of the word</td></tr><tr><td>kill-line</td><td>^U</td><td>delete all chars on the line</td></tr><tr><td>quote-char</td><td>^V</td><td>quote the next typed key</td></tr><tr><td>kill-word</td><td>^W</td><td>delete the word in front of the cursor</td></tr><tr><td>complete</td><td>TAB</td><td>complete filename or alias</td></tr><tr><td>complete-query</td><td>^T</td><td>complete address with query</td></tr><tr><td>buffy-cycle</td><td>Space</td><td>cycle among incoming mailboxes</td></tr><tr><td>history-up</td><td>not bound</td><td>scroll up through the history list</td></tr><tr><td>history-down</td><td>not bound</td><td>scroll down through the history list</td></tr><tr><td>transpose-chars</td><td>not bound</td><td>transpose character under cursor with previous</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break" />
-
-</p></div></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a id="miscellany"></a>Chapter 9. Miscellany</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#acknowledgements">1. Acknowledgements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#about">2. About this document</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="acknowledgements"></a>1. Acknowledgements</h2></div></div></div><p>
-Kari Hurtta <code class="email"><<a href="mailto:kari.hurtta@fmi.fi">kari.hurtta@fmi.fi</a>></code>
+</p><div class="table"><a id="generic-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 9.2. Default generic Function Bindings</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Default generic Function Bindings" border="1"><colgroup><col /><col /><col /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Function</th><th>Default key</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><code class="literal"><top-page></code></td><td>H</td><td>move to the top of the page</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><next-entry></code></td><td>j</td><td>move to the next entry</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><previous-entry></code></td><td>k</td><td>move to the previous entry</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><bottom-page></code></td><td>L</td><td>move to the bottom of the page</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><refresh></code></td><td>^L</td><td>clear and redraw the screen</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><middle-page></code></td><td>M</td><td>move to the middle of the page</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><search-next></code></td><td>n</td><td>search for next match</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><exit></code></td><td>q</td><td>exit this menu</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><tag-entry></code></td><td>t</td><td>tag the current entry</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><next-page></code></td><td>z</td><td>move to the next page</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><previous-page></code></td><td>Z</td><td>move to the previous page</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><last-entry></code></td><td>*</td><td>move to the last entry</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><first-entry></code></td><td>=</td><td>move to the first entry</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><enter-command></code></td><td>:</td><td>enter a muttrc command</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><next-line></code></td><td>></td><td>scroll down one line</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><previous-line></code></td><td><</td><td>scroll up one line</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><half-up></code></td><td>[</td><td>scroll up 1/2 page</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><half-down></code></td><td>]</td><td>scroll down 1/2 page</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><help></code></td><td>?</td><td>this screen</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><tag-prefix></code></td><td>;</td><td>apply next function to tagged messages</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><tag-prefix-cond></code></td><td> </td><td>apply next function ONLY to tagged messages</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><end-cond></code></td><td> </td><td>end of conditional execution (noop)</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><shell-escape></code></td><td>!</td><td>invoke a command in a subshell</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><select-entry></code></td><td><Return></td><td>select the current entry</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><search></code></td><td>/</td><td>search for a regular expression</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><search-reverse></code></td><td>Esc /</td><td>search backwards for a regular expression</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><search-opposite></code></td><td> </td><td>search for next match in opposite direction</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><jump></code></td><td> </td><td>jump to an index number</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><current-top></code></td><td> </td><td>move entry to top of screen</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><current-middle></code></td><td> </td><td>move entry to middle of screen</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><current-bottom></code></td><td> </td><td>move entry to bottom of screen</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><what-key></code></td><td> </td><td>display the keycode for a key press</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="index-map"></a>4.2. Index Menu</h3></div></div></div><div class="table"><a id="index-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 9.3. Default index Function Bindings</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Default index Function Bindings" border="1"><colgroup><col /><col /><col /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Function</th><th>Default key</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><code class="literal"><create-alias></code></td><td>a</td><td>create an alias from a message sender</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><bounce-message></code></td><td>b</td><td>remail a message to another user</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><break-thread></code></td><td>#</td><td>break the thread in two</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><change-folder></code></td><td>c</td><td>open a different folder</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><change-folder-readonly></code></td><td>Esc c</td><td>open a different folder in read only mode</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><next-unread-mailbox></code></td><td> </td><td>open next mailbox with new mail</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><collapse-thread></code></td><td>Esc v</td><td>collapse/uncollapse current thread</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><collapse-all></code></td><td>Esc V</td><td>collapse/uncollapse all threads</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><copy-message></code></td><td>C</td><td>copy a message to a file/mailbox</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><decode-copy></code></td><td>Esc C</td><td>make decoded (text/plain) copy</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><decode-save></code></td><td>Esc s</td><td>make decoded copy (text/plain) and delete</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><delete-message></code></td><td>d</td><td>delete the current entry</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><delete-pattern></code></td><td>D</td><td>delete messages matching a pattern</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><delete-thread></code></td><td>^D</td><td>delete all messages in thread</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><delete-subthread></code></td><td>Esc d</td><td>delete all messages in subthread</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><edit></code></td><td>e</td><td>edit the raw message</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><edit-type></code></td><td>^E</td><td>edit attachment content type</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><forward-message></code></td><td>f</td><td>forward a message with comments</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><flag-message></code></td><td>F</td><td>toggle a message's 'important' flag</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><group-reply></code></td><td>g</td><td>reply to all recipients</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><fetch-mail></code></td><td>G</td><td>retrieve mail from POP server</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><imap-fetch-mail></code></td><td> </td><td>force retrieval of mail from IMAP server</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><display-toggle-weed></code></td><td>h</td><td>display message and toggle header weeding</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><next-undeleted></code></td><td>j</td><td>move to the next undeleted message</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><previous-undeleted></code></td><td>k</td><td>move to the previous undeleted message</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><limit></code></td><td>l</td><td>show only messages matching a pattern</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><link-threads></code></td><td>&</td><td>link tagged message to the current one</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><list-reply></code></td><td>L</td><td>reply to specified mailing list</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><mail></code></td><td>m</td><td>compose a new mail message</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><toggle-new></code></td><td>N</td><td>toggle a message's 'new' flag</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><toggle-write></code></td><td>%</td><td>toggle whether the mailbox will be rewritten</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><next-thread></code></td><td>^N</td><td>jump to the next thread</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><next-subthread></code></td><td>Esc n</td><td>jump to the next subthread</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><query></code></td><td>Q</td><td>query external program for addresses</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><quit></code></td><td>q</td><td>save changes to mailbox and quit</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><reply></code></td><td>r</td><td>reply to a message</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><show-limit></code></td><td>Esc l</td><td>show currently active limit pattern</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><sort-mailbox></code></td><td>o</td><td>sort messages</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><sort-reverse></code></td><td>O</td><td>sort messages in reverse order</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><print-message></code></td><td>p</td><td>print the current entry</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><previous-thread></code></td><td>^P</td><td>jump to previous thread</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><previous-subthread></code></td><td>Esc p</td><td>jump to previous subthread</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><recall-message></code></td><td>R</td><td>recall a postponed message</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><read-thread></code></td><td>^R</td><td>mark the current thread as read</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><read-subthread></code></td><td>Esc r</td><td>mark the current subthread as read</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><resend-message></code></td><td>Esc e</td><td>use the current message as a template for a new one</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><save-message></code></td><td>s</td><td>save message/attachment to a mailbox/file</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><tag-pattern></code></td><td>T</td><td>tag messages matching a pattern</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><tag-subthread></code></td><td> </td><td>tag the current subthread</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><tag-thread></code></td><td>Esc t</td><td>tag the current thread</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><untag-pattern></code></td><td>^T</td><td>untag messages matching a pattern</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><undelete-message></code></td><td>u</td><td>undelete the current entry</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><undelete-pattern></code></td><td>U</td><td>undelete messages matching a pattern</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><undelete-subthread></code></td><td>Esc u</td><td>undelete all messages in subthread</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><undelete-thread></code></td><td>^U</td><td>undelete all messages in thread</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><view-attachments></code></td><td>v</td><td>show MIME attachments</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><show-version></code></td><td>V</td><td>show the Mutt version number and date</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><set-flag></code></td><td>w</td><td>set a status flag on a message</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><clear-flag></code></td><td>W</td><td>clear a status flag from a message</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><display-message></code></td><td><Return></td><td>display a message</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><buffy-list></code></td><td>.</td><td>list mailboxes with new mail</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><sync-mailbox></code></td><td>$</td><td>save changes to mailbox</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><display-address></code></td><td>@</td><td>display full address of sender</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><pipe-message></code></td><td>|</td><td>pipe message/attachment to a shell command</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><next-new></code></td><td> </td><td>jump to the next new message</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><next-new-then-unread></code></td><td><Tab></td><td>jump to the next new or unread message</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><previous-new></code></td><td> </td><td>jump to the previous new message</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><previous-new-then-unread></code></td><td>Esc <Tab></td><td>jump to the previous new or unread message</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><next-unread></code></td><td> </td><td>jump to the next unread message</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><previous-unread></code></td><td> </td><td>jump to the previous unread message</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><parent-message></code></td><td>P</td><td>jump to parent message in thread</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><extract-keys></code></td><td>^K</td><td>extract supported public keys</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><forget-passphrase></code></td><td>^F</td><td>wipe passphrase(s) from memory</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><check-traditional-pgp></code></td><td>Esc P</td><td>check for classic PGP</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><mail-key></code></td><td>Esc k</td><td>mail a PGP public key</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><decrypt-copy></code></td><td> </td><td>make decrypted copy</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><decrypt-save></code></td><td> </td><td>make decrypted copy and delete</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="pager-map"></a>4.3. Pager Menu</h3></div></div></div><div class="table"><a id="pager-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 9.4. Default pager Function Bindings</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Default pager Function Bindings" border="1"><colgroup><col /><col /><col /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Function</th><th>Default key</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><code class="literal"><break-thread></code></td><td>#</td><td>break the thread in two</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><create-alias></code></td><td>a</td><td>create an alias from a message sender</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><bounce-message></code></td><td>b</td><td>remail a message to another user</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><change-folder></code></td><td>c</td><td>open a different folder</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><change-folder-readonly></code></td><td>Esc c</td><td>open a different folder in read only mode</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><next-unread-mailbox></code></td><td> </td><td>open next mailbox with new mail</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><copy-message></code></td><td>C</td><td>copy a message to a file/mailbox</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><decode-copy></code></td><td>Esc C</td><td>make decoded (text/plain) copy</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><delete-message></code></td><td>d</td><td>delete the current entry</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><delete-thread></code></td><td>^D</td><td>delete all messages in thread</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><delete-subthread></code></td><td>Esc d</td><td>delete all messages in subthread</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><set-flag></code></td><td>w</td><td>set a status flag on a message</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><clear-flag></code></td><td>W</td><td>clear a status flag from a message</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><edit></code></td><td>e</td><td>edit the raw message</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><edit-type></code></td><td>^E</td><td>edit attachment content type</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><forward-message></code></td><td>f</td><td>forward a message with comments</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><flag-message></code></td><td>F</td><td>toggle a message's 'important' flag</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><group-reply></code></td><td>g</td><td>reply to all recipients</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><imap-fetch-mail></code></td><td> </td><td>force retrieval of mail from IMAP server</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><display-toggle-weed></code></td><td>h</td><td>display message and toggle header weeding</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><next-undeleted></code></td><td>j</td><td>move to the next undeleted message</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><next-entry></code></td><td>J</td><td>move to the next entry</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><previous-undeleted></code></td><td>k</td><td>move to the previous undeleted message</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><previous-entry></code></td><td>K</td><td>move to the previous entry</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><link-threads></code></td><td>&</td><td>link tagged message to the current one</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><list-reply></code></td><td>L</td><td>reply to specified mailing list</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><redraw-screen></code></td><td>^L</td><td>clear and redraw the screen</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><mail></code></td><td>m</td><td>compose a new mail message</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><mark-as-new></code></td><td>N</td><td>toggle a message's 'new' flag</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><search-next></code></td><td>n</td><td>search for next match</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><next-thread></code></td><td>^N</td><td>jump to the next thread</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><next-subthread></code></td><td>Esc n</td><td>jump to the next subthread</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><print-message></code></td><td>p</td><td>print the current entry</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><previous-thread></code></td><td>^P</td><td>jump to previous thread</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><previous-subthread></code></td><td>Esc p</td><td>jump to previous subthread</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><quit></code></td><td>Q</td><td>save changes to mailbox and quit</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><exit></code></td><td>q</td><td>exit this menu</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><reply></code></td><td>r</td><td>reply to a message</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><recall-message></code></td><td>R</td><td>recall a postponed message</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><read-thread></code></td><td>^R</td><td>mark the current thread as read</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><read-subthread></code></td><td>Esc r</td><td>mark the current subthread as read</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><resend-message></code></td><td>Esc e</td><td>use the current message as a template for a new one</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><save-message></code></td><td>s</td><td>save message/attachment to a mailbox/file</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><skip-quoted></code></td><td>S</td><td>skip beyond quoted text</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><decode-save></code></td><td>Esc s</td><td>make decoded copy (text/plain) and delete</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><tag-message></code></td><td>t</td><td>tag the current entry</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><toggle-quoted></code></td><td>T</td><td>toggle display of quoted text</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><undelete-message></code></td><td>u</td><td>undelete the current entry</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><undelete-subthread></code></td><td>Esc u</td><td>undelete all messages in subthread</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><undelete-thread></code></td><td>^U</td><td>undelete all messages in thread</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><view-attachments></code></td><td>v</td><td>show MIME attachments</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><show-version></code></td><td>V</td><td>show the Mutt version number and date</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><search-toggle></code></td><td>\\</td><td>toggle search pattern coloring</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><display-address></code></td><td>@</td><td>display full address of sender</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><next-new></code></td><td> </td><td>jump to the next new message</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><pipe-message></code></td><td>|</td><td>pipe message/attachment to a shell command</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><help></code></td><td>?</td><td>this screen</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><next-page></code></td><td><Space></td><td>move to the next page</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><previous-page></code></td><td>-</td><td>move to the previous page</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><top></code></td><td>^</td><td>jump to the top of the message</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><sync-mailbox></code></td><td>$</td><td>save changes to mailbox</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><shell-escape></code></td><td>!</td><td>invoke a command in a subshell</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><enter-command></code></td><td>:</td><td>enter a muttrc command</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><buffy-list></code></td><td>.</td><td>list mailboxes with new mail</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><search></code></td><td>/</td><td>search for a regular expression</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><search-reverse></code></td><td>Esc /</td><td>search backwards for a regular expression</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><search-opposite></code></td><td> </td><td>search for next match in opposite direction</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><next-line></code></td><td><Return></td><td>scroll down one line</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><jump></code></td><td> </td><td>jump to an index number</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><next-unread></code></td><td> </td><td>jump to the next unread message</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><previous-new></code></td><td> </td><td>jump to the previous new message</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><previous-unread></code></td><td> </td><td>jump to the previous unread message</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><half-up></code></td><td> </td><td>scroll up 1/2 page</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><half-down></code></td><td> </td><td>scroll down 1/2 page</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><previous-line></code></td><td> </td><td>scroll up one line</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><bottom></code></td><td> </td><td>jump to the bottom of the message</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><parent-message></code></td><td>P</td><td>jump to parent message in thread</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><check-traditional-pgp></code></td><td>Esc P</td><td>check for classic PGP</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><mail-key></code></td><td>Esc k</td><td>mail a PGP public key</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><extract-keys></code></td><td>^K</td><td>extract supported public keys</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><forget-passphrase></code></td><td>^F</td><td>wipe passphrase(s) from memory</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><decrypt-copy></code></td><td> </td><td>make decrypted copy</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><decrypt-save></code></td><td> </td><td>make decrypted copy and delete</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><what-key></code></td><td> </td><td>display the keycode for a key press</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="alias-map"></a>4.4. Alias Menu</h3></div></div></div><div class="table"><a id="alias-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 9.5. Default alias Function Bindings</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Default alias Function Bindings" border="1"><colgroup><col /><col /><col /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Function</th><th>Default key</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><code class="literal"><delete-entry></code></td><td>d</td><td>delete the current entry</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><undelete-entry></code></td><td>u</td><td>undelete the current entry</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="query-map"></a>4.5. Query Menu</h3></div></div></div><div class="table"><a id="query-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 9.6. Default query Function Bindings</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Default query Function Bindings" border="1"><colgroup><col /><col /><col /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Function</th><th>Default key</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><code class="literal"><create-alias></code></td><td>a</td><td>create an alias from a message sender</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><mail></code></td><td>m</td><td>compose a new mail message</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><query></code></td><td>Q</td><td>query external program for addresses</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><query-append></code></td><td>A</td><td>append new query results to current results</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="attach-map"></a>4.6. Attach Menu</h3></div></div></div><div class="table"><a id="attach-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 9.7. Default attach Function Bindings</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Default attach Function Bindings" border="1"><colgroup><col /><col /><col /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Function</th><th>Default key</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><code class="literal"><bounce-message></code></td><td>b</td><td>remail a message to another user</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><display-toggle-weed></code></td><td>h</td><td>display message and toggle header weeding</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><edit-type></code></td><td>^E</td><td>edit attachment content type</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><print-entry></code></td><td>p</td><td>print the current entry</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><save-entry></code></td><td>s</td><td>save message/attachment to a mailbox/file</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><pipe-entry></code></td><td>|</td><td>pipe message/attachment to a shell command</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><view-mailcap></code></td><td>m</td><td>force viewing of attachment using mailcap</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><reply></code></td><td>r</td><td>reply to a message</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><resend-message></code></td><td>Esc e</td><td>use the current message as a template for a new one</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><group-reply></code></td><td>g</td><td>reply to all recipients</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><list-reply></code></td><td>L</td><td>reply to specified mailing list</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><forward-message></code></td><td>f</td><td>forward a message with comments</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><view-text></code></td><td>T</td><td>view attachment as text</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><view-attach></code></td><td><Return></td><td>view attachment using mailcap entry if necessary</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><delete-entry></code></td><td>d</td><td>delete the current entry</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><undelete-entry></code></td><td>u</td><td>undelete the current entry</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><collapse-parts></code></td><td>v</td><td>Toggle display of subparts</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><check-traditional-pgp></code></td><td>Esc P</td><td>check for classic PGP</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><extract-keys></code></td><td>^K</td><td>extract supported public keys</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><forget-passphrase></code></td><td>^F</td><td>wipe passphrase(s) from memory</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="compose-map"></a>4.7. Compose Menu</h3></div></div></div><div class="table"><a id="compose-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 9.8. Default compose Function Bindings</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Default compose Function Bindings" border="1"><colgroup><col /><col /><col /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Function</th><th>Default key</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><code class="literal"><attach-file></code></td><td>a</td><td>attach file(s) to this message</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><attach-message></code></td><td>A</td><td>attach message(s) to this message</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><edit-bcc></code></td><td>b</td><td>edit the BCC list</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><edit-cc></code></td><td>c</td><td>edit the CC list</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><copy-file></code></td><td>C</td><td>save message/attachment to a mailbox/file</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><detach-file></code></td><td>D</td><td>delete the current entry</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><toggle-disposition></code></td><td>^D</td><td>toggle disposition between inline/attachment</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><edit-description></code></td><td>d</td><td>edit attachment description</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><edit-message></code></td><td>e</td><td>edit the message</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><edit-headers></code></td><td>E</td><td>edit the message with headers</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><edit-file></code></td><td>^X e</td><td>edit the file to be attached</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><edit-encoding></code></td><td>^E</td><td>edit attachment transfer-encoding</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><edit-from></code></td><td>Esc f</td><td>edit the from field</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><edit-fcc></code></td><td>f</td><td>enter a file to save a copy of this message in</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><filter-entry></code></td><td>F</td><td>filter attachment through a shell command</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><get-attachment></code></td><td>G</td><td>get a temporary copy of an attachment</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><display-toggle-weed></code></td><td>h</td><td>display message and toggle header weeding</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><ispell></code></td><td>i</td><td>run ispell on the message</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><print-entry></code></td><td>l</td><td>print the current entry</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><edit-mime></code></td><td>m</td><td>edit attachment using mailcap entry</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><new-mime></code></td><td>n</td><td>compose new attachment using mailcap entry</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><postpone-message></code></td><td>P</td><td>save this message to send later</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><edit-reply-to></code></td><td>r</td><td>edit the Reply-To field</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><rename-file></code></td><td>R</td><td>rename/move an attached file</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><edit-subject></code></td><td>s</td><td>edit the subject of this message</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><edit-to></code></td><td>t</td><td>edit the TO list</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><edit-type></code></td><td>^T</td><td>edit attachment content type</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><write-fcc></code></td><td>w</td><td>write the message to a folder</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><toggle-unlink></code></td><td>u</td><td>toggle whether to delete file after sending it</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><toggle-recode></code></td><td> </td><td>toggle recoding of this attachment</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><update-encoding></code></td><td>U</td><td>update an attachment's encoding info</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><view-attach></code></td><td><Return></td><td>view attachment using mailcap entry if necessary</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><send-message></code></td><td>y</td><td>send the message</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><pipe-entry></code></td><td>|</td><td>pipe message/attachment to a shell command</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><attach-key></code></td><td>Esc k</td><td>attach a PGP public key</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><pgp-menu></code></td><td>p</td><td>show PGP options</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><forget-passphrase></code></td><td>^F</td><td>wipe passphrase(s) from memory</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><smime-menu></code></td><td>S</td><td>show S/MIME options</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><mix></code></td><td>M</td><td>send the message through a mixmaster remailer chain</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="postpone-map"></a>4.8. Postpone Menu</h3></div></div></div><div class="table"><a id="postpone-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 9.9. Default postpone Function Bindings</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Default postpone Function Bindings" border="1"><colgroup><col /><col /><col /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Function</th><th>Default key</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><code class="literal"><delete-entry></code></td><td>d</td><td>delete the current entry</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><undelete-entry></code></td><td>u</td><td>undelete the current entry</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="browser-map"></a>4.9. Browser Menu</h3></div></div></div><div class="table"><a id="browser-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 9.10. Default browser Function Bindings</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Default browser Function Bindings" border="1"><colgroup><col /><col /><col /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Function</th><th>Default key</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><code class="literal"><change-dir></code></td><td>c</td><td>change directories</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><display-filename></code></td><td>@</td><td>display the currently selected file's name</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><enter-mask></code></td><td>m</td><td>enter a file mask</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><sort></code></td><td>o</td><td>sort messages</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><sort-reverse></code></td><td>O</td><td>sort messages in reverse order</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><select-new></code></td><td>N</td><td>select a new file in this directory</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><check-new></code></td><td> </td><td>check mailboxes for new mail</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><toggle-mailboxes></code></td><td><Tab></td><td>toggle whether to browse mailboxes or all files</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><view-file></code></td><td><Space></td><td>view file</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><buffy-list></code></td><td>.</td><td>list mailboxes with new mail</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><create-mailbox></code></td><td>C</td><td>create a new mailbox (IMAP only)</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><delete-mailbox></code></td><td>d</td><td>delete the current mailbox (IMAP only)</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><rename-mailbox></code></td><td>r</td><td>rename the current mailbox (IMAP only)</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><subscribe></code></td><td>s</td><td>subscribe to current mailbox (IMAP only)</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><unsubscribe></code></td><td>u</td><td>unsubscribe from current mailbox (IMAP only)</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><toggle-subscribed></code></td><td>T</td><td>toggle view all/subscribed mailboxes (IMAP only)</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="pgp-map"></a>4.10. Pgp Menu</h3></div></div></div><div class="table"><a id="pgp-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 9.11. Default pgp Function Bindings</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Default pgp Function Bindings" border="1"><colgroup><col /><col /><col /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Function</th><th>Default key</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><code class="literal"><verify-key></code></td><td>c</td><td>verify a PGP public key</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><view-name></code></td><td>%</td><td>view the key's user id</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="smime-map"></a>4.11. Smime Menu</h3></div></div></div><div class="table"><a id="smime-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 9.12. Default smime Function Bindings</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Default smime Function Bindings" border="1"><colgroup><col /><col /><col /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Function</th><th>Default key</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><code class="literal"><verify-key></code></td><td>c</td><td>verify a PGP public key</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><view-name></code></td><td>%</td><td>view the key's user id</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="mix-map"></a>4.12. Mix Menu</h3></div></div></div><div class="table"><a id="mix-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 9.13. Default mix Function Bindings</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Default mix Function Bindings" border="1"><colgroup><col /><col /><col /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Function</th><th>Default key</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><code class="literal"><accept></code></td><td><Return></td><td>Accept the chain constructed</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><append></code></td><td>a</td><td>Append a remailer to the chain</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><insert></code></td><td>i</td><td>Insert a remailer into the chain</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><delete></code></td><td>d</td><td>Delete a remailer from the chain</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><chain-prev></code></td><td><Left></td><td>Select the previous element of the chain</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><chain-next></code></td><td><Right></td><td>Select the next element of the chain</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /></div><div class="sect2" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="editor-map"></a>4.13. Editor Menu</h3></div></div></div><div class="table"><a id="editor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 9.14. Default editor Function Bindings</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Default editor Function Bindings" border="1"><colgroup><col /><col /><col /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Function</th><th>Default key</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><code class="literal"><bol></code></td><td>^A</td><td>jump to the beginning of the line</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><backward-char></code></td><td>^B</td><td>move the cursor one character to the left</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><backward-word></code></td><td>Esc b</td><td>move the cursor to the beginning of the word</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><capitalize-word></code></td><td>Esc c</td><td>capitalize the word</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><downcase-word></code></td><td>Esc l</td><td>convert the word to lower case</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><upcase-word></code></td><td>Esc u</td><td>convert the word to upper case</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><delete-char></code></td><td>^D</td><td>delete the char under the cursor</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><eol></code></td><td>^E</td><td>jump to the end of the line</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><forward-char></code></td><td>^F</td><td>move the cursor one character to the right</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><forward-word></code></td><td>Esc f</td><td>move the cursor to the end of the word</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><backspace></code></td><td><Backspace></td><td>delete the char in front of the cursor</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><kill-eol></code></td><td>^K</td><td>delete chars from cursor to end of line</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><kill-eow></code></td><td>Esc d</td><td>delete chars from the cursor to the end of the word</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><kill-line></code></td><td>^U</td><td>delete all chars on the line</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><quote-char></code></td><td>^V</td><td>quote the next typed key</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><kill-word></code></td><td>^W</td><td>delete the word in front of the cursor</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><complete></code></td><td><Tab></td><td>complete filename or alias</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><complete-query></code></td><td>^T</td><td>complete address with query</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><buffy-cycle></code></td><td><Space></td><td>cycle among incoming mailboxes</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><history-up></code></td><td> </td><td>scroll up through the history list</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><history-down></code></td><td> </td><td>scroll down through the history list</td></tr><tr><td><code class="literal"><transpose-chars></code></td><td> </td><td>transpose character under cursor with previous</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /></div></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a id="miscellany"></a>Chapter 10. Miscellany</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#acknowledgements">1. Acknowledgements</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#about">2. About This Document</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="acknowledgements"></a>1. Acknowledgements</h2></div></div></div><p>
+Kari Hurtta <code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:kari.hurtta@fmi.fi">kari.hurtta@fmi.fi</a>></code>
co-developed the original MIME parsing code back in the ELM-ME days.
</p><p>
The following people have been very helpful to the development of Mutt:
-
-</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>Vikas Agnihotri <code class="email"><<a href="mailto:vikasa@writeme.com">vikasa@writeme.com</a>></code>,</td></tr><tr><td>Francois Berjon <code class="email"><<a href="mailto:Francois.Berjon@aar.alcatel-alsthom.fr">Francois.Berjon@aar.alcatel-alsthom.fr</a>></code>,</td></tr><tr><td>Aric Blumer <code class="email"><<a href="mailto:aric@fore.com">aric@fore.com</a>></code>,</td></tr><tr><td>John Capo <code class="email"><<a href="mailto:jc@irbs.com">jc@irbs.com</a>></code>,</td></tr><tr><td>David Champion <code class="email"><<a href="mailto:dgc@uchicago.edu">dgc@uchicago.edu</a>></code>,</td></tr><tr><td>Brendan Cully <code class="email"><<a href="mailto:brendan@kublai.com">brendan@kublai.com</a>></code>,</td></tr><tr><td>Liviu Daia <code class="email"><<a href="mailto:daia@stoilow.imar.ro">daia@stoilow.imar.ro</a>></code>,</td></tr><tr><td>Thomas E. Dickey <code class="email"><<a href="mailto:dickey@herndon4.his.com">dickey@herndon4.his.com</a>></code>,</td></tr><tr><td>David DeSimone <code class="email"><<a href="mailto:fox@convex.hp.com">fox@convex.hp.com</a>></code>,</td></tr><tr><td>Nickolay N. Dudorov <code class="email"><<a href="mailto:nnd@wint.itfs.nsk.su">nnd@wint.itfs.nsk.su</a>></code>,</td></tr><tr><td>Ruslan Ermilov <code class="email"><<a href="mailto:ru@freebsd.org">ru@freebsd.org</a>></code>,</td></tr><tr><td>Edmund Grimley Evans <code class="email"><<a href="mailto:edmundo@rano.org">edmundo@rano.org</a>></code>,</td></tr><tr><td>Michael Finken <code class="email"><<a href="mailto:finken@conware.de">finken@conware.de</a>></code>,</td></tr><tr><td>Sven Guckes <code class="email"><<a href="mailto:guckes@math.fu-berlin.de">guckes@math.fu-berlin.de</a>></code>,</td></tr><tr><td>Lars Hecking <code class="email"><<a href="mailto:lhecking@nmrc.ie">lhecking@nmrc.ie</a>></code>,</td></tr><tr><td>Mark Holloman <code class="email"><<a href="mailto:holloman@nando.net">holloman@nando.net</a>></code>,</td></tr><tr><td>Andreas Holzmann <code class="email"><<a href="mailto:holzmann@fmi.uni-passau.de">holzmann@fmi.uni-passau.de</a>></code>,</td></tr><tr><td>Marco d'Itri <code class="email"><<a href="mailto:md@linux.it">md@linux.it</a>></code>,</td></tr><tr><td>Björn Jacke <code class="email"><<a href="mailto:bjacke@suse.com">bjacke@suse.com</a>></code>,</td></tr><tr><td>Byrial Jensen <code class="email"><<a href="mailto:byrial@image.dk">byrial@image.dk</a>></code>,</td></tr><tr><td>David Jeske <code class="email"><<a href="mailto:jeske@igcom.net">jeske@igcom.net</a>></code>,</td></tr><tr><td>Christophe Kalt <code class="email"><<a href="mailto:kalt@hugo.int-evry.fr">kalt@hugo.int-evry.fr</a>></code>,</td></tr><tr><td>Tommi Komulainen <code class="email"><<a href="mailto:Tommi.Komulainen@iki.fi">Tommi.Komulainen@iki.fi</a>></code>,</td></tr><tr><td>Felix von Leitner (a.k.a ``Fefe'') <code class="email"><<a href="mailto:leitner@math.fu-berlin.de">leitner@math.fu-berlin.de</a>></code>,</td></tr><tr><td>Brandon Long <code class="email"><<a href="mailto:blong@fiction.net">blong@fiction.net</a>></code>,</td></tr><tr><td>Jimmy Mäkelä <code class="email"><<a href="mailto:jmy@flashback.net">jmy@flashback.net</a>></code>,</td></tr><tr><td>Lars Marowsky-Bree <code class="email"><<a href="mailto:lmb@pointer.in-minden.de">lmb@pointer.in-minden.de</a>></code>,</td></tr><tr><td>Thomas ``Mike'' Michlmayr <code class="email"><<a href="mailto:mike@cosy.sbg.ac.at">mike@cosy.sbg.ac.at</a>></code>,</td></tr><tr><td>Andrew W. Nosenko <code class="email"><<a href="mailto:awn@bcs.zp.ua">awn@bcs.zp.ua</a>></code>,</td></tr><tr><td>David O'Brien <code class="email"><<a href="mailto:obrien@Nuxi.cs.ucdavis.edu">obrien@Nuxi.cs.ucdavis.edu</a>></code>,</td></tr><tr><td>Clint Olsen <code class="email"><<a href="mailto:olsenc@ichips.intel.com">olsenc@ichips.intel.com</a>></code>,</td></tr><tr><td>Park Myeong Seok <code class="email"><<a href="mailto:pms@romance.kaist.ac.kr">pms@romance.kaist.ac.kr</a>></code>,</td></tr><tr><td>Thomas Parmelan <code class="email"><<a href="mailto:tom@ankh.fr.eu.org">tom@ankh.fr.eu.org</a>></code>,</td></tr><tr><td>Ollivier Robert <code class="email"><<a href="mailto:roberto@keltia.freenix.fr">roberto@keltia.freenix.fr</a>></code>,</td></tr><tr><td>Thomas Roessler <code class="email"><<a href="mailto:roessler@does-not-exist.org">roessler@does-not-exist.org</a>></code>,</td></tr><tr><td>Roland Rosenfeld <code class="email"><<a href="mailto:roland@spinnaker.de">roland@spinnaker.de</a>></code>,</td></tr><tr><td>TAKIZAWA Takashi <code class="email"><<a href="mailto:taki@luna.email.ne.jp">taki@luna.email.ne.jp</a>></code>,</td></tr><tr><td>Allain Thivillon <code class="email"><<a href="mailto:Allain.Thivillon@alma.fr">Allain.Thivillon@alma.fr</a>></code>,</td></tr><tr><td>Gero Treuner <code class="email"><<a href="mailto:gero@70t.de">gero@70t.de</a>></code>,</td></tr><tr><td>Vsevolod Volkov <code class="email"><<a href="mailto:vvv@lucky.net">vvv@lucky.net</a>></code>,</td></tr><tr><td>Ken Weinert <code class="email"><<a href="mailto:kenw@ihs.com">kenw@ihs.com</a>></code></td></tr></table><p>
-</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="about"></a>2. About this document</h2></div></div></div><p>
-This document was written in <a href="http://docbook.sourceforge.net" target="_top">DocBook</a>,
-and then rendered using the <a href="http://xmlsoft.org/XSLT/" target="_top">Gnome XSLT toolkit</a>.
+</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Vikas Agnihotri <code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:vikasa@writeme.com">vikasa@writeme.com</a>></code></p></li><li><p>Francois Berjon <code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:Francois.Berjon@aar.alcatel-alsthom.fr">Francois.Berjon@aar.alcatel-alsthom.fr</a>></code></p></li><li><p>Aric Blumer <code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:aric@fore.com">aric@fore.com</a>></code></p></li><li><p>John Capo <code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:jc@irbs.com">jc@irbs.com</a>></code></p></li><li><p>David Champion <code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:dgc@uchicago.edu">dgc@uchicago.edu</a>></code></p></li><li><p>Brendan Cully <code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:brendan@kublai.com">brendan@kublai.com</a>></code></p></li><li><p>Liviu Daia <code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:daia@stoilow.imar.ro">daia@stoilow.imar.ro</a>></code></p></li><li><p>Thomas E. Dickey <code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:dickey@herndon4.his.com">dickey@herndon4.his.com</a>></code></p></li><li><p>David DeSimone <code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:fox@convex.hp.com">fox@convex.hp.com</a>></code></p></li><li><p>Nickolay N. Dudorov <code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:nnd@wint.itfs.nsk.su">nnd@wint.itfs.nsk.su</a>></code></p></li><li><p>Ruslan Ermilov <code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:ru@freebsd.org">ru@freebsd.org</a>></code></p></li><li><p>Edmund Grimley Evans <code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:edmundo@rano.org">edmundo@rano.org</a>></code></p></li><li><p>Michael Finken <code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:finken@conware.de">finken@conware.de</a>></code></p></li><li><p>Sven Guckes <code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:guckes@math.fu-berlin.de">guckes@math.fu-berlin.de</a>></code></p></li><li><p>Lars Hecking <code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:lhecking@nmrc.ie">lhecking@nmrc.ie</a>></code></p></li><li><p>Mark Holloman <code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:holloman@nando.net">holloman@nando.net</a>></code></p></li><li><p>Andreas Holzmann <code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:holzmann@fmi.uni-passau.de">holzmann@fmi.uni-passau.de</a>></code></p></li><li><p>Marco d'Itri <code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:md@linux.it">md@linux.it</a>></code></p></li><li><p>Björn Jacke <code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:bjacke@suse.com">bjacke@suse.com</a>></code></p></li><li><p>Byrial Jensen <code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:byrial@image.dk">byrial@image.dk</a>></code></p></li><li><p>David Jeske <code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:jeske@igcom.net">jeske@igcom.net</a>></code></p></li><li><p>Christophe Kalt <code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:kalt@hugo.int-evry.fr">kalt@hugo.int-evry.fr</a>></code></p></li><li><p>Tommi Komulainen <code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:Tommi.Komulainen@iki.fi">Tommi.Komulainen@iki.fi</a>></code></p></li><li><p>Felix von Leitner (a.k.a “<span class="quote">Fefe</span>”) <code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:leitner@math.fu-berlin.de">leitner@math.fu-berlin.de</a>></code></p></li><li><p>Brandon Long <code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:blong@fiction.net">blong@fiction.net</a>></code></p></li><li><p>Jimmy Mäkelä <code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:jmy@flashback.net">jmy@flashback.net</a>></code></p></li><li><p>Lars Marowsky-Bree <code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:lmb@pointer.in-minden.de">lmb@pointer.in-minden.de</a>></code></p></li><li><p>Thomas “<span class="quote">Mike</span>” Michlmayr <code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:mike@cosy.sbg.ac.at">mike@cosy.sbg.ac.at</a>></code></p></li><li><p>Andrew W. Nosenko <code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:awn@bcs.zp.ua">awn@bcs.zp.ua</a>></code></p></li><li><p>David O'Brien <code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:obrien@Nuxi.cs.ucdavis.edu">obrien@Nuxi.cs.ucdavis.edu</a>></code></p></li><li><p>Clint Olsen <code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:olsenc@ichips.intel.com">olsenc@ichips.intel.com</a>></code></p></li><li><p>Park Myeong Seok <code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:pms@romance.kaist.ac.kr">pms@romance.kaist.ac.kr</a>></code></p></li><li><p>Thomas Parmelan <code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:tom@ankh.fr.eu.org">tom@ankh.fr.eu.org</a>></code></p></li><li><p>Ollivier Robert <code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:roberto@keltia.freenix.fr">roberto@keltia.freenix.fr</a>></code></p></li><li><p>Thomas Roessler <code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:roessler@does-not-exist.org">roessler@does-not-exist.org</a>></code></p></li><li><p>Roland Rosenfeld <code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:roland@spinnaker.de">roland@spinnaker.de</a>></code></p></li><li><p>Rocco Rutte <code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:pdmef@gmx.net">pdmef@gmx.net</a>></code></p></li><li><p>TAKIZAWA Takashi <code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:taki@luna.email.ne.jp">taki@luna.email.ne.jp</a>></code></p></li><li><p>Allain Thivillon <code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:Allain.Thivillon@alma.fr">Allain.Thivillon@alma.fr</a>></code></p></li><li><p>Gero Treuner <code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:gero@70t.de">gero@70t.de</a>></code></p></li><li><p>Vsevolod Volkov <code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:vvv@lucky.net">vvv@lucky.net</a>></code></p></li><li><p>Ken Weinert <code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:kenw@ihs.com">kenw@ihs.com</a>></code></p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="about"></a>2. About This Document</h2></div></div></div><p>
+This document was written in <a class="ulink" href="http://docbook.sourceforge.net" target="_top">DocBook</a>,
+and then rendered using the <a class="ulink" href="http://xmlsoft.org/XSLT/" target="_top">Gnome XSLT toolkit</a>.
</p></div></div></div></body></html>
projects / software / mutt-debian.git / blobdiff